Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Homage to the Blessed One, the Arahant, the Perfectly Enlightened One.

Khuddakanikāye

The Minor Collection

Therāpadānapāḷi

The Pāḷi Text of the Legends of the Elders

(Dutiyo bhāgo)

(The Second Part)

43. Sakiṃsammajjakavaggo

43. The Chapter of the Once-Sweeper

1. Sakiṃsammajjakattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Sakiṃsammajjaka

1.

1.

‘‘Vipassino [Pg.1] bhagavato, pāṭaliṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

Disvāva taṃ pādapaggaṃ, tattha cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

I saw the supreme Pāṭali Bodhi of the Blessed One Vipassī; having seen that excellent tree, I made my mind serene there.

2.

2.

‘‘Sammajjaniṃ gahetvāna, bodhiṃ sammajji tāvade;

Sammajjitvāna taṃ bodhiṃ, avandiṃ pāṭaliṃ ahaṃ.

Having taken a broom, I then swept the Bodhi tree; having swept that Bodhi tree, I paid homage to the Pāṭali.

3.

3.

‘‘Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, sire katvāna añjaliṃ;

Namassamāno taṃ bodhiṃ, gañchiṃ paṭikuṭiṃ ahaṃ.

Having made my mind serene there, and having placed my joined palms on my head, while paying homage to that Bodhi tree, I stepped backwards.

4.

4.

‘‘Tādimaggena gacchāmi, saranto bodhimuttamaṃ;

Ajagaro maṃ pīḷesi, ghorarūpo mahabbalo.

As I was going along that path, recollecting the supreme Bodhi, a python, dreadful in form and of great strength, oppressed me.

5.

5.

‘‘Āsanne me kataṃ kammaṃ, phalena tosayī mamaṃ;

Kaḷevaraṃ me gilati, devaloke ramāmahaṃ.

The kamma done by me near the time of death gladdened me with its fruit. While it swallows my physical body, I rejoice in the deva world.

6.

6.

‘‘Anāvilaṃ mama cittaṃ, visuddhaṃ paṇḍaraṃ sadā;

Sokasallaṃ na jānāmi, cittasantāpanaṃ mama.

My mind is ever untroubled, pure, and bright white; I know not the dart of sorrow, nor the torment of my mind.

7.

7.

‘‘Kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso ca, apamāro vitacchikā;

Daddu kaṇḍu ca me natthi, phalaṃ sammajjanāyidaṃ.

Leprosy, boils, and skin disease, epilepsy, scabies, ringworm, and itch are not for me. This is the fruit of sweeping.

8.

8.

‘‘Soko [Pg.2] ca paridevo ca, hadaye me na vijjati;

Abhantaṃ ujukaṃ cittaṃ, phalaṃ sammajjanāyidaṃ.

Sorrow and lamentation are not found in my heart; my mind is untroubled and upright. This is the fruit of sweeping.

9.

9.

‘‘Samādhīsu na majjāmi, visadaṃ hoti mānasaṃ;

Yaṃ yaṃ samādhimicchāmi, so so sampajjate mamaṃ.

I am not heedless in concentrations; my mind is clear. Whatever concentration I desire, that very one is accomplished for me.

10.

10.

‘‘Rajanīye na rajjāmi, atho dussaniyesu ca;

Mohanīye na muyhāmi, phalaṃ sammajjanāyidaṃ.

I am not impassioned by what is passionate; furthermore, I am not angered by what is angering; I am not deluded by what is deluding. This is the fruit of sweeping.

11.

11.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phalaṃ sammajjanāyidaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago, when I performed that deed, I have known no bad destination since. This is the fruit of sweeping.

12.

12.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements have been burned; all states of existence have been uprooted. Like an elephant having broken its bonds, I dwell free from taints.

13.

13.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, it was a good coming for me into the presence of the Buddha. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

14.

14.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six higher knowledges have been realized. The Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sakiṃsammajjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Sakiṃsammajjaka uttered these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

.

Sakiṃsammajjakattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Sakiṃsammajjaka.

2. Ekadussadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder, the Giver of a Single Cloth

15.

15.

‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, ahosiṃ tiṇahārako;

Tiṇahārena jīvāmi, tena posemi dārake.

In the city named Haṃsavatī, I was a grass-carrier. By carrying grass I made my living; by that, I supported my wife and children.

16.

16.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Tamandhakāraṃ nāsetvā, uppajji lokanāyako.

The Victor named Padumuttara, who had gone to the further shore of all dhammas, having destroyed that darkness of delusion, arose as the World-Leader.

17.

17.

‘‘Sake ghare nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesi tāvade;

‘Buddho loke samuppanno, deyyadhammo na vijjati.

Sitting in my own house, I thought thus at that moment: ‘A Buddha has arisen in the world, but I have nothing suitable for an offering.’

18.

18.

‘‘‘Idaṃ [Pg.3] me sāṭakaṃ ekaṃ, natthi me koci dāyako;

Dukkho nirayasamphasso, ropayissāmi dakkhiṇaṃ’.

‘I have this one garment, and there is no donor to give to me. Painful is the contact of hell; I shall plant the seed of a worthy gift.’

19.

19.

‘‘Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Ekaṃ dussaṃ gahetvāna, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ.

Having thought thus, I gladdened my own mind. Taking a single cloth, I gave it to the Best of Buddhas.

20.

20.

‘‘Ekaṃ dussaṃ daditvāna, ukkuṭṭhiṃ sampavattayiṃ;

‘Yadi buddho tuvaṃ vīra, tārehi maṃ mahāmuni’.

Having given a single cloth, I raised a shout of acclamation: ‘If you are a Buddha, O Hero, O Great Sage, ferry me across!’

21.

21.

‘‘Padumuttaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Mama dānaṃ pakittento, akā me anumodanaṃ.

Padumuttara, the Knower of the Worlds, Worthy to Receive Offerings, praising my gift, gave me a blessing of appreciation.

22.

22.

‘‘‘Iminā ekadussena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Kappasatasahassāni, vinipātaṃ na gacchasi.

‘By this gift of a single cloth, and by your intentions and aspirations, for one hundred thousand eons, you will not go to a woeful state.’

23.

23.

‘‘‘Chattiṃsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissasi;

Tettiṃsakkhattuṃ rājā ca, cakkavattī bhavissasi.

‘Thirty-six times you will exercise sovereignty over the devas as their king; thirty-three times you will be a wheel-turning king.’

24.

24.

‘‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ ;

Devaloke manusse vā, saṃsaranto tuvaṃ bhave.

‘Vast regional kingship, innumerable by calculation, will be yours as you wander through existence, whether in the world of devas or among humans.’

25.

25.

‘‘‘Rūpavā guṇasampanno, anavakkantadehavā ;

Akkhobhaṃ amitaṃ dussaṃ, labhissasi yadicchakaṃ’.

‘You will be possessed of beauty, endowed with virtue, and have a body that cannot be oppressed. You will obtain unshakeable, incomparable cloth, just as you wish.’

26.

26.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, jalajuttamanāmako;

Nabhaṃ abbhuggamī vīro, haṃsarājāva ambare.

Having said this, the Perfectly Enlightened One, the Hero named Jalajuttama, rose into the sky, like a king of swans in the firmament.

27.

27.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, ekadussassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Whatever existence I am reborn into, whether divine or human, there is no deficiency in my possessions; this is the fruit of that single cloth.

28.

28.

‘‘Paduddhāre paduddhāre, dussaṃ nibbattate mamaṃ;

Heṭṭhā dussamhi tiṭṭhāmi, uparicchadanaṃ mama.

At every single footstep, cloth arises for me. I stand upon cloth below, and above me it becomes a canopy.

29.

29.

‘‘Cakkavāḷaṃ upādāya, sakānanaṃ sapabbataṃ;

Icchamāno cahaṃ ajja, dussehacchādayeyya taṃ.

Taking the entire world-system with its forests and mountains, if I should wish to today, I could cover it with cloths.

30.

30.

‘‘Teneva ekadussena, saṃsaranto bhavābhave;

Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hutvāna, saṃsarāmi bhavābhave.

Because of that offering of a single cloth, wandering through existences great and small, having become golden-hued, I wander through every existence.

31.

31.

‘‘Vipākaṃ [Pg.4] viekadussassa, nājjhagaṃ katthacikkhayaṃ;

Ayaṃ me antimā jāti, vipaccati idhāpi me.

I have not found the exhaustion of the fruit of a single cloth offering in any existence. This is my final birth; even here it ripens for me.

32.

32.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dussamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ekadussassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I gave that cloth, I have not known a woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the offering of a single cloth.

33.

33.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned... (etc.)... I dwell without taints.

34.

34.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... (etc.)... the Buddha's teaching has been done.

35.

35.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekadussadāyako thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti;

The four analytical knowledges... (etc.)... the Buddha's teaching has been done. Thus indeed the venerable Ekadussadāyaka Thera spoke these verses.

Ekadussadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Ekadussadāyaka is concluded.

3. Ekāsanadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder who gave a single seat

36.

36.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, gosito nāma pabbato;

Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā.

Not far from the Himālaya, there is a mountain named Gosita. There my hermitage was well-made, my leaf-hut well-fashioned.

37.

37.

‘‘Nārado nāma nāmena, kassapo iti maṃ vidū;

Suddhimaggaṃ gavesanto, vasāmi gosite tadā.

By name I was Nārada, and they knew me as Kassapa. Seeking the path of purity, I dwelt then on Mount Gosita.

38.

38.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Vivekakāmo sambuddho, agañchi anilañjasā.

The Victor named Padumuttara, who had gone to the far shore of all dhammas, the Perfectly Enlightened One, desiring seclusion, came through the sky.

39.

39.

‘‘Vanagge gacchamānassa, disvā raṃsiṃ mahesino;

Kaṭṭhamañcaṃ paññāpetvā, ajinañca apatthariṃ.

Seeing the radiance of the Great Seer as he traveled over the forest, I prepared a wooden couch and spread out a black deerskin.

40.

40.

‘‘Āsanaṃ paññāpetvāna, sire katvāna añjaliṃ;

Somanassaṃ paveditvā, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having prepared the seat and placed my joined hands on my head, declaring my joy, I spoke this word:

41.

41.

‘‘‘Sallakatto mahāvīra, āturānaṃ tikicchako;

Mamaṃ rogaparetassa, tikicchaṃ dehi nāyaka.

‘O Great Hero, remover of darts, healer of the afflicted! For me, who am oppressed by disease, grant the cure, O Leader.

42.

42.

‘‘‘Kallatthikā ye passanti, buddhaseṭṭha tuvaṃ mune;

Dhuvatthasiddhiṃ papponti, etesaṃ ajaro bhave.

‘O Sage, Best of Buddhas, those who desire well-being and see you, certainly attain the accomplishment of their goal; for them, there is the ageless state.

43.

43.

‘‘‘Na [Pg.5] me deyyadhammo atthi, pavattaphalabhojihaṃ;

Idaṃ me āsanaṃ atthi, nisīda kaṭṭhamañcake’.

‘I have no gift to give; I am one who eats fallen fruit. This seat is what I have; please sit on this wooden couch.’

44.

44.

‘‘Nisīdi tattha bhagavā, asambhītova kesarī;

Muhuttaṃ vītināmetvā, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

The Blessed One sat there, fearless as a lion. After letting a moment pass, he spoke this word:

45.

45.

‘‘‘Visaṭṭho hohi mā bhāyi, laddho jotiraso tayā;

Yaṃ tuyhaṃ patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, paripūrissatināgate.

‘Be at ease, do not fear; the jotirasa gem has been obtained by you. Whatever you have wished for, all that will be completely fulfilled in the future.’

46.

46.

‘‘‘Na moghaṃ taṃ kataṃ tuyhaṃ, puññakkhette anuttare;

Sakkā uddharituṃ attā, yassa cittaṃ paṇīhitaṃ.

‘Your deed was not done in vain in the incomparable field of merit. One whose mind is well-directed is able to uplift oneself.’

47.

47.

‘‘‘Imināsanadānena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Kappasatasahassāni, vinipātaṃ na gacchasi.

‘By this gift of a seat, and by these volitions and aspirations, for a hundred thousand aeons, you will not go to a woeful state.’

48.

48.

‘‘‘Paññāsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissasi;

Asītikkhattuṃ rājā ca, cakkavattī bhavissasi.

‘Fifty times you will rule as the lord of the devas; eighty times you will be a wheel-turning king.’

49.

49.

‘‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Sabbattha sukhito hutvā, saṃsāre saṃsarissasi’.

‘Vast will be your regional kingship, incalculable by number; being happy in all existences, you will wander in saṃsāra.’

50.

50.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, jalajuttamanāmako;

Nabhaṃ abbhuggamī vīro, haṃsarājāva ambare.

Having said this, the Sambuddha named Padumuttara, the hero, rose into the sky, like a swan-king in the heavens.

51.

51.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ, sarathaṃ sandamānikaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Elephant-vehicles, horse-vehicles, chariots, and palanquins; all this I receive. This is the fruit of the gift of a single seat.

52.

52.

‘‘Kānanaṃ pavisitvāpi, yadā icchāmi āsanaṃ;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, pallaṅko upatiṭṭhati.

Even having entered the forest, when I desire a seat, knowing my intention, a couch appears.

53.

53.

‘‘Vārimajjhagato santo, yadā icchāmi āsanaṃ;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, pallaṅko upatiṭṭhati.

Being in the middle of the water, when I desire a seat, knowing my intention, a couch appears.

54.

54.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Pallaṅkasatasahassāni, parivārenti maṃ sadā.

Whatever existence I am reborn into, be it divine or human, a hundred thousand couches always surround me.

55.

55.

‘‘Duve [Pg.6] bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye atha brāhmaṇe.

I wander in two existences, the divine and the human. I am born into two families, the noble and the brahmin.

56.

56.

‘‘Ekāsanaṃ daditvāna, puññakkhette anuttare;

Dhammapallaṅkamādāya, viharāmi anāsavo.

Having given a single seat in the incomparable field of merit, having taken up the couch of Dhamma, I dwell without cankers.

57.

57.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I gave that gift, I have not known a woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of a single seat.

58.

58.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned... (etc.)... I dwell without cankers.

59.

59.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one... (etc.)... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

60.

60.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... (etc.)... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekāsanadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed, the venerable elder Ekāsanadāyaka spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Ekāsanadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Ekāsanadāyaka is finished.

4. Sattakadambapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Sattakadambapupphiya

61.

61.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, kukkuṭo nāma pabbato;

Tamhi pabbatapādamhi, satta buddhā vasiṃsu te.

Not far from the Himavanta, there is a mountain named Kukkuṭa. At the foot of that mountain, those seven Paccekabuddhas dwelt.

62.

62.

‘‘Kadambaṃ pupphitaṃ disvā, paggahetvāna añjaliṃ;

Satta mālā gahetvāna, puññacittena okiriṃ.

Seeing a blooming kadamba tree, and having raised my joined hands in reverence, I took seven flowers and, with a mind of merit, scattered them.

63.

63.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

64.

64.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons ago, for the deed I performed then, I have known no woeful state since. This is the fruit of that offering to the Buddhas.

65.

65.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

66.

66.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s dispensation has been fulfilled.

67.

67.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.7] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s dispensation has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sattakadambapupphiyo thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Sattakadambapupphiya spoke these verses.

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Sattakadambapupphiya spoke these verses.

Sattakadambapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Sattakadambapupphiya: The Fourth.

5. Koraṇḍapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Koraṇḍapupphiya

68.

68.

‘‘Vanakammiko pure āsiṃ, pitumātumatenahaṃ ;

Pasumārena jīvāmi, kusalaṃ me na vijjati.

Formerly, my parents having died, I was a forest worker. I made my living by killing animals; no merit was found in me.

69.

69.

‘‘Mama āsayasāmantā, tisso lokagganāyako;

Padāni tīṇi dassesi, anukampāya cakkhumā.

In the vicinity of my dwelling, Tissa, the world’s foremost leader, the One with Vision, out of compassion, showed three footprints.

70.

70.

‘‘Akkante ca pade disvā, tissanāmassa satthuno;

Haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, pade cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

Having seen the trodden footprints of the Teacher named Tissa, delighted, with a delighted mind, I gladdened my mind at the footprints.

71.

71.

‘‘Koraṇḍaṃ pupphitaṃ disvā, pādapaṃ dharaṇīruhaṃ;

Sakosakaṃ gahetvāna, padaseṭṭhamapūjayiṃ.

Having seen a blooming Koraṇḍa tree growing from the earth, and taking it with its cluster, I worshipped the excellent footprint.

72.

72.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my volitional aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

73.

73.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Koraṇḍavaṇṇakoyeva, suppabhāso bhavāmahaṃ.

Whatever existence I am reborn into, whether divine or human, I am always of the same color as the Koraṇḍa flower and am radiant.

74.

74.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, padapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-second aeon from this one, for the deed that I performed then, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of worshipping the footprint.

75.

75.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

76.

76.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s dispensation has been fulfilled.

77.

77.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā koraṇḍapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti;

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s dispensation has been fulfilled.” Thus indeed, the venerable Elder Koraṇḍapupphiya spoke these verses.

Koraṇḍapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Koraṇḍapupphiya: The Fifth.

6. Ghatamaṇḍadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Ghatamaṇḍadāyaka

78.

78.

‘‘Sucintitaṃ [Pg.8] bhagavantaṃ, lokajeṭṭhaṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Upaviṭṭhaṃ mahāraññaṃ, vātābādhena pīḷitaṃ.

I saw the Blessed One named Sucintita, the foremost of the world, the most excellent among men, who had entered the great forest and was afflicted by a wind-ailment.

79.

79.

‘‘Disvā cittaṃ pasādetvā, ghatamaṇḍamupānayiṃ;

Katattā ācitattā ca, gaṅgā bhāgīrathī ayaṃ.

Having seen him and gladdened my mind, I offered ghee-cream. Because of that action and its accumulation, this Bhāgīrathī river,

80.

80.

‘‘Mahāsamuddā cattāro, ghataṃ sampajjare mama;

Ayañca pathavī ghorā, appamāṇā asaṅkhiyā.

and the four great oceans become ghee for me. And this vast earth, immeasurable and uncountable,

81.

81.

‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, bhavate madhusakkarā;

Cātuddīpā ime rukkhā, pādapā dharaṇīruhā.

knowing my intention, becomes honey and sugar. These trees, plants growing from the earth throughout the four continents,

82.

82.

‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, kapparukkhā bhavanti te;

Paññāsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

knowing my intention, become wish-fulfilling trees. Fifty times, having become the lord of devas, I exercised the kingship of devas.

83.

83.

‘‘Ekapaññāsakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

And fifty-one times I was a wheel-turning monarch; my extensive regional sovereignty was countless by reckoning.

84.

84.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ghatamaṇḍassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-fourth aeon from this one, for the gift I gave then, I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of offering ghee-cream.

85.

85.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

86.

86.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been accomplished.

87.

87.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been accomplished.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ghatamaṇḍadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ghatamaṇḍadāyaka spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Ghatamaṇḍadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Sixth Apadāna of the Elder Ghatamaṇḍadāyaka.

7. Ekadhammassavaniyattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Ekadhammassavaṇiya

88.

88.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Catusaccaṃ pakāsento, santāresi bahuṃ janaṃ.

The Victor named Padumuttara, who had gone to the far shore of all dhammas, proclaiming the Four Truths, saved many people.

89.

89.

‘‘Ahaṃ [Pg.9] tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

Dhunanto vākacīrāni, gacchāmi ambare tadā.

At that time, I was a matted-haired ascetic of fierce austerity; shaking my bark-cloth garments, I then traveled in the sky.

90.

90.

‘‘Buddhaseṭṭhassa upari, gantuṃ na visahāmahaṃ;

Pakkhīva selamāsajja, gamanaṃ na labhāmahaṃ.

Above the best of Buddhas, I was not able to go; like a bird encountering a mountain, I could not obtain passage.

91.

91.

‘‘Udake vokkamitvāna, evaṃ gacchāmi ambare;

Na me idaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, iriyāpathavikopanaṃ.

Just as one moves when having entered water, so I moved in the sky. This disturbance of my deportment had never happened to me before.

92.

92.

‘‘Handa metaṃ gavesissaṃ, appevatthaṃ labheyyahaṃ;

Orohanto antalikkhā, saddamassosi satthuno.

Come now, I shall investigate this; perhaps I may obtain some benefit. Descending from the sky, I heard the Teacher’s voice.

93.

93.

‘‘Sarena rajanīyena, savanīyena vaggunā;

Aniccataṃ kathentassa, taññeva uggahiṃ tadā;

With a voice that was desirable, pleasant to hear, and melodious, he was teaching impermanence, and that very teaching I grasped then.

Aniccasaññamuggayha, agamāsiṃ mamassamaṃ.

Having learned the perception of impermanence, I went to my hermitage.

94.

94.

‘‘Yāvatāyuṃ vasitvāna, tattha kālaṅkato ahaṃ;

Carime vattamānamhi, saddhammassavanaṃ sariṃ.

Having lived there for my full lifespan, I passed away there; when my final moment arrived, I remembered hearing the True Dhamma.

95.

95.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

96.

96.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassāni, devaloke ramiṃ ahaṃ;

Ekapaññāsakkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

For thirty thousand aeons, I rejoiced in the deva world; and fifty-one times I exercised sovereignty as king of devas.

97.

97.

‘‘Ekavīsatikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

And twenty-one times I was a wheel-turning monarch; my regional sovereignty was extensive, innumerable by count.

98.

98.

‘‘Anubhomi sakaṃ puññaṃ, sukhitohaṃ bhavābhave;

Anussarāmi taṃ saññaṃ, saṃsaranto bhavābhave;

Na koṭiṃ paṭivijjhāmi, nibbānaṃ accutaṃ padaṃ.

I experience the fruit of my own merit; I am happy in existence after existence. Wandering through existence after existence, I recollect that perception, yet I do not penetrate to the end, Nibbāna, the deathless state.

99.

99.

‘‘Pitugehe nisīditvā, samaṇo bhāvitindriyo;

Kathaṃsa paridīpento, aniccatamudāhari.

Seated in my father’s house, a monk with developed faculties, while preaching and illuminating, spoke there on impermanence.

100.

100.

‘‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;

Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’.

‘Impermanent, indeed, are conditioned things, having the nature of arising and passing away. Having arisen, they cease; their stilling is bliss.’

101.

101.

‘‘Saha [Pg.10] gāthaṃ suṇitvāna, pubbasaññamanussariṃ;

Ekāsane nisīditvā, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

As soon as I heard the verse, I recollected my former perception; sitting in a single seat, I attained Arahantship.

102.

102.

‘‘Jātiyā sattavassena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Upasampādayī buddho, dhammassavanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

At seven years of age, I attained Arahantship; the Buddha ordained me. This is the fruit of hearing the Dhamma.

103.

103.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dhammamasuṇiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dhammassavanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, from when I heard the Dhamma at that time, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of hearing the Dhamma.

104.

104.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

105.

105.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s dispensation has been fulfilled.

106.

106.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s dispensation has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekadhammassavaniyo thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ekadhammassavaniya spoke these verses.

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ekadhammassavaniya spoke these verses.

Ekadhammassavaniyattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Seventh Apadāna of the Elder Ekadhammassavaniya.

8. Sucintitattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Sucintita

107.

107.

‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, ahosiṃ kassako tadā;

Kasikammena jīvāmi, tena posemi dārake.

In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a farmer at that time; I made my living by farming, and with it I supported my children.

108.

108.

‘‘Susampannaṃ tadā khettaṃ, dhaññaṃ me phalinaṃ ahu;

Pākakāle ca sampatte, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā.

At that time the field was very abundant, my grain was fruitful; and when the time of ripening arrived, I then thought thus:

109.

109.

‘‘Nacchannaṃ nappatirūpaṃ, jānantassa guṇāguṇaṃ;

Yohaṃ saṅghe adatvāna, aggaṃ bhuñjeyya ce tadā.

‘For me, who knows what is worthy and unworthy, it would be neither suitable nor proper were I to eat the first portion without having given to the Saṅgha.’

110.

110.

‘‘Ayaṃ buddho asamasamo, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Tato pabhāvito saṅgho, puññakkhetto anuttaro.

‘This Buddha is peerless and unequalled, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks of a great man. From him this Saṅgha, an unsurpassed field of merit, originated.’

111.

111.

‘‘Tattha dassāmahaṃ dānaṃ, navasassaṃ pure pure;

Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, haṭṭho pīṇitamānaso.

‘To them I shall give the first of the new harvest, first and foremost.’ Having reflected thus, I was joyful, with a gladdened mind.

112.

112.

‘‘Khettato [Pg.11] dhaññamāhatvā, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ;

Upasaṅkamma sambuddhaṃ, lokajeṭṭhaṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Vanditvā satthuno pāde, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having brought the grain from the field, I approached the Fully Awakened One. Having approached the Fully Awakened One, the foremost in the world, the noblest of men, and having paid homage at the Teacher’s feet, I spoke this word:

113.

113.

‘‘‘Navasassañca sampannaṃ, āyāgosi ca tvaṃ mune;

Anukampamupādāya, adhivāsehi cakkhuma’.

‘The new grain is ready, and you, O Sage, are worthy of offerings. Out of compassion, please accept it, O One with the Eye.’

114.

114.

‘‘Padumuttaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Padumuttara, the knower of worlds, the recipient of offerings, having understood my intention, spoke this word:

115.

115.

‘‘‘Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phale ṭhitā;

Esa saṅgho ujubhūto, paññāsīlasamāhito;

Yajantānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ.

‘Four are practicing the path, and four are established in the fruit. This Saṅgha is upright, endowed with wisdom and virtue—for humans who make offerings, for beings who seek merit.’

116.

116.

‘‘‘Karotopadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ;

Tasmiṃ saṅgheva dātabbaṃ, tava sassaṃ tathetaraṃ.

‘For those making merit that leads to a good rebirth, what is given to the Saṅgha is of great fruit. To that very Saṅgha should your grain and other things be given.’

117.

117.

‘‘‘Saṅghato uddisitvāna, bhikkhū netvāna saṃgharaṃ;

Paṭiyattaṃ ghare santaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghassa dehi tvaṃ’.

‘Having designated monks from the Saṅgha and led them to your house, give what has been prepared and is available in the house to the Saṅgha of monks.’

118.

118.

‘‘Saṅghato uddisitvāna, bhikkhū netvāna saṃgharaṃ;

Yaṃ ghare paṭiyattaṃ me, bhikkhusaṅghassadāsahaṃ.

Having designated monks from the Saṅgha, I led them to my house. Whatever was prepared in my house, I gave to the Saṅgha of monks.

119.

119.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

120.

120.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, sovaṇṇaṃ sappabhassaraṃ;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

There, a celestial mansion was well-made for me, golden and radiant, sixty yojanas in height and thirty yojanas in width.

Ekūnavīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The nineteenth recitation section.

121.

121.

‘‘Ākiṇṇaṃ bhavanaṃ mayhaṃ, nārīgaṇasamākulaṃ;

Tattha bhutvā pivitvā ca, vasāmi tidase ahaṃ.

My mansion is filled, crowded with groups of celestial nymphs. There, having eaten and drunk, I dwell in the heaven of the Thirty-three.

122.

122.

‘‘Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

Three hundred times I exercised sovereignty as king of the devas; five hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch. My extensive regional kingships are innumerable, beyond calculation.

123.

123.

‘‘Bhavābhave [Pg.12] saṃsaranto, labhāmi amitaṃ dhanaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Wandering from one existence to another, I obtain immeasurable wealth. There is no deficiency in my enjoyments; this is the fruit of offering the first harvest.

124.

124.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ, sivikaṃ sandamānikaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Elephant vehicles, horse vehicles, palanquins, and covered carriages; I obtain all these. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

125.

125.

‘‘Navavatthaṃ navaphalaṃ, navaggarasabhojanaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

New clothes, new fruits, and new, excellent food; I obtain all this. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

126.

126.

‘‘Koseyyakambaliyāni, khomakappāsikāni ca;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Silken cloths and woolen cloths, linen cloths and cotton cloths; I obtain all this. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

127.

127.

‘‘Dāsīgaṇaṃ dāsagaṇaṃ, nāriyo ca alaṅkatā;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

A group of female slaves, a group of male slaves, and adorned women; I obtain all this. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

128.

128.

‘‘Na maṃ sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā, pariḷāho na vijjati;

Atho cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ, hadaye me na vijjati.

Neither cold nor heat affects me, nor does scorching exist. Moreover, mental suffering does not exist in my heart.

129.

129.

‘‘Idaṃ khāda idaṃ bhuñja, imamhi sayane saya;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“‘Eat this, consume this, lie down in this resting place.’ I obtain all of this. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

130.

130.

‘‘Ayaṃ pacchimako dāni, carimo vattate bhavo;

Ajjāpi deyyadhammo me, phalaṃ tosesi sabbadā.

“This, now, is the final, the last existence that occurs. Even in this life, my gift-worthy offering always brings satisfying fruit.

131.

131.

‘‘Navasassaṃ daditvāna, saṅghe gaṇavaruttame;

Aṭṭhānisaṃse anubhomi, kammānucchavike mama.

“Having given the new grain to the Saṅgha, the excellent and supreme community, I experience eight benefits appropriate to my kamma.

132.

132.

‘‘Vaṇṇavā yasavā homi, mahābhogo anītiko;

Mahāpakkho sadā homi, abhejjapariso sadā.

“I am of beautiful complexion and have a great retinue; I am greatly wealthy and without affliction. I always have a great following; I always have an unbreakable assembly.

133.

133.

‘‘Sabbe maṃ apacāyanti, ye keci pathavissitā;

Deyyadhammā ca ye keci, pure pure labhāmahaṃ.

“All whosoever are established on earth venerate me; and whatever gift-worthy things there are, I receive them first of all.

134.

134.

‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghassa vā majjhe, buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā;

Sabbepi samatikkamma, denti mameva dāyakā.

“In the midst of the Saṅgha of bhikkhus, or in the presence of the excellent Buddha, surpassing all others, the donors give to me alone.

135.

135.

‘‘Paṭhamaṃ navasassañhi, datvā saṅghe gaṇuttame;

Imānisaṃse anubhomi, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Indeed, having first given the new grain to the Saṅgha, the supreme community, I experience these benefits. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

136.

136.

‘‘Satasahassito [Pg.13] kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, navasassassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“One hundred thousand kappas ago, when I gave that gift, since then I have known no woeful destination. This is the fruit of the offering of new grain.

137.

137.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo;

“My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

138.

138.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

139.

139.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sucintito thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, indeed, the venerable elder Sucintita spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

Thus he spoke.

Sucintitattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Sucintita.

9. Sovaṇṇakiṅkaṇiyattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Sovaṇṇakiṅkaṇiya

140.

140.

‘‘Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Vākacīradharo āsiṃ, tapokammamapassito.

“Having gone forth from home into homelessness out of faith, I wore bark garments, resorting to ascetic practices.

141.

141.

‘‘Atthadassī tu bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho;

Uppajji tamhi samaye, tārayanto mahājanaṃ.

“The Blessed One Atthadassī, Foremost in the world, Bull among Men, arose at that time, leading the great multitude across.

142.

142.

‘‘Balañca vata me khīṇaṃ, byādhinā paramena taṃ;

Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ saritvāna, puline thūpamuttamaṃ.

“My strength was indeed depleted by a great illness; remembering the Best of Buddhas, I made an excellent stupa on the sand.

143.

143.

‘‘Karitvā haṭṭhacittohaṃ, sahatthena samokiriṃ;

Soṇṇakiṅkaṇipupphāni, udaggamanaso ahaṃ.

“With a joyful heart and an uplifted mind, I scattered golden kiṅkaṇi flowers with my own hand.

144.

144.

‘‘Sammukhā viya sambuddhaṃ, thūpaṃ paricariṃ ahaṃ;

Tena cetopasādena, atthadassissa tādino.

“I attended to the stupa as if to the Fully Enlightened One in person; through that mental confidence in Atthadassī, the Such a One,

145.

145.

‘‘Devalokaṃ gato santo, labhāmi vipulaṃ sukhaṃ;

Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo tatthāsiṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“having gone to the deva world, I obtained abundant happiness. There I was of golden complexion—this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

146.

146.

‘‘Asītikoṭiyo mayhaṃ, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sadā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhanti, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Eighty koṭis of well-adorned women always attend upon me—this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

147.

147.

‘‘Saṭṭhituriyasahassāni, bheriyo paṇavāni ca;

Saṅkhā ca ḍiṇḍimā tattha, vaggū vajjanti dundubhī.

“Sixty thousand musical instruments, and kettle-drums, tabors, conches, and ḍiṇḍima drums, and melodious great drums resound there.

148.

148.

‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni[Pg.14], hatthino samalaṅkatā;

Tidhāpabhinnamātaṅgā, kuñjarā saṭṭhihāyanā.

“Eighty-four thousand elephants, well-adorned, great tuskers with ichor flowing from three places, elephants sixty years of age,

149.

149.

‘‘Hemajālābhisañchannā, upaṭṭhānaṃ karonti me;

Balakāye gaje ceva, ūnatā me na vijjati.

“covered with golden nets, perform service for me. In my host of troops and in my elephants, there is no deficiency for me.

150.

150.

‘‘Soṇṇakiṅkaṇipupphānaṃ, vipākaṃ anubhomahaṃ;

Aṭṭhapaññāsakkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

“I experience the result of the golden kiṅkaṇi flowers; fifty-eight times I have exercised the sovereignty of the devas.

151.

151.

‘‘Ekasattatikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Pathabyā rajjaṃ ekasataṃ, mahiyā kārayiṃ ahaṃ.

“Seventy-one times I was a wheel-turning monarch; one hundred and one times I have exercised sovereignty over the earth.

152.

152.

‘‘So dāni amataṃ patto, asaṅkhataṃ sududdasaṃ ;

Saṃyojanaparikkhīṇo, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“Now I have attained the Deathless, the Unconditioned, so very difficult to see. My fetters are destroyed; now there is no more rebirth.

153.

153.

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, yaṃ pupphamabhiropayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Eighteen hundred aeons ago, when I offered that flower, since then I have known no unhappy destination—this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

154.

154.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

155.

155.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming... the Buddha's teaching has been accomplished.

156.

156.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha's teaching has been accomplished.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sovaṇṇakiṅkaṇiyo thero imā

Thus, indeed, the venerable Elder Sovaṇṇakiṅkaṇiya

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Sovaṇṇakiṅkaṇiyattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Sovaṇṇakiṅkaṇiya is finished.

10. Soṇṇakontarikattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Soṇṇakontarika

157.

157.

‘‘Manobhāvaniyaṃ buddhaṃ, attadantaṃ samāhitaṃ;

Iriyamānaṃ brahmapathe, cittavūpasame rataṃ.

“The Buddha, who inspires the mind to develop, who is self-tamed and well-composed, who fares on the noble path, delighting in the calming of the mind.

158.

158.

‘‘Nittiṇṇaoghaṃ sambuddhaṃ, jhāyiṃ jhānarataṃ muniṃ;

Upatitthaṃ samāpannaṃ, indivaradalappabhaṃ.

“Having seen the Perfectly Enlightened One, who has crossed over the flood, the meditative one, the sage delighting in jhāna, who was near the ford, entered into attainment, with a radiance like a blue lotus petal,

159.

159.

‘‘Alābunodakaṃ gayha, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upāgamiṃ;

Buddhassa pāde dhovitvā, alābukamadāsahaṃ.

“Taking water with a gourd, I approached the best of Buddhas; having washed the Buddha's feet, I gave the gourd.

160.

160.

‘‘Āṇāpesi [Pg.15] ca sambuddho, padumuttaranāmako;

‘Iminā dakamāhatvā, pādamūle ṭhapehi me’.

“And the Perfectly Enlightened One named Padumuttara commanded: ‘With this, having brought water, place it at the base of my feet’.

161.

161.

‘‘Sādhūtihaṃ paṭissutvā, satthugāravatāya ca;

Dakaṃ alābunāhatvā, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upāgamiṃ.

Having assented, saying ‘Good!’, and out of reverence for the Teacher, having brought water with a gourd, I approached the best of Buddhas.

162.

162.

‘‘Anumodi mahāvīro, cittaṃ nibbāpayaṃ mama;

‘Iminālābudānena, saṅkappo te samijjhatu’.

The Great Hero gave his approval, cooling my mind: ‘By this gift of a gourd, may your aspiration be fulfilled’.

163.

163.

‘‘Pannarasesu kappesu, devaloke ramiṃ ahaṃ;

Tiṃsatikkhattuṃ rājā ca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

For fifteen aeons, I delighted in the deva world; and thirty times I was a wheel-turning king.

164.

164.

‘‘Divā vā yadi vā rattiṃ, caṅkamantassa tiṭṭhato;

Sovaṇṇaṃ kontaraṃ gayha, tiṭṭhate purato mama.

Whether by day or by night, while I was walking or standing, holding a golden spear, it stands before me.

165.

165.

‘‘Buddhassa datvānalābuṃ, labhāmi soṇṇakontaraṃ;

Appakampi kataṃ kāraṃ, vipulaṃ hoti tādisu.

Having given a gourd to the Buddha, I received a golden spear. Even a small deed done for such ones becomes great in fruit.

166.

166.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃlābumadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, alābussa idaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I gave that gourd, since then I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of the gourd.

167.

167.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without cankers.

168.

168.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

169.

169.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā soṇṇakontariko thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Soṇṇakontarika

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Soṇṇakontarikattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna of the Elder Soṇṇakontarika is finished.

Sakiṃsammajjakavaggo tecattālīsamo.

The forty-third chapter, the Sakiṃsammajjaka-vagga, is concluded.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary thereof:

Sakiṃsammajjako thero, ekadussī ekāsanī;

Kadambakoraṇḍakado, ghatassavanikopi ca.

The Elder Sakiṃsammajjaka, Ekadussī, Ekāsanī, Kadamba, Koraṇḍaka, Ghata, and Savanika.

Sucintiko kiṅkaṇiko, soṇṇakontarikopi ca;

Ekagāthāsatañcettha, ekasattatimeva ca.

Sucintika, Kiṅkaṇika, and Soṇṇakontarika also; and herein are one hundred and seventy-one verses.

44. Ekavihārivaggo

44. The Chapter of the Solitary Dweller

1. Ekavihārikattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Ekavihārika

1.

1.

‘‘Imamhi [Pg.16] bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this auspicious aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great renown, Kassapa by clan name, the best of speakers, arose.

2.

2.

‘‘Nippapañco nirālambo, ākāsasamamānaso;

Suññatābahulo tādī, animittarato vasī.

Free from conceptual proliferation, without support, with a mind like the sky; abiding much in emptiness, steadfast, delighting in the signless, a master.

3.

3.

‘‘Asaṅgacitto nikleso, asaṃsaṭṭho kule gaṇe;

Mahākāruṇiko vīro, vinayopāyakovido.

With a mind free from clinging, undefiled, unassociated with families and groups; greatly compassionate, heroic, skilled in the means of discipline.

4.

4.

‘‘Uyyutto parakiccesu, vinayanto sadevake;

Nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ, gatiṃ paṅkavisosanaṃ.

Engaged in the affairs of others, disciplining the world with its devas, he teaches the path leading to Nibbāna, which dries up the mud of destinations.

5.

5.

‘‘Amataṃ paramassādaṃ, jarāmaccunivāraṇaṃ;

Mahāparisamajjhe so, nisinno lokatārako.

The Deathless, of supreme delight, which prevents aging and death; in the midst of the great assembly he, the saviour of the world, is seated.

6.

6.

‘‘Karavīkaruto nātho, brahmaghoso tathāgato;

Uddharanto mahāduggā, vippanaṭṭhe anāyake.

The Protector, with a voice like the Karavīka bird, the Tathāgata with a voice like Brahmā, is rescuing from the great abyss those who are lost and without a leader.

7.

7.

‘‘Desento virajaṃ dhammaṃ, diṭṭho me lokanāyako;

Tassa dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Teaching the stainless Dhamma, the leader of the world was seen by me; having heard his Dhamma, I went forth into the homeless life.

8.

8.

‘‘Pabbajitvā tadāpāhaṃ, cintento jinasāsanaṃ;

Ekakova vane ramme, vasiṃ saṃsaggapīḷito.

Having gone forth at that time, while pondering the Victor’s Teaching, I dwelt all alone in a delightful forest, afflicted by association.

9.

9.

‘‘Sakkāyavūpakāso me, hetubhūto mamābhavī ;

Manaso vūpakāsassa, saṃsaggabhayadassino.

For me, who sees the danger in association, the calming of identity-view became the cause for the calming of the mind.

10.

10.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements have been burnt up, all existences have been uprooted; like an elephant having broken its bonds, I dwell without cankers.

11.

11.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming to the presence of the Buddha was a good coming; the three knowledges have been attained, the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

12.

12.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.17] catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekavihāriko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ekavihārika

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Ekavihārikattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The first Apadāna of the Elder Ekavihārika is finished.

2. Ekasaṅkhiyattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Ekasaṅkhiya

13.

13.

‘‘Vipassino bhagavato, mahābodhimaho ahu;

Mahājanā samāgamma, pūjenti bodhimuttamaṃ.

For the Blessed One Vipassī, there was a great festival for the Mahābodhi; the great populace, having come together, honors the supreme Bodhi.

14.

14.

‘‘Na hi taṃ orakaṃ maññe, buddhaseṭṭho bhavissati;

Yassāyaṃ īdisā bodhi, pūjanīyā ca satthuno.

Indeed, I do not consider that to be inferior; he will be the best of Buddhas, the Teacher whose Bodhi is of such a nature and worthy of honor.

15.

15.

‘‘Tato saṅkhaṃ gahetvāna, bodhirukkhamupaṭṭhahiṃ;

Dhamanto sabbadivasaṃ, avandiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ.

Then, having taken a conch, I attended upon the Bodhi tree; blowing it the whole day, I venerated the supreme Bodhi.

16.

16.

‘‘Āsannake kataṃ kammaṃ, devalokaṃ apāpayī;

Kaḷevaraṃ me patitaṃ, devaloke ramāmahaṃ.

A deed done near the time of death led me to the deva world; my body fell, and I rejoice in the deva world.

17.

17.

‘‘Saṭṭhituriyasahassāni, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā;

Sadā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhanti, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Sixty thousand musical instruments, delighted, joyful, and elated, always attend upon me; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

18.

18.

‘‘Ekasattatime kappe, rājā āsiṃ sudassano;

Cāturanto vijitāvī, jambumaṇḍassa issaro.

In the seventy-first aeon from now, I was the king named Sudassana, a universal monarch, victorious, and lord of the Jambu continent.

19.

19.

‘‘Tato aṅgasatā turiyā, parivārenti maṃ sadā;

Anubhomi sakaṃ kammaṃ, upaṭṭhānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Then musical instruments with a hundred parts always surround me; I experience my own kamma. This is the fruit of service.

20.

20.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Mātukucchigatassāpi, vajjare bheriyo sadā.

Whatever existence I am reborn into, whether divine or human, even while in my mother’s womb, drums always resound.

21.

21.

‘‘Upaṭṭhitvāna sambuddhaṃ, anubhutvāna sampadā;

Sivaṃ sukhemaṃ amataṃ, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

Having attended upon the Sambuddha and having experienced prosperity, I have attained the peaceful, secure, deathless, unshakeable state.

22.

22.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this one, when I performed that kamma, I have not known a woeful state since; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

23.

23.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell untainted.

24.

24.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.18] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

25.

25.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekasaṅkhiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ekasaṅkhiya spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Ekasaṅkhiyattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Ekasaṅkhiya is finished.

3. Pāṭihīrasaññakattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Pāṭihīrasaññaka

26.

26.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Vasīsatasahassehi, nagaraṃ pāvisī tadā.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the recipient of offerings, at that time entered the city with one hundred thousand masters.

27.

27.

‘‘Nagaraṃ pavisantassa, upasantassa tādino;

Ratanāni pajjotiṃsu, nigghoso āsi tāvade.

As that Such-like One, who was pacified, entered the city, jewels shone forth, and at that moment a great acclamation arose.

28.

28.

‘‘Buddhassa ānubhāvena, bherī vajjumaghaṭṭitā;

Sayaṃ vīṇā pavajjanti, buddhassa pavisato puraṃ.

By the Buddha’s power, drums resounded though unstruck; lutes played of their own accord as the Buddha entered the city.

29.

29.

‘‘Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ namassāmi, padumuttaramahāmuniṃ;

Pāṭihīrañca passitvā, tattha cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

I pay homage to the best of Buddhas, the great sage Padumuttara. Having seen the miracle, I gladdened my mind in his presence.

30.

30.

‘‘Aho buddho aho dhammo, aho no satthusampadā;

Acetanāpi turiyā, sayameva pavajjare.

Oh, the Buddha! Oh, the Dhamma! Oh, the accomplishment of our Teacher! Even inanimate musical instruments play of their own accord.

31.

31.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ saññamalabhiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhasaññāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago from this one, when I gained that perception, I have not known a woeful state since; this is the fruit of the perception of the Buddha.

32.

32.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell untainted.

33.

33.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

34.

34.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pāṭihīrasaññako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Pāṭihīrasaññaka spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Pāṭihīrasaññakattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Pāṭihīrasaññaka is finished.

4. Ñāṇatthavikattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Ñāṇatthavika

35.

35.

‘‘Kaṇikāraṃva [Pg.19] jalitaṃ, dīparukkhaṃva jotitaṃ;

Kañcanaṃva virocantaṃ, addasaṃ dvipaduttamaṃ.

Blazing like a kaṇikāra tree, shining like a lamp-tree, resplendent like gold, I saw the best of bipeds.

36.

36.

‘‘Kamaṇḍaluṃ ṭhapetvāna, vākacīrañca kuṇḍikaṃ;

Ekaṃsaṃ ajinaṃ katvā, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ thaviṃ ahaṃ.

Having put aside the water pot, the bark garment, and the hooked staff, and having placed the deerskin robe over one shoulder, I praised the Supreme Buddha.

37.

37.

‘‘‘Tamandhakāraṃ vidhamaṃ, mohajālasamākulaṃ;

Ñāṇālokaṃ dassetvāna, nittiṇṇosi mahāmuni.

‘Dispelling that darkness entangled with the net of delusion, and having shown the light of wisdom, you, O Great Sage, have crossed over.’

38.

38.

‘‘‘Samuddharasimaṃ lokaṃ, sabbāvantamanuttaraṃ;

Ñāṇe te upamā natthi, yāvatājagatogati.

‘You lift up this world, all-encompassing and unsurpassed. There is no comparison to your wisdom, as far as the course of the world extends.’

39.

39.

‘‘‘Tena ñāṇena sabbaññū, iti buddho pavuccati;

Vandāmi taṃ mahāvīraṃ, sabbaññutamanāvaraṃ’.

‘By that wisdom, the Buddha is called the All-Knower. I venerate that Great Hero, who possesses unobstructed omniscience.’

40.

40.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ thaviṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ñāṇatthavāyidaṃ phalaṃ;

A hundred thousand aeons ago from this one, I praised the Supreme Buddha. I have not known a woeful state since; this is the fruit of praising his wisdom.

41.

41.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo;

My defilements are burned up… I dwell untainted.

42.

42.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

43.

43.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ñāṇatthaviko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ñāṇatthavika spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Ñāṇatthavikattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Ñāṇatthavika is finished.

5. Ucchukhaṇḍikattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Ucchukhaṇḍika

44.

44.

‘‘Nagare bandhumatiyā, dvārapālo ahosahaṃ;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ.

In the city of Bandhumatī, I was a gatekeeper. I saw the Buddha, stainless, the one gone to the far shore of all things.

45.

45.

‘‘Ucchukhaṇḍikamādāya, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, vipassissa mahesino.

Taking a piece of sugarcane, with a confident and joyful mind, I gave it to the Great Sage Vipassī, the best of Buddhas.

46.

46.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.20] kappe, yaṃ ucchumadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ucchukhaṇḍassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this one, when I gave that sugarcane, I have known no woeful state since; this is the fruit of the piece of sugarcane.

47.

47.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... I dwell free of cankers.”

48.

48.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.”

49.

49.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ucchukhaṇḍiko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ucchukhaṇḍika...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Ucchukhaṇḍikattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Fifth Apadāna of the Elder Ucchukhaṇḍika.

6. Kaḷambadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Kaḷambadāyaka

50.

50.

‘‘Romaso nāma sambuddho, vasate pabbatantare;

Kaḷambaṃ tassa pādāsiṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

“The Sambuddha named Romasa was dwelling in a mountain pass; with faith, I offered a kaḷamba tuber to him with my own hands.”

51.

51.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kaḷambassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four aeons from this one, when I gave that gift, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of the kaḷamba offering.”

52.

52.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... I dwell without cankers.”

53.

53.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

54.

54.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kaḷambadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Kaḷambadāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Kaḷambadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Sixth Apadāna of the Elder Kaḷambadāyaka.

7. Ambāṭakadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Ambāṭakadāyaka

55.

55.

‘‘Vipine buddhaṃ disvāna, sayambhuṃ aparājitaṃ;

Ambāṭakaṃ gahetvāna, sayambhussa adāsahaṃ.

“Having seen a Paccekabuddha in the forest, the Self-become, the Unconquered One, I took an ambāṭaka fruit and gave it to the Self-become One.”

56.

56.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Thirty-one aeons from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.”

57.

57.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.21] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... I dwell without cankers.”

58.

58.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

59.

59.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ambāṭakadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ambāṭakadāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Ambāṭakadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Seventh Apadāna of the Elder Ambāṭakadāyaka.

8. Harītakadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Harītakadāyaka

60.

60.

‘‘Harītakaṃ āmalakaṃ, ambajambuvibhītakaṃ;

Kolaṃ bhallātakaṃ billaṃ, sayameva harāmahaṃ.

“Harītaka, āmalaka, mango, rose-apple, vibhītaka, kola, bhallātaka, and billa—I myself bring these.”

61.

61.

‘‘Disvāna pabbhāragataṃ, jhāyiṃ jhānarataṃ muniṃ;

Ābādhena āpīḷentaṃ, adutīyaṃ mahāmuniṃ.

“Having seen the Great Sage gone to a mountain slope, a meditator delighting in jhāna, a sage without a companion, afflicted by illness.”

62.

62.

‘‘Harītakaṃ gahetvāna, sayambhussa adāsahaṃ;

Khādamattamhi bhesajje, byādhi passambhi tāvade.

“Taking a harītaka fruit, I gave it to the Self-become One. As soon as the medicine was consumed, the illness immediately subsided.”

63.

63.

‘‘Pahīnadaratho buddho, anumodamakāsi me;

‘Bhesajjadāneniminā, byādhivūpasamena ca.

“The Buddha, his anguish abandoned, gave his blessing to me: ‘By this gift of medicine and by the calming of the illness,

64.

64.

‘‘‘Devabhūto manusso vā, jāto vā aññajātiyā;

Sabbattha sukhito hotu, mā ca te byādhimāgamā’.

“‘Whether you become a deva or a human, or are born in any other state of existence, may you be happy everywhere, and may illness never come to you.’”

65.

65.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, sayambhū aparājito;

Nabhaṃ abbhuggamī dhīro, haṃsarājāva ambare.

“Having spoken this word, the Perfectly Enlightened One, the Self-existent, the Unconquered, the steadfast one, rose into the sky like a king of swans in the heavens.”

66.

66.

‘‘Yato harītakaṃ dinnaṃ, sayambhussa mahesino;

Imaṃ jātiṃ upādāya, byādhi me nupapajjatha.

“Since a harītaka fruit was given to the Self-existent Great Seer, from this birth onwards, no illness has arisen for me.”

67.

67.

‘‘Ayaṃ pacchimako mayhaṃ, carimo vattate bhavo;

Tisso vijjā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“This is my last existence, my final becoming. The three knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

68.

68.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, bhesajjamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bhesajjassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four aeons ago, I gave medicine then. I do not know a woeful state; this is the fruit of medicine.”

69.

69.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.22] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without cankers.”

70.

70.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

71.

71.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā harītakadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Harītakadāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Harītakadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Harītakadāyaka.

9. Ambapiṇḍiyattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Ambapiṇḍiya.

72.

72.

‘‘Hatthirājā tadā āsiṃ, īsādanto uruḷhavā;

Vicaranto brahāraññe, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Then I was a king of elephants, with tusks like plough-shafts, able to carry a heavy load. Wandering in the great forest, I saw the Leader of the World.

73.

73.

‘‘Ambapiṇḍaṃ gahetvāna, adāsiṃ satthuno ahaṃ;

Paṭiggaṇhi mahāvīro, siddhattho lokanāyako.

Taking a cluster of mangoes, I gave it to the Teacher. The Great Hero, Siddhattha, the Leader of the World, accepted it.

74.

74.

‘‘Mama nijjhāyamānassa, paribhuñji tadā jino;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, tusitaṃ upapajjahaṃ.

While I was watching, the Conqueror then partook of it. Having gladdened my mind in his presence, I was reborn in Tusita.

75.

75.

‘‘Tato ahaṃ cavitvāna, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Eteneva upāyena, anubhutvāna sampadā.

Having passed away from there, I became a wheel-turning monarch. By this very means, having experienced prosperity,

76.

76.

‘‘Padhānapahitattohaṃ, upasanto nirūpadhi;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, viharāmi anāsavo.

With my mind intent on striving, pacified, and without substrate, having fully understood all the taints, I dwell free from taints.

77.

77.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ phalamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

78.

78.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up...pe... I dwell without taints.

79.

79.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming...pe... the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

80.

80.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges...pe... the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ambapiṇḍiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ambapiṇḍiya...

Abhāsitthāti.

...spoke these verses.

Ambapiṇḍiyattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Ambapiṇḍiya is concluded.

10. Ambaphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Ambaphaliya.

81.

81.

‘‘Padumuttarabuddhassa[Pg.23], lokajeṭṭhassa tādino;

Piṇḍāya vicarantassa, dhārato uttamaṃ yasaṃ.

To the Buddha Padumuttara, foremost in the world, the steadfast one, who, while wandering for alms, bore supreme fame.

82.

82.

‘‘Aggaphalaṃ gahetvāna, vippasannena cetasā;

Dakkhiṇeyyassa vīrassa, adāsiṃ satthuno ahaṃ.

Having taken the first mango fruit, with a devout mind, I gave it to the Teacher, the hero, who is worthy of offerings.

83.

83.

‘‘Tena kammena dvipadinda, lokajeṭṭha narāsabha;

Pattomhi acalaṃ ṭhānaṃ, hitvā jayaparājayaṃ.

Through that kamma, O Lord of Bipeds, Foremost in the World, Bull among Men, I have reached the unshakable state, having abandoned victory and defeat.

84.

84.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, aggadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I gave that gift, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of the first fruit.

85.

85.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt...pe... I dwell free from taints.

86.

86.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one...pe... the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

87.

87.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ambaphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti;

The four analytical knowledges...pe... the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled. Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ambaphaliya spoke these verses.

Ambaphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna of the Elder Ambaphaliya is concluded.

Ekavihārivaggo catucattālīsamo.

The Ekavihāri Vagga, the forty-fourth, is concluded.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary thereof:

Thero ekavihārī ca, saṅkhiyo pāṭihīrako;

Thaviko ucchukhaṇḍī ca, kaḷambaambāṭakado.

The Elder Ekavihārī, Saṅkhiya, Pāṭihīraka, Thavika, Ucchukhaṇḍika, and the givers of Kaḷamba and Ambāṭaka.

Harītakambapiṇḍī ca, ambado dasamo yati;

Chaḷasīti ca gāthāyo, gaṇitāyo vibhāvibhi.

Harītaka, Ambapiṇḍiya, and Ambada, the tenth ascetic. And eighty-six verses have been counted by the wise.

45. Vibhītakavaggo

45. The Vibhītaka Vagga

1. Vibhītakamiñjiyattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Vibhītakamiñjiya

1.

1.

‘‘Kakusandho [Pg.24] mahāvīro, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho so, agamāsi vanantaraṃ.

Kakusandha, the great hero, who had gone to the far shore of all dhammas, secluded himself from the multitude and went into the heart of the forest.

2.

2.

‘‘Bījamiñjaṃ gahetvāna, latāya āvuṇiṃ ahaṃ;

Bhagavā tamhi samaye, jhāyate pabbatantare.

Having taken a seed kernel, I strung it on a creeper. At that time, the Blessed One was absorbed in jhāna in a mountain cleft.

3.

3.

‘‘Disvānahaṃ devadevaṃ, vippasannena cetasā;

Dakkhiṇeyyassa vīrassa, bījamiñjamadāsahaṃ.

Having seen the god of gods, with a devout mind, I gave the seed kernel to the hero, who is worthy of offerings.

4.

4.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, yaṃ miñjamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bījamiñjassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In this very aeon, when I gave that kernel, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of the seed kernel.

5.

5.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt, all states of existence are uprooted. Like an elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell free from taints.

6.

6.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming to the presence of the Buddha was a good one. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

7.

7.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, these eight liberations, and the six supernormal knowledges have been realized. The Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vibhītakamiñjiyo thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Vibhītakamiñjiya...

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

...spoke these verses.

Vibhītakamiñjiyattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The first Apadāna of the Elder Vibhītakamiñjiya is concluded.

2. Koladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Koladāyaka

8.

8.

‘‘Ajinena nivatthohaṃ, vākacīradharo tadā;

Khāriyā pūrayitvāna, kolaṃhāsiṃ mamassamaṃ.

Clad in a deerskin, I wore a bark-cloth robe at that time. Having filled a basket with jujube fruits, I brought them to my hermitage.

9.

9.

‘‘Tamhi [Pg.25] kāle sikhī buddho, eko adutiyo ahu;

Mamassamaṃ upāgacchi, jānanto sabbakālikaṃ.

“At that time, the Buddha Sikhī, the one without a second, arose. Knowing at all times, he approached my hermitage.”

10.

10.

‘‘Sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā, vanditvāna ca subbataṃ;

Ubho hatthehi paggayha, kolaṃ buddhassadāsahaṃ.

“Having gladdened my own mind and having paid homage to the one of excellent vows, lifting up the jujube fruit with both hands, I gave it to the Buddha.”

11.

11.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, koladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In the thirty-first aeon from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have not known an unhappy destination since. This is the fruit of the gift of a jujube.”

12.

12.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... (etc.) ... I dwell free from taints.”

13.

13.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a welcome one... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

14.

14.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā koladāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Koladāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...spoke these verses.

Koladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Koladāyaka is concluded.

3. Billiyattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Billiya

15.

15.

‘‘Candabhāgānadītīre, assamo sukato mama;

Billarukkhehi ākiṇṇo, nānādumanisevito.

“On the bank of the Candabhāgā River, my hermitage was well-made, filled with Bael trees and frequented by various other trees.”

16.

16.

‘‘Sugandhaṃ beluvaṃ disvā, buddhaseṭṭhamanussariṃ;

Khāribhāraṃ pūrayitvā, tuṭṭho saṃviggamānaso.

“Seeing a fragrant Bael fruit, I recollected the Supreme Buddha. Filling a shoulder-pole basket, I was joyful and with a mind stirred by spiritual urgency.”

17.

17.

‘‘Kakusandhaṃ upāgamma, billapakkamadāsahaṃ;

Puññakkhettassa vīrassa, vippasannena cetasā.

“Having approached Kakusandha, with a perfectly serene mind, I gave a ripe Bael fruit to the Hero, the field of merit.”

18.

18.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappasmiṃ, yaṃ phalamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In this very aeon, when I gave that fruit, I have not known an unhappy destination since. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.”

19.

19.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... (etc.) ... I dwell free from taints.”

20.

20.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a welcome one... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

21.

21.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.26] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā billiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Billiya...

Abhāsitthāti.

...spoke these verses.

Billiyattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Elder Billiya is concluded.

4. Bhallātadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Bhallātadāyaka

22.

22.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sambuddhaṃ, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇaṃ;

Vipinaggena gacchantaṃ, sālarājaṃva phullitaṃ.

“The Fully Enlightened One, of golden complexion, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, going through the edge of the forest, blossomed like a kingly Sāl tree.”

23.

23.

‘‘Tiṇattharaṃ paññāpetvā, buddhaseṭṭhaṃ ayācahaṃ;

‘Anukampatu maṃ buddho, bhikkhaṃ icchāmi dātave’.

“Having spread a grass mat, I requested the Supreme Buddha: ‘May the Buddha have compassion on me; I wish to give alms-food’.”

24.

24.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, atthadassī mahāyaso;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, orūhi mama assame.

“The compassionate one, the merciful one, Atthadassī of great renown, knowing my intention, descended to my hermitage.”

25.

25.

‘‘Orohitvāna sambuddho, nisīdi paṇṇasanthare;

Bhallātakaṃ gahetvāna, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ.

“Having descended, the Fully Enlightened One sat on the spread of leaves. Taking a bhallātaka fruit, I gave it to the Supreme Buddha.”

26.

26.

‘‘Mama nijjhāyamānassa, paribhuñji tadā jino;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, abhivandiṃ tadā jinaṃ.

“While I was looking on, the Conqueror then partook of it. Having gladdened my mind towards him, I then paid homage to the Conqueror.”

27.

27.

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, yaṃ phalamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Eighteen hundred aeons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a woeful state since. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.”

28.

28.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... (etc.) ... I dwell free from taints.”

29.

29.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a welcome one... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

30.

30.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā bhallātadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Bhallātadāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...spoke these verses.

Bhallātadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The fourth Apadāna of the Elder Bhallātadāyaka is concluded.

5. Uttalipupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Uttalipupphiya

31.

31.

‘‘Nigrodhe [Pg.27] haritobhāse, saṃviruḷhamhi pādape;

Uttalimālaṃ paggayha, bodhiyā abhiropayiṃ.

“At the thriving banyan tree of green lustre, having lifted up an Uttali garland, I placed it upon the Bodhi tree.”

32.

32.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, yaṃ bodhimabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bodhipūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In this very aeon, when I venerated that Bodhi tree, I have not known a woeful state since. This is the fruit of venerating the Bodhi tree.”

33.

33.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up... (etc.) ... I dwell free from taints.”

34.

34.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a welcome one... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

35.

35.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... (etc.) ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā uttalipupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Uttalipupphiya spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He recited thus.

Uttalipupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Fifth Apadāna of the Elder Uttalipupphiya is finished.

6. Ambāṭakiyattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Ambāṭakiya

36.

36.

‘‘Supupphitaṃ sālavanaṃ, ogayha vessabhū muni;

Nisīdi giriduggesu, abhijātova kesarī.

Having entered the sāla forest in full bloom, the sage Vessabhū sat in the mountain gorges, like a noble lion.

37.

37.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, ambāṭakamapūjayiṃ;

Puññakkhettaṃ anuttaraṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

With a confident and gladdened mind, being confident, I offered an ambāṭaka fruit with my own hands to the unsurpassed field of merit.

38.

38.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhiropayiṃ;

Duggati nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one aeons ago from this one, when I offered up that fruit, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

39.

39.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned… I dwell free from taints.

40.

40.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

My coming was indeed a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

41.

41.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ambāṭakiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Ambāṭakiya these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited thus.

Ambāṭakiyattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Sixth Apadāna of the Elder Ambāṭakiya is finished.

7. Sīhāsanikattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Sīhāsanika

42.

42.

‘‘Padumuttarassa [Pg.28] bhagavato, sabbabhūtahitesino;

Pasannacitto sumano, sīhāsanamadāsahaṃ.

To the Blessed One Padumuttara, who seeks the welfare of all beings, with a serene and gladdened mind, I gave a lion seat.

43.

43.

‘‘Devaloke manusse vā, yattha yattha vasāmahaṃ;

Labhāmi vipulaṃ byamhaṃ, sīhāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Whether in the deva world or in the human world, wherever I dwell, I obtain a vast mansion; this is the fruit of the lion seat.

44.

44.

‘‘Soṇṇamayā rūpimayā, lohitaṅgamayā bahū;

Maṇimayā ca pallaṅkā, nibbattanti mamaṃ sadā.

Couches made of gold, made of silver, many made of ruby, and couches made of gems are always produced for me.

45.

45.

‘‘Bodhiyā āsanaṃ katvā, jalajuttamanāmino;

Ucce kule pajāyāmi, aho dhammasudhammatā.

Having made a seat at the Bodhi tree of the Highest of Lotuses, I am born in a high family. Oh, the good nature of the Dhamma!

46.

46.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, sīhāsanamakāsahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, sīhāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, I made a lion seat. I do not know a bad destination; this is the fruit of the lion seat.

47.

47.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

48.

48.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

My coming was indeed a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

49.

49.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sīhāsaniko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Sīhāsanika these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited thus.

Sīhāsanikattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Seventh Apadāna of the Elder Sīhāsanika is finished.

8. Pādapīṭhiyattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Pādapīṭhiya

50.

50.

‘‘Sumedho nāma sambuddho, aggo kāruṇiko muni;

Tārayitvā bahū satte, nibbuto so mahāyaso.

The Sambuddha named Sumedha, the foremost, compassionate sage, having helped many beings to cross over, that one of great fame attained Nibbāna.

51.

51.

‘‘Sīhāsanassa sāmantā, sumedhassa mahesino;

Pasannacitto sumano, pādapīṭhamakārayiṃ.

Near the lion seat of the great sage Sumedha, with a serene and gladdened mind, I had a footstool made.

52.

52.

‘‘Katvāna kusalaṃ kammaṃ, sukhapākaṃ sukhudrayaṃ;

Puññakammena saṃyutto, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Having done a wholesome kamma that ripens in happiness and has a happy result, endowed with meritorious kamma, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

53.

53.

‘‘Tattha [Pg.29] me vasamānassa, puññakammasamaṅgino;

Padāni uddharantassa, soṇṇapīṭhā bhavanti me.

While I dwelled there, endowed with meritorious kamma, as I was lifting my feet, golden footstools came to be for me.

54.

54.

‘‘Lābhā tesaṃ suladdhaṃ vo, ye labhanti upassutiṃ;

Nibbute kāraṃ katvāna, labhanti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

A gain for them, and well-gained for you, who get to hear; having made an offering to the one who has attained Nibbāna, they obtain abundant happiness.

55.

55.

‘‘Mayāpi sukataṃ kammaṃ, vāṇijjaṃ suppayojitaṃ;

Pādapīṭhaṃ karitvāna, soṇṇapīṭhaṃ labhāmahaṃ.

By me also a kamma was well-done, a trade well-undertaken; having made a footstool, I obtain a golden footstool.

56.

56.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ pakkamāmi, kenaci kiccayenahaṃ ;

Soṇṇapīṭhe akkamāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Whatever direction I travel, for whatever purpose, I step upon a golden footstool; this is the fruit of a meritorious deed.

57.

57.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pādapīṭhassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty thousand aeons ago, when I performed that deed, I have not known a woeful state since; this is the fruit of the gift of a footstool.

58.

58.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

59.

59.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

60.

60.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pādapīṭhiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Pādapīṭhiya these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited thus.

Pādapīṭhiyattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Pādapīṭhiya is finished.

9. Vedikārakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Vedikāraka

61.

61.

‘‘Padumuttarassa bhagavato, bodhiyā pādaputtame;

Vedikaṃ sukataṃ katvā, sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

For the Blessed One Padumuttara, at the Bodhi tree, the best of trees, having made a well-constructed railing, I gladdened my own mind.

62.

62.

‘‘Atoḷārāni bhaṇḍāni, katāni akatāni ca;

Antalikkhā pavassanti, vedikāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

Magnificent goods, both wrought and unwrought, rain down from the sky; this is the fruit of the railing.

63.

63.

‘‘Ubhato byūḷhasaṅgāme, pakkhandanto bhayānake;

Bhayabheravaṃ na passāmi, vedikāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

When plunging into a dreadful battle arrayed on both sides, I see no fear or terror; this is the fruit of the railing.

64.

64.

‘‘Mama [Pg.30] saṅkappamaññāya, byamhaṃ nibbattate subhaṃ;

Sayanāni mahagghāni, vedikāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

Knowing my intention, a beautiful celestial mansion arises, and couches of great value come into being; this is the fruit of the railing.

65.

65.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ vedikamakārayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, vedikāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I had a railing made, I have not known a woeful state since; this is the fruit of the railing.

66.

66.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

67.

67.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

68.

68.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vedikārako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Vedikāraka

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Vedikārakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The ninth Apadāna of the Elder Vedikāraka is concluded.

10. Bodhigharadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Bodhigharadāyaka

69.

69.

‘‘Siddhatthassa bhagavato, dvipadindassa tādino;

Pasannacitto sumano, bodhigharamakārayiṃ.

For the Blessed One Siddhattha, the Lord of bipeds, the Steadfast One, with a pleased and gladdened mind, I had a Bodhi-house made.

70.

70.

‘‘Tusitaṃ upapannomhi, vasāmi ratane ghare;

Na me sītaṃ vā uṇhaṃ vā, vāto gatte na samphuse.

I have arisen in the Tusita heaven; I dwell in a jeweled mansion. For me there is neither cold nor heat, nor does wind touch my body.

71.

71.

‘‘Pañcasaṭṭhimhito kappe, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Kāsikaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, vissakammena māpitaṃ.

Sixty-five aeons from now, I was a wheel-turning monarch; the city named Kāsika was created by Vissakamma.

72.

72.

‘‘Dasayojanaāyāmaṃ, aṭṭhayojanavitthataṃ;

Na tamhi nagare atthi, kaṭṭhaṃ vallī ca mattikā.

Ten yojanas in length and eight yojanas in width, in that city there was no wood, creeper, or clay.

73.

73.

‘‘Tiriyaṃ yojanaṃ āsi, addhayojanavitthataṃ;

Maṅgalo nāma pāsādo, vissakammena māpito.

The palace named Maṅgala, created by Vissakamma, was one yojana across and half a yojana in breadth.

74.

74.

‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni, thambhā soṇṇamayā ahuṃ;

Maṇimayā ca niyyūhā, chadanaṃ rūpiyaṃ ahu.

Eighty-four thousand pillars were made of gold, the pinnacles were made of gems, and the roof was of silver.

75.

75.

‘‘Sabbasoṇṇamayaṃ [Pg.31] gharaṃ, vissakammena māpitaṃ;

Ajjhāvutthaṃ mayā etaṃ, gharadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

A mansion made entirely of gold was created by Vissakamma; in this I have lived. This is the fruit of the gift of a Bodhi-house.

76.

76.

‘‘Te sabbe anubhotvāna, devamānusake bhave;

Ajjhapattomhi nibbānaṃ, santipadamanuttaraṃ.

Having experienced all those fruits in divine and human existences, I have now attained Nibbāna, the unsurpassed state of peace.

77.

77.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, bodhigharamakārayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, gharadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty thousand kappas ago, I had a Bodhi-house made. I have known no woeful state since then; this is the fruit of the gift of a Bodhi-house.

78.

78.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

79.

79.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

80.

80.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā bodhigharadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Bodhigharadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Bodhigharadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna of the Elder Bodhigharadāyaka is concluded.

Vibhītakavaggo pañcacattālīsamo.

The Vibhītaka Chapter, the forty-fifth, is concluded.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary thereof:

Vibhītakī kolaphalī, billabhallātakappado;

Uttalambaṭakī ceva, āsanī pādapīṭhako.

Vibhītaka, Kolaphala, the Giver of Billa and Bhallātaka, Uttala, Ambaṭaka, Āsana, and Pādapīṭhaka.

Vediko bodhighariko, gāthāyo gaṇitāpi ca;

Ekūnāsītikā sabbā, asmiṃ vagge pakittitā.

Vedika, Bodhigharika; and the verses, when counted, are all declared as seventy-nine in this chapter.

46. Jagatidāyakavaggo

46. The Chapter of the Giver of a Walkway

1. Jagatidāyakattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Jagatidāyaka

1.

1.

‘‘Dhammadassissa [Pg.32] munino, bodhiyā pādaputtame;

Pasannacitto sumano, jagatiṃ kārayiṃ ahaṃ.

For the sage Dhammadassī, at the Bodhi tree, the best of trees, with a pleased and joyful mind, I had a walkway made.

2.

2.

‘‘Darito pabbatato vā, rukkhato patito ahaṃ;

Cuto patiṭṭhaṃ vindāmi, jagatiyā idaṃ phalaṃ.

Whether fallen from a cliff, a mountain, or a tree, I find a firm footing; this is the fruit of the walkway.

3.

3.

‘‘Na me corā vihesanti, nātimaññanti khattiyā ;

Sabbāmittetikkamāmi, jagatiyā idaṃ phalaṃ.

Thieves do not harm me, nor do nobles disrespect me; I overcome all enemies. This is the fruit of the walkway.

4.

4.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Sabbattha pūjito homi, jagatiyā idaṃ phalaṃ.

In whatever existence I am reborn, whether divine or human, I am honored everywhere; this is the fruit of the walkway.

5.

5.

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, jagatiṃ kārayiṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, jagatidānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Eighteen hundred kappas ago, I had a walkway made; since then, I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of the gift of a walkway.

6.

6.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up, all states of existence are uprooted; like an elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell free of taints.

7.

7.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming into the presence of the Buddha. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

8.

8.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four kinds of analytical knowledge, the eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā jagatidāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Jagatidāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Jagatidāyakattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Jagatidāyaka.

2. Morahatthiyattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Morahatthiya

9.

9.

‘‘Morahatthaṃ gahetvāna, upesiṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, morahatthamadāsahaṃ.

Having taken a peacock-feather fan, I approached the Leader of the World; with a devout and joyful mind, I gave the peacock-feather fan.

10.

10.

‘‘Iminā [Pg.33] morahatthena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Nibbāyiṃsu tayo aggī, labhāmi vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

By this peacock-feather fan, and by my intentions and aspirations, the three fires have been extinguished; I obtain abundant happiness.

11.

11.

‘‘Aho buddho aho dhammo, aho no satthusampadā;

Datvānahaṃ morahatthaṃ, labhāmi vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

Oh, the Buddha! Oh, the Dhamma! Oh, the accomplishment of our Teacher! Having given a peacock-feather fan, I obtain abundant happiness.

12.

12.

‘‘Tiyaggī nibbutā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Sabbāsavā parikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

My three fires are extinguished, all states of existence are uprooted; all the taints are destroyed, now there is no more renewed existence.

13.

13.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, morahatthassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from now, when I gave that gift, I have known no bad destination—this is the fruit of the peacock-feather fan.

14.

14.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

15.

15.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

16.

16.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four kinds of analytical knowledge … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā morahatthiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Morahatthiya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Morahatthiyattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Morahatthiya.

3. Sīhāsanabījiyattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Sīhāsanabījiya

17.

17.

‘‘Tissassāhaṃ bhagavato, bodhirukkhamavandiyaṃ;

Paggayha bījaniṃ tattha, sīhāsanamabījahaṃ.

I worshipped the Bodhi tree of the Blessed One Tissa; having taken up a fan there, I fanned the lion seat.

18.

18.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, sīhāsanamabījahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bījanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-two eons ago from now, I fanned the lion seat; I have known no bad destination—this is the fruit of fanning.

19.

19.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

20.

20.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

21.

21.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four kinds of analytical knowledge … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sīhāsanabījiyo thero imā

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Sīhāsanabījiya

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Sīhāsanabījiyattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Sīhāsanabījiya.

4. Tiṇukkadhāriyattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Tiṇukkadhāriya

22.

22.

‘‘Padumuttarabuddhassa[Pg.34], bodhiyā pādaputtame;

Pasannacitto sumano, tayo ukke adhārayiṃ.

At the excellent Bodhi tree of the Buddha Padumuttara, with a devoted and joyful mind, I held three torches.

23.

23.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, sohaṃ ukkamadhārayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ukkadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand eons ago, I held a torch; I have known no bad destination. This is the fruit of the gift of a torch.

24.

24.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell without taints.

25.

25.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

26.

26.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā tiṇukkadhāriyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Tiṇukkadhāriya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Tiṇukkadhāriyattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Tiṇukkadhāriya.

5. Akkamanadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Akkamanadāyaka

27.

27.

‘‘Kakusandhassa munino, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato;

Divāvihāraṃ vajato, akkamanamadāsahaṃ.

To the sage Kakusandha, the true brahmin who had lived the holy life, as he was going for his day-sojourn, I gave sandals.

28.

28.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, akkamanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In this very eon, for the gift that I gave then, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of the gift of sandals.

29.

29.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell without taints.

30.

30.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

31.

31.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā akkamanadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Akkamanadāyaka these verses...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited.

Akkamanadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Fifth Apadāna of the Elder Akkamanadāyaka is finished.

6. Vanakoraṇḍiyattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Vanakoraṇḍiya

32.

32.

‘‘Siddhatthassa bhagavato, lokajeṭṭhassa tādino;

Vanakoraṇḍamādāya, buddhassa abhiropayiṃ.

To the Blessed One Siddhattha, foremost in the world, the Suchlike One, having taken a wild koraṇḍa flower, I offered it to the Buddha.

33.

33.

‘‘Catunnavutito [Pg.35] kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhiropayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons from this one, when I offered that flower, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

34.

34.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell without taints.

35.

35.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

36.

36.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vanakoraṇḍiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Vanakoraṇḍiya these verses...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited.

Vanakoraṇḍiyattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Sixth Apadāna of the Elder Vanakoraṇḍiya is finished.

Vīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Twentieth Recitation Section.

7. Ekachattiyattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Ekachattiya

37.

37.

‘‘Aṅgārajātā pathavī, kukkuḷānugatā mahī;

Padumuttaro bhagavā, abbhokāsamhi caṅkami.

The earth had become like embers, the ground had become like hot ashes; the Blessed One Padumuttara was practicing walking meditation in the open.

38.

38.

‘‘Paṇḍaraṃ chattamādāya, addhānaṃ paṭipajjahaṃ;

Tattha disvāna sambuddhaṃ, vitti me upapajjatha.

Taking a white parasol, I set out on a long journey. There, having seen the Fully Enlightened One, joy arose in me.

39.

39.

‘‘Marīciyotthaṭā bhūmi, aṅgārāva mahī ayaṃ;

Upahanti mahāvātā, sarīrassāsukhepanā.

The ground is covered with a mirage, this earth is like live coals; great winds blow, exhausting the body's life-force.

40.

40.

‘‘Sītaṃ uṇhaṃ vihanantaṃ, vātātapanivāraṇaṃ;

Paṭiggaṇha imaṃ chattaṃ, phassayissāmi nibbutiṃ.

‘It dispels cold and heat, a protection from wind and sun; please accept this parasol. I wish to experience the cooling.’

41.

41.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, padumuttaro mahāyaso;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, paṭiggaṇhi tadā jino.

Compassionate and merciful, Padumuttara of great renown, having known my intention, the Conqueror then accepted it.

42.

42.

‘‘Tiṃsakappāni devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

For thirty aeons, as king of the devas, I exercised sovereignty over the devas; and five hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

43.

43.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Anubhomi sakaṃ kammaṃ, pubbe sukatamattano.

I experience vast regional kingship, uncountable by number, which is the fruit of my own kamma, of good deeds done by myself in the past.

44.

44.

‘‘Ayaṃ [Pg.36] me pacchimā jāti, carimo vattate bhavo;

Ajjāpi setacchattaṃ me, sabbakālaṃ dharīyati.

This is my last birth, my final existence is now in process; even today a white parasol is held over me at all times.

45.

45.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ chattamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, chattadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons from this one, when I gave that parasol, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of the gift of a parasol.

46.

46.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

47.

47.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

48.

48.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekachattiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Ekachattiya these verses...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited.

Ekachattiyattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Seventh Apadāna of the Elder Ekachattiya is finished.

8. Jātipupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Jātipupphiya

49.

49.

‘‘Parinibbute bhagavati, padumuttare mahāyase;

Pupphavaṭaṃsake katvā, sarīramabhiropayiṃ.

When the Blessed One Padumuttara of great renown had attained Parinibbāna, having made floral diadems, I placed them upon his sacred body.

50.

50.

‘‘Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, nimmānaṃ agamāsahaṃ;

Devalokagato santo, puññakammaṃ sarāmahaṃ.

Having made my mind confident towards him there, I went to the Nimmānarati heaven; having gone to the deva world, I recollect my meritorious kamma.

51.

51.

‘‘Ambarā pupphavasso me, sabbakālaṃ pavassati;

Saṃsarāmi manusse ce, rājā homi mahāyaso.

A rain of flowers rains down on me from the sky at all times; and if I wander in transmigration among humans, I become a king of great renown.

52.

52.

‘‘Tahiṃ kusumavasso me, abhivassati sabbadā;

Tasseva pupphapūjāya, vāhasā sabbadassino.

There a rain of blossoms always showers upon me, by the power of that very flower offering made to the All-Seeing One.

53.

53.

‘‘Ayaṃ pacchimako mayhaṃ, carimo vattate bhavo;

Ajjāpi pupphavasso me, abhivassati sabbadā.

This is my final, my last existence. Even in this life, a rain of flowers always showers upon me.

54.

54.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhiropayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dehapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I offered that flower, I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of venerating the body.

55.

55.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

56.

56.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.37] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

57.

57.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā jātipupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Jātipupphiya these verses...

Abhāsitthāti.

He recited.

Jātipupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Jātipupphiya.

9. Paṭṭipupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Paṭṭipupphiya

58.

58.

‘‘Nīharante sarīramhi, vajjamānāsu bherisu;

Pasannacitto sumano, paṭṭipupphamapūjayiṃ.

While the body was being carried out and the drums were being beaten, with a devout and gladdened mind, I offered a floral band.

59.

59.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dehapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, for the flower I offered in homage, I have since known no woeful state. This is the fruit of venerating the body.

60.

60.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

61.

61.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

62.

62.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā paṭṭipupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Paṭṭipupphiya these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Paṭṭipupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Paṭṭipupphiya.

10. Gandhapūjakattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Gandhapūjaka

63.

63.

‘‘Citāsu kurumānāsu, nānāgandhe samāhaṭe;

Pasannacitto sumano, gandhamuṭṭhimapūjayiṃ.

When the funeral pyres were being made and various fragrances were gathered, with a devout and gladdened mind, I offered a handful of perfume.

64.

64.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, citakaṃ yamapūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, citapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, for the pyre I venerated, I have since known no woeful state. This is the fruit of venerating the pyre.

65.

65.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

66.

66.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

67.

67.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.38] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā gandhapūjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Gandhapūjaka these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Gandhapūjakattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Tenth Apadāna of the Elder Gandhapūjaka.

Jagatidāyakavaggo chacattālīsamo.

The Jagatidāyaka Chapter, the Forty-Sixth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Jagatī morahatthī ca, āsanī ukkadhārako;

Akkami vanakoraṇḍi, chattado jātipūjako.

Jagatidāyaka, Morahatthadāyaka, Sihāsanavījiyaka, Tiṇukkādhāriya, Akkamanadāyaka, Vanakoraṇḍiya, Ekachattiya, and Jātipūjaka,

Paṭṭipupphī ca yo thero, dasamo gandhapūjako;

Sattasaṭṭhi ca gāthāyo, gaṇitāyo vibhāvibhi.

and the Elder Paṭṭipupphiya, and the tenth, Gandhapūjaka. The verses are sixty-seven, as counted by the wise.

47. Sālakusumiyavaggo

47. The Sālakusumiya Chapter

1. Sālakusumiyattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Sālakusumiya

1.

1.

‘‘Parinibbute [Pg.39] bhagavati, jalajuttamanāmake;

Āropitamhi citake, sālapupphamapūjayiṃ.

When the Blessed One named Padumuttara had attained Parinibbāna, and when he was placed upon the funeral pyre, I offered a sāla flower.

2.

2.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhiropayiṃ ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, citapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, for the flower I offered up, I have since not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of venerating the funeral pyre.

3.

3.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up; all states of existence are uprooted. Like a great elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell taintless.

4.

4.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming to the presence of the Buddha was a good one. The three knowledges have been attained; the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

5.

5.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, these eight liberations, and the six supernormal powers have been realized; the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sālakusumiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Sālakusumiya...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Sālakusumiyattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Sālakusumiya.

2. Citakapūjakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Citakapūjaka

6.

6.

‘‘Jhāyamānassa bhagavato, sikhino lokabandhuno;

Aṭṭha campakapupphāni, citakaṃ abhiropayiṃ.

On the funeral pyre of the Blessed One, Sikhī, the Kinsman of the World, as he was being cremated, I offered up eight campaka flowers.

7.

7.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhiropayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, citapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one aeons ago, for the flower I offered up, I have since not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of venerating the funeral pyre.

8.

8.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

9.

9.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

10.

10.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ [Pg.40] sudaṃ āyasmā citakapūjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Citakapūjaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Citakapūjakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Citakapūjaka is concluded.

3. Citakanibbāpakattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Citakanibbāpaka

11.

11.

‘‘Dayhamāne sarīramhi, vessabhussa mahesino;

Gandhodakaṃ gahetvāna, citaṃ nibbāpayiṃ ahaṃ.

While the body of the great sage Vessabhū was being burned, I, having taken scented water, extinguished the funeral pyre.

12.

12.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, citaṃ nibbāpayiṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, gandhodakassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from now, I extinguished the pyre; I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the scented water.

13.

13.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

14.

14.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a welcome one… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

15.

15.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā citakanibbāpako thero imā

Thus indeed, the venerable Elder Citakanibbāpaka...

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Citakanibbāpakattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Elder Citakanibbāpaka is concluded.

4. Setudāyakattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Setudāyaka

16.

16.

‘‘Vipassino bhagavato, caṅkamantassa sammukhā;

Pasannacitto sumano, setuṃ kārāpayiṃ ahaṃ.

Before the Blessed One Vipassī, at the head of his walking meditation path, I, with a devout and joyful mind, caused a bridge to be built.

17.

17.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ setuṃ kārayiṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, setudānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one eons ago from now, I caused a bridge to be made; I have known no woeful state since. This is the fruit of the gift of a bridge.

18.

18.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

19.

19.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a welcome one… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

20.

20.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā setudāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed, the venerable Elder Setudāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Setudāyakattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The fourth Apadāna of the Elder Setudāyaka is concluded.

5. Sumanatālavaṇṭiyattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Sumanatālavaṇṭiya

21.

21.

‘‘Siddhatthassa [Pg.41] bhagavato, tālavaṇṭamadāsahaṃ;

Sumanehi paṭicchannaṃ, dhārayāmi mahāyasaṃ.

To the Blessed One Siddhattha, I gave a palm-leaf fan covered with jasmine flowers; I hold it for the one of great fame.

22.

22.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, tālavaṇṭamadāsahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, tālavaṇṭassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four eons ago from now, I gave a palm-leaf fan; I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of a palm-leaf fan.

23.

23.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

24.

24.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a welcome one… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

25.

25.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, the eight liberations, and the six supernormal abilities have been realized by me; the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sumanatālavaṇṭiyo thero imā

Thus indeed, the venerable Elder Sumanatālavaṇṭiya...

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Sumanatālavaṇṭiyattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The fifth Apadāna of the Elder Sumanatālavaṇṭiya is concluded.

6. Avaṭaphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Avaṭaphaliya

26.

26.

‘‘Sataraṃsī nāma bhagavā, sayambhū aparājito;

Vivekakāmo sambuddho, gocarāyābhinikkhami.

The Blessed One named Sataraṃsī, the Self-arisen, the Unconquered, the Perfectly Enlightened One who delights in solitude, went forth for his alms-round.

27.

27.

‘‘Phalahattho ahaṃ disvā, upagacchiṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, adāsiṃ avaṭaṃ phalaṃ.

With fruit in hand, having seen the Bull among Men, I approached him. With a devout and joyful mind, I gave an avaṭa fruit.

28.

28.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four eons ago from now, I gave that fruit; I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

29.

29.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

30.

30.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a welcome one… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

31.

31.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā avaṭaphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, indeed, the Venerable Elder Avaṭaphaliya...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Avaṭaphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The sixth Apadāna of the Elder Avaṭaphaliya is concluded.

7. Labujaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Labujaphaladāyaka

32.

32.

‘‘Nagare [Pg.42] bandhumatiyā, ārāmiko ahaṃ tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, gacchantaṃ anilañjase.

In the city of Bandhumatī, I was then a park keeper; I saw the dust-free Buddha traveling through the path of the wind.

33.

33.

‘‘Labujaṃ phalamādāya, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Ākāseva ṭhito santo, paṭiggaṇhi mahāyaso.

Taking a labuja fruit, I gave it to the most excellent of Buddhas. Standing in the sky, the One of Great Fame accepted it.

34.

34.

‘‘Vittisañjanano mayhaṃ, diṭṭhadhammasukhāvaho;

Phalaṃ buddhassa datvāna, vippasannena cetasā.

Having given the fruit to the Buddha with a serene mind, it became for me a source of joy, a bringer of happiness in this very life.

35.

35.

‘‘Adhigañchiṃ tadā pītiṃ, vipulaṃ sukhamuttamaṃ;

Uppajjateva ratanaṃ, nibbattassa tahiṃ tahiṃ.

Then I obtained rapture, and vast, supreme happiness. Treasures arose for me wherever I was reborn.

36.

36.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no bad destination since then; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

37.

37.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up... I dwell without taints.

38.

38.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

39.

39.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā labujaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Labujaphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Labujaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The seventh Apadāna of the Elder Labujaphaladāyaka is concluded.

8. Pilakkhaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Pilakkhaphaladāyaka

40.

40.

‘‘Vanantare buddhaṃ disvā, atthadassiṃ mahāyasaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, pilakkhassa phalaṃ adā.

Having seen the Buddha Atthadassī, the One of Great Fame, in the forest, with a serene mind and joyful heart, I gave a fruit of the Pilakkha tree.

41.

41.

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Eighteen hundred aeons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have known no bad destination since then; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

42.

42.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell without taints.

43.

43.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

44.

44.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.43] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pilakkhaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Pilakkhaphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Pilakkhaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The eighth Apadāna, of the Elder Pilakkhaphaladāyaka, is concluded.

9. Sayaṃpaṭibhāniyattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Sayaṃpaṭibhāniya

45.

45.

‘‘Kakudhaṃ vilasantaṃva, devadevaṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipajjantaṃ, ko disvā na pasīdati.

Like a shining Kakudha tree, the God of gods, the Bull Among Men, walking along the main road—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

46.

46.

‘‘Tamandhakāraṃ nāsetvā, santāretvā bahuṃ janaṃ;

Ñāṇālokena jotantaṃ, ko disvā na pasīdati.

Having destroyed that darkness and brought many people across, shining with the light of knowledge—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

47.

47.

‘‘Vasīsatasahassehi, nīyantaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Uddharantaṃ bahū satte, ko disvā na pasīdati.

The Leader of the World, proceeding with one hundred thousand masters, uplifting many beings—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

48.

48.

‘‘Āhanantaṃ dhammabheriṃ, maddantaṃ titthiye gaṇe;

Sīhanādaṃ vinadantaṃ, ko disvā na pasīdati.

Beating the drum of the Dhamma, crushing the groups of sectarians, sounding the lion’s roar—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

49.

49.

‘‘Yāvatā brahmalokato, āgantvāna sabrahmakā;

Pucchanti nipuṇe pañhe, ko disvā na pasīdati.

Gods together with Brahmās, having come from as far as the Brahmā world, ask him subtle questions—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

50.

50.

‘‘Yassañjaliṃ karitvāna, āyācanti sadevakā;

Tena puññaṃ anubhonti, ko disvā na pasīdati.

He to whom humans together with gods, having made the añjali gesture, make requests, and thereby experience merit—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

51.

51.

‘‘Sabbe janā samāgantvā, sampavārenti cakkhumaṃ;

Na vikampati ajjhiṭṭho, ko disvā na pasīdati.

All people, having assembled, invite the One with Vision; though urged, he does not waver—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

52.

52.

‘‘Nagaraṃ pavisato yassa, ravanti bheriyo bahū;

Vinadanti gajā mattā, ko disvā na pasīdati.

Of him who enters the city, many drums sound and intoxicated elephants roar—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

53.

53.

‘‘Vīthiyā gacchato yassa, sabbābhā jotate sadā;

Abbhunnatā samā honti, ko disvā na pasīdati.

Of him who walks along the lane, an all-encompassing radiance always shines, and high ground becomes level—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

54.

54.

‘‘Byāharantassa buddhassa, cakkavāḷampi suyyati;

Sabbe satte viññāpeti, ko disvā na pasīdati.

When the Buddha speaks, his voice is heard even throughout the world-system; he makes all beings understand—who, having seen him, would not be inspired with faith?

55.

55.

‘‘Satasahassito [Pg.44] kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhikittayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kittanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, I extolled the Buddha; I have known no bad destination since then. This is the fruit of that extolling.

56.

56.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up... I dwell without taints.

57.

57.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

58.

58.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sayaṃpaṭibhāniyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Sayaṃpaṭibhāniya

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Sayaṃpaṭibhāniyattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The ninth Apadāna, of the Elder Sayaṃpaṭibhāniya, is concluded.

10. Nimittabyākaraṇiyattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Nimittabyākaraṇiya

59.

59.

‘‘Ajjhogāhetvā himavaṃ, mante vāce mahaṃ tadā;

Catupaññāsasahassāni, sissā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhahuṃ.

Having entered the Himālaya, I was then teaching the sacred verses; fifty-four thousand pupils attended on me.

60.

60.

‘‘Adhitā vedagū sabbe, chaḷaṅge pāramiṃ gatā;

Sakavijjāhupatthaddhā, himavante vasanti te.

All were learned, masters of the Vedas, having reached perfection in the six auxiliary disciplines. Stiff with their own knowledge, they dwelt in the Himālaya.

61.

61.

‘‘Cavitvā tusitā kāyā, devaputto mahāyaso;

Uppajji mātukucchismiṃ, sampajāno patissato.

Having passed away from the Tusita host, the devaputta of great fame was reborn in his mother’s womb, mindful and clearly comprehending.

62.

62.

‘‘Sambuddhe upapajjante, dasasahassi kampatha;

Andhā cakkhuṃ alabhiṃsu, uppajjantamhi nāyake.

When the Perfectly Enlightened One was being conceived, the ten-thousand-fold world system quaked. The blind received their sight when the Leader was being conceived.

63.

63.

‘‘Sabbākāraṃ pakampittha, kevalā vasudhā ayaṃ;

Nigghosasaddaṃ sutvāna, ubbijjiṃsu mahājanā.

This entire earth quaked in every way; having heard the roaring sound, the great mass of people were alarmed.

64.

64.

‘‘Sabbe janā samāgamma, āgacchuṃ mama santikaṃ;

Vasudhāyaṃ pakampittha, kiṃ vipāko bhavissati.

All the people assembled and came into my presence, asking: ‘This earth has quaked; what will be its result?’

65.

65.

‘‘Avacāsiṃ tadā tesaṃ, mā bhetha natthi vo bhayaṃ;

Visaṭṭhā hotha sabbepi, uppādoyaṃ suvatthiko.

I then said to them: ‘Do not fear, there is no danger for you. All of you, be at ease; this occurrence is for your well-being.’

66.

66.

‘‘Aṭṭhahetūhi [Pg.45] samphussa, vasudhāyaṃ pakampati;

Tathā nimittā dissanti, obhāso vipulo mahā.

‘This earth quakes due to eight causes. Likewise, omens are seen, and a great, vast radiance appears.’

67.

67.

‘‘Asaṃsayaṃ buddhaseṭṭho, uppajjissati cakkhumā;

Saññāpetvāna janataṃ, pañcasīle kathesahaṃ.

‘Without a doubt, the excellent Buddha, the one possessing the five eyes, will arise.’ Having made the people understand, I taught the five precepts.

68.

68.

‘‘Sutvāna pañca sīlāni, buddhuppādañca dullabhaṃ;

Ubbegajātā sumanā, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā ahaṃsu te.

Having heard the five precepts and the rare appearance of a Buddha, they became thrilled, gladdened, pleased, and delighted.

69.

69.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, yaṃ nimittaṃ viyākariṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, byākaraṇassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-second aeon from this one, I declared that omen; since then, I have not known a bad destination. This is the fruit of that declaration.

70.

70.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up … I dwell taintless.

71.

71.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming it was for me … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

72.

72.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā nimittabyākaraṇiyo thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Nimittabyākaraṇiya the Elder

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Nimittabyākaraṇiyattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna of the Elder Nimittabyākaraṇiya.

Sālakusumiyavaggo sattacattālīsamo.

The Sālakusumiya Chapter, the forty-seventh.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Sālakusumiyo thero, pūjā nibbāpakopi ca;

Setudo tālavaṇṭī ca, avaṭalabujappado.

The Elder Sālakusumiya, Citakapūjaka, Citakanibbāpaka, Setudāyaka, Sumanatālavaṇḍiya, Avaṭaphaliya, and Labujaphaladāyaka,

Pilakkhapaṭibhānī ca, veyyākaraṇiyo dijo;

Dvesattati ca gāthāyo, gaṇitāyo vibhāvibhi.

Pilakkhaphaladāyaka, Sayaṃpaṭibhāniya, and the brahmin who was an interpreter of omens. The verses are reckoned by the wise as seventy-two.

48. Naḷamālivaggo

48. The Naḷamāli Chapter

1. Naḷamāliyattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Naḷamāliya

1.

1.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ [Pg.46] sambuddhaṃ, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahaṃ;

Vipinaggena gacchantaṃ, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

I saw the Perfectly Enlightened One of golden complexion, the recipient of offerings, the leader of the world, walking along the edge of the forest.

2.

2.

‘‘Naḷamālaṃ gahetvāna, nikkhamanto ca tāvade;

Tatthaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ.

Taking a garland of reeds and going forth at that time, there I saw the Perfectly Enlightened One, who had crossed the flood and was free from taints.

3.

3.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, naḷamālamapūjayiṃ;

Dakkhiṇeyyaṃ mahāvīraṃ, sabbalokānukampakaṃ.

With a devoted and joyful mind, I offered a reed garland to the one worthy of noble offerings, the one of great energy, the one compassionate to the entire world.

4.

4.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ mālamabhiropayiṃ ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first aeon from this one, since I offered that garland, I know of no woeful state; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

5.

5.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt; all states of existence are uprooted. Like a great elephant having cut its bonds, I dwell free from taints.

6.

6.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming into the presence of the Buddha was a good one. The three knowledges have been attained; the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

7.

7.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six supernormal knowledges have been realized; the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā naḷamāliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Naḷamāliya the Elder

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Naḷamāliyattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Naḷamāliya.

2. Maṇipūjakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Maṇipūjaka

8.

8.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Vivekakāmo sambuddho, gacchate anilañjase.

The Victor named Padumuttara, who has reached the far shore of all dhammas, the Perfectly Enlightened One desiring seclusion, travels on the path of the wind.

9.

9.

‘‘Avidūre himavantassa, mahājātassaro ahu;

Tattha me bhavanaṃ āsi, puññakammena saṃyutaṃ.

Not far from the Himavanta, there was a great natural lake. There was my mansion, endowed with meritorious kamma.

10.

10.

‘‘Bhavanā [Pg.47] abhinikkhamma, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Indīvaraṃva jalitaṃ, ādittaṃva hutāsanaṃ.

Having gone forth from my mansion, I saw the Leader of the World, shining like a blue water lily, blazing like a sacrificial fire.

11.

11.

‘‘Vicinaṃ naddasaṃ pupphaṃ, pūjayissanti nāyakaṃ;

Sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā, avandiṃ satthuno ahaṃ.

Searching for a flower with which to worship the Leader, I did not find one. Making my own mind serene, I paid homage to the Teacher.

12.

12.

‘‘Mama sīse maṇiṃ gayha, pūjayiṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Imāya maṇipūjāya, vipāko hotu bhaddako.

Taking the jewel from my head, I worshipped the Leader of the World. By this worship with a jewel, may there be an excellent result!

13.

13.

‘‘Padumuttaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Antalikkhe ṭhito satthā, imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsatha.

Padumuttara, the knower of the worlds, the recipient of offerings, the Teacher, standing in the sky, spoke this verse:

14.

14.

‘So te ijjhatu saṅkappo, labhassu vipulaṃ sukhaṃ;

Imāya maṇipūjāya, anubhohi mahāyasaṃ’.

‘May that aspiration of yours be fulfilled; may you obtain abundant happiness. Through this offering of a jewel, may you experience great renown.’

15.

15.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna bhagavā, jalajuttamanāmako;

Agamāsi buddhaseṭṭho, yattha cittaṃ paṇīhitaṃ.

Having said this, the Blessed One, named Jalajuttama, the Best of Buddhas, went wherever his mind was directed.

16.

16.

‘‘Saṭṭhikappāni devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Anekasatakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

For sixty eons, being the lord of devas, I exercised sovereignty over the devas; and for many hundreds of times, I was a wheel-turning monarch.

17.

17.

‘‘Pubbakammaṃ sarantassa, devabhūtassa me sato;

Maṇi nibbattate mayhaṃ, ālokakaraṇo mamaṃ.

For me, being a deva and remembering my past meritorious kamma, a jewel arises; a light-making jewel arises for me.

18.

18.

‘‘Chaḷasītisahassāni, nāriyo me pariggahā;

Vicittavatthābharaṇā, āmukkamaṇikuṇḍalā.

Eighty-six thousand women were my consorts, adorned with various garments and ornaments, wearing jeweled earrings.

19.

19.

‘‘Aḷārapamhā hasulā, susaññā tanumajjhimā;

Parivārenti maṃ niccaṃ, maṇipūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

With long curved eyelashes, smiling and pleasant, of good perception, and slender-waisted, they constantly surround me. This is the fruit of the jewel-offering.

20.

20.

‘‘Soṇṇamayā maṇimayā, lohitaṅgamayā tathā;

Bhaṇḍā me sukatā honti, yadicchasi piḷandhanā.

Well-made goods and ornaments, made of gold, of jewels, and also of ruby, arise for me as I wish.

21.

21.

‘‘Kūṭāgārā gahārammā, sayanañca mahārahaṃ;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, nibbattanti yadicchakaṃ.

Delightful gabled halls, caves, and a couch worthy of great ones—knowing my intention, they arise according to my wish.

22.

22.

‘‘Lābhā tesaṃ suladdhañca, ye labhanti upassutiṃ;

Puññakkhettaṃ manussānaṃ, osadhaṃ sabbapāṇinaṃ.

A gain it is for them, and well-gained indeed, who get to hear of the field of merit for humans, the medicine for all living beings.

23.

23.

‘‘Mayhampi [Pg.48] sukataṃ kammaṃ, yohaṃ adakkhi nāyakaṃ;

Vinipātā pamuttomhi, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

A good deed was done by me too, in that I saw the Leader. I am freed from the lower realms; I have attained the unshakable state.

24.

24.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Divasañceva rattiñca, āloko hoti me sadā.

Whatever existence I am reborn in, whether divine or human, there is always a light for me by day and by night.

25.

25.

‘‘Tāyeva maṇipūjāya, anubhotvāna sampadā;

Ñāṇāloko mayā diṭṭho, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

Through that very jewel-offering, having enjoyed success, the light of knowledge was seen by me, and I have attained the unshakable state.

26.

26.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ maṇiṃ abhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, maṇipūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand eons ago, when I offered that jewel in worship, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of the jewel-offering.

27.

27.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

28.

28.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

29.

29.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā maṇipūjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Maṇipūjaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Maṇipūjakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Maṇipūjaka.

3. Ukkāsatikattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Ukkāsatika

30.

30.

‘‘Kosiko nāma bhagavā, cittakūṭe vasī tadā;

Jhāyī jhānarato buddho, vivekābhirato muni.

The Blessed One named Kosika dwelt on Cittakūṭa at that time; the Buddha was a meditator, delighting in jhāna; the Sage, delighting in seclusion.

31.

31.

‘‘Ajjhogāhetvā himavantaṃ, nārīgaṇapurakkhato;

Addasaṃ kosikaṃ buddhaṃ, puṇṇamāyeva candimaṃ.

Having entered the Himālaya, attended by a retinue of women, I saw the Buddha Kosika, like the moon on a full-moon day.

32.

32.

‘‘Ukkāsate gahetvāna, parivāresahaṃ tadā;

Sattarattindivaṃ ṭhatvā, aṭṭhamena agacchahaṃ.

Then, having taken up a hundred torches, I surrounded him. Having stood for seven nights and days, on the eighth day I departed.

33.

33.

‘‘Vuṭṭhitaṃ kosikaṃ buddhaṃ, sayambhuṃ aparājitaṃ;

Pasannacitto vanditvā, ekaṃ bhikkhaṃ adāsahaṃ.

With a confident mind, having paid homage to the Buddha Kosika who had arisen from his attainment—the Self-become, the Unconquered—I gave a single portion of almsfood.

34.

34.

‘‘Tena kammena dvipadinda, lokajeṭṭha narāsabha;

Uppajjiṃ tusite kāye, ekabhikkhāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

By that kamma, O sovereign of bipeds, chief of the world, bull among men, I was reborn in the Tusita realm. This is the fruit of a single portion of almsfood.

35.

35.

‘‘Divasañceva [Pg.49] rattiñca, āloko hoti me sadā;

Samantā yojanasataṃ, obhāsena pharāmahaṃ.

Both by day and by night, there is always light for me. I pervade a hundred yojanas all around with my radiance.

36.

36.

‘‘Pañcapaññāsakappamhi, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Cāturanto vijitāvī, jambumaṇḍassa issaro.

For fifty-five eons, I was a wheel-turning monarch, a conqueror whose boundaries were the four oceans, sovereign of the continent of Jambū.

37.

37.

‘‘Tadā me nagaraṃ āsi, iddhaṃ phītaṃ sunimmitaṃ;

Tiṃsayojanamāyāmaṃ, vitthārena ca vīsati.

At that time, my city was prosperous, flourishing, and well-created; it was thirty yojanas in length and twenty in breadth.

38.

38.

‘‘Sobhaṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, vissakammena māpitaṃ;

Dasasaddāvivittaṃ taṃ, sammatāḷasamāhitaṃ.

The city named Sobhaṇa was created by Vissakamma. That city was never free from the ten sounds and was endowed with drums and cymbals.

39.

39.

‘‘Na tamhi nagare atthi, vallikaṭṭhañca mattikā;

Sabbasoṇṇamayaṃyeva, jotate niccakālikaṃ.

In that city there were no creepers, wood, or clay; it was made entirely of gold and shone perpetually.

40.

40.

‘‘Catupākāraparikkhittaṃ, tayo āsuṃ maṇimayā;

Vemajjhe tālapantī ca, vissakammena māpitā.

It was surrounded by four ramparts; three were made of jewels. In the middle, a row of palm trees was also created by Vissakamma.

41.

41.

‘‘Dasasahassapokkharañño, padumuppalachāditā;

Puṇḍarīkehi sañchannā, nānāgandhasamīritā.

It was endowed with ten thousand ponds, covered with red lotuses and blue water-lilies, blanketed with white lotuses, and wafting various fragrances.

42.

42.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ ukkaṃ dhārayiṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ukkadhārassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four eons ago from this one, I held up a torch. Since then, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of holding a torch.

43.

43.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

44.

44.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

45.

45.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ukkāsatiko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ukkāsatika...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Ukkāsatikattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Elder Ukkāsatika.

4. Sumanabījaniyattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Sumanabījaniya

46.

46.

‘‘Vipassino bhagavato, bodhiyā pādaputtame;

Sumano bījaniṃ gayha, abījiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ.

At the Bodhi of the Blessed One Vipassī, that most excellent of trees, with a joyful mind, I took a fan and fanned the supreme Bodhi.

47.

47.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.50] kappe, abījiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bījanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one eons ago from this one, I fanned the supreme Bodhi. I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of fanning.

48.

48.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

49.

49.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

50.

50.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sumanabījaniyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Sumanabījaniya these verses…

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Sumanabījaniyattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Sumanabījaniya, the Fourth.

5. Kummāsadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Kummāsadāyaka

51.

51.

‘‘Esanāya carantassa, vipassissa mahesino;

Rittakaṃ pattaṃ disvāna, kummāsaṃ pūrayiṃ ahaṃ.

Seeing the empty bowl of the Great Sage Vipassī, who was wandering in search of alms, I filled it with barley-meal.

52.

52.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ bhikkhaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kummāsassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one eons ago from this one, when I gave that alms-food, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the barley-meal.

53.

53.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

54.

54.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

55.

55.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kummāsadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Kummāsadāyaka these verses…

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Kummāsadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Kummāsadāyaka, the Fifth.

6. Kusaṭṭhakadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Kusaṭṭhakadāyaka

56.

56.

‘‘Kassapassa bhagavato, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato;

Pasannacitto sumano, kusaṭṭhakamadāsahaṃ.

To the Blessed One Kassapa, the brahmin who had lived the holy life, with a confident and joyful mind, I gave eight portions of ticket-food.

57.

57.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappasmiṃ, kusaṭṭhakamadāsahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kusaṭṭhakassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In this very eon, I gave eight portions of ticket-food; I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of the eight portions of ticket-food.

58.

58.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.51] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

59.

59.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

60.

60.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kusaṭṭhakadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Kusaṭṭhakadāyaka these verses…

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Kusaṭṭhakadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Kusaṭṭhakadāyaka, the Sixth.

7. Giripunnāgiyattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Giripunnāgiya

61.

61.

‘‘Sobhito nāma sambuddho, cittakūṭe vasī tadā;

Gahetvā giripunnāgaṃ, sayambhuṃ abhipūjayiṃ.

The Perfectly Enlightened One named Sobhita was dwelling then on Mount Cittakūṭa. Taking a mountain punnāga flower, I worshipped the Self-Become One.

62.

62.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four eons ago from this one, when I worshipped the Buddha, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

63.

63.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

64.

64.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

65.

65.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā giripunnāgiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Giripunnāgiya these verses…

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Giripunnāgiyattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Giripunnāgiya, the Seventh.

8. Vallikāraphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Vallikāraphaladāyaka

66.

66.

‘‘Sumano nāma sambuddho, takkarāyaṃ vasī tadā;

Vallikāraphalaṃ gayha, sayambhussa adāsahaṃ.

When the Perfectly Enlightened One named Sumana was dwelling in the land of Takkara, I took a vallikāra fruit and gave it to the Self-Become One.

67.

67.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first eon from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

68.

68.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

69.

69.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

70.

70.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.52] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vallikāraphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Vallikāraphaladāyaka...

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Vallikāraphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Vallikāraphaladāyaka.

9. Pānadhidāyakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Pānadhidāyaka

71.

71.

‘‘Anomadassī bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho;

Divāvihārā nikkhamma, pathamāruhi cakkhumā.

The Blessed One Anomadassī, foremost in the world, bull among men, having emerged from his day’s abiding, the One with Vision set out upon the path.

72.

72.

‘‘Pānadhiṃ sukataṃ gayha, addhānaṃ paṭipajjahaṃ;

Tatthaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, pattikaṃ cārudassanaṃ.

Taking a pair of well-made sandals, I set out on a long journey. There I saw the Perfectly Enlightened One, walking on foot, of lovely appearance.

73.

73.

‘‘Sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā, nīharitvāna pānadhiṃ;

Pādamūle ṭhapetvāna, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having filled my own mind with confidence, I brought out the sandals, and placing them at his feet, I spoke this utterance:

74.

74.

‘‘‘Abhirūha mahāvīra, sugatinda vināyaka;

Ito phalaṃ labhissāmi, so me attho samijjhatu’.

‘Mount these, O great hero, O Sugata, O leader! From this I shall obtain the fruit; may that purpose of mine be fulfilled!’

75.

75.

‘‘Anomadassī bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho;

Pānadhiṃ abhirūhitvā, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

The Blessed One Anomadassī, foremost in the world, bull among men, having stepped onto the sandals, spoke this utterance:

76.

76.

‘‘‘Yo pānadhiṃ me adāsi, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi;

Tamahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato’.

‘He who gave me these sandals, with a confident mind and with his own hands, I will now extol him; listen to me as I speak.’

77.

77.

‘‘Buddhassa giramaññāya, sabbe devā samāgatā;

Udaggacittā sumanā, vedajātā katañjalī.

Understanding the Buddha’s speech, all the devas assembled. With elated and joyful minds, filled with bliss, they paid homage with joined palms.

78.

78.

‘‘Pānadhīnaṃ padānena, sukhitoyaṃ bhavissati;

Pañcapaññāsakkhattuñca, devarajjaṃ karissati.

‘By this gift of sandals, this one will be happy. And for fifty-five times he will exercise sovereignty among the devas.’

79.

79.

‘‘Sahassakkhattuṃ rājā ca, cakkavattī bhavissati;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

‘A thousand times he will be a wheel-turning king, and his regional sovereignty will be vast, innumerable by calculation.’

80.

80.

‘‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘In an immeasurable eon from now, born in the Okkāka clan, a Teacher named Gotama by clan will be in the world.’

81.

81.

‘‘Tassa [Pg.53] dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissatināsavo.

‘He will be an heir in his Dhamma, a legitimate son created by the Dhamma. Having fully understood all the taints, he will attain Nibbāna free from taints.’

82.

82.

‘‘Devaloke manusse vā, nibbattissati puññavā;

Devayānapaṭibhāgaṃ, yānaṃ paṭilabhissati.

Whether in the deva world or in the human world, this meritorious one will be reborn. He will obtain a vehicle comparable to a divine vehicle.

83.

83.

‘‘Pāsādā sivikā vayhaṃ, hatthino samalaṅkatā;

Rathā vājaññasaṃyuttā, sadā pātubhavanti me.

Palaces, palanquins, and litters, well-adorned elephants, and chariots yoked with thoroughbreds always appear for me.

84.

84.

‘‘Agārā nikkhamantopi, rathena nikkhamiṃ ahaṃ;

Kesesu chijjamānesu, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Even when going forth from home, I went forth by chariot. While my hair was being cut, I attained Arahantship.

85.

85.

‘‘Lābhā mayhaṃ suladdhaṃ me, vāṇijjaṃ suppayojitaṃ;

Datvāna pānadhiṃ ekaṃ, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

A gain for me, a good gain indeed for me! My trade was well-conducted. Having given a pair of sandals, I have attained the unshakable state.

86.

86.

‘‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, yaṃ pānadhimadāsahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pānadhissa idaṃ phalaṃ.

Immeasurable eons ago from now, I gave that pair of sandals. Since then, I have not known a woeful state. This is the fruit of the sandals.

87.

87.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

88.

88.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

89.

89.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pānadhidāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Pānadhidāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Pānadhidāyakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Pānadhidāyaka.

10. Pulinacaṅkamiyattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Pulinacaṅkamiya

90.

90.

‘‘Migaluddo pure āsiṃ, araññe kānane ahaṃ;

Vātamigaṃ gavesanto, caṅkamaṃ addasaṃ ahaṃ.

Formerly I was a deer hunter in the forest, in the wilderness. While searching for an antelope, I saw a walking path.

91.

91.

‘‘Ucchaṅgena pulinaṃ gayha, caṅkame okiriṃ ahaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, sugatassa sirīmato.

Taking sand in the fold of my garment, I scattered it on the walking path of the glorious Well-farer, with a confident and joyful mind.

92.

92.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, pulinaṃ okiriṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pulinassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from now, I scattered that sand. Since then, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of the sand.

93.

93.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.54] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

94.

94.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

95.

95.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pulinacaṅkamiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Pulinacaṅkamiya...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Pulinacaṅkamiyattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Tenth Apadāna of the Elder Pulinacaṅkamiya.

Naḷamālivaggo aṭṭhacattālīsamo.

The Naḷamāli Chapter, the Forty-Eighth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary of this is:

Naḷamālī maṇidado, ukkāsatikabījanī;

Kummāso ca kusaṭṭho ca, giripunnāgiyopi ca.

Naḷamālī, Maṇidada, Ukkāsatika, Bījanī, Kummāsa, Kusaṭṭha, and also Giripunnāgiya.

Vallikāro pānadhido, atho pulinacaṅkamo;

Gāthāyo pañcanavuti, gaṇitāyo vibhāvibhi.

Vallikāra, Pānadhida, and then Pulinacaṅkama. The verses counted by the wise are ninety-five.

49. Paṃsukūlavaggo

49. The Paṃsukūla Chapter

1. Paṃsukūlasaññakattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Paṃsukūlasaññaka

1.

1.

‘‘Tisso [Pg.55] nāmāsi bhagavā, sayambhū aggapuggalo;

Paṃsukūlaṃ ṭhapetvāna, vihāraṃ pāvisī jino.

“The Blessed One was named Tissa, the Self-become, the foremost person. Having laid aside a rag-robe, the Victor entered his dwelling.”

2.

2.

‘‘Vinataṃ dhanumādāya, bhakkhatthāya cariṃ ahaṃ;

Maṇḍalaggaṃ gahetvāna, kānanaṃ pāvisiṃ ahaṃ.

“Taking up a bent bow, I roamed about for food. Grasping a sword, I entered the forest.”

3.

3.

‘‘Tatthaddasaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ, dumagge laggitaṃ tadā;

Cāpaṃ tattheva nikkhippa, sire katvāna añjaliṃ.

“There I saw a rag-robe that was caught on the top of a tree. Laying down my bow right there, I placed my hands in reverence on my head.”

4.

4.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, vipulāya ca pītiyā;

Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ saritvāna, paṃsukūlaṃ avandahaṃ.

“With a devoted and joyful mind, and with abundant rapture, I recalled the Best of Buddhas and paid homage to that rag-robe.”

5.

5.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, paṃsukūlamavandahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, vandanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-two aeons ago from this one, I paid homage to that rag-robe. I do not know of any unhappy destination; this is the fruit of that veneration.”

6.

6.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up, all states of existence are eradicated. Like a great elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell taintless.”

7.

7.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming into the presence of the Buddha. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

8.

8.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges, and also these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized. The Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā paṃsukūlasaññako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the venerable Elder Paṃsukūlasaññaka, these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Paṃsukūlasaññakattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The first Apadāna of the Elder Paṃsukūlasaññaka is concluded.

2. Buddhasaññakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Buddhasaññaka

9.

9.

‘‘Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū;

Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe.

“I was a reciter and a master of the sacred verses, one who had gone to the far shore of the three Vedas, and an expert in the science of bodily marks, in legends, together with the glossaries and ritual treatises.”

10.

10.

‘‘Nadīsotapaṭibhāgā[Pg.56], sissā āyanti me tadā;

Tesāhaṃ mante vācemi, rattindivamatandito.

“My disciples came to me then like a river’s current. I taught the sacred verses to them, unwearied day and night.”

11.

11.

‘‘Siddhattho nāma sambuddho, loke uppajji tāvade;

Tamandhakāraṃ nāsetvā, ñāṇālokaṃ pavattayi.

“At that time, the Perfectly Enlightened One named Siddhattha arose in the world. Having dispelled the darkness of delusion, he brought forth the light of knowledge.”

12.

12.

‘‘Mama aññataro sisso, sissānaṃ so kathesi me;

Sutvāna te etamatthaṃ, ārocesuṃ mamaṃ tadā.

“A certain disciple of mine told this to my other disciples. Having heard this matter, they then informed me.”

13.

13.

‘‘Buddho loke samuppanno, sabbaññū lokanāyako;

Tassānuvattati jano, lābho amhaṃ na vijjati.

“A Buddha has arisen in the world, the All-Knowing One, the leader of the world. The people follow him; there is no gain for us.”

14.

14.

‘‘Adhiccuppattikā buddhā, cakkhumanto mahāyasā;

Yaṃnūnāhaṃ buddhaseṭṭhaṃ, passeyyaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

“Buddhas arise only rarely; they are endowed with vision and great glory. If only I might see the Best of Buddhas, the leader of the world!”

15.

15.

‘‘Ajinaṃ me gahetvāna, vākacīraṃ kamaṇḍaluṃ;

Assamā abhinikkhamma, sisse āmantayiṃ ahaṃ.

“Taking my antelope hide, bark-garment, and water pot, I went forth from my hermitage and addressed my disciples.”

16.

16.

‘‘Odumbarikapupphaṃva, candamhi sasakaṃ yathā;

Vāyasānaṃ yathā khīraṃ, dullabho lokanāyako.

“Like the udumbara flower, just as the hare in the moon, just as milk from crows, so is the Leader of the World difficult to obtain.”

17.

17.

‘‘Buddho lokamhi uppanno, manussattampi dullabhaṃ;

Ubhosu vijjamānesu, savanañca sudullabhaṃ.

“A Buddha has arisen in the world, and human existence is difficult to obtain. Even when both are present, the hearing of the teaching is extremely difficult to obtain.”

18.

18.

‘‘Buddho loke samuppanno, cakkhuṃ lacchāma no bhavaṃ;

Etha sabbe gamissāma, sammāsambuddhasantikaṃ.

“A Buddha has arisen in the world; we shall obtain the eye for our welfare! Come, all of you, let us go to the presence of the Perfectly Enlightened One.”

19.

19.

‘‘Kamaṇḍaludharā sabbe, kharājinanivāsino;

Te jaṭā bhārabharitā, nikkhamuṃ vipinā tadā.

“All carrying water pots, wearing rough hides, burdened by their matted hair, those ascetics then went forth from the forest.”

20.

20.

‘‘Yugamattaṃ pekkhamānā, uttamatthaṃ gavesino;

Āsattidosarahitā, asambhītāva kesarī.

“Looking a yoke’s length ahead, seeking the ultimate goal, free from the fault of attachment, they were fearless like a lion.”

21.

21.

‘‘Appakiccā aloluppā, nipakā santavuttino;

Uñchāya caramānā te, buddhaseṭṭhamupāgamuṃ.

“With few duties, without greed, prudent, and of peaceful conduct, wandering for gleanings, those ascetics approached the Best of Buddhas.”

22.

22.

‘‘Diyaḍḍhayojane sese, byādhi me upapajjatha;

Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ saritvāna, tattha kālaṅkato ahaṃ.

“When one and a half yojanas remained, an illness arose in me. Having recalled the Best of Buddhas, I passed away right there.”

23.

23.

‘‘Catunnavutito [Pg.57] kappe, yaṃ saññamalabhiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhasaññāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four aeons ago from this one, when I obtained that perception of the Buddha, since then I have not known an unhappy destination; this is the fruit of the perception of the Buddha.”

24.

24.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.”

25.

25.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

26.

26.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā buddhasaññako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed, the venerable Elder Buddhasaññaka, these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Buddhasaññakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Buddhasaññaka is finished.

3. Bhisadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Bhisadāyaka

27.

27.

‘‘Ogayha yaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ, nānākuñjarasevitaṃ;

Uddharāmi bhisaṃ tattha, ghāsahetu ahaṃ tadā.

“Having entered a lotus pond frequented by various elephants, I was then pulling up lotus stalks there for the sake of fodder.”

28.

28.

‘‘Bhagavā tamhi samaye, padumuttarasavhayo;

Rattambaradharo buddho, gacchati anilañjase.

“At that time, the Blessed One named Padumuttara, the Buddha wearing a red robe, was traveling on the path of the wind.”

29.

29.

‘‘Dhunanto paṃsukūlāni, saddamassosahaṃ tadā;

Uddhaṃ nijjhāyamānohaṃ, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

“While he was shaking out the dust-heap robes, I then heard a sound. Looking upwards, I saw the Leader of the World.”

30.

30.

‘‘Tattheva ṭhitako santo, āyāciṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Madhuṃ bhisehi savati, khīraṃ sappiṃ muḷālibhi.

Standing right there, I requested of the Leader of the World: ‘From these lotus stalks, honey flows; from these lotus roots, milk and ghee flow.’

31.

31.

‘‘Paṭiggaṇhātu me buddho, anukampāya cakkhumā;

Tato kāruṇiko satthā, oruhitvā mahāyaso.

‘May the Buddha, the One with Vision, accept this from me out of compassion.’ Then the compassionate Teacher of great fame descended.

32.

32.

‘‘Paṭiggaṇhi mamaṃ bhikkhaṃ, anukampāya cakkhumā;

Paṭiggahetvā sambuddho, akā me anumodanaṃ.

The One with Vision accepted my almsfood out of compassion. Having accepted it, the Perfectly Enlightened One gave me a blessing.

33.

33.

‘‘‘Sukhī hotu mahāpuñña, gati tuyhaṃ samijjhatu;

Iminā bhisadānena, labhassu vipulaṃ sukhaṃ’.

‘May you be happy, one of great merit! May your destination be successful! Through this gift of lotus stalks, may you obtain abundant happiness.’

34.

34.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, jalajuttamanāmako;

Bhikkhamādāya sambuddho, ambarenāgamā jino.

Having said this, the Perfectly Enlightened One, named Best of the Water-Born, the Conqueror, took the almsfood and departed through the sky.

35.

35.

‘‘Tato [Pg.58] bhisaṃ gahetvāna, āgacchiṃ mama assamaṃ;

Bhisaṃ rukkhe lagetvāna, mama dānamanussariṃ.

Then, taking a lotus stalk, I went to my hermitage. Having hung the lotus stalk on a tree, I recollected my gift.

36.

36.

‘‘Mahāvāto vuṭṭhahitvā, sañcālesi vanaṃ tadā;

Ākāso abhinādittha, asaniyā phalantiyā.

A great wind arose and then shook the forest. The sky resounded with a splitting thunderbolt.

37.

37.

‘‘Tato me asanipāto, matthake nipatī tadā;

Sohaṃ nisinnako santo, tattha kālaṅkato ahuṃ.

Then a thunderbolt fell upon my head. While I was sitting, I passed away on that very spot.

38.

38.

‘‘Puññakammena saṃyutto, tusitaṃ upapajjahaṃ;

Kaḷevaraṃ me patitaṃ, devaloke ramiṃ ahaṃ.

Connected with that meritorious deed, I was reborn in the Tusita heaven. My corpse fell, while I rejoiced in the deva world.

39.

39.

‘‘Chaḷasītisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhanti, bhisadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Eighty-six thousand well-adorned women attend on me evening and morning. This is the fruit of the gift of lotus stalks.

40.

40.

‘‘Manussayonimāgantvā, sukhito homahaṃ sadā;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, bhisadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Having come to a human existence, I am always happy. There is no deficiency in my possessions; this is the fruit of the gift of lotus stalks.

41.

41.

‘‘Anukampitako tena, devadevena tādinā;

Sabbāsavā parikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

Having been shown compassion by him, the deva of devas, the Such-like One, all my taints are destroyed; now there is no more renewed existence.

42.

42.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ bhisaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bhisadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I gave that lotus stalk, I have known no bad destination since then. This is the fruit of the gift of lotus stalks.

43.

43.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free from taints.

44.

44.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

45.

45.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā bhisadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Bhisadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Bhisadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Elder Bhisadāyaka is finished.

4. Ñāṇathavikattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Ñāṇathavika

46.

46.

‘‘Dakkhiṇe himavantassa, sukato assamo mama;

Uttamatthaṃ gavesanto, vasāmi vipine tadā.

“On the southern side of the Himavanta, my hermitage was well-made. Seeking the ultimate goal, I was then dwelling in the forest.

47.

47.

‘‘Lābhālābhena [Pg.59] santuṭṭho, mūlena ca phalena ca;

Anvesanto ācariyaṃ, vasāmi ekako ahaṃ.

“Content with gain and loss, and with roots and fruits, seeking a teacher, I was dwelling alone.

48.

48.

‘‘Sumedho nāma sambuddho, loke uppajji tāvade;

Catusaccaṃ pakāseti, uddharanto mahājanaṃ.

At that moment, the Perfectly Enlightened One named Sumedha arose in the world; uplifting the great populace, He proclaimed the Four Truths.

49.

49.

‘‘Nāhaṃ suṇomi sambuddhaṃ, napi me koci saṃsati ;

Aṭṭhavasse atikkante, assosiṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

I had not heard of the Perfectly Enlightened One, nor did anyone tell me of him. When eight years had passed, I heard of the Leader of the World.

50.

50.

‘‘Aggidāruṃ nīharitvā, sammajjitvāna assamaṃ;

Khāribhāraṃ gahetvāna, nikkhamiṃ vipinā ahaṃ.

Having brought out the firewood for the fire-offering and having swept the hermitage, taking up the carrying-pole with its load, I departed from the forest.

51.

51.

‘‘Ekarattiṃ vasantohaṃ, gāmesu nigamesu ca;

Anupubbena candavatiṃ, tadāhaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ.

Dwelling for one night in villages and market towns, I then gradually approached the city of Candavatī.

52.

52.

‘‘Bhagavā tamhi samaye, sumedho lokanāyako;

Uddharanto bahū satte, deseti amataṃ padaṃ.

At that time, the Blessed One, Sumedha, the Leader of the World, uplifting many beings, was teaching the deathless state.

53.

53.

‘‘Janakāyamatikkamma, vanditvā jinasāgaraṃ;

Ekaṃsaṃ ajinaṃ katvā, santhaviṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Having passed beyond the crowd of people and having paid homage to the Conqueror, who is like an ocean, I arranged the deerskin garment over one shoulder and praised the Leader of the World.

54.

54.

‘‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketu ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ;

Parāyano patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo.

‘You are the Teacher and the banner, the flag and the sacrificial post for living beings; the final resort and the foundation, the island and the best of bipeds.

Ekavīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The twenty-first recitation section.

55.

55.

‘‘‘Nepuñño dassane vīro, tāresi janataṃ tuvaṃ;

Natthañño tārako loke, tavuttaritaro mune.

‘O Hero, skilled in vision, You have saved the populace. O Sage, in this world there is no other savior superior to You.

56.

56.

‘‘‘Sakkā theve kusaggena, pametuṃ sāgaruttame ;

Natveva tava sabbaññu, ñāṇaṃ sakkā pametave.

‘It might be possible to count the drops of water in the great ocean with the tip of a kusa grass blade; but it is truly not possible, O All-Knower, to measure Your knowledge.

57.

57.

‘‘‘Tuladaṇḍe ṭhapetvāna, mahiṃ sakkā dharetave;

Natveva tava paññāya, pamāṇamatthi cakkhuma.

‘Having placed it on a scale-beam, it might be possible to weigh the earth; but of Your wisdom, O One with Vision, there is truly no measure.

58.

58.

‘‘‘Ākāso minituṃ sakkā, rajjuyā aṅgulena vā;

Natveva tava sabbaññu, sīlaṃ sakkā pametave.

‘It might be possible to measure the sky with a rope or with a finger, but it is truly not possible, O All-Knower, to measure Your virtue.’

59.

59.

‘‘‘Mahāsamudde [Pg.60] udakaṃ, ākāso ca vasundharā;

Parimeyyāni etāni, appameyyosi cakkhuma’.

‘The water in the great ocean, the sky, and the earth—these are measurable; but You, O One with Vision, are immeasurable.’

60.

60.

‘‘Chahi gāthāhi sabbaññuṃ, kittayitvā mahāyasaṃ;

Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṇhī aṭṭhāsahaṃ tadā.

Having extolled the All-Knower of great fame with six verses, and having raised my joined hands in reverence, I then stood silent.

61.

61.

‘‘Yaṃ vadanti sumedhoti, bhūripaññaṃ sumedhasaṃ;

Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, imā gāthā abhāsatha.

He whom they call Sumedha, of vast wisdom, the greatly wise one—having sat down amidst the community of bhikkhus, spoke these verses:

62.

62.

‘‘‘Yo me ñāṇaṃ pakittesi, vippasannena cetasā;

Tamahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

‘He who extolled my knowledge with a confident mind, of him I shall now make a declaration. Listen to me as I speak.

63.

63.

‘‘‘Sattasattati kappāni, devaloke ramissati;

Sahassakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissati.

‘For seventy-seven aeons he will delight in the deva world. A thousand times he will be Inda, king of the devas, and exercise sovereignty.

64.

64.

‘‘‘Anekasatakkhattuñca, cakkavattī bhavissati;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

‘And more than a hundred times he will be a wheel-turning monarch. His regional kingship will be vast, innumerable by calculation.

65.

65.

‘‘‘Devabhūto manusso vā, puññakammasamāhito;

Anūnamanasaṅkappo, tikkhapañño bhavissati’.

‘Whether becoming a deva or a human, being endowed with meritorious kamma, he will have undiminished mental resolve and sharp wisdom.’

66.

66.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘Thirty thousand aeons hence, one born into the Okkāka clan, Gotama by name and clan, will be the Teacher in the world.

67.

67.

‘‘Agārā abhinikkhamma, pabbajissati kiñcano;

Jātiyā sattavassena, arahattaṃ phusissati.

‘Having gone forth from the home life, possessionless, he will enter the homeless state. At seven years from birth, he will attain Arahantship.’

68.

68.

‘‘Yato sarāmi attānaṃ, yato pattosmi sāsanaṃ;

Etthantare na jānāmi, cetanaṃ amanoramaṃ.

“From when I can remember myself, from when I attained the teaching, in that interval I have not known an unpleasing intention.

69.

69.

‘‘Saṃsaritvā bhave sabbe, sampattānubhaviṃ ahaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, phalaṃ ñāṇassa thomane.

“Having wandered through all states of existence, I have experienced success. There is no deficiency in my possessions; this is the fruit of praising that knowledge.

70.

70.

‘‘Tiyaggī nibbutā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Sabbāsavā parikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“My three fires are extinguished, all states of existence are uprooted. All my taints are destroyed; now there is no more renewed existence.

71.

71.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, yaṃ ñāṇamathaviṃ ahaṃ ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phalaṃ ñāṇassa thomane.

“Thirty thousand aeons ago, when I praised that knowledge, since then I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of praising that knowledge.

72.

72.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.61] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free from taints.

73.

73.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

74.

74.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four kinds of analytical knowledge … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ñāṇathaviko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ñāṇathavika

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Ñāṇathavikattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Ñāṇathavika is concluded.

5. Candanamāliyattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Candanamāliya

75.

75.

‘‘Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, piyarūpe manorame;

Asītikoṭiyo hitvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

“Having abandoned the five strands of sensual pleasure, which are dear and delightful, and having abandoned eighty crores, I went forth into homelessness.

76.

76.

‘‘Pabbajitvāna kāyena, pāpakammaṃ vivajjayiṃ;

Vacīduccaritaṃ hitvā, nadīkūle vasāmahaṃ.

“Having gone forth, with my body I avoided evil deeds; having abandoned misconduct in speech, I dwelt on a riverbank.

77.

77.

‘‘Ekakaṃ maṃ viharantaṃ, buddhaseṭṭho upāgami;

Nāhaṃ jānāmi buddhoti, akāsiṃ paṭisantharaṃ.

“The supreme Buddha approached me as I was dwelling alone. Not knowing he was the Buddha, I offered a friendly greeting.

78.

78.

‘‘Karitvā paṭisanthāraṃ, nāmagottamapucchahaṃ;

‘Devatānusi gandhabbo, adu sakko purindado.

“Having offered a friendly greeting, I asked his name and clan: ‘Are you a deva or a gandhabba, or are you Sakka, the foremost giver?

79.

79.

‘‘‘Ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto, mahābrahmā idhāgato;

Virocesi disā sabbā, udayaṃ sūriyo yathā.

“‘Who are you, or whose son are you? Has a Great Brahmā come here? You illuminate all the quarters like the rising sun.

80.

80.

‘‘‘Sahassārāni cakkāni, pāde dissanti mārisa;

Ko vā tvaṃ kassa vā putto, kathaṃ jānemu taṃ mayaṃ;

Nāmagottaṃ pavedehi, saṃsayaṃ apanehi me’.

“‘Thousand-spoked wheels are seen on your feet, venerable sir. Who are you, or whose son are you? How may we know you? Declare your name and clan; dispel my doubt.’

81.

81.

‘‘‘Namhi devo na gandhabbo, namhi sakko purindado;

Brahmabhāvo ca me natthi, etesaṃ uttamo ahaṃ.

“‘I am not a deva, nor a gandhabba; I am not Sakka, the foremost giver. The state of a Brahmā is also not mine; I am superior to them.

82.

82.

‘‘‘Atīto visayaṃ tesaṃ, dālayiṃ kāmabandhanaṃ;

Sabbe kilese jhāpetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ’.

“‘I have transcended their domain; I have shattered the bonds of sensual pleasure. Having burned away all defilements, I have attained supreme enlightenment.’

83.

83.

‘‘Tassa [Pg.62] vācaṃ suṇitvāhaṃ, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ;

‘Yadi buddhoti sabbaññū, nisīda tvaṃ mahāmune.

“Having heard his words, I spoke this statement: ‘If you are the Buddha, the All-Knowing One, please be seated, Great Sage.

84.

84.

‘Tamahaṃ pūjayissāmi, dukkhassantakaro tuvaṃ’;

‘‘Pattharitvā jinacammaṃ, adāsi satthuno ahaṃ.

“‘I will honor you, for you are the one who makes an end of suffering.’ Having spread out a hide of a black antelope, I gave it to the Teacher.

85.

85.

‘‘Nisīdi tattha bhagavā, sīhova girigabbhare;

Khippaṃ pabbatamāruyha, ambassa phalamaggahiṃ.

“The Blessed One sat down there, like a lion in a mountain cave. Quickly climbing the mountain, I plucked a mango fruit.

86.

86.

‘‘Sālakalyāṇikaṃ pupphaṃ, candanañca mahārahaṃ;

Khippaṃ paggayha taṃ sabbaṃ, upetvā lokanāyakaṃ.

“A beautiful sāla flower and precious sandalwood—quickly taking all this, I approached the Leader of the World.

87.

87.

‘‘Phalaṃ buddhassa datvāna, sālapupphamapūjayiṃ;

Candanaṃ anulimpitvā, avandiṃ satthuno ahaṃ.

“Having given the fruit to the Buddha, I honored him with the sāla flower. Having anointed him with sandalwood, I paid homage to the Teacher.

88.

88.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, vipulāya ca pītiyā;

Ajinamhi nisīditvā, sumedho lokanāyako.

“With a devout and joyful mind, and with abundant rapture, Sumedha, the Leader of the World, having sat upon the hide,

89.

89.

‘‘Mama kammaṃ pakittesi, hāsayanto mamaṃ tadā;

‘Iminā phaladānena, gandhamālehi cūbhayaṃ.

“…then gladdened me and proclaimed my kamma: ‘By this gift of fruit, and by these gifts of perfume and flowers, by both,

90.

90.

‘‘‘Pañcavīse kappasate, devaloke ramissati;

Anūnamanasaṅkappo, vasavattī bhavissati.

“‘For twenty-five hundred aeons, he will delight in the deva world; with his heart’s wish undiminished, he will be a wielder of power.

91.

91.

‘‘‘Chabbīsatikappasate, manussattaṃ gamissati;

Bhavissati cakkavattī, cāturanto mahiddhiko.

“‘For twenty-six hundred aeons, he will attain a human state; he will become a wheel-turning monarch, ruler of the four quarters, of great psychic power.

92.

92.

‘‘‘Vebhāraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, vissakammena māpitaṃ;

Hessati sabbasovaṇṇaṃ, nānāratanabhūsitaṃ.

“‘A city named Vebhāra, created by Vissakamma, will come to be; it will be made entirely of gold, adorned with various jewels.

93.

93.

‘‘‘Eteneva upāyena, saṃsarissati so bhave ;

Sabbattha pūjito hutvā, devatte atha mānuse.

“‘By this very means he will transmigrate through existences; being honored everywhere, whether in the state of a deva or a human.

94.

94.

‘‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, brahmabandhu bhavissati;

Agārā abhinikkhamma, anagārī bhavissati;

Abhiññāpāragū hutvā, nibbāyissatināsavo’.

“‘When he reaches his final existence, he will be of brahmin kin. Having gone forth from the home, he will become homeless. Having gone to the far shore of the direct knowledges, free from taints, he will attain Nibbāna.’

95.

95.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, sumedho lokanāyako;

Mama nijjhāyamānassa, pakkāmi anilañjase.

“Having said this, the Perfectly Enlightened One, Sumedha, the Leader of the World, departed into the sky while I was looking on.

96.

96.

‘‘Tena [Pg.63] kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

“By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspiration, when I abandoned my human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

97.

97.

‘‘Tusitato cavitvāna, nibbattiṃ mātukucchiyaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, yamhi gabbhe vasāmahaṃ.

“Having passed away from the Tusita heaven, I was reborn in my mother’s womb. There was no lack of comforts for me in the womb where I dwelt.

98.

98.

‘‘Mātukucchigate mayi, annapānañca bhojanaṃ;

Mātuyā mama chandena, nibbattati yadicchakaṃ.

“While I was in my mother’s womb, food, drink, and nourishment arose for my mother as much as desired, because of my wish.

99.

99.

‘‘Jātiyā pañcavassena, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Oropitamhi kesamhi, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

“At the age of five years, I went forth into homelessness. As my hair was being shaved off, I attained Arahantship.

100.

100.

‘‘Pubbakammaṃ gavesanto, orena nāddasaṃ ahaṃ;

Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, mama kammamanussariṃ.

“Seeking my past kamma, I did not see anything more recent. I recalled my kamma from thirty thousand aeons ago.

101.

101.

‘‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama;

Tava sāsanamāgamma, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

“Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men! Homage to you, O supreme among men! Having come to your teaching, I have attained the unshakable state.”

102.

102.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Thirty thousand eons ago, I honored a Buddha. Since then, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of honoring a Buddha.”

103.

103.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up… I dwell free from taints.”

104.

104.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming indeed it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

105.

105.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā candanamāliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Candanamāliya spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Candanamāliyattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Candanamāliya, the fifth.

6. Dhātupūjakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Dhātupūjaka

106.

106.

‘‘Nibbute lokanāthamhi, siddhatthe lokanāyake;

Mama ñātī samānetvā, dhātupūjaṃ akāsahaṃ.

“When the World’s Protector, Siddhattha, the Leader of the World, had attained Parinibbāna, I gathered my relatives and performed an honoring of the relics.”

107.

107.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ dhātumabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dhātupūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four eons ago, I honored a relic; since then I have not known a woeful state. This is the fruit of honoring a relic.”

108.

108.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.64] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up… I dwell free from taints.”

109.

109.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming indeed it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

110.

110.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā dhātupūjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Dhātupūjaka spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Dhātupūjakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Dhātupūjaka, the sixth.

7. Pulinuppādakattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Pulinuppādaka

111.

111.

‘‘Pabbate himavantamhi, devalo nāma tāpaso;

Tattha me caṅkamo āsi, amanussehi māpito.

“In the Himavanta mountain, I was an ascetic named Devala; there was my walking path, created by non-human beings.”

112.

112.

‘‘Jaṭābhārena bharito, kamaṇḍaludharo sadā;

Uttamatthaṃ gavesanto, vipinā nikkhamiṃ tadā.

“Burdened by the weight of matted hair, always carrying a water pot, seeking the highest benefit, I then went forth from the forest.”

113.

113.

‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni, sissā mayhaṃ upaṭṭhahuṃ;

Sakakammābhipasutā, vasanti vipine tadā.

“Eighty-four thousand disciples attended upon me; devoted to their own duties, they dwelt in the forest at that time.”

114.

114.

‘‘Assamā abhinikkhamma, akaṃ pulinacetiyaṃ;

Nānāpupphaṃ samānetvā, taṃ cetiyamapūjayiṃ.

“Having gone forth from the hermitage, I made a sand cetiya. Having brought together various flowers, I honored that cetiya.”

115.

115.

‘‘Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, assamaṃ pavisāmahaṃ;

Sabbe sissā samāgantvā, etamatthaṃ pucchiṃsu maṃ.

“Having made my mind serene there, I entered the hermitage. All the disciples, having come together, asked me about this matter.”

116.

116.

‘‘‘Pulinena kato thūpo, yaṃ tvaṃ deva massati;

Mayampi ñātumicchāma, puṭṭho ācikkha no tuvaṃ’.

“‘A stūpa has been made with sand, which you, O ascetic, venerate. We too wish to know. Having been asked, please tell us.’”

117.

117.

‘‘‘Niddiṭṭhā nu mantapade, cakkhumanto mahāyasā;

Te kho ahaṃ namassāmi, buddhaseṭṭhe mahāyase’.

“‘Are not the Possessors of the Eye, of great fame, pointed out in the sacred verses? Indeed, I venerate them, the excellent Buddhas of great renown.’”

118.

118.

‘‘‘Kīdisā te mahāvīrā, sabbaññū lokanāyakā;

Kathaṃvaṇṇā kathaṃsīlā, kīdisā te mahāyasā’.

“‘O great hero, what are those omniscient world-leaders like? Of what quality are they, of what conduct? What are they like, those of great fame?’”

119.

119.

‘‘‘Bāttiṃsalakkhaṇā [Pg.65] buddhā, cattālīsadijāpi ca;

Nettā gopakhumā tesaṃ, jiñjukā phalasannibhā.

“‘The Buddhas possess the thirty-two marks and also have forty teeth. Their eyes have eyelashes like a calf's and resemble the jiñjuka fruit.’”

120.

120.

‘‘‘Gacchamānā ca te buddhā, yugamattañca pekkhare;

Na tesaṃ jāṇu nadati, sandhisaddo na suyyati.

“‘And when those Buddhas walk, they look ahead a yoke’s length. Their knees make no sound; the sound of their joints is not heard.’”

121.

121.

‘‘‘Gacchamānā ca sugatā, uddharantāva gacchare;

Paṭhamaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ pādaṃ, buddhānaṃ esa dhammatā.

“‘And when the Well-Farers walk, they proceed lifting the right foot first. This is the nature of the Buddhas.’”

122.

122.

‘‘‘Asambhītā ca te buddhā, migarājāva kesarī;

Nevukkaṃsenti attānaṃ, no ca vambhenti pāṇinaṃ.

“‘And those Buddhas are fearless, like a maned lion, the king of beasts. They do not exalt themselves, nor do they disparage beings.’”

123.

123.

‘‘‘Mānāvamānato muttā, samā sabbesu pāṇisu;

Anattukkaṃsakā buddhā, buddhānaṃ esa dhammatā.

“‘Freed from honor and dishonor, impartial towards all beings, the Buddhas do not exalt themselves. This is the nature of the Buddhas.’”

124.

124.

‘‘‘Uppajjantā ca sambuddhā, ālokaṃ dassayanti te;

Chappakāraṃ pakampenti, kevalaṃ vasudhaṃ imaṃ.

“‘And when the Perfectly Enlightened Ones arise, they reveal a light. They cause this entire earth to quake in six ways.’”

125.

125.

‘‘‘Passanti nirayañcete, nibbāti nirayo tadā;

Pavassati mahāmegho, buddhānaṃ esa dhammatā.

“‘And if they look upon a hell, then that hell is extinguished. A great cloud rains down. This is the nature of the Buddhas.’”

126.

126.

‘‘‘Īdisā te mahānāgā, atulā ca mahāyasā;

Vaṇṇato anatikkantā, appameyyā tathāgatā’.

“‘Such are those great beings, incomparable and of great fame. Unsurpassed in virtue, immeasurable are the Tathāgatas.’”

127.

127.

‘‘‘Anumodiṃsu me vākyaṃ, sabbe sissā sagāravā;

Tathā ca paṭipajjiṃsu, yathāsatti yathābalaṃ’.

“All my disciples respectfully rejoiced in my words, and they practiced accordingly, in line with their ability and strength.”

128.

128.

‘‘Paṭipūjenti pulinaṃ, sakakammābhilāsino;

Saddahantā mama vākyaṃ, buddhasakkatamānasā.

“Aspiring for their own wholesome kamma, having faith in my words, and with minds reverential toward the Buddha, they again paid homage to the sand stūpa.”

129.

129.

‘‘Tadā cavitvā tusitā, devaputto mahāyaso;

Uppajji mātukucchimhi, dasasahassi kampatha.

“Then, having passed away from the Tusita heaven, the deva’s son of great renown arose in his mother’s womb, and the ten-thousand-fold world system quaked.”

130.

130.

‘‘Assamassāvidūramhi, caṅkamamhi ṭhito ahaṃ;

Sabbe sissā samāgantvā, āgacchuṃ mama santike.

“I was standing on the walking path not far from the hermitage. All my disciples gathered together and came into my presence.”

131.

131.

‘‘Usabhova mahī nadati, migarājāva kūjati;

Susumārova saḷati, kiṃ vipāko bhavissati.

“‘The earth bellows like a bull, it roars like the king of beasts, it cries like a crocodile. What will be the result of this?’”

132.

132.

‘‘Yaṃ [Pg.66] pakittemi sambuddhaṃ, sikatāthūpasantike;

So dāni bhagavā satthā, mātukucchimupāgami.

The Perfectly Enlightened One whom I praised by the sand stūpa—that Blessed One, the Teacher, has now entered his mother’s womb.

133.

133.

‘‘Tesaṃ dhammakathaṃ vatvā, kittayitvā mahāmuniṃ;

Uyyojetvā sake sisse, pallaṅkamābhujiṃ ahaṃ.

Having given them a talk on the Dhamma and extolled the Great Sage, I dismissed my own disciples and sat down with my legs crossed.

134.

134.

‘‘Balañca vata me khīṇaṃ, byādhinā paramena taṃ;

Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ saritvāna, tattha kālaṅkato ahaṃ.

Indeed, my strength was exhausted by that terrible illness. Remembering the Supreme Buddha, I passed away right there.

135.

135.

‘‘Sabbe sissā samāgantvā, akaṃsu citakaṃ tadā;

Kaḷevarañca me gayha, citakaṃ abhiropayuṃ.

All my disciples gathered together and then built a funeral pyre. Taking my body, they placed it upon the pyre.

136.

136.

‘‘Citakaṃ parivāretvā, sīse katvāna añjaliṃ;

Sokasallaparetā te, vikkandiṃsu samāgatā.

Surrounding the funeral pyre, placing their joined hands on their heads, they, overcome by the dart of sorrow, wailed together.

137.

137.

‘‘Tesaṃ lālappamānānaṃ, agamaṃ citakaṃ tadā;

‘Ahaṃ ācariyo tumhaṃ, mā socittha sumedhasā.

As they were lamenting, I then approached the pyre and said: ‘I am your teacher; do not grieve, O wise ones.

138.

138.

‘‘‘Sadatthe vāyameyyātha, rattindivamatanditā;

Mā vo pamattā ahuttha, khaṇo vo paṭipādito’.

‘Strive for your own true good, unwearied day and night. Do not be heedless; the opportune moment has been secured for you.’

139.

139.

‘‘Sake sissenusāsitvā, devalokaṃ punāgamiṃ;

Aṭṭhārasa ca kappāni, devaloke ramāmahaṃ.

Having instructed my own disciples, I went again to the deva world. For eighteen eons I delighted in the deva world.

140.

140.

‘‘Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Anekasatakkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

Five hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch, and for many hundreds of times I exercised sovereignty among the devas.

141.

141.

‘‘Avasesesu kappesu, vokiṇṇo saṃsariṃ ahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, uppādassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

In the remaining eons, I transmigrated, interspersed between the human and deva realms. I know of no bad destination for myself; this is the fruit of interpreting the omen.

142.

142.

‘‘Yathā komudike māse, bahū pupphanti pādapā;

Tathevāhampi samaye, pupphitomhi mahesinā.

Just as in the month of Komudī many trees burst into bloom, so too at the proper time was I brought to blossom by the Great Sage.

143.

143.

‘‘Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhaṃ, yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My energy is capable of bearing the burden, bringing about security from the yokes. Like a great elephant having broken its fetters, I dwell without cankers.

144.

144.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhikittayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kittanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand eons ago, I extolled the Buddha. I know of no woeful state; this is the fruit of that extolling.

145.

145.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.67] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned... I dwell without cankers.

146.

146.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

147.

147.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pulinuppādako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, indeed, the Venerable Elder Pulinuppādaka spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Pulinuppādakattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Pulinuppādaka, the Seventh.

8. Taraṇiyattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Taraṇiya

148.

148.

‘‘Atthadassī tu bhagavā, sayambhū lokanāyako;

Vinatā nadiyā tīraṃ, upāgacchi tathāgato.

The Blessed One Atthadassī, the Self-become, the Leader of the World, the Tathāgata, approached the bank of the Vinatā river.

149.

149.

‘‘Udakā abhinikkhamma, kacchapo vārigocaro;

Buddhaṃ tāretukāmohaṃ, upesiṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Having come out from the water, I, a turtle that moves in the water, desiring to ferry the Buddha across, approached the Leader of the World.

150.

150.

‘‘‘Abhirūhatu maṃ buddho, atthadassī mahāmuni;

Ahaṃ taṃ tārayissāmi, dukkhassantakaro tuvaṃ’.

‘May the Buddha, the great sage Atthadassī, mount upon me. I shall ferry you across; you are the maker of the end of suffering.’

151.

151.

‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, atthadassī mahāyaso;

Abhirūhitvā me piṭṭhiṃ, aṭṭhāsi lokanāyako.

Having understood my intention, Atthadassī of great fame, the Leader of the World, mounted upon my back and stood.

152.

152.

‘‘Yato sarāmi attānaṃ, yato pattosmi viññutaṃ;

Sukhaṃ me tādisaṃ natthi, phuṭṭhe pādatale yathā.

From when I can remember myself, from when I attained discernment, I have had no such happiness as that when his soles touched me.

153.

153.

‘‘Uttaritvāna sambuddho, atthadassī mahāyaso;

Nadītīramhi ṭhatvāna, imā gāthā abhāsatha.

Having crossed over, the Perfectly Enlightened One, Atthadassī of great fame, standing on the riverbank, spoke these verses:

154.

154.

‘‘‘Yāvatā vattate cittaṃ, gaṅgāsotaṃ tarāmahaṃ;

Ayañca kacchapo rājā, tāresi mama paññavā.

‘When the thought arose in me to cross the stream of the Ganges, this wise turtle king ferried me across.’

155.

155.

‘‘‘Iminā buddhataraṇena, mettacittavatāya ca;

Aṭṭhārase kappasate, devaloke ramissati.

‘By this ferrying of a Buddha and by possessing a mind of loving-kindness, for eighteen hundred eons he will delight in the deva world.’

156.

156.

‘‘‘Devalokā idhāgantvā, sukkamūlena codito;

Ekāsane nisīditvā, kaṅkhāsotaṃ tarissati.

‘Having come here from the deva world, urged on by his wholesome root, sitting on a single seat, he will cross the stream of doubt.’

157.

157.

‘‘‘Yathāpi [Pg.68] bhaddake khette, bījaṃ appampi ropitaṃ;

Sammādhāre pavacchante, phalaṃ toseti kassakaṃ.

‘Just as even a small seed planted in a good field, when the proper shower rains down, its fruit gratifies the farmer,

158.

158.

‘‘‘Tathevidaṃ buddhakhettaṃ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ;

Sammādhāre pavacchante, phalaṃ maṃ tosayissati’.

‘So too, in this Buddha-field taught by the Perfectly Enlightened One, when the proper shower rains down, its fruit will gratify me.’

159.

159.

‘‘Padhānapahitattomhi, upasanto nirūpadhi;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, viharāmi anāsavo.

I am one with a mind directed to striving, pacified, without substratum. Having fully understood all the taints, I dwell taintless.

160.

160.

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, taraṇāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

Eighteen hundred eons ago, when I performed that deed, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of having ferried him across.

161.

161.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

162.

162.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, a good coming it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

163.

163.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four discriminations… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā taraṇiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Taraṇiya uttered these verses,

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Taraṇiyattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The eighth Apadāna, of the Elder Taraṇiya, is concluded.

9. Dhammaruciyattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Dhammaruci

164.

164.

‘‘Yadā dīpaṅkaro buddho, sumedhaṃ byākarī jino;

‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

When the Buddha Dīpaṅkara, the Victor, gave the prophecy concerning Sumedha: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

165.

165.

‘‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.

‘His birth-mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana. This one will be Gotama.

166.

166.

‘‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ;

Assatthamūle sambuddho, bujjhissati mahāyaso.

‘Having exerted himself in the striving and performed the difficult practice, the one of great fame will awaken to perfect enlightenment at the foot of the Assattha tree.

167.

167.

‘‘‘Upatisso kolito ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā;

Ānando nāma nāmena, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.

‘Upatissa and Kolita will be the chief disciples; one named Ānanda will attend upon this Victor.

168.

168.

‘‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

Citto āḷavako ceva, aggā hessantupāsakā.

‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples; Citta and Āḷavaka will be the chief male lay followers.

169.

169.

‘‘‘Khujjuttarā [Pg.69] nandamātā, aggā hessantupāsikā;

Bodhi imassa vīrassa, assatthoti pavuccati’.

‘Khujjuttarā and Nandamātā will be the chief female lay followers; the Bodhi tree of this hero is called the Assattha.’

170.

170.

‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino;

Āmoditā naramarū, namassanti katañjalī.

Having heard this utterance of the unequalled Great Sage, humans and gods, rejoicing, with palms joined in reverence, pay homage.

171.

171.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ māṇavo āsiṃ, megho nāma susikkhito;

Sutvā byākaraṇaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, sumedhassa mahāmune.

O Great Sage, at that time I was a well-trained young man named Megha; having heard the excellent prophecy concerning Sumedha,

172.

172.

‘‘Saṃvisaṭṭho bhavitvāna, sumedhe karuṇāsaye ;

Pabbajantañca taṃ vīraṃ, sahāva anupabbajiṃ.

Having become intimate with Sumedha, the abode of compassion, when that hero went forth, I too went forth along with him.

173.

173.

‘‘Saṃvuto pātimokkhasmiṃ, indriyesu ca pañcasu;

Suddhājīvo sato vīro, jinasāsanakārako.

Restrained in the Pātimokkha and in the five faculties, of pure livelihood, mindful, and energetic, I was a doer of the Victor's teaching.

174.

174.

‘‘Evaṃ viharamānohaṃ, pāpamittena kenaci;

Niyojito anācāre, sumaggā paridhaṃsito.

While I was living thus, being incited to misconduct by a certain evil friend, I was diverted from the good path.

175.

175.

‘‘Vitakkavasiko hutvā, sāsanato apakkamiṃ;

Pacchā tena kumittena, payutto mātughātanaṃ.

Having come under the sway of evil thoughts, I departed from the teaching. Later, urged on by that bad friend, I committed the killing of my mother.

176.

176.

‘‘Akariṃ ānantariyaṃ, ghātayiṃ duṭṭhamānaso;

Tato cuto mahāvīciṃ, upapanno sudāruṇaṃ.

I committed an act with immediate retribution; with a malicious mind, I killed. Passing away from there, I was reborn in the exceedingly terrible great Avīci.

177.

177.

‘‘Vinipātagato santo, saṃsariṃ dukkhito ciraṃ;

Na puno addasaṃ vīraṃ, sumedhaṃ narapuṅgavaṃ.

Having fallen to the plane of misery, I wandered for a long time, afflicted with suffering. I did not see again the hero, the bull amongst men, Sumedha.

178.

178.

‘‘Asmiṃ kappe samuddamhi, maccho āsiṃ timiṅgalo;

Disvāhaṃ sāgare nāvaṃ, gocaratthamupāgamiṃ.

In this aeon I was a timiṅgala fish in the ocean. Seeing a ship on the sea, I approached it for the sake of food.

179.

179.

‘‘Disvā maṃ vāṇijā bhītā, buddhaseṭṭhamanussaruṃ;

Gotamoti mahāghosaṃ, sutvā tehi udīritaṃ.

Seeing me, the frightened merchants recollected the supreme Buddha. Having heard the great cry ‘Gotama!’ uttered by them,

180.

180.

‘‘Pubbasaññaṃ saritvāna, tato kālaṅkato ahaṃ;

Sāvatthiyaṃ kule iddhe, jāto brāhmaṇajātiyaṃ.

Recollecting a past memory, I then died. I was reborn in Sāvatthī into a prosperous brahmin family.

181.

181.

‘‘Āsiṃ dhammaruci nāma, sabbapāpajigucchako;

Disvāhaṃ lokapajjotaṃ, jātiyā sattavassiko.

I was named Dhammaruci, one who loathed all evil. When I was seven years old by birth, I saw the Light of the World.

182.

182.

‘‘Mahājetavanaṃ [Pg.70] gantvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Upemi buddhaṃ tikkhattuṃ, rattiyā divasassa ca.

Going to the great Jeta’s Grove, I went forth into the homeless life. Three times during the night and the day I approach the Buddha.

183.

183.

‘‘Tadā disvā muni āha, ciraṃ dhammarucīti maṃ;

Tatohaṃ avacaṃ buddhaṃ, pubbakammapabhāvitaṃ.

Then the Sage saw me and said: ‘Dhammaruci, it has been a long time!’ Then I, influenced by past kamma, said to the Buddha:

184.

184.

‘‘Suciraṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, patipubbena visuddhapaccayaṃ;

Ahamajjasupekkhanaṃ vata, tava passāmi nirupamaṃ viggahaṃ.

For a very long time I have not seen you, who possess the marks of a hundred merits, with pure causes from previous deeds. Today, indeed, I see your incomparable form. That sight is a good sight.

185.

185.

‘‘Suciraṃ vihatattamo mayā, sucirakkhena nadī visositā;

Suciraṃ amalaṃ visodhitaṃ, nayanaṃ ñāṇamayaṃ mahāmune.

O Great Sage, for a very long time the darkness has been dispelled by me; with well-guarded virtue the river has been dried up. For a very long time the stainless, wisdom-made eye has been purified by me.

186.

186.

‘‘Cirakālasamaṅgito tayā, avinaṭṭho punarantaraṃ ciraṃ;

Punarajjasamāgato tayā, na hi nassanti katāni gotama.

I was associated with you for a long time, and that was not lost. After a long interval, today I am reunited with you. Indeed, O Gotama, deeds that are done do not perish.

187.

187.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

188.

188.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

189.

189.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā dhammaruciyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Dhammaruci these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Dhammaruciyattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The ninth Apadāna of the Elder Dhammaruci is concluded.

10. Sālamaṇḍapiyattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Sālamaṇḍapiya

190.

190.

‘‘Ajjhogāhetvā sālavanaṃ, sukato assamo mama;

Sālapupphehi sañchanno, vasāmi vipine tadā.

Having entered the sāl forest, my hermitage was well-made; covered with sāl blossoms, I dwelt in the wilderness then.

191.

191.

‘‘Piyadassī ca bhagavā, sayambhū aggapuggalo;

Vivekakāmo sambuddho, sālavanamupāgami.

The Blessed One Piyadassī, the Self-become, the foremost of persons, the Sambuddha desiring seclusion, approached the sāl forest.

192.

192.

‘‘Assamā abhinikkhamma, pavanaṃ agamāsahaṃ;

Mūlaphalaṃ gavesanto, āhiṇḍāmi vane tadā.

Having gone out from the hermitage, I went to the forest; seeking roots and fruits, I then wandered in the forest.

193.

193.

‘‘Tatthaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, piyadassiṃ mahāyasaṃ;

Sunisinnaṃ samāpannaṃ, virocantaṃ mahāvane.

There in the great forest, I saw the Sambuddha named Piyadassī, of great fame, well-seated, having entered meditative absorption, and shining.

194.

194.

‘‘Catudaṇḍe [Pg.71] ṭhapetvāna, buddhassa uparī ahaṃ;

Maṇḍapaṃ sukataṃ katvā, sālapupphehi chādayiṃ.

Having set up four poles above the Buddha, I made a well-made pavilion and covered it with sāl flowers.

195.

195.

‘‘Sattāhaṃ dhārayitvāna, maṇḍapaṃ sālachāditaṃ;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, buddhaseṭṭhamavandahaṃ.

Having maintained the sāl-covered pavilion for seven days, and having made my mind confident towards him, I paid homage to the best of Buddhas.

196.

196.

‘‘Bhagavā tamhi samaye, vuṭṭhahitvā samādhito;

Yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno, nisīdi purisuttamo.

At that time, the Blessed One, the supreme among men, having arisen from concentration, sat down gazing a yoke’s length.

197.

197.

‘‘Sāvako varuṇo nāma, piyadassissa satthuno;

Vasīsatasahassehi, upagacchi vināyakaṃ.

A disciple named Varuṇa, of the Teacher Piyadassī, approached the Leader together with one hundred thousand who have mastery.

198.

198.

‘‘Piyadassī ca bhagavā, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho;

Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, sitaṃ pātukarī jino.

And the Blessed One Piyadassī, chief of the world, bull among men, the Victor, having sat down in the Saṅgha of bhikkhus, manifested a smile.

199.

199.

‘‘Anuruddho upaṭṭhāko, piyadassissa satthuno;

Ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā, apucchittha mahāmuniṃ.

Anuruddha, the attendant of the Teacher Piyadassī, having arranged his robe over one shoulder, asked the Great Sage:

200.

200.

‘‘‘Ko nu kho bhagavā hetu, sitakammassa satthuno;

Kāraṇe vijjamānamhi, satthā pātukare sitaṃ’.

‘What indeed is the reason, Blessed One, for the Teacher’s act of smiling? When a cause exists, the Teacher manifests a smile.’

201.

201.

‘‘‘Sattāhaṃ sālacchadanaṃ, yo me dhāresi māṇavo;

Tassa kammaṃ saritvāna, sitaṃ pātukariṃ ahaṃ.

‘The youth who held a sāl-flower covering for me for seven days—remembering his deed, I manifested a smile.’

202.

202.

‘‘‘Anokāsaṃ na passāmi, yattha puññaṃ vipaccati;

Devaloke manusse vā, okāsova na sammati.

‘I see no circumstance wherein this merit would not ripen. Whether in the world of devas or in the world of humans, the space is insufficient for its result.’

203.

203.

‘‘‘Devaloke vasantassa, puññakammasamaṅgino;

Yāvatā parisā tassa, sālacchannā bhavissati.

‘While he is dwelling in the world of devas, endowed with meritorious kamma, his entire retinue, as far as it extends, will be covered with sāl flowers.’

204.

204.

‘‘‘Tattha dibbehi naccehi, gītehi vāditehi ca;

Ramissati sadā santo, puññakammasamāhito.

‘There, being endowed with meritorious kamma, he will always rejoice with divine dances, songs, and instrumental music.’

205.

205.

‘‘‘Yāvatā parisā tassa, gandhagandhī bhavissati;

Sālassa pupphavasso ca, pavassissati tāvade.

‘As far as his retinue extends, it will be fragrant with scents; and a rain of sāl flowers will shower down at that very moment.’

206.

206.

‘‘‘Tato cutoyaṃ manujo, mānusaṃ āgamissati;

Idhāpi sālacchadanaṃ, sabbakālaṃ dharissati.

‘Having passed away from there, this person will come to the human world; here also, he will have a sāl-flower covering at all times.’

207.

207.

‘‘‘Idha [Pg.72] naccañca gītañca, sammatāḷasamāhitaṃ;

Parivāressanti maṃ niccaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

‘Here, dancing and singing, accompanied by cymbals and percussion, will always surround this person. This is the fruit of worshipping a Buddha.’

208.

208.

‘‘‘Uggacchante ca sūriye, sālavassaṃ pavassati;

Puññakammena saṃyuttaṃ, vassate sabbakālikaṃ.

‘When the sun is rising, a rain of sāl flowers will fall; connected to his meritorious deed, it will rain at all times.’

209.

209.

‘‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘Eighteen hundred aeons from now, born in the Okkāka clan, a Teacher named Gotama by his clan name will appear in the world.’

210.

210.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissatināsavo.

‘He will be an heir in his Dhamma, a true son created by the Dhamma. Having fully understood all the taints, he will, without taints, attain Nibbāna.’

211.

211.

‘‘‘Dhammaṃ abhisamentassa, sālacchannaṃ bhavissati;

Citake jhāyamānassa, chadanaṃ tattha hessati’.

‘For him when he fully understands the Dhamma, there will be a sāl-covering; when he is being cremated on the pyre, that covering will be there.’

212.

212.

‘‘Vipākaṃ kittayitvāna, piyadassī mahāmuni;

Parisāya dhammaṃ desesi, tappento dhammavuṭṭhiyā.

Having declared the result, the great sage Piyadassī taught the Dhamma to the assembly, delighting them with a rain of Dhamma.

213.

213.

‘‘Tiṃsakappāni devesu, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Saṭṭhi ca sattakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

For thirty aeons I exercised sovereignty among the devas; and sixty-seven times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

214.

214.

‘‘Devalokā idhāgantvā, labhāmi vipulaṃ sukhaṃ;

Idhāpi sālacchadanaṃ, maṇḍapassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

Having come here from the world of the devas, I obtain abundant happiness. Here too there is a sāl-covering; this is the fruit of the pavilion.

215.

215.

‘‘Ayaṃ pacchimako mayhaṃ, carimo vattate bhavo;

Idhāpi sālacchadanaṃ, hessati sabbakālikaṃ.

This is my last existence, the final one that is occurring. Here too a sāl-covering will be present at all times.

216.

216.

‘‘Mahāmuniṃ tosayitvā, gotamaṃ sakyapuṅgavaṃ;

Pattomhi acalaṃ ṭhānaṃ, hitvā jayaparājayaṃ.

Having gratified the Great Sage, Gotama, the bull of the Sakyans, I have attained the unshakable state, having abandoned victory and defeat.

217.

217.

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Eighteen hundred aeons ago, when I worshipped that Buddha, since then I have not known a bad destination; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

218.

218.

Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

219.

219.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was welcome… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

220.

220.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ [Pg.73] sudaṃ āyasmā sālamaṇḍapiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Sālamaṇḍapiya uttered these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

So it was spoken.

Sālamaṇḍapiyattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Tenth Apadāna of the Elder Sālamaṇḍapiya.

Paṃsukūlavaggo ekūnapaññāsamo.

The Paṃsukūla Vagga, the Forty-Ninth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Paṃsukūlaṃ buddhasaññī, bhisado ñāṇakittako;

Candanī dhātupūjī ca, pulinuppādakopi ca.

Paṃsukūla, Buddhasaññī, Bhisada, and Ñāṇakittaka; Candanī, Dhātupūjī, and also Pulinuppādaka.

Taraṇo dhammaruciko, sālamaṇḍapiyo tathā;

Satāni dve honti gāthā, ūnavīsatimeva ca.

Taraṇa, Dhammarucika, and Sālamaṇḍapiya as well; the verses number two hundred and nineteen.

50. Kiṅkaṇipupphavaggo

50. The Chapter on the Kiṅkaṇi Flower

1. Tikiṅkaṇipupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Tikiṅkaṇipupphiya

1.

1.

‘‘Kaṇikāraṃva [Pg.74] jotantaṃ, nisinnaṃ pabbatantare;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, vipassiṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Shining like a kaṇikāra tree, seated in a mountain pass, I saw the Buddha Vipassī, the leader of the world, who is free from the dust of defilements.

2.

2.

‘‘Tīṇi kiṅkaṇipupphāni, paggayha abhiropayiṃ;

Sambuddhamabhipūjetvā, gacchāmi dakkhiṇāmukho.

Holding aloft three kiṅkaṇi flowers, I offered them. Having worshipped the Sambuddha, I went away facing south.

3.

3.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

4.

4.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first aeon from this, when I worshipped the Buddha, since then I have no knowledge of a bad destination. This is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

5.

5.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up, all states of existence are eradicated. Like an elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell free of taints.

6.

6.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming into the presence of the Buddha was a good coming. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

7.

7.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā tikiṅkaṇipupphiyo thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Tīṇikiṅkaṇipupphiya uttered these verses.

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

So it was spoken.

Tikiṅkaṇipupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Tīṇikiṅkaṇipupphiya.

2. Paṃsukūlapūjakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Paṃsukūlapūjaka

8.

8.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, udaṅgaṇo nāma pabbato;

Tatthaddasaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ, dumaggamhi vilambitaṃ.

Not far from the Himavanta there is a mountain named Udaṅgaṇa. There I saw a rag-robe hanging from a treetop.

9.

9.

‘‘Tīṇi kiṅkaṇipupphāni, ocinitvānahaṃ tadā;

Haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, paṃsukūlamapūjayiṃ.

Then, having plucked three kiṅkaṇi flowers, joyful and with a gladdened mind, I worshipped the rag-robe.

10.

10.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

11.

11.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.75] kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pūjitvā arahaddhajaṃ.

In the ninety-first eon from this, for the deed I did then, I have no knowledge of a bad destination, as a result of worshipping the Arahant’s banner.

12.

12.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

13.

13.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

14.

14.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā paṃsukūlapūjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Paṃsukūlapūjaka these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered.

Paṃsukūlapūjakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Paṃsukūlapūjaka is concluded.

3. Koraṇḍapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Koraṇḍapupphiya

15.

15.

‘‘Vanakammiko pure āsiṃ, pitumātumatenahaṃ ;

Pasumārena jīvāmi, kusalaṃ me na vijjati.

3. Formerly, my parents having died, I was a forest-worker. I made a living by slaughtering animals; no merit was to be found in me.

16.

16.

‘‘Mama āsayasāmantā, tisso lokagganāyako;

Padāni tīṇi dassesi, anukampāya cakkhumā.

Near my dwelling, the One with Vision, Tissa by name, the foremost leader of the world, out of compassion showed three footprints.

17.

17.

‘‘Akkante ca pade disvā, tissanāmassa satthuno;

Haṭṭho haṭṭhena cittena, pade cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

Seeing the trodden footprints of the Teacher named Tissa, I, being joyful and with a gladdened mind, made my mind serene towards those footprints.

18.

18.

‘‘Koraṇḍaṃ pupphitaṃ disvā, pādapaṃ dharaṇīruhaṃ;

Sakosakaṃ gahetvāna, padaseṭṭhamapūjayiṃ.

Seeing a flowering Koraṇḍa tree, a plant grown from the earth, I took it together with its cluster and worshipped the most excellent footprint.

19.

19.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through that well-done deed and through my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

20.

20.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Koraṇḍakachavi homi, suppabhāso bhavāmahaṃ.

Into whatever state of existence I am reborn, whether divine or human, in that very state I have a complexion like the koraṇḍa and I am possessed of great radiance.

21.

21.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, padapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-two eons ago from this one, I performed a deed at that time; since then, I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of worshipping the footprint.

22.

22.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned... I dwell without taints.

23.

23.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.76] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one... the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

24.

24.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā koraṇḍapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Koraṇḍapupphiya these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Koraṇḍapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Koraṇḍapupphiya is concluded.

4. Kiṃsukapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Kiṃsukapupphiya

25.

25.

‘‘Kiṃsukaṃ pupphitaṃ disvā, paggahetvāna añjaliṃ;

Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ saritvāna, ākāse abhipūjayiṃ.

Seeing a flowering kiṃsuka, I raised my hands in reverence; remembering the most excellent of Buddhas, I worshipped in the sky.

26.

26.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

4. Through that well-done deed and through my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

27.

27.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from this one, I performed a deed at that time; since then, I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

28.

28.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned... I dwell without taints.

29.

29.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one... the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

30.

30.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kiṃsukapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Kiṃsukapupphiya these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Kiṃsukapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Kiṃsukapupphiya is concluded.

5. Upaḍḍhadussadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Upaḍḍhadussadāyaka

31.

31.

‘‘Padumuttarabhagavato, sujāto nāma sāvako;

Paṃsukūlaṃ gavesanto, saṅkāre carate tadā.

A disciple of the Blessed One Padumuttara, Sujāta by name, while searching for a rag-robe, was at that time wandering on a rubbish heap.

32.

32.

‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, paresaṃ bhatako ahaṃ;

Upaḍḍhadussaṃ datvāna, sirasā abhivādayiṃ.

In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a hireling for others. Having given half a cloth, I paid homage with my head.

33.

33.

‘‘Tena [Pg.77] kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

5. By that well-done deed and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

34.

34.

‘‘Tettiṃsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Sattasattatikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

Thirty-three times, having become king of the devas, I exercised sovereignty over the deva kingdom; and seventy-seven times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

35.

35.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Upaḍḍhadussadānena, modāmi akutobhayo.

My extensive regional kingship is innumerable by calculation. Because of the gift of half a cloth, being free from fear, I rejoice.

36.

36.

‘‘Icchamāno cahaṃ ajja, sakānanaṃ sapabbataṃ;

Khomadussehi chādeyyaṃ, aḍḍhadussassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“If I so wished today, I could cover this land, with its forests and mountains, with linen cloths. This is the fruit of the gift of half a cloth.

37.

37.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, aḍḍhadussassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“One hundred thousand eons ago from this present eon, when I gave that gift, I have not known a woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of half a cloth.

38.

38.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up … I dwell without taints.

39.

39.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming was a good coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

40.

40.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā upaḍḍhadussadāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Upaḍḍhadussadāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Upaḍḍhadussadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The fifth Apadāna of the Elder Upaḍḍhadussadāyaka is concluded.

6. Ghatamaṇḍadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Ghatamaṇḍadāyaka

41.

41.

‘‘Sucintitaṃ bhagavantaṃ, lokajeṭṭhaṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Upaviṭṭhaṃ mahāraññaṃ, vātābādhena pīḷitaṃ.

“The Blessed One named Sucintita, foremost in the world, a bull among men, who had entered the great forest and was afflicted by an ailment of the winds—

42.

42.

‘‘Disvā cittaṃ pasādetvā, ghatamaṇḍamupānayiṃ;

Katattā ācitattā ca, gaṅgā bhāgīrathī ayaṃ.

“Having seen him and made my mind serene, I offered cream of ghee. Because of that deed being done and accumulated, this Bhāgīrathī Ganges,

43.

43.

‘‘Mahāsamuddā cattāro, ghataṃ sampajjare mama;

Ayañca pathavī ghorā, appamāṇā asaṅkhiyā.

“and the four great oceans become ghee for me. And this great, immeasurable, and innumerable earth,

44.

44.

‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, bhavate madhusakkarā ;

Cātuddīpā ime rukkhā, pādapā dharaṇīruhā.

“knowing my intention, becomes honey and sugar. These trees on the four continents, which grow from the earth,

45.

45.

‘‘Mama [Pg.78] saṅkappamaññāya, kapparukkhā bhavanti te;

Paññāsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

“knowing my intention, they become wish-fulfilling trees. Fifty times, having become king of the devas, I exercised sovereignty over the deva kingdom.

46.

46.

‘‘Ekapaññāsakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

“And fifty-one times I was a wheel-turning monarch. My extensive regional kingship was innumerable by calculation.

47.

47.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ghatamaṇḍassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four eons ago from this present eon, when I gave that gift, I have not known a woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of cream of ghee.

48.

48.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up … I dwell without taints.

49.

49.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming was a good coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

50.

50.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ghatamaṇḍadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ghatamaṇḍadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Ghatamaṇḍadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The sixth Apadāna of the Elder Ghatamaṇḍadāyaka is concluded.

7. Udakadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Udakadāyaka

51.

51.

‘‘Padumuttarabuddhassa, bhikkhusaṅghe anuttare;

Pasannacitto sumano, pānīghaṭamapūrayiṃ.

“To the unsurpassed Saṅgha of bhikkhus of the Buddha Padumuttara, with a devout mind and gladdened heart, I filled a pot of drinking water.

52.

52.

‘‘Pabbatagge dumagge vā, ākāse vātha bhūmiyaṃ;

Yadā pānīyamicchāmi, khippaṃ nibbattate mama.

“On a mountaintop or a treetop, in the sky or on the ground, whenever I desire drinking water, it quickly arises for me.

53.

53.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dakadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“One hundred thousand eons ago from this present eon, when I gave that gift, I have not known a woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of water.

54.

54.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up … I dwell without taints.

55.

55.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming was a good coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

56.

56.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā udakadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Udakadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Udakadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The seventh Apadāna of the Elder Udakadāyaka is concluded.

8. Pulinathūpiyattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Pulinathūpiya

57.

57.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre[Pg.79], yamako nāma pabbato;

Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā.

“Not far from the Himavanta there is a mountain named Yamaka. My hermitage was well-made there, my leaf-hut well-constructed.

58.

58.

‘‘Nārado nāma nāmena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

Catuddasasahassāni, sissā paricaranti maṃ.

“I was an ascetic with matted hair named Nārada, one of fierce ascetic power. Fourteen thousand disciples attended on me.

59.

59.

‘‘Paṭisallīnako santo, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

‘Sabbo jano maṃ pūjeti, nāhaṃ pūjemi kiñcanaṃ.

“While in seclusion, I then reflected thus: ‘Everyone honors me, but I do not honor anyone.

60.

60.

‘‘‘Na me ovādako atthi, vattā koci na vijjati;

Anācariyupajjhāyo, vane vāsaṃ upemahaṃ.

“‘I have no one to advise me; no instructor is to be found. Without a teacher or preceptor, I am living in the forest.

61.

61.

‘‘‘Upāsamāno yamahaṃ, garucittaṃ upaṭṭhahe;

So me ācariyo natthi, vanavāso niratthako.

“‘I have no such teacher whom I could attend upon, establishing a respectful mind; my dwelling in the forest is pointless.

62.

62.

‘‘‘Āyāgaṃ me gavesissaṃ, garuṃ bhāvaniyaṃ tathā;

Sāvassayo vasissāmi, na koci garahissati’.

“‘I shall seek for myself an object of worship, one who is venerable and to be esteemed. I will live with a basis for reverence, so that no one will reproach me.’

63.

63.

‘‘Uttānakūlā nadikā, supatitthā manoramā;

Saṃsuddhapulinākiṇṇā, avidūre mamassamaṃ.

“Not far from my hermitage was a delightful little river with shallow banks and good fords, strewn with perfectly pure sand.

64.

64.

‘‘Nadiṃ amarikaṃ nāma, upagantvānahaṃ tadā;

Saṃvaḍḍhayitvā pulinaṃ, akaṃ pulinacetiyaṃ.

Having then gone to the river named Amarikā, I heaped up the sand and made a sand cetiya.

65.

65.

‘‘Ye te ahesuṃ sambuddhā, bhavantakaraṇā munī;

Tesaṃ etādiso thūpo, taṃ nimittaṃ karomahaṃ.

Of those sages who were Sambuddhas, makers of an end to existence, a stupa is of this kind. I make that sign.

66.

66.

‘‘Karitvā pulinaṃ thūpaṃ, sovaṇṇaṃ māpayiṃ ahaṃ;

Soṇṇakiṅkaṇipupphāni, sahasse tīṇi pūjayiṃ.

Having made a stupa of sand, I created it to be of gold. I offered three thousand golden kiṅkaṇi flowers.

67.

67.

‘‘Sāyapātaṃ namassāmi, vedajāto katañjalī;

Sammukhā viya sambuddhaṃ, vandiṃ pulinacetiyaṃ.

In the evening and the morning, with joy arisen and with hands joined in reverence, I venerated the sand cetiya as if in the presence of the Sambuddha.

68.

68.

‘‘Yadā kilesā jāyanti, vitakkā gehanissitā;

Sarāmi sukataṃ thūpaṃ, paccavekkhāmi tāvade.

Whenever defilements and thoughts connected with the household life arise, I recall the well-made stupa, and at that very moment, I reflect.

69.

69.

‘‘Upanissāya viharaṃ, satthavāhaṃ vināyakaṃ;

Kilese saṃvaseyyāsi, na yuttaṃ tava mārisa.

‘Dwelling in dependence on the Guide, the Caravan Leader, should you associate with defilements? Friend, this is not fitting for you.’

70.

70.

‘‘Saha [Pg.80] āvajjite thūpe, gāravaṃ hoti me tadā;

Kuvitakke vinodesiṃ, nāgo tuttaṭṭito yathā.

As soon as I adverted to the stupa, reverence would arise in me. I dispelled unwholesome thoughts just as an elephant tormented by a goad.

71.

71.

‘‘Evaṃ viharamānaṃ maṃ, maccurājābhimaddatha;

Tattha kālaṅkato santo, brahmalokamagacchahaṃ.

While I was dwelling thus, the King of Death overcame me. Having passed away there, I went to the Brahma world.

72.

72.

‘‘Yāvatāyuṃ vasitvāna, tidive upapajjahaṃ;

Asītikkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

Having lived there for the full lifespan, I was reborn in heaven. Eighty times, as lord of the devas, I exercised sovereignty over the deva kingdom.

73.

73.

‘‘Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

And three hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch. My regional kingship was vast, innumerable by count.

74.

74.

‘‘Soṇṇakiṅkaṇipupphānaṃ, vipākaṃ anubhomahaṃ;

Dhātīsatasahassāni, parivārenti maṃ bhave.

I experience the result of the golden kiṅkaṇi flowers: in existence, a hundred thousand nurses surround me.

75.

75.

‘‘Thūpassa pariciṇṇattā, rajojallaṃ na limpati;

Gatte sedā na muccanti, suppabhāso bhavāmahaṃ.

Because I attended to the stupa, dust and dirt do not cling to my body. Sweat is not emitted from my limbs, and I have a beautiful radiance.

76.

76.

‘‘Aho me sukato thūpo, sudiṭṭhāmarikā nadī;

Thūpaṃ katvāna pulinaṃ, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

Ah, the stupa was well made by me! The Amarikā river was well seen! Having made a stupa of sand, I have attained the unshakable state.

77.

77.

‘‘Kusalaṃ kattukāmena, jantunā sāragāhinā;

Natthi khettaṃ akhettaṃ vā, paṭipattīva sādhakā.

For a being who wishes to do good and to grasp the essence, there is no fertile or barren field; practice itself is what brings accomplishment.

78.

78.

‘‘Yathāpi balavā poso, aṇṇavaṃ taritussahe;

Parittaṃ kaṭṭhamādāya, pakkhandeyya mahāsaraṃ.

Just as a strong man, eager to cross the ocean, might take a small piece of wood and plunge into the great sea,

79.

79.

‘‘Imāhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ nissāya, tarissāmi mahodadhiṃ;

Ussāhena vīriyena, tareyya udadhiṃ naro.

thinking, ‘Relying on this piece of wood, I will cross the great ocean,’ so with striving and energy that man could cross the ocean.

80.

80.

‘‘Tatheva me kataṃ kammaṃ, parittaṃ thokakañca yaṃ;

Taṃ kammaṃ upanissāya, saṃsāraṃ samatikkamiṃ.

In the same way, though the deed I did was small and trifling, by relying on that deed I have crossed beyond saṃsāra.

81.

81.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, sukkamūlena codito;

Sāvatthiyaṃ pure jāto, mahāsāle suaḍḍhake.

Having arrived at my final existence, impelled by my root of merit, I was born in the city of Sāvatthī into a very wealthy great Sāla family.

82.

82.

‘‘Saddhā mātā pitā mayhaṃ, buddhassa saraṇaṃ gatā;

Ubho diṭṭhapadā ete, anuvattanti sāsanaṃ.

My mother and father were faithful; they had gone for refuge to the Buddha. Both had seen the deathless state and followed the teaching.

83.

83.

‘‘Bodhipapaṭikaṃ [Pg.81] gayha, soṇṇathūpamakārayuṃ;

Sāyapātaṃ namassanti, sakyaputtassa sammukhā.

Taking a piece of bark from the Bodhi tree, they had a golden stūpa made. In the evening and the morning, they would pay homage in the presence of the Son of the Sakyans.

84.

84.

‘‘Uposathamhi divase, soṇṇathūpaṃ vinīharuṃ;

Buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ kittentā, tiyāmaṃ vītināmayuṃ.

On the Uposatha day, they would bring out the golden stūpa. Praising the qualities of the Buddha, they would pass the three watches of the night.

85.

85.

‘‘Saha disvānahaṃ thūpaṃ, sariṃ pulinacetiyaṃ;

Ekāsane nisīditvā, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Upon seeing the stupa, I remembered the sand cetiya. Seated in a single session, I attained Arahantship.

Dvāvīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Twenty-Second Recitation Section.

86.

86.

‘‘Gavesamāno taṃ vīraṃ, dhammasenāpatiddasaṃ;

Agārā nikkhamitvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

Seeking that Hero, I saw the General of the Dhamma. Having gone out from the home, I went forth into homelessness in his presence.

87.

87.

‘‘Jātiyā sattavassena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Upasampādayī buddho, guṇamaññāya cakkhumā.

Being seven years of age, I attained Arahantship. The Buddha, the One with Vision, recognizing my quality, gave me the higher ordination.

88.

88.

‘‘Dārakeneva santena, kiriyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ mayā;

Kataṃ me karaṇīyajja, sakyaputtassa sāsane.

Though I was just a boy, the task was finished by me. Today, what had to be done has been done by me in the teaching of the Son of the Sakyans.

89.

89.

‘‘Sabbaverabhayātīto, sabbasaṅgātigo isi;

Sāvako te mahāvīra, soṇṇathūpassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Gone beyond all enmity and fear, a seer who has transcended all attachments, I am your disciple, O Great Hero. This is the fruit of the golden stūpa.

90.

90.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free from taints.

91.

91.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming it was for me … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

92.

92.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pulinathūpiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the venerable elder Puḷinathūpiya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Pulinathūpiyattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Puḷinathūpiya, the Eighth.

9. Naḷakuṭidāyakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Naḷakuṭidāyaka

93.

93.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, hārito nāma pabbato;

Sayambhū nārado nāma, rukkhamūle vasī tadā.

Not far from the Himavanta is a mountain named Hārita. At that time an Independently Enlightened One named Nārada was dwelling at the foot of a tree.

94.

94.

‘‘Naḷāgāraṃ [Pg.82] karitvāna, tiṇena chādayiṃ ahaṃ;

Caṅkamaṃ sodhayitvāna, sayambhussa adāsahaṃ.

Having made a hut of reeds, I thatched it with grass. Having cleared a walking path, I gave it to the Independently Enlightened One.

95.

95.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

96.

96.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, naḷakuṭikanimmitaṃ;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

There a celestial mansion, well-made for me, arose because of the reed hut. It was sixty yojanas high and thirty yojanas wide.

97.

97.

‘‘Catuddasesu kappesu, devaloke ramiṃ ahaṃ;

Ekasattatikkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ.

For fourteen eons I delighted in the deva world; and seventy-one times I performed the role of king of the devas.

98.

98.

‘‘Catutiṃsatikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

Thirty-four times I was a wheel-turning monarch, and my regional kingship was vast, beyond reckoning by number.

99.

99.

‘‘Dhammapāsādamāruyha, sabbākāravarūpamaṃ;

Yadicchakāhaṃ vihare, sakyaputtassa sāsane.

Having ascended the palace of the Dhamma, endowed with all the best features, I dwell as I wish in the teaching of the son of the Sakyans.

100.

100.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, naḷakuṭiyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from this one, when I performed that deed, I have not known a woeful state since then; this is the fruit of the reed hut.

101.

101.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

102.

102.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

103.

103.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā naḷakuṭidāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, indeed, the venerable Elder Naḷakuṭidāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Naḷakuṭidāyakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The ninth Apadāna, of the Elder Naḷakuṭidāyaka, is concluded.

10. Piyālaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Piyālaphaladāyaka

104.

104.

‘‘Migaluddo pure āsiṃ, vipine vicaraṃ tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ.

Formerly I was a deer-hunter, wandering in the forest at that time; I saw the dustless Buddha, who had gone to the far shore of all things.

105.

105.

‘‘Piyālaphalamādāya, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Puññakkhettassa vīrassa, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

Taking a piyāla fruit, with a confident mind I gave it with my own hands to the supreme Buddha, the hero, the field of merit.

106.

106.

‘‘Ekatiṃse [Pg.83] ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a woeful state since then; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

107.

107.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

108.

108.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

109.

109.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā piyālaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus, indeed, the venerable Elder Piyālaphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Piyālaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna, of the Elder Piyālaphaladāyaka, is concluded.

Kiṅkaṇipupphavaggo paññāsamo.

The Kiṅkaṇipuppha Chapter, the fiftieth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary thereof:

Kiṅkaṇī paṃsukūlañca, koraṇḍamatha kiṃsukaṃ;

Upaḍḍhadussī ghatado, udakaṃ thūpakārako.

Kiṅkaṇī, and Paṃsukūla, Koraṇḍa, then Kiṃsuka; Upaḍḍhadussī, Ghatado, Udaka, and Thūpakārako.

Naḷakārī ca navamo, piyālaphaladāyako;

Satamekañca gāthānaṃ, navakañca taduttari.

And the ninth is Naḷakārī, and Piyālaphaladāyako; there are one hundred and nine verses.

Atha vagguddānaṃ –

Now, the summary of the chapters:

Metteyyavaggo bhaddāli, sakiṃsammajjakopi ca;

Ekavihārī vibhītakī, jagatī sālapupphiyo.

The Metteyya chapter, Bhaddāli, and also Sakiṃsammajjako; Ekavihārī, Vibhītakī, Jagatī, and Sālapupphiyo.

Naḷāgāraṃ paṃsukūlaṃ, kiṅkaṇipupphiyo tathā;

Asīti dve ca gāthāyo, catuddasasatāni ca.

Naḷāgāra, Paṃsukūla, and Kiṅkaṇipupphiya as well. There are fourteen hundred and eighty-two verses.

Metteyyavaggadasakaṃ.

The Decad of the Metteyya Chapter.

Pañcamasatakaṃ samattaṃ.

The Fifth Hundred is completed.

51. Kaṇikāravaggo

51. The Kaṇikāra Chapter

1. Tikaṇikārapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Tikaṇikārapupphiya

1.

1.

‘‘Sumedho [Pg.84] nāma sambuddho, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Vivekakāmo sambuddho, himavantamupāgamiṃ.

The Perfectly Enlightened One named Sumedha, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, the Enlightened One desiring seclusion, approached the Himavanta.

2.

2.

‘‘Ajjhogayha himavantaṃ, aggo kāruṇiko muni;

Pallaṅkamābhujitvāna, nisīdi purisuttamo.

Having entered the Himavanta, the foremost, compassionate sage, the supreme among men, sat down, having folded his legs crosswise.

3.

3.

‘‘Vijjādharo tadā āsiṃ, antalikkhacaro ahaṃ;

Tisūlaṃ sukataṃ gayha, gacchāmi ambare tadā.

At that time I was a knowledge-holder, one who traveled through the sky. Taking up a well-made trident, I traveled in the sky at that time.

4.

4.

‘‘Pabbatagge yathā aggi, puṇṇamāyeva candimā;

Vane obhāsate buddho, sālarājāva phullito.

Like a fire on a mountain peak, like the moon on a full-moon day, the Buddha shone in the forest like a sāla tree king in full bloom.

5.

5.

‘‘Vanaggā nikkhamitvāna, buddharaṃsībhidhāvare;

Naḷaggivaṇṇasaṅkāsā, disvā cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

Issuing from the treetops, the Buddha’s rays, which resembled the color of a fire among the reeds, streamed forth. Seeing them, I clarified my mind.

6.

6.

‘‘Vicinaṃ addasaṃ pupphaṃ, kaṇikāraṃ devagandhikaṃ;

Tīṇi pupphāni ādāya, buddhaseṭṭhamapūjayiṃ.

While searching for a kaṇikāra flower with a divine fragrance, I saw the Buddha. Taking three flowers, I honored the best of Buddhas.

7.

7.

‘‘Buddhassa ānubhāvena, tīṇi pupphāni me tadā;

Uddhaṃvaṇṭā adhopattā, chāyaṃ kubbanti satthuno.

By the Buddha’s power, my three flowers then, with stalks pointing up and petals pointing down, formed a canopy for the Teacher.

8.

8.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

9.

9.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, kaṇikārīti ñāyati;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

There a celestial mansion, well-made for me, is known as ‘Kaṇikārī.’ It was sixty yojanas high and thirty yojanas wide.

10.

10.

‘‘Sahassakaṇḍaṃ satabheṇḍu, dhajāluharitāmayaṃ;

Satasahassaniyyūhā, byamhe pātubhaviṃsu me.

It had a thousand sections and a hundred orbs, with many banners made of gold. A hundred thousand pinnacles appeared on my celestial mansion.

11.

11.

‘‘Soṇṇamayā maṇimayā, lohitaṅgamayāpi ca;

Phalikāpi ca pallaṅkā, yenicchakā yadicchakā.

Couches made of gold, of jewels, and also of rubies, and of crystal, appeared whenever and however I wished.

12.

12.

‘‘Mahārahañca [Pg.85] sayanaṃ, tūlikāvikatīyutaṃ;

Uddhalomikaekantaṃ, bimbohanasamāyutaṃ.

And a couch of great price, furnished with mattresses and elaborate coverlets, with single- and double-fleeced coverlets, and furnished with pillows.

13.

13.

‘‘Bhavanā nikkhamitvāna, caranto devacārikaṃ;

Yadā icchāmi gamanaṃ, devasaṅghapurakkhato.

Going out from my mansion, wandering on a tour of the deva realm, whenever I wish to travel, I am attended by a host of devas.

14.

14.

‘‘Pupphassa heṭṭhā tiṭṭhāmi, uparicchadanaṃ mama;

Samantā yojanasataṃ, kaṇikārehi chāditaṃ.

I stand beneath the flower, which is my canopy above. For a hundred yojanas all around, it is covered with kaṇikāra flowers.

15.

15.

‘‘Saṭṭhituriyasahassāni, sāyapātamupaṭṭhahuṃ;

Parivārenti maṃ niccaṃ, rattindivamatanditā.

Sixty thousand musical instruments attended upon me evening and morning. Unwearied, they constantly surrounded me day and night.

16.

16.

‘‘Tattha naccehi gītehi, tāḷehi vāditehi ca;

Ramāmi khiḍḍāratiyā, modāmi kāmakāmihaṃ.

There, with dances and songs, with cymbals and instrumental music, I delighted in the pleasure of play; desiring sensual pleasures, I rejoiced.

17.

17.

‘‘Tattha bhutvā pivitvā ca, modāmi tidase tadā;

Nārīgaṇehi sahito, modāmi byamhamuttame.

Having eaten and drunk there, I then rejoiced among the Thirty-Three gods. Accompanied by hosts of celestial women, I rejoiced in that supreme celestial mansion.

18.

18.

‘‘Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Five hundred times I exercised sovereignty as king of the devas; three hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

My regional kingship was vast, innumerable by count.

19.

19.

‘‘Bhavābhave saṃsaranto, mahābhogaṃ labhāmahaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Wandering through existences, I obtain great wealth. There is no deficiency in my wealth; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

20.

20.

‘‘Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Aññaṃ gatiṃ na jānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I wander only in two existences, among devas and among humans. I know of no other destination; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

21.

21.

‘‘Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye cāpi brāhmaṇe;

Nīce kule na jāyāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am born only into two families, that of warriors and that of brahmins. I am not born in a low family; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

22.

22.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ, sivikaṃ sandamānikaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Elephant-vehicles, horse-vehicles, palanquins, and litters—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

23.

23.

‘‘Dāsīgaṇaṃ dāsagaṇaṃ, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Groups of female slaves, groups of male slaves, and well-adorned women—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

24.

24.

‘‘Koseyyakambaliyāni, khomakappāsikāni ca;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Garments of silk and wool, and of linen and cotton—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

25.

25.

‘‘Navavatthaṃ [Pg.86] navaphalaṃ, navaggarasabhojanaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

New clothes, new fruits, and food with new, excellent flavors—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

26.

26.

‘‘Imaṃ khāda imaṃ bhuñja, imamhi sayane saya;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

‘Eat this, enjoy this, lie on this couch’—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

27.

27.

‘‘Sabbattha pūjito homi, yaso abbhuggato mama;

Mahāpakkho sadā homi, abhejjapariso sadā;

Ñātīnaṃ uttamo homi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am honored everywhere, my fame has risen up. I always have a great following, always an unbreakable retinue. I am the foremost among my kinsmen; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

28.

28.

‘‘Sītaṃ uṇhaṃ na jānāmi, pariḷāho na vijjati;

Atho cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ, hadaye me na vijjati.

I do not know cold or heat; burning fever is not found in me. Furthermore, no mental suffering is found in my heart.

29.

29.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hutvāna, saṃsarāmi bhavābhave;

Vevaṇṇiyaṃ na jānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Having a golden complexion, I wander through existences. I do not know a bad complexion; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

30.

30.

‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, sukkamūlena codito;

Sāvatthiyaṃ pure jāto, mahāsāle suaḍḍhake.

Having passed away from the deva world, impelled by a pure wholesome root-cause, I was born in the city of Sāvatthī in a wealthy Mahāsāla family.

31.

31.

‘‘Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Jātiyā sattavassohaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having abandoned the five strands of sensual pleasure, I went forth into the homeless life. When I was seven years of age, I attained Arahantship.

32.

32.

‘‘Upasampādayī buddho, guṇamaññāya cakkhumā;

Taruṇo pūjanīyohaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

The Buddha, the One with Vision, gave me the higher ordination, having recognized my virtue. Though young, I am worthy of honor; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

33.

33.

‘‘Dibbacakkhu visuddhaṃ me, samādhikusalo ahaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramippatto, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

My divine eye is purified, I am skilled in concentration; I have reached the perfection of the direct knowledges; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

34.

34.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā anuppatto, iddhipādesu kovido;

Dhammesu pāramippatto, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I have attained the analytical knowledges and am an expert in the bases of spiritual power; I have reached perfection in the Dhammas; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

35.

35.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty thousand aeons ago, when I worshipped the Buddha, I have no recollection of a woeful state; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

36.

36.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up, all states of existence have been uprooted. Like an elephant that has cut its bonds, I dwell free from taints.

37.

37.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming to the presence of my Buddha was a welcome one. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

38.

38.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.87] catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā tikaṇikārapupphiyo thero imā

Thus, it is said, the venerable Elder Tikaṇikārapupphiya

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Tikaṇikārapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Tikaṇikārapupphiya.

2. Ekapattadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder, the Giver of a Single Bowl

39.

39.

‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, kumbhakāro ahosahaṃ;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ.

In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a potter. I saw the stainless Buddha, who had crossed the flood, free from taints.

40.

40.

‘‘Sukataṃ mattikāpattaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Pattaṃ datvā bhagavato, ujubhūtassa tādino.

I gave a well-made earthen bowl to the best of Buddhas. Having given the bowl to the Blessed One, the upright and steadfast one,

41.

41.

‘‘Bhave nibbattamānohaṃ, soṇṇathāle labhāmahaṃ;

Rūpimaye ca sovaṇṇe, taṭṭike ca maṇīmaye.

Whenever I am reborn in existence, I receive golden bowls, and plates made of silver, gold, and jewels.

42.

42.

‘‘Pātiyo paribhuñjāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ;

Yasānañca dhanānañca, aggabhūto ca homahaṃ.

I make use of bowls; this is the fruit of meritorious kamma. I am the foremost in fame and wealth.

43.

43.

‘‘Yathāpi bhaddake khette, bījaṃ appampi ropitaṃ;

Sammādhāraṃ pavacchante, phalaṃ toseti kassakaṃ.

Just as when even a small seed is sown in a good field, the fruit pleases the farmer when the rain pours down properly.

44.

44.

‘‘Tathevidaṃ pattadānaṃ, buddhakhettamhi ropitaṃ;

Pītidhāre pavassante, phalaṃ maṃ tosayissati.

So too this gift of a bowl, sown in the Buddha-field: when the stream of joy rains down, its fruit will please me.

45.

45.

‘‘Yāvatā khettā vijjanti, saṅghāpi ca gaṇāpi ca;

Buddhakhettasamo natthi, sukhado sabbapāṇinaṃ.

Whatever fields exist, whether of the Saṅgha or of groups, there is none equal to the Buddha-field, the giver of happiness to all beings.

46.

46.

‘‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama;

Ekapattaṃ daditvāna, pattomhi acalaṃ padaṃ.

Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men! Homage to you, O supreme man! Having given a single bowl, I have attained the unshakable state.

47.

47.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ pattamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pattadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first aeon from this one, when I gave that bowl, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a bowl.

48.

48.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

49.

49.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.88] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

50.

50.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ekapattadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ekapattadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Ekapattadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Ekapattadāyaka.

3. Kāsumāraphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Kāsumāraphaliya

51.

51.

‘‘Kaṇikāraṃva jotantaṃ, nisinnaṃ pabbatantare;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, lokajeṭṭhaṃ narāsabhaṃ.

Shining like a Kaṇikāra tree, seated in a mountain cleft, I saw the stainless Buddha, the foremost in the world, the bull among men.

52.

52.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, sire katvāna añjaliṃ;

Kāsumārikamādāya, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ.

With a confident and joyful mind, having placed my joined palms on my head, I took a Kāsumāri fruit and gave it to the supreme Buddha.

53.

53.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first aeon from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

54.

54.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

55.

55.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

56.

56.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kāsumāraphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kāsumāraphaliya

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Kāsumāraphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Kāsumāraphaliya.

4. Avaṭaphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Avaṭaphaliya

57.

57.

‘‘Sahassaraṃsī bhagavā, sayambhū aparājito;

Vivekā uṭṭhahitvāna, gocarāyābhinikkhami.

The Blessed One with a thousand rays, the Self-Become, the Unconquered, having arisen from seclusion, went forth for his alms-round.

58.

58.

‘‘Phalahattho ahaṃ disvā, upagacchiṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, avaṭaṃ adadiṃ phalaṃ.

With fruit in hand, having seen the bull among men, I approached him. With a confident and joyful mind, I gave the Avaṭa fruit.

59.

59.

‘‘Catunnavutito [Pg.89] kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-fourth aeon from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

60.

60.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

61.

61.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

62.

62.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā avaṭaphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Avaṭaphaliya

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Avaṭaphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Avaṭaphaliya.

5. Pādaphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Pādaphaliya

63.

63.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sambuddhaṃ, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahaṃ;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipajjantaṃ, pādaphalaṃ adāsahaṃ.

To the Perfectly Enlightened One of golden complexion, the recipient of offerings, as he was walking along the street, I gave a pādaphala fruit.

64.

64.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first aeon from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

65.

65.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

66.

66.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

67.

67.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā pādaphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Pādaphaliya

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Pādaphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Fifth Apadāna of the Elder Pādaphaliya.

6. Mātuluṅgaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Mātuluṅgaphaladāyaka.

68.

68.

‘‘Kaṇikāraṃva jalitaṃ, puṇṇamāyeva candimaṃ;

Jalantaṃ dīparukkhaṃva, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

I saw the Leader of the World, blazing like a kaṇikāra tree, like the moon on a full-moon night, shining like a lamp-tree.

69.

69.

‘‘Mātuluṅgaphalaṃ [Pg.90] gayha, adāsiṃ satthuno ahaṃ;

Dakkhiṇeyyassa vīrassa, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

Taking a citron fruit, with my own hands and a pleased mind, I gave it to the Teacher, the Hero worthy of offerings.

70.

70.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first aeon from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

71.

71.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

72.

72.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

73.

73.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā mātuluṅgaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Mātuluṅgaphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Mātuluṅgaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of a Citron Fruit, the sixth.

7. Ajeliphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of an Ajeli Fruit

74.

74.

‘‘Ajjuno nāma sambuddho, himavante vasī tadā;

Caraṇena ca sampanno, samādhikusalo muni.

A Perfectly Enlightened One named Ajjuna dwelt then in the Himālaya; a sage accomplished in conduct and skilled in concentration.

75.

75.

‘‘Kumbhamattaṃ gahetvāna, ajeliṃ jīvajīvakaṃ;

Chattapaṇṇaṃ gahetvāna, adāsiṃ satthuno ahaṃ.

Taking an Ajeli fruit that was pot-sized, life-prolonging, and had a leaf like an umbrella, I gave it to the Teacher.

76.

76.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no bad destination. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

77.

77.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

78.

78.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

79.

79.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ajeliphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ajeliphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Ajeliphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of an Ajeli Fruit, the seventh.

8. Amodaphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of an Amoda Fruit

80.

80.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ [Pg.91] sambuddhaṃ, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahaṃ;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipajjantaṃ, amodamadadiṃ phalaṃ.

To the Perfectly Enlightened One of golden complexion, the recipient of offerings, who was walking along the road, I gave an Amoda fruit.

81.

81.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no bad destination. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

82.

82.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

83.

83.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

84.

84.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā amodaphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Amodaphaliya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Amodaphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of an Amoda Fruit, the eighth.

9. Tālaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of a Palm Fruit

85.

85.

‘‘Sataraṃsī nāma bhagavā, sayambhū aparājito;

Vivekā vuṭṭhahitvāna, gocarāyābhinikkhami.

The Blessed One was named Sataraṃsī, the Self-Become, the Unconquered. Having arisen from seclusion, he went forth for his alms-round.

86.

86.

‘‘Phalahattho ahaṃ disvā, upagacchiṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, tālaphalaṃ adāsahaṃ.

Seeing the bull among men, I, with fruit in hand, approached him. With a confident and glad mind, I gave him a palm fruit.

87.

87.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons from this one, when I gave that fruit, I have known no bad destination. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

88.

88.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

89.

89.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

90.

90.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā tālaphaladāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Tālaphaladāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Tālaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of a Palm Fruit, the ninth.

10. Nāḷikeraphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Giver of a Coconut Fruit

91.

91.

‘‘Nagare [Pg.92] bandhumatiyā, ārāmiko ahaṃ tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, gacchantaṃ anilañjase.

I was then a park-keeper in the city of Bandhumatī. I saw the dustless Buddha traveling through the sky.

92.

92.

‘‘Nāḷikeraphalaṃ gayha, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Ākāse ṭhitako santo, paṭiggaṇhi mahāyaso.

Taking a coconut fruit, I gave it to the best of Buddhas. The greatly renowned one, standing in the sky, accepted it.

93.

93.

‘‘Vittisañjanano mayhaṃ, diṭṭhadhammasukhāvaho;

Phalaṃ buddhassa datvāna, vippasannena cetasā.

Having given a fruit to the Buddha with a very clear mind, it produced delight for me and brought happiness in the present life.

94.

94.

‘‘Adhigacchiṃ tadā pītiṃ, vipulañca sukhuttamaṃ;

Uppajjateva ratanaṃ, nibbattassa tahiṃ tahiṃ.

At that time, I attained rapture and vast, supreme happiness. Wherever I am reborn, a jewel is surely produced for me.

95.

95.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this aeon, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

96.

96.

‘‘Dibbacakkhu visuddhaṃ me, samādhikusalo ahaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramippatto, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

My divine eye is purified; I am skilled in concentration. I have reached the perfection of direct knowledge. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

97.

97.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

98.

98.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha's teaching has been done.

99.

99.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha's teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā nāḷikeraphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable elder Nāḷikeraphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Nāḷikeraphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna of the Elder Nāḷikeraphaladāyaka.

Kaṇikāravaggo ekapaññāsamo.

The Kaṇikāra Chapter, the fifty-first.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Kaṇikārekapattā ca, kāsumārī tathāvaṭā;

Pādañca mātuluṅgañca, ajelīmodameva ca.

Kaṇikāra and Ekapattā, Kāsumārī and also Āvaṭā; Pāda and Mātuluṅga, and Ajelī and Moda.

Tālaṃ tathā nāḷikeraṃ, gāthāyo gaṇitā viha;

Ekaṃ gāthāsataṃ hoti, ūnādhikavivajjitaṃ.

Tāla and also Nāḷikera. Here the verses are counted: there are one hundred verses, devoid of less or more.

52. Phaladāyakavaggo

52. The Chapter of the Fruit-Givers.

1. Kurañciyaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Kurañciyaphaladāyaka.

1.

1.

‘‘Migaluddo [Pg.93] pure āsiṃ, vipine vicaraṃ ahaṃ;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ.

Formerly, I was a hunter. While wandering in the forest, I saw the dustless Buddha, who had gone to the far shore of all things.

2.

2.

‘‘Kurañciyaphalaṃ gayha, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Puññakkhettassa tādino, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

Having taken a Kurañciya fruit, with a confident mind I gave it with my own hands to the best of Buddhas, the field of merit, the Imperturbable One.

3.

3.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one aeons ago from this aeon, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

4.

4.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up; all states of existence are uprooted. Like an elephant having broken its bonds, I dwell without taints.

5.

5.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, buddhaseṭṭhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming into the presence of the best of Buddhas was a good coming. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha's teaching has been done.

6.

6.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha's teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kurañciyaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable elder Kurañciyaphaladāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Kurañciyaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The first Apadāna of the Elder Kurañciyaphaladāyaka is finished.

2. Kapitthaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Kapitthaphaladāyaka.

7.

7.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sambuddhaṃ, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahaṃ;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipajjantaṃ, kapitthaṃ adadiṃ phalaṃ.

To the Perfectly Enlightened One of golden complexion, worthy of receiving offerings, as he was walking along the main road, I gave a wood-apple fruit.

8.

8.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this aeon, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

9.

9.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

10.

10.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.94] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

11.

11.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kapitthaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kapitthaphaladāyaka these

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

verses recited.

Kapitthaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Elder Kapitthaphaladāyaka is finished.

3. Kosambaphaliyattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Kosambaphaliya.

12.

12.

‘‘Kakudhaṃ vilasantaṃva, devadevaṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipajjantaṃ, kosambaṃ adadiṃ tadā.

To the one splendid like a Kakudha tree, the god of gods, the bull among men, as he was walking along the main road, I then gave a kosamba fruit.

13.

13.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one aeons ago from this aeon, when I gave that fruit, I have known no woeful state since then. This is the fruit of the gift of a fruit.

14.

14.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

15.

15.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

16.

16.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kosambaphaliyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kosambaphaliya these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

recited.

Kosambaphaliyattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Elder Kosambaphaliya is finished.

4. Ketakapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Ketakapupphiya

17.

17.

‘‘Vinatānadiyā tīre, vihāsi purisuttamo;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ.

On the bank of the Vinatā River, the supreme person dwelt. I saw the dustless Buddha, one-pointed and well-concentrated.

18.

18.

‘‘Madhugandhassa pupphena, ketakassa ahaṃ tadā;

Pasannacitto sumano, buddhaseṭṭhamapūjayiṃ.

Then, with a honey-scented ketaka flower, I, with a confident and glad mind, honored the supreme Buddha.

19.

19.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.95] kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first aeon from this, since I offered that flower, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of worshiping the Buddha.

20.

20.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

21.

21.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

22.

22.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ketakapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ketakapupphiya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Ketakapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The fourth Apadāna of the Elder Ketakapupphiya is finished.

5. Nāgapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Nāgapupphiya

23.

23.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sambuddhaṃ, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggahaṃ;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipajjantaṃ, nāgapupphaṃ apūjayiṃ.

To the Perfectly Enlightened One of golden complexion, worthy of receiving offerings, as he was proceeding along the road, I offered a nāga flower.

24.

24.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first aeon from this, since I offered that flower, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of worshiping the Buddha.

25.

25.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

26.

26.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

27.

27.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā nāgapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Nāgapupphiya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Nāgapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The fifth Apadāna of the Elder Nāgapupphiya is finished.

6. Ajjunapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Ajjunapupphiya

28.

28.

‘‘Candabhāgānadītīre, ahosiṃ kinnaro tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sayambhuṃ aparājitaṃ.

On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was then a kinnara. I saw the dust-free Buddha, the Self-become, the Unconquered.

29.

29.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, vedajāto katañjalī;

Gahetvā ajjunaṃ pupphaṃ, sayambhuṃ abhipūjayiṃ.

With a devout mind, being glad and joyful, with hands raised in reverence, taking an ajjuna flower, I worshipped the Self-become One.

30.

30.

‘‘Tena [Pg.96] kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā kinnaraṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the kinnara body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

31.

31.

‘‘Chattiṃsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Dasakkhattuṃ cakkavattī, mahārajjamakārayiṃ.

Thirty-six times, as king of the devas, I exercised sovereignty over the devas. Ten times I exercised the great sovereignty of a wheel-turning monarch.

32.

32.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Sukhette vappitaṃ bījaṃ, sayambhumhi aho mama.

My vast regional kingship was beyond reckoning by number. Oh, how wonderful! My seed of merit was sown in a good field, in the Self-become One.

33.

33.

‘‘Kusalaṃ vijjate mayhaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Pūjāraho ahaṃ ajja, sakyaputtassa sāsane.

Merit is found in me; I went forth into homelessness. Today, in the teaching of the Sakyan Son, I am worthy of offerings.

34.

34.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

35.

35.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

36.

36.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ajjunapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ajjunapupphiya

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Ajjunapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The sixth Apadāna of the Elder Ajjunapupphiya is finished.

7. Kuṭajapupphiyattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Kuṭajapupphiya

37.

37.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre, vasalo nāma pabbato;

Buddho sudassano nāma, vasate pabbatantare.

Not far from the Himavanta is a mountain named Vasala. The Buddha named Sudassana dwells in a mountain gorge.

38.

38.

‘‘Pupphaṃ hemavantaṃ gayha, vehāsaṃ agamāsahaṃ;

Tatthaddasāsiṃ sambuddhaṃ, oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ.

Having taken a golden-colored flower, I went through the sky. There I saw the Perfectly Enlightened One, who had crossed over the flood and was without taints.

39.

39.

‘‘Pupphaṃ kuṭajamādāya, sire katvāna añjaliṃ ;

Buddhassa abhiropesiṃ, sayambhussa mahesino.

Having taken a kuṭaja flower and raising my hands in reverence over my head, I offered it to the Buddha, the Self-become, the Great Seeker.

40.

40.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first aeon from this, since I offered that flower, I have not known a woeful state; this is the fruit of worshiping the Buddha.

41.

41.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.97] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

42.

42.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

43.

43.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... The Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kuṭajapupphiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kuṭajapupphiya recited these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kuṭajapupphiya recited these verses.

Kuṭajapupphiyattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The seventh apadāna, that of the Elder Kuṭajapupphiya.

8. Ghosasaññakattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Ghosasaññaka

44.

44.

‘‘Migaluddo pure āsiṃ, araññe vipine ahaṃ;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, devasaṅghapurakkhataṃ.

Formerly, I was a deer hunter in the forest, in the wilderness; I saw the dustless Buddha, honored by an assembly of devas.

45.

45.

‘‘Catusaccaṃ pakāsentaṃ, desentaṃ amataṃ padaṃ;

Assosiṃ madhuraṃ dhammaṃ, sikhino lokabandhuno.

Proclaiming the Four Truths, teaching the deathless state, I heard the sweet Dhamma from Sikhī, Kinsman of the World.

46.

46.

‘‘Ghose cittaṃ pasādesiṃ, asamappaṭipuggale;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, uttariṃ duttaraṃ bhavaṃ.

I placed my confidence in the voice of the one without an equal. Having placed my confidence there, I crossed over existence, which is so hard to cross.

47.

47.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ saññamalabhiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ghosasaññāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first eon from now, when I gained that perception, I have not known a bad destination; this is the fruit of the perception of the voice.

48.

48.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

49.

49.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was fortunate… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

50.

50.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā ghosasaññako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ghosasaññaka recited these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Ghosasaññaka recited these verses.

Ghosasaññakattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The eighth apadāna, that of the Elder Ghosasaññaka.

9. Sabbaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Sabbaphaladāyaka

51.

51.

‘‘Varuṇo nāma nāmena, brāhmaṇo mantapāragū;

Chaḍḍetvā dasaputtāni, vanamajjhogahiṃ tadā.

As a brahmin named Varuṇa, a master of the sacred chants, having abandoned my ten sons, I then entered the forest.

52.

52.

‘‘Assamaṃ [Pg.98] sukataṃ katvā, suvibhattaṃ manoramaṃ;

Paṇṇasālaṃ karitvāna, vasāmi vipine ahaṃ.

Having built a well-made hermitage, well-proportioned and delightful, and having made a leaf-hut, I dwell in the wilderness.

53.

53.

‘‘Padumuttaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Mamuddharitukāmo so, āgacchi mama assamaṃ.

Padumuttara, the Knower of the World, the Recipient of Offerings, desiring to uplift me, came to my hermitage.

54.

54.

‘‘Yāvatā vanasaṇḍamhi, obhāso vipulo ahu;

Buddhassa ānubhāvena, pajjalī vipinaṃ tadā.

A vast radiance arose throughout the forest grove; by the Buddha's power, the forest then blazed.

55.

55.

‘‘Disvāna taṃ pāṭihīraṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassa tādino;

Pattapuṭaṃ gahetvāna, phalena pūjayiṃ ahaṃ.

Having seen that miracle of the excellent Buddha, the steadfast one, I took a leaf-container of fruit and honored him with it.

56.

56.

‘‘Upagantvāna sambuddhaṃ, sahakhārimadāsahaṃ;

Anukampāya me buddho, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Having approached the Perfectly Enlightened One, I gave my gift, together with my ascetic's carrying-pole. Out of compassion for me, the Buddha spoke this word:

57.

57.

‘Khāribhāraṃ gahetvāna, pacchato ehi me tuvaṃ;

Paribhutte ca saṅghamhi, puññaṃ tava bhavissati’.

‘Take this burden of requisites and follow behind me. When the Saṅgha has partaken of it, merit will accrue to you.’

58.

58.

‘‘Puṭakantaṃ gahetvāna, bhikkhusaṅghassadāsahaṃ;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, tusitaṃ upapajjahaṃ.

Taking that bundle, I gave it to the Saṅgha of bhikkhus. Having inspired faith in my mind therein, I was reborn in the Tusita realm.

59.

59.

‘‘Tattha dibbehi naccehi, gītehi vāditehi ca;

Puññakammena saṃyuttaṃ, anubhomi sadā sukhaṃ.

There, with divine dances, songs, and music, I always experience happiness connected with my meritorious deed.

60.

60.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In whatever existence I am reborn, whether divine or human, there is no deficiency in my enjoyments: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

61.

61.

‘‘Yāvatā caturo dīpā, sasamuddā sapabbatā;

Phalaṃ buddhassa datvāna, issaraṃ kārayāmahaṃ.

Having given fruit to the Buddha, I get to exercise sovereignty over the four continents, with their oceans and mountains.

62.

62.

‘‘Yāvatā me pakkhigaṇā, ākāse uppatanti ce;

Tepi maṃ vasamanventi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Whatever flocks of birds fly in the sky, they too come under my control: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

63.

63.

‘‘Yāvatā vanasaṇḍamhi, yakkhā bhūtā ca rakkhasā;

Kumbhaṇḍā garuḷā cāpi, pāricariyaṃ upenti me.

Whatever yakkhas, spirits, and rāksasas are in the forest grove, and also kumbhaṇḍas and garuḷas, they come to attend upon me.

64.

64.

‘‘Kumbhā soṇā madhukārā, ḍaṃsā ca makasā ubho;

Tepi maṃ vasamanventi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Tortoises, dogs, bees, and both gadflies and mosquitoes, they too come under my control: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

65.

65.

‘‘Supaṇṇā [Pg.99] nāma sakuṇā, pakkhijātā mahabbalā;

Tepi maṃ saraṇaṃ yanti, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Birds named Supaṇṇa, winged creatures of great strength, they too come to me for refuge: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

66.

66.

‘‘Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, iddhimanto mahāyasā;

Tepi maṃ vasamanventi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Those long-lived nāgas, possessing psychic power and having a great retinue, they too come under my control: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

67.

67.

‘‘Sīhā byagghā ca dīpī ca, acchakokataracchakā;

Tepi maṃ vasamanventi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Lions, tigers, and leopards, bears, wolves, and hyenas, they too come under my control: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

68.

68.

‘‘Osadhītiṇavāsī ca, ye ca ākāsavāsino;

Sabbe maṃ saraṇaṃ yanti, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Those dwelling in medicinal herbs and grass, and those who dwell in the sky, all go to me for refuge: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

69.

69.

‘‘Sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ suppakāsitaṃ;

Phassayitvā viharāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

The very difficult to see, the very subtle, the profound, the well-proclaimed: having realized it, I dwell. This is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

70.

70.

‘‘Vimokkhe aṭṭha phusitvā, viharāmi anāsavo;

Ātāpī nipako cāhaṃ, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Having attained the eight liberations, I dwell taintless. I am ardent and prudent: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

71.

71.

‘‘Ye phalaṭṭhā buddhaputtā, khīṇadosā mahāyasā;

Ahamaññataro tesaṃ, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am one of those sons of the Buddha who are established in the fruit, whose faults are destroyed and who are of great renown: this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

72.

72.

‘‘Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, sukkamūlena codito;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, viharāmi anāsavo.

Having reached the perfection of direct knowledge, urged on by a wholesome root, and having fully understood all the cankers, I dwell without cankers.

73.

73.

‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, buddhaputtā mahāyasā;

Dibbasotasamāpannā, tesaṃ aññataro ahaṃ.

I am one of those sons of the Buddha of great renown who possess the three knowledges, have attained psychic power, and are endowed with the divine ear.

74.

74.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand eons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a bad destination; this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.

75.

75.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without cankers.

76.

76.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

77.

77.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sabbaphaladāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Sabbaphaladāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Sabbaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The ninth apadāna of the Elder Sabbaphaladāyaka.

10. Padumadhārikattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Padumadhārika

78.

78.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre[Pg.100], romaso nāma pabbato;

Buddhopi sambhavo nāma, abbhokāse vasī tadā.

“Not far from the Himālaya there is a mountain named Romasa. A Paccekabuddha named Sambhava dwelt in the open air at that time.

79.

79.

‘‘Bhavanā nikkhamitvāna, padumaṃ dhārayiṃ ahaṃ;

Ekāhaṃ dhārayitvāna, bhavanaṃ punarāgamiṃ.

“Having gone out from my dwelling, I held up a lotus. Having held it up for one day, I returned to my dwelling.

80.

80.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Thirty-one eons ago from this one, I worshipped that Paccekabuddha. Since then, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of that worship of a Buddha.

81.

81.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without cankers.

82.

82.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

83.

83.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā padumadhāriko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Padumadhārika...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Padumadhārikattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth apadāna of the Elder Padumadhārika.

Phaladāyakavaggo dvepaññāsamo.

The Phaladāyaka Chapter, the fifty-second.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary thereof:

Kurañciyaṃ kapitthañca, kosambamatha ketakaṃ;

Nāgapupphajjunañceva, kuṭajī ghosasaññako.

Kurañjiya, Kapittha, Kosamba, and then Ketaka; Nāgapuppha and Ajjuna, Kuṭajī, Ghosasaññaka.

Thero ca sabbaphalado, tathā padumadhāriko;

Asīti cettha gāthāyo, tisso gāthā taduttari.

The Elder Sabbaphalada, and likewise Padumadhārika. Herein there are eighty verses, and three more besides.

53. Tiṇadāyakavaggo

53. The Chapter of the Givers of Grass

1. Tiṇamuṭṭhidāyakattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Tiṇamuṭṭhidāyaka

1.

1.

‘‘Himavantassāvidūre[Pg.101], lambako nāma pabbato;

Tattheva tisso sambuddho, abbhokāsamhi caṅkami.

“Not far from the Himālaya there was a mountain named Lambaka; there the Perfectly Enlightened One, Tissa, paced up and down in the open air.

2.

2.

‘‘Migaluddo pure āsiṃ, araññe kānane ahaṃ;

Disvāna taṃ devadevaṃ, tiṇamuṭṭhimadāsahaṃ.

“Formerly I was a deer-hunter in the forest wilderness. Having seen that God of gods, I gave a handful of grass.

3.

3.

‘‘Nisīdanatthaṃ buddhassa, datvā cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, pakkāmiṃ uttarāmukho.

“Having given it for the Buddha’s seat, I made my mind confident. Having paid homage to the Perfectly Enlightened One, I departed facing north.

4.

4.

‘‘Aciraṃ gatamattassa, migarājā apothayi ;

Sīhena pothito santo, tattha kālaṅkato ahaṃ.

“Not long after I had gone, the king of beasts struck me down. Having been struck down by the lion, I died right there.

5.

5.

‘‘Āsanne me kataṃ kammaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhe anāsave;

Sumutto saravegova, devalokamagacchahaṃ.

“Near death, I performed a deed for the best of Buddhas, the taintless one. Like a well-shot arrow, I went to the world of the devas.

6.

6.

‘‘Yūpo tattha subho āsi, puññakammābhinimmito;

Sahassakaṇḍo satabheṇḍu, dhajālu haritāmayo.

“A beautiful pillar was there, created by my meritorious kamma, with a thousand sections and a hundred knobs, bedecked with banners, and made of gold.

7.

7.

‘‘Pabhā niddhāvate tassa, sataraṃsīva uggato;

Ākiṇṇo devakaññāhi, āmodiṃ kāmakāmihaṃ.

“Radiance streamed forth from it, like the rising hundred-rayed sun. Surrounded by celestial maidens, I, a desirer of sensual pleasures, rejoiced.

8.

8.

‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, sukkamūlena codito;

Āgantvāna manussattaṃ, pattomhi āsavakkhayaṃ.

“Having passed away from the world of the devas, impelled by that wholesome root, I came to the human state and have attained the destruction of the cankers.

9.

9.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, nisīdanamadāsahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, tiṇamuṭṭhe idaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four eons ago from this one, I gave a seat. I know of no bad destination; this is the fruit of a handful of grass.

10.

10.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up, all states of existence are rooted out. Like a great elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell without cankers.

11.

11.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming to the presence of the Buddha was a good coming. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

12.

12.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.102] catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges, and also these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā tiṇamuṭṭhidāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Tiṇamuṭṭhidāyaka...

Abhāsitthāti.

...recited these verses.

Tiṇamuṭṭhidāyakattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The first apadāna of the Elder Tiṇamuṭṭhidāyaka.

2. Mañcadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Mañcadāyaka

13.

13.

‘‘Vipassino bhagavato, lokajeṭṭhassa tādino;

Ekamañcaṃ mayā dinnaṃ, pasannena sapāṇinā.

“To the Blessed One Vipassī, the eldest in the world, the Suchlike One, a single couch was given by me with a confident mind and with my own hands.

14.

14.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ, dibbayānaṃ samajjhagaṃ;

Tena mañcakadānena, pattomhi āsavakkhayaṃ.

“I have obtained elephant-vehicles, horse-vehicles, and celestial vehicles. Through that gift of a couch, I have attained the destruction of the cankers.

15.

15.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ mañcamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, mañcadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this present one, when I gave that couch, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a couch.

16.

16.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

17.

17.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

18.

18.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā mañcadāyako thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Mañcadāyaka recited these verses.

Mañcadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Mañcadāyaka is concluded.

3. Saraṇagamaniyattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Saraṇagamaniya

19.

19.

‘‘Āruhimha tadā nāvaṃ, bhikkhu cājīviko cahaṃ;

Nāvāya bhijjamānāya, bhikkhu me saraṇaṃ adā.

A bhikkhu, an Ājīvika, and I then boarded a boat. When the boat was breaking apart, the bhikkhu gave me the refuges.

20.

20.

‘‘Ekatiṃse [Pg.103] ito kappe, yaṃ so me saraṇaṃ adā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, saraṇagamane phalaṃ.

Thirty-one aeons ago from this present one, when he gave me the refuges, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of going for refuge.

21.

21.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

22.

22.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

23.

23.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā saraṇagamaniyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Saraṇagamaniya

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Saraṇagamaniyattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Saraṇagamaniya is concluded.

4. Abbhañjanadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Abbhañjanadāyaka

24.

24.

‘‘Nagare bandhumatiyā, rājuyyāne vasāmahaṃ;

Cammavāsī tadā āsiṃ, kamaṇḍaludharo ahaṃ.

In the city of Bandhumatī, I dwelt in the royal park; I was then clad in a leather garment, a carrier of a water pot.

25.

25.

‘‘Addasaṃ vimalaṃ buddhaṃ, sayambhuṃ aparājitaṃ;

Padhānaṃ pahitattaṃ taṃ, jhāyiṃ jhānarataṃ vasiṃ.

I saw the stainless Buddha, the Self-Become, the Unconquered; the Striver, with a directed mind, the Meditator delighting in jhāna, the Self-Controlled.

26.

26.

‘‘Sabbakāmasamiddhiñca, oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ;

Disvā pasanno sumano, abbhañjanamadāsahaṃ.

Having seen him for whom all wishes are fulfilled, who had crossed over the flood and was without taints, with a confident and glad mind, I gave an ointment.

27.

27.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, abbhañjanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this present one, when I gave that gift, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of giving an ointment.

28.

28.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

29.

29.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

30.

30.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā abbhañjanadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Abbhañjanadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Abbhañjanadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Abbhañjanadāyaka is concluded.

5. Supaṭadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Supaṭadāyaka

31.

31.

‘‘Divāvihārā [Pg.104] nikkhanto, vipassī lokanāyako;

Lahuṃ supaṭakaṃ datvā, kappaṃ saggamhi modahaṃ.

When the world-leader Vipassī came forth from his day's abiding, having quickly given a fine cloth, I rejoiced in heaven for an aeon.

32.

32.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, supaṭakamadāsahaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, supaṭassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-one aeons ago from this present one, I gave a fine cloth. Since then, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of giving a fine cloth.

33.

33.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

34.

34.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

35.

35.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā supaṭadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Supaṭadāyaka

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Supaṭadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Fifth Apadāna of the Elder Supaṭadāyaka is concluded.

6. Daṇḍadāyakattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Daṇḍadāyaka

36.

36.

‘‘Kānanaṃ vanamogayha, veḷuṃ chetvānahaṃ tadā;

Ālambaṇaṃ karitvāna, saṅghassa adadiṃ bahuṃ.

Having entered the forest grove, I then cut bamboo. Having made them into supports, I gave many to the Sangha.

37.

37.

‘‘Tena cittappasādena, subbate abhivādiya;

Ālambadaṇḍaṃ datvāna, pakkāmiṃ uttarāmukho.

With that confidence of mind, having paid homage to the Sangha of good vows and given a support-staff, I departed facing north.

38.

38.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ daṇḍamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, daṇḍadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons ago from this present one, when I gave that staff, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of the gift of a staff.

39.

39.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

40.

40.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

41.

41.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā daṇḍadāyako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Daṇḍadāyaka recited these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

Thus it was recited.

Daṇḍadāyakattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Daṇḍadāyaka, the Sixth.

Tevīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Twenty-third Recitation Section.

7. Girinelapūjakattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Girinelapūjaka

42.

42.

‘‘Migaluddo [Pg.105] pure āsiṃ, vipine vicaraṃ ahaṃ;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ.

Formerly, I was a deer hunter wandering in the forest; I saw the dustless Buddha, who had gone to the far shore of all things.

43.

43.

‘‘Tasmiṃ mahākāruṇike, sabbasattahite rate;

Pasannacitto sumano, nelapupphamapūjayiṃ.

To that one of great compassion, who delights in the welfare of all beings, with a confident and gladdened mind, I offered a nela flower.

44.

44.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty-one eons ago from this one, I offered that flower; since then I have not known a woeful state. This is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

45.

45.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell without taints.

46.

46.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

47.

47.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā girinelapūjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Girinelapūjaka recited these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

Thus it was recited.

Girinelapūjakattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Girinelapūjaka, the Seventh.

8. Bodhisammajjakattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Bodhisammajjaka

48.

48.

‘‘Ahaṃ pure bodhipattaṃ, ujjhitaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇe;

Taṃ gahetvāna chaḍḍesiṃ, alabhiṃ vīsatīguṇe.

Formerly, I took a Bodhi leaf discarded in a cetiya courtyard and threw it away; I obtained twenty benefits.

49.

49.

‘‘Tassa kammassa tejena, saṃsaranto bhavābhave;

Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte cāpi mānuse.

By the power of that kamma, wandering through existence after existence, I transmigrate in two states of being: the divine and also the human.

50.

50.

‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, āgantvā mānusaṃ bhavaṃ;

Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye cāpi brāhmaṇe.

Having passed away from the world of the devas and come to a human existence, I am born into two families: that of warriors and also that of brahmins.

51.

51.

‘‘Aṅgapaccaṅgasampanno, ārohapariṇāhavā;

Abhirūpo suci homi, sampuṇṇaṅgo anūnako.

I am endowed with all major and minor limbs, possessed of fine stature and build; I am very handsome and pure, with complete and non-deficient limbs.

52.

52.

‘‘Devaloke manusse vā, jāto vā yattha katthaci;

Bhave suvaṇṇavaṇṇo ca, uttattakanakūpamo.

Whether in the world of devas or among humans, or wherever I am born, my complexion is golden, like refined gold.

53.

53.

‘‘Mudukā [Pg.106] maddavā sniddhā, sukhumā sukumārikā;

Chavi me sabbadā hoti, bodhipatte suchaḍḍite.

My skin is always tender, soft, smooth, delicate, and very fine, because that Bodhi leaf was well discarded.

54.

54.

‘‘Yato kutoci gatīsu, sarīre samudāgate;

Na limpati rajojallaṃ, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

In whatever destination this body arises, dust and dirt do not cling to it; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

55.

55.

‘‘Uṇhe vātātape tassa, aggitāpena vā pana;

Gatte sedā na muccanti, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

In the heat of wind and sun, or by the heat of a fire, no sweat is emitted from my body; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

56.

56.

‘‘Kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso ca, tilakā piḷakā tathā;

Na honti kāye daddu ca, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

Leprosy, boils, skin discoloration, moles, pimples, and also ringworm do not appear on my body; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

57.

57.

‘‘Aparampi guṇaṃ tassa, nibbattati bhavābhave;

Rogā na honti kāyasmiṃ, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

Furthermore, another benefit of that act arises in existence after existence: diseases do not occur in my body; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

58.

58.

‘‘Aparampi guṇaṃ tassa, nibbattati bhavābhave;

Na hoti cittajā pīḷā, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

Furthermore, another benefit of that act arises in existence after existence: there is no mental affliction; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

59.

59.

‘‘Aparampi guṇaṃ tassa, nibbattati bhavābhave;

Amittā na bhavantassa, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

Furthermore, another benefit of that act arises in existence after existence: I have no enemies; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

60.

60.

‘‘Aparampi guṇaṃ tassa, nibbattati bhavābhave;

Anūnabhogo bhavati, vipāko pattachaḍḍite.

Furthermore, another benefit of that act arises in existence after existence: my wealth is never lacking; this is the result of having discarded that leaf.

61.

61.

‘‘Aparampi guṇaṃ tassa, nibbattati bhavābhave;

Aggirājūhi corehi, na hoti udake bhayaṃ.

Furthermore, another benefit of that act arises in existence after existence: there is no danger from fire, kings, thieves, or water.

62.

62.

‘‘Aparampi guṇaṃ tassa, nibbattati bhavābhave;

Dāsidāsā anucarā, honti cittānuvattakā.

Furthermore, another benefit of that act arises in existence after existence: my male and female servants and attendants are compliant to my will.

63.

63.

‘‘Yamhi āyuppamāṇamhi, jāyate mānuse bhave;

Tato na hāyate āyu, tiṭṭhate yāvatāyukaṃ.

Whatever the life-span is in the human existence where I am born, my life is not cut short of it; I remain for the full extent of that life-span.

64.

64.

‘‘Abbhantarā ca bāhirā, negamā ca saraṭṭhakā;

Nuyuttā honti sabbepi, vuddhikāmā sukhicchakā.

Those within and those without, townsfolk and countryfolk, all are devoted to me, desiring my prosperity and wishing for my happiness.

65.

65.

‘‘Bhogavā yasavā homi, sirimā ñātipakkhavā;

Apetabhayasantāso, bhavehaṃ sabbato bhave.

I am wealthy and have many attendants, glorious and have a faction of kinsmen; devoid of fear and terror, I am thus in every way in every existence.

66.

66.

‘‘Devā [Pg.107] manussā asurā, gandhabbā yakkharakkhasā;

Sabbe te parirakkhanti, bhave saṃsarato sadā.

Devas, humans, asuras, gandhabbas, yakkhas, and rakkhasas—all of them always protect me as I wander through existence.

67.

67.

‘‘Devaloke manusse ca, anubhotvā ubho yase;

Avasāne ca nibbānaṃ, sivaṃ patto anuttaraṃ.

Having experienced both glories in the deva world and among humans, in the end I have attained the unsurpassed, peaceful Nibbāna.

68.

68.

‘‘Sambuddhamuddisitvāna, bodhiṃ vā tassa satthuno;

Yo puññaṃ pasave poso, tassa kiṃ nāma dullabhaṃ.

Having dedicated it to the Perfectly Enlightened One, or to the Bodhi tree of that Teacher, whatever person generates merit, what indeed is difficult for them to obtain?

69.

69.

‘‘Magge phale āgame ca, jhānābhiññāguṇesu ca;

Aññesaṃ adhiko hutvā, nibbāyāmi anāsavo.

In the path and the fruit, in the scriptures, and in the qualities of jhāna and direct knowledge, having become superior to others, I attain Nibbāna without taints.

70.

70.

‘‘Purehaṃ bodhiyā pattaṃ, chaḍḍetvā haṭṭhamānaso;

Imehi vīsataṅgehi, samaṅgī homi sabbadā.

Because I formerly discarded a leaf of the Bodhi tree with a joyful mind, I am always endowed with these twenty benefits.

71.

71.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

72.

72.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

73.

73.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā bodhisammajjako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Bodhisammajjaka

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Bodhisammajjakattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Bodhisammajjaka.

9. Āmaṇḍaphaladāyakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Āmaṇḍaphala-dāyaka

74.

74.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Vuṭṭhahitvā samādhimhā, caṅkamī lokanāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the one gone to the far shore of all dhammas, the Leader of the World, having arisen from concentration, paced to and fro.

75.

75.

‘‘Khāribhāraṃ gahetvāna, āharanto phalaṃ tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, caṅkamantaṃ mahāmuniṃ.

Having taken up a shoulder-pole load, while I was then bringing fruit, I saw the dustless Buddha, the Great Sage, pacing to and fro.

76.

76.

‘‘Pasannacitto sumano, sire katvāna añjaliṃ;

Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, āmaṇḍamadadiṃ phalaṃ.

With a confident and glad mind, having placed my hands in reverence on my head, I paid homage to the Perfectly Enlightened One and gave an āmaṇḍa fruit.

77.

77.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, āmaṇḍassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand eons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a bad destination; this is the fruit of the āmaṇḍa offering.

78.

78.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.108] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

79.

79.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

80.

80.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā āmaṇḍaphaladāyako thero imā

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Āmaṇḍaphala-dāyaka

Gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Āmaṇḍaphaladāyakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Āmaṇḍaphala-dāyaka.

10. Sugandhattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Sugandha

81.

81.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate eon, one of the brahmin caste, of great renown, Kassapa by name, the best of speakers, arose.

82.

82.

‘‘Anubyañjanasampanno, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Byāmappabhāparivuto, raṃsijālasamotthaṭo.

Endowed with the minor characteristics, possessing the thirty-two excellent marks, he was surrounded by a fathom-wide aura, covered by a net of rays.

83.

83.

‘‘Assāsetā yathā cando, sūriyova pabhaṅkaro;

Nibbāpetā yathā megho, sāgarova guṇākaro.

He is a comforter like the moon, a maker of light like the sun; an extinguisher like a cloud, a mine of virtues like the ocean.

84.

84.

‘‘Dharaṇīriva sīlena, himavāva samādhinā;

Ākāso viya paññāya, asaṅgo anilo yathā.

Like the earth in virtue, like the Himālaya in concentration; like space in wisdom, unattached like the wind.

85.

85.

‘‘Sa kadāci mahāvīro, parisāsu visārado;

Saccāni sampakāseti, uddharanto mahājanaṃ.

That great hero, skilled in assemblies, would at times proclaim the truths, uplifting the great populace.

86.

86.

‘‘Tadā hi bārāṇasiyaṃ, seṭṭhiputto mahāyaso;

Āsahaṃ dhanadhaññassa, pahūtassa bahū tadā.

At that time in Bārāṇasī, I was a treasurer’s son of great renown, from a family of abundant wealth and grain.

87.

87.

‘‘Jaṅghāvihāraṃ vicaraṃ, migadāyamupeccahaṃ ;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, desentaṃ amataṃ padaṃ.

Wandering on a walking tour, I approached the Deer Park and saw the dustless Buddha teaching the deathless state.

88.

88.

‘‘Visaṭṭhakantavacanaṃ, karavīkasamassaraṃ;

Haṃsarutehi nigghosaṃ, viññāpentaṃ mahājanaṃ.

His speech was clear and lovely, his voice like the karavīka bird, his call like the cry of a swan, as he was instructing the great populace.

89.

89.

‘‘Disvā [Pg.109] devātidevaṃ taṃ, sutvāva madhuraṃ giraṃ;

Pahāyanappake bhoge, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Having seen him, the god beyond gods, and having heard his sweet voice, I abandoned my abundant possessions and went forth into the homeless life.

90.

90.

‘‘Evaṃ pabbajito cāhaṃ, na cirena bahussuto;

Ahosiṃ dhammakathiko, vicittapaṭibhāṇavā.

Having thus gone forth, before long I became very learned, a speaker on the Dhamma, endowed with varied and ready eloquence.

91.

91.

‘‘Mahāparisamajjhehaṃ, haṭṭhacitto punappunaṃ;

Vaṇṇayiṃ hemavaṇṇassa, vaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇavisārado.

In the midst of the great assembly, with a joyful mind, again and again, skilled in praise, I extolled the praise of the one with a golden complexion.

92.

92.

‘‘Esa khīṇāsavo buddho, anīgho chinnasaṃsayo;

Sabbakammakkhayaṃ patto, vimuttopadhisaṅkhaye.

This Buddha is one whose taints are destroyed, untroubled, with his doubt cut off. He has reached the destruction of all kamma, liberated at the destruction of the substrates.

93.

93.

‘‘Esa so bhagavā buddho, esa sīho anuttaro;

Sadevakassa lokassa, brahmacakkappavattako.

This is that Blessed One, the Buddha, this is the unsurpassed lion. For the world with its gods, he is the one who sets the noble wheel in motion.

94.

94.

‘‘Danto dametā santo ca, sametā nibbuto isi;

Nibbāpetā ca assattho, assāsetā mahājanaṃ.

The tamed one and the tamer, the peaceful one and the pacifier, the extinguished sage; the extinguisher and the one at ease, the comforter of the great populace.

95.

95.

‘‘Vīro sūro ca vikkanto, pañño kāruṇiko vasī;

Vijitāvī ca sa jino, appagabbo anālayo.

A hero, brave and valiant; wise, compassionate, and a master; he is victorious, a conqueror, humble and without attachments.

96.

96.

‘‘Aneñjo acalo dhīmā, amoho asamo muni;

Dhorayho usabho nāgo, sīho sakko garūsupi.

Imperturbable, unshakeable, and wise; undeluded, the unequalled sage; a beast of burden, a bull, a nāga, a lion; like Sakka among the venerable.

97.

97.

‘‘Virāgo vimalo brahmā, vādī sūro raṇañjaho;

Akhilo ca visallo ca, asamo saṃyato suci.

Dispassionate, stainless, and sublime; a hero among speakers, one who has abandoned battle; whole and one who has removed the dart; unequalled, restrained, and pure.

98.

98.

‘‘Brāhmaṇo samaṇo nātho, bhisakko sallakattako;

Yodho buddho sutāsuto, acalo mudito sito.

He who has put away evil, He who has quelled defilements, the Refuge; He is like a physician, an extractor of arrows; a great warrior, the Buddha, more famous than the famous; unshakeable, gentle, and cool.

99.

99.

‘‘Dhātā dhatā ca santi ca, kattā netā pakāsitā;

Sampahaṃsitā bhettā ca, chettā sotā pasaṃsitā.

The Upholder, He who delights in, and the Tranquil One; the Doer, the Leader, He who reveals; He who gladdens well and the Destroyer; the Cutter, the Hearer, He who praises.

100.

100.

‘‘Akhilo ca visallo ca, anīgho akathaṃkathī;

Anejo virajo kattā, gandhā vattā pasaṃsitā.

Without a stake and without a dart, without affliction and without doubt; without craving and without dust, a doer, possessing fragrance, a speaker, and a praiser.

101.

101.

‘‘Tāretā atthakāretā, kāretā sampadāritā;

Pāpetā sahitā kantā, hantā ātāpī tāpaso.

He who helps cross over, He who acts for what is beneficial; He who causes to do, the Destroyer of defilements; He who causes to attain, the Enduring One, the Beloved; the Slayer of defilements, the Ardent One, the Ascetic.

102.

102.

‘‘Samacitto [Pg.110] samasamo, asahāyo dayālayo ;

With a balanced mind, perfectly even; without a companion, an abode of compassion;

Accherasatto akuho, katāvī isisattamo.

He who possesses the weapon that cuts off defilements, He who is without deceit; He who has done what should be done, the seventh of the sages.

103.

103.

‘‘Nittiṇṇakaṅkho nimmāno, appameyyo anūpamo;

Sabbavākyapathātīto, sacca neyyantagū jino.

He who has crossed over doubt, He who is without conceit, the Immeasurable, the Incomparable; He who has gone beyond all paths of speech; the Conqueror who has gone to the end of the truths and the knowable.

104.

104.

‘‘Sattasāravare tasmiṃ, pasādo amatāvaho;

Tasmā buddhe ca dhamme ca, saṅghe saddhā mahatthikā.

Confidence in Him, the excellent essence of beings, brings the deathless. Therefore, faith in the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Sangha is of great benefit.

105.

105.

‘‘Guṇehi evamādīhi, tilokasaraṇuttamaṃ;

Vaṇṇento parisāmajjhe, akaṃ dhammakathaṃ ahaṃ.

Praising with such qualities as these the Supreme Refuge of the three worlds, I gave a discourse on the Dhamma in the midst of the assembly.

106.

106.

‘‘Tato cutāhaṃ tusite, anubhotvā mahāsukhaṃ;

Tato cuto manussesu, jāto homi sugandhiko.

Having passed away from there, I experienced great happiness in the Tusita heaven. Having passed away from there, I was born among humans, being fragrant.

107.

107.

‘‘Nissāso mukhagandho ca, dehagandho tatheva me;

Sedagandho ca satataṃ, sabbagandhova hoti me.

The fragrance of my mouth and out-breath, and likewise the fragrance of my body; and the fragrance of my sweat is always for me a universal fragrance.

108.

108.

‘‘Mukhagandho sadā mayhaṃ, padumuppalacampako;

Parisanto sadā vāti, sarīro ca tatheva me.

The fragrance of my mouth is always like the lotus, blue lotus, and campaka flower; it always wafts to the edge of the assembly, and my body is likewise.

109.

109.

‘‘Guṇatthavassa sabbantaṃ, phalaṃ tu paramabbhutaṃ;

Ekaggamanasā sabbe, vaṇṇayissaṃ suṇātha me.

I will describe the entire, most wonderful fruit of praising His qualities. All of you, with single-pointed mind, listen to me.

110.

110.

‘‘Guṇaṃ buddhassa vatvāna, hitāya ca na sadisaṃ ;

Sukhito homi sabbattha, saṅgho vīrasamāyuto.

Having spoken of the Buddha’s quality, for which there is no equal for welfare, I am happy in all existences and endowed with heroism.

111.

111.

‘‘Yasassī sukhito kanto, jutimā piyadassano;

Vattā aparibhūto ca, niddoso paññavā tathā.

I become famous, happy, and beloved; radiant and of pleasing appearance; an eloquent speaker who is not despised, faultless and likewise wise.

112.

112.

‘‘Khīṇe āyusi nibbānaṃ, sulabhaṃ buddhabhattino;

Tesaṃ hetuṃ pavakkhāmi, taṃ suṇātha yathātathaṃ.

When the lifespan is exhausted, Nibbāna is easy to obtain for one devoted to the Buddha. I will explain the reason for this; listen to it just as it is.

113.

113.

‘‘Santaṃ [Pg.111] yasaṃ bhagavato, vidhinā abhivādayaṃ;

Tattha tatthūpapannopi, yasassī tena homahaṃ.

By properly praising the tranquil and famous Blessed One, wherever I am reborn, because of that, I become famous.

114.

114.

‘‘Dukkhassantakaraṃ buddhaṃ, dhammaṃ santamasaṅkhataṃ;

Vaṇṇayaṃ sukhado āsiṃ, sattānaṃ sukhito tato.

Praising the Buddha, who makes an end to suffering, and the Dhamma, peaceful and unconditioned, I became happy myself and a giver of happiness to beings.

115.

115.

‘‘Guṇaṃ vadanto buddhassa, buddhapītisamāyuto;

Sakantiṃ parakantiñca, janayiṃ tena kantimā.

Speaking of the Buddha’s quality, filled with joy in the Buddha, I generated my own delight and the delight of others; by that I became beloved.

116.

116.

‘‘Jino te titthikākiṇṇe, abhibhuyya kutitthiye;

Guṇaṃ vadanto jotesiṃ, nāyakaṃ jutimā tato.

When the Conqueror had overpowered the false teachers in that world crowded with sectarians, I, by speaking of his quality, made the Leader shine. Because of that, I became radiant.

117.

117.

‘‘Piyakārī janassāpi, sambuddhassa guṇaṃ vadaṃ;

Saradova sasaṅkohaṃ, tenāsiṃ piyadassano.

Speaking of the quality of the Perfectly Enlightened One, who does what is dear to the people, I became like the autumn moon; because of that, I became pleasing to see.

118.

118.

‘‘Yathāsattivasenāhaṃ, sabbavācāhi santhaviṃ;

Sugataṃ tena vāgiso, vicittapaṭibhānavā.

According to my ability, I praised the Sugata with all kinds of speech. Because of that, I became a master of speech, endowed with varied and ready eloquence.

119.

119.

‘‘Ye bālā vimatiṃ pattā, paribhonti mahāmuniṃ;

Niggahiṃ te saddhammena, paribhūto na tenahaṃ.

Those fools who had fallen into doubt and despised the Great Sage, I rebuked with the good Dhamma. Because of that, I was not despised.

120.

120.

‘‘Buddhavaṇṇena sattānaṃ, kilese apanesahaṃ;

Nikkilesamano homi, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

By praising the Buddha, I removed the defilements of beings. By the power of that kamma, I am one with a mind free from defilements.

121.

121.

‘‘Sotūnaṃ vuddhimajaniṃ, buddhānussatidesako;

Tenāhamāsiṃ sappañño, nipuṇatthavipassako.

As a teacher of the recollection of the Buddha, I generated growth in the listeners. Because of that, I became wise, a seer of subtle meanings.

122.

122.

‘‘Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇo, tiṇṇasaṃsārasāgaro;

Sikhīva anupādāno, pāpuṇissāmi nibbutiṃ.

With all my taints completely destroyed, having crossed the ocean of saṃsāra, like a fire without fuel, I will attain Nibbāna.

123.

123.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappasmiṃ, yamahaṃ santhaviṃ jinaṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhavaṇṇassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In this very eon, ever since I praised the Conqueror, I know of no bad destination; this is the fruit of praising the Buddha.

124.

124.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free of taints.

125.

125.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

126.

126.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.112] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sugandho thero imā gāthāyo

So indeed the venerable elder Sugandha

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Sugandhattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Sugandha, the tenth.

Tiṇadāyakavaggo tepaññāsamo.

The Chapter of the Grass-Giver, the fifty-third.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Tiṇado mañcado ceva, saraṇabbhañjanappado;

Supaṭo daṇḍadāyī ca, nelapūjī tatheva ca.

The Grass-Giver and the Bed-Giver, the Giver of Refuge and Unguent; Supaṭa and the Staff-Giver, and likewise the Worshipper with Nela flowers.

Bodhisammajjako maṇḍo, sugandho dasamoti ca;

Gāthāsataṃ satevīsaṃ, gaṇitañcettha sabbaso.

The Sweeper of the Bodhi-tree, Āmaṇḍaphala, and Sugandha as the tenth. One hundred and twenty-three verses are counted here in all.

54. Kaccāyanavaggo

54. The Chapter on Kaccāyana

1. Mahākaccāyanattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Mahākaccāyana

1.

1.

‘‘Padumuttaro [Pg.113] nāma jino, anejo ajitaṃ jayo;

Satasahasse kappānaṃ, ito uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, free from craving, victorious over the unvanquished; a hundred thousand aeons ago, that Leader arose.

2.

2.

‘‘Vīro kamalapattakkho, sasaṅkavimalānano;

Kanakācalasaṅkāso, ravidittisamappabho.

A hero with eyes like lotus petals, with a face as stainless as the moon; resembling a golden mountain, with a splendor equal to the sun's radiance.

3.

3.

‘‘Sattanettamanohārī, varalakkhaṇabhūsito;

Sabbavākyapathātīto, manujāmarasakkato.

Captivating the eyes and minds of beings, adorned with the excellent marks; He is beyond all paths of speech, honored by humans and devas.

4.

4.

‘‘Sambuddho bodhayaṃ satte, vāgīso madhurassaro;

Karuṇānibandhasantāno, parisāsu visārado.

A Perfectly Enlightened One awakening beings, a master of speech with a sweet voice; his stream of being is bound with compassion, he is confident in assemblies.

5.

5.

‘‘Deseti madhuraṃ dhammaṃ, catusaccūpasaṃhitaṃ;

Nimugge mohapaṅkamhi, samuddharati pāṇine.

He teaches the sweet Dhamma connected with the Four Noble Truths; he lifts up living beings who are sunk in the mud of delusion.

6.

6.

‘‘Tadā ekacaro hutvā, tāpaso himavālayo;

Nabhasā mānusaṃ lokaṃ, gacchanto jinamaddasaṃ.

Then, having become a solitary ascetic dwelling in the Himalayas, while traveling through the sky to the world of humans, I saw the Victor.

7.

7.

‘‘Upecca santikaṃ tassa, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Vaṇṇayantassa vīrassa, sāvakassa mahāguṇaṃ.

Having approached his presence, I heard the Dhamma discourse of the Hero praising the great virtue of a disciple.

8.

8.

‘‘Saṅkhittena mayā vuttaṃ, vitthārena pakāsayaṃ;

Parisaṃ mañca toseti, yathā kaccāyano ayaṃ.

‘Explaining in detail what was stated by me in brief, this Kaccāyana gratifies both the assembly and me.’

9.

9.

‘‘‘Nāhaṃ evamidhekaccaṃ, aññaṃ passāmi sāvakaṃ;

Tasmātadagge esaggo, evaṃ dhāretha bhikkhavo’.

‘I do not see any other disciple of such a kind; therefore, he is the foremost in this. O bhikkhus, you should remember it thus.’

10.

10.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ vimhito hutvā, sutvā vākyaṃ manoramaṃ;

Himavantaṃ gamitvāna, āhitvā pupphasañcayaṃ.

Then I, having become amazed on hearing those delightful words, went to the Himalayas and brought a collection of flowers.

11.

11.

‘‘Pūjetvā lokasaraṇaṃ, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ;

Tadā mamāsayaṃ ñatvā, byākāsi sa raṇañjaho.

Having honored the World's Refuge, I aspired for that position. Then he, the Abandoner of Conflict, knowing my aspiration, made this prediction:

12.

12.

‘‘‘Passathetaṃ isivaraṃ, niddhantakanakattacaṃ;

Uddhaggalomaṃ pīṇaṃsaṃ, acalaṃ pañjaliṃ ṭhitaṃ.

‘Behold this excellent sage with skin like burnished gold, with body-hair erect, broad-shouldered, standing firm with hands clasped in reverence.

13.

13.

‘‘‘Hāsaṃ [Pg.114] supuṇṇanayanaṃ, buddhavaṇṇagatāsayaṃ;

Dhammajaṃ uggahadayaṃ, amatāsittasannibhaṃ’.

‘Smiling, with eyes very full, his aspiration directed to the Buddha’s qualities; born of the Dhamma, with a heart that has grasped it, he is like one sprinkled with the deathless.’

14.

14.

‘‘Kaccānassa guṇaṃ sutvā, taṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayaṃ ṭhito;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, gotamassa mahāmune.

Having heard the virtue of Kaccāyana, I stood aspiring for that position in a future time, in the dispensation of the great sage Gotama.

15.

15.

‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Kaccāno nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako.

‘He will be his heir in the Dhamma, a legitimate son fashioned by the Dhamma. By the name of Kaccāna, he will be a disciple of the Teacher.’

16.

16.

‘‘Bahussuto mahāñāṇī, adhippāyavidū mune;

Pāpuṇissati taṃ ṭhānaṃ, yathāyaṃ byākato mayā.

‘Learned and of great wisdom, knowing the intention of the Sage, he will attain that position, just as this one has been predicted by me.’

17.

17.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago from this one, for the deed I did then, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of worshiping the Buddha.

18.

18.

‘‘Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Aññaṃ gatiṃ na gacchāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I have wandered only in two kinds of existence, the divine and the human; I have not gone to any other destination—this is the fruit of worshiping a Buddha.

19.

19.

‘‘Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye atha brāhmaṇe;

Nīce kule na jāyāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I have been born only in two families, that of warriors and that of brahmins; I am never born in a low family—this is the fruit of worshiping a Buddha.

20.

20.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jāto ujjeniyaṃ pure ;

Pajjotassa ca caṇḍassa, purohitadijādhino.

Now in my final existence, I was born in the city of Ujjenī, related to the brahmin priest of Pajjota the Fierce.

21.

21.

‘‘Putto tiriṭivacchassa, nipuṇo vedapāragū;

Mātā ca candimā nāma, kaccānohaṃ varattaco.

I was the son of Tiriṭivaccha, skilled and a master of the Vedas. My mother was named Candimā, and I, Kaccāna, had an excellent golden complexion.

22.

22.

‘‘Vīmaṃsanatthaṃ buddhassa, bhūmipālena pesito;

Disvā mokkhapuradvāraṃ, nāyakaṃ guṇasañcayaṃ.

Sent by the king to investigate the Buddha, I saw the Leader, the gateway to the city of liberation, a collection of virtues.

23.

23.

‘‘Sutvā ca vimalaṃ vākyaṃ, gatipaṅkavisosanaṃ;

Pāpuṇiṃ amataṃ santaṃ, sesehi saha sattahi.

And having heard his stainless words, which dry up the mud of destinations, I attained the deathless, peaceful state, together with my seven remaining companions.

24.

24.

‘‘Adhippāyavidū jāto, sugatassa mahāmate;

Ṭhapito etadagge ca, susamiddhamanoratho.

I became one who understands the intention of the greatly wise Sugata. I was placed as the foremost in this, and my heart’s wish was perfectly fulfilled.

25.

25.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up; all states of existence have been uprooted. Having cut my bonds like an elephant, I dwell without taints.

26.

26.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.115] vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming into the presence of the Buddha was a good coming. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

27.

27.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized. The Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā mahākaccāyano thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Mahākaccāyana recited these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

So it was said.

Mahākaccāyanattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Mahākaccāyana is finished.

2. Vakkalittheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Vakkali

28.

28.

‘‘Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako;

Anomanāmo amito, nāmena padumuttaro.

One hundred thousand aeons from this one, the Leader arose, of noble name, immeasurable, by name Padumuttara.

29.

29.

‘‘Padumākāravadano, padumāmalasucchavī;

Lokenānupalittova toyena padumaṃ yathā.

His face had the form of a lotus, his complexion was stainless and beautiful like a lotus; he was unstained by the world, just as a lotus is by water.

30.

30.

‘‘Vīro padumapattakkho, kanto ca padumaṃ yathā;

Padumuttaragandhova, tasmā so padumuttaro.

A hero with eyes like lotus petals, and lovely as a lotus; with a supreme fragrance like a lotus, therefore he was Padumuttara.

31.

31.

‘‘Lokajeṭṭho ca nimmāno, andhānaṃ nayanūpamo;

Santaveso guṇanidhi, karuṇāmatisāgaro.

The world’s foremost and free from pride, like an eye for the blind; of peaceful demeanor, a repository of virtues, an ocean of compassionate wisdom.

32.

32.

‘‘Sa kadāci mahāvīro, brahmāsurasuraccito;

Sadevamanujākiṇṇe, janamajjhe jinuttamo.

Once that Great Hero, the supreme Victor, worshiped by Brahmas, asuras, and suras, was in the midst of a crowd thronged with devas and humans.

33.

33.

‘‘Vadanena sugandhena, madhurena rutena ca;

Rañjayaṃ parisaṃ sabbaṃ, santhavī sāvakaṃ sakaṃ.

With a fragrant mouth and a sweet voice, delighting the entire assembly, he praised his own disciple:

34.

34.

‘‘Saddhādhimutto sumati, mama dassanalālaso ;

Natthi etādiso añño, yathāyaṃ bhikkhu vakkali.

‘As this bhikkhu Vakkali is resolved by faith, of good wisdom, and eager to see me, there is no other such as this.’

35.

35.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, nagare brāhmaṇatrajo;

Hutvā sutvā ca taṃ vākyaṃ, taṃ ṭhānamabhirocayiṃ.

At that time, in the city of Haṃsavatī, I was the son of a brahmin. Having heard those words, I took delight in that position.

36.

36.

‘‘Sasāvakaṃ [Pg.116] taṃ vimalaṃ, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Sattāhaṃ bhojayitvāna, dussehacchādayiṃ tadā.

Having invited that stainless Tathāgata together with his disciples, and having fed them for seven days, I then clothed them with cloths.

37.

37.

‘‘Nipacca sirasā tassa, anantaguṇasāgare;

Nimuggo pītisampuṇṇo, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Bowing my head to him, immersed in the ocean of endless virtues and filled with joy, I spoke these words:

38.

38.

‘‘‘Yo so tayā santhavito, ito sattamake muni ;

Bhikkhu saddhāvataṃ aggo, tādiso homahaṃ mune’.

‘O Sage, that bhikkhu who, on the seventh day from today, was praised by you as the foremost among the faithful—O Sage, may I become like him.’

39.

39.

‘‘Evaṃ vutte mahāvīro, anāvaraṇadassano;

Imaṃ vākyaṃ udīresi, parisāya mahāmuni.

When this was said, the Great Hero, the Great Sage with unobstructed vision, uttered this statement in the assembly:

40.

40.

‘‘‘Passathetaṃ māṇavakaṃ, pītamaṭṭhanivāsanaṃ;

Hemayaññopacitaṅgaṃ, jananettamanoharaṃ.

‘Behold this young man, wearing a fine yellow garment, his limbs adorned with golden ornaments, captivating the eyes and minds of the people.’

41.

41.

‘‘‘Eso anāgataddhāne, gotamassa mahesino;

Aggo saddhādhimuttānaṃ, sāvakoyaṃ bhavissati.

‘In a future time, this one will be a disciple of the great sage Gotama, foremost among those resolved by faith.’

42.

42.

‘‘‘Devabhūto manusso vā, sabbasantāpavajjito;

Sabbabhogaparibyūḷho, sukhito saṃsarissati.

‘Whether he becomes a deva or a human, being free from all affliction, endowed with all enjoyments, he will wander happily through saṃsāra.’

43.

43.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by clan name, will be the Teacher in the world.’

44.

44.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Vakkali nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘He will be his heir in the Dhamma, a legitimate son fashioned by the Dhamma. By the name of Vakkali, he will be a disciple of the Teacher.’

45.

45.

‘‘Tena kammavisesena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through that special kamma, and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

46.

46.

‘‘Sabbattha sukhito hutvā, saṃsaranto bhavābhave;

Sāvatthiyaṃ pure jāto, kule aññatare ahaṃ.

Having been happy everywhere while wandering through various states of existence, I was born in a certain family in the city of Sāvatthī.

47.

47.

‘‘Nonītasukhumālaṃ maṃ, jātapallavakomalaṃ;

Mandaṃ uttānasayanaṃ, pisācabhayatajjitā.

Me, who was delicate as fresh butter, soft as a newly-sprung sprout, helpless and lying on my back—my parents, terrified by fear of demons,

48.

48.

‘‘Pādamūle mahesissa, sāyesuṃ dīnamānasā;

Imaṃ dadāma te nātha, saraṇaṃ hohi nāyaka.

laid me at the feet of the Great Sage, with dejected minds, saying: ‘O Lord, we give this child to you. Be our refuge, O Leader!’

49.

49.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.117] paṭiggahi so maṃ, bhītānaṃ saraṇo muni;

Jālinā cakkaṅkitena, mudukomalapāṇinā.

Then that Sage, the refuge for the fearful, accepted me with his soft and tender hand, which was net-like and marked with a wheel.

50.

50.

‘‘Tadā pabhuti tenāhaṃ, arakkheyyena rakkhito;

Sabbaveravinimutto, sukhena parivuddhito.

From that time on I was protected by him who needs no protection. Freed from all enmity, I grew up in happiness.

51.

51.

‘‘Sugatena vinā bhūto, ukkaṇṭhāmi muhuttakaṃ;

Jātiyā sattavassohaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Being without the Sugata even for a moment, I would feel discontent. When I was seven years of age, I went forth into homelessness.

52.

52.

‘‘Sabbapāramisambhūtaṃ, nīlakkhinayanaṃ varaṃ;

Rūpaṃ sabbasubhākiṇṇaṃ, atitto viharāmahaṃ.

Gazing at his form—born of all perfections, excellent, with dark blue eyes, filled with every beauty—I dwelled insatiate.

53.

53.

‘‘Buddharūparatiṃ ñatvā, tadā ovadi maṃ jino;

‘Alaṃ vakkali kiṃ rūpe, ramase bālanandite.

Knowing my delight in the Buddha’s form, the Victor then admonished me: ‘Enough, Vakkali! Why do you delight in this form, which is delighted in by fools?

54.

54.

‘‘‘Yo hi passati saddhammaṃ, so maṃ passati paṇḍito;

Apassamāno saddhammaṃ, maṃ passampi na passati.

‘For a wise person who sees the good Dhamma, sees me. One who does not see the good Dhamma does not see me even when seeing me.

55.

55.

‘‘‘Anantādīnavo kāyo, visarukkhasamūpamo;

Āvāso sabbarogānaṃ, puñjo dukkhassa kevalo.

‘This body has endless dangers; it is like a poison tree. It is an abode for all diseases, a mere heap of suffering.

56.

56.

‘‘‘Nibbindiya tato rūpe, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;

Passa upakkilesānaṃ, sukhenantaṃ gamissati’.

‘Therefore, becoming disenchanted with form, observing the arising and passing away of the aggregates, you will easily go to the end of the defilements.’

57.

57.

‘‘Evaṃ tenānusiṭṭhohaṃ, nāyakena hitesinā;

Gijjhakūṭaṃ samāruyha, jhāyāmi girikandare.

Thus instructed by that leader, the seeker of welfare, I ascended Vulture Peak and meditated in a mountain gorge.

58.

58.

‘‘Ṭhito pabbatapādamhi, assāsayi mahāmuni;

Vakkalīti jino vācaṃ, taṃ sutvā mudito ahaṃ.

The Great Sage, standing at the foot of the mountain, reassured me. The Victor spoke the word, ‘Vakkali!’ Hearing that, I was filled with joy.

59.

59.

‘‘Pakkhandiṃ selapabbhāre, anekasataporise;

Tadā buddhānubhāvena, sukheneva mahiṃ gato.

I slipped on the rocky precipice, many hundreds of men's height. Then, by the Buddha’s power, I landed safely on the ground.

60.

60.

‘‘Punopi dhammaṃ deseti, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;

Tamahaṃ dhammamaññāya, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

The Sage taught me the Dhamma; he taught the arising and passing away of the aggregates. Having understood that Dhamma, I attained Arahantship.

61.

61.

‘‘Sumahāparisamajjhe[Pg.118], tadā maṃ caraṇantago;

Aggaṃ saddhādhimuttānaṃ, paññapesi mahāmati.

Then, in the midst of a very great assembly, the one of great wisdom, who had gone to the end of conduct, declared me foremost among those liberated by faith.

62.

62.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

A hundred thousand aeons ago, because of the deed I did then, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of worshipping a Buddha.

63.

63.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up... I dwell without taints.

64.

64.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

65.

65.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vakkalitthero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Vakkali these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke.

Vakkalittherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Vakkali is finished.

3. Mahākappinattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Mahākappina

66.

66.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Udito ajaṭākāse, ravīva saradambare.

The Victor named Padumuttara, one who has gone to the far shore of all dhammas, has arisen in the untangled sky like the sun in the autumn firmament.

67.

67.

‘‘Vacanābhāya bodheti, veneyyapadumāni so;

Kilesapaṅkaṃ soseti, matiraṃsīhi nāyako.

With the radiance of his speech, he awakens the lotuses of those to be trained; the Leader dries up the mud of defilements with the rays of his wisdom.

68.

68.

‘‘Titthiyānaṃ yase hanti, khajjotābhā yathā ravi;

He destroys the fame of the sectarians, just as the sun destroys the glow of a firefly.

Saccatthābhaṃ pakāseti, ratanaṃva divākaro.

He illuminates the splendor of the meaning of the Truths, just as the sun illuminates a jewel.

69.

69.

‘‘Guṇānaṃ āyatibhūto, ratanānaṃva sāgaro;

Pajjunnoriva bhūtāni, dhammameghena vassati.

He is a repository of virtues, as the ocean is of gems; like the rain god, he rains upon beings with the cloud of the Dhamma.

70.

70.

‘‘Akkhadasso tadā āsiṃ, nagare haṃsasavhaye;

Upecca dhammamassosiṃ, jalajuttamanāmino.

At that time, I was a judge in the city named Haṃsa. Having approached, I heard the Dhamma of the one named Padumuttara.

71.

71.

‘‘Ovādakassa bhikkhūnaṃ, sāvakassa katāvino;

Guṇaṃ pakāsayantassa, tappayantassa me manaṃ.

While he was proclaiming the virtue of the disciple Katāvī, an exhorter of bhikkhus, my mind was delighted.

72.

72.

‘‘Sutvā patīto sumano, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Sasissaṃ bhojayitvāna, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

Having heard this, pleased and glad at heart, I invited the Tathāgata; having fed him together with his disciples, I aspired for that very position.

73.

73.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.119] haṃsasamabhāgo, haṃsadundubhinissano ;

Passathetaṃ mahāmattaṃ, vinicchayavisāradaṃ.

Then he, with a gait like a haṃsa and a voice like a haṃsa, said: ‘Behold this great minister, skilled in judgment,

74.

74.

‘‘Patitaṃ pādamūle me, samuggatatanūruhaṃ;

Jīmūtavaṇṇaṃ pīṇaṃsaṃ, pasannanayanānanaṃ.

‘Fallen at my feet, with his body-hair standing on end, cloud-colored, with plump shoulders, and with serene eyes and face.

75.

75.

‘‘Parivārena mahatā, rājayuttaṃ mahāyasaṃ;

Eso katāvino ṭhānaṃ, pattheti muditāsayo.

‘With a great retinue, a royal official of great fame, this one, with a delighted mind, aspires to the position of Katāvī.

76.

76.

‘‘‘Iminā paṇipātena, cāgena paṇidhīhi ca ;

Kappasatasahassāni, nupapajjati duggatiṃ.

‘By this homage, this generosity, and these aspirations, for one hundred thousand eons he will not go to a woeful state.

77.

77.

‘‘‘Devesu devasobhaggaṃ, manussesu mahantataṃ;

Anubhotvāna sesena, nibbānaṃ pāpuṇissati.

‘Having experienced divine splendor among the devas and greatness among humans, by the remaining merit, he will attain Nibbāna.

78.

78.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand eons from this eon, one born in the Okkāka clan, a Teacher in the world named Gotama by clan, will arise.

79.

79.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Kappino nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘An heir in his Dhamma, a legitimate son created by the Dhamma, he will be a disciple of that Teacher, known by the name of Kappina.’

80.

80.

‘‘Tatohaṃ sukataṃ kāraṃ, katvāna jinasāsane;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tusitaṃ agamāsahaṃ.

Then, having performed a meritorious deed in the Dispensation of the Conqueror, I abandoned the human body and went to the Tusita heaven.

81.

81.

‘‘Devamānusarajjāni, sataso anusāsiya;

Bārāṇasiyamāsanne, jāto keniyajātiyaṃ.

Having ruled over the kingdoms of devas and humans hundreds of times, I was born near Bārāṇasī into a wage-earning clan.

82.

82.

‘‘Sahassaparivārena, sapajāpatiko ahaṃ;

Pañca paccekabuddhānaṃ, satāni samupaṭṭhahiṃ.

With a retinue of a thousand, I, together with my wife, attended upon five hundred Paccekabuddhas.

83.

83.

‘‘Temāsaṃ bhojayitvāna, pacchādamha ticīvaraṃ;

Tato cutā mayaṃ sabbe, ahumha tidasūpagā.

Having fed them for the three months of the rains-retreat, we then gave the triple robe. Passing away from there, all of us went to the heaven of the Thirty-three.

84.

84.

‘‘Puno sabbe manussattaṃ, agamimha tato cutā;

Kukkuṭamhi pure jātā, himavantassa passato.

Again, having passed away from there, all of us came to the human state; we were born in the city of Kukkuṭa, at the side of the Himālaya.

85.

85.

‘‘Kappino [Pg.120] nāmahaṃ āsiṃ, rājaputto mahāyaso;

Sesāmaccakule jātā, mameva parivārayuṃ.

I was named Kappina, a prince of great fame. The others were born in the families of ministers and attended only on me.

86.

86.

‘‘Mahārajjasukhaṃ patto, sabbakāmasamiddhimā;

Vāṇijehi samakkhātaṃ, buddhuppādamahaṃ suṇiṃ.

Having attained the happiness of a great kingdom, endowed with all desires, I heard from merchants about the arising of the Buddha.

87.

87.

‘‘‘Buddho loke samuppanno, asamo ekapuggalo;

So pakāseti saddhammaṃ, amataṃ sukhamuttamaṃ.

‘A Buddha has arisen in the world, an unequalled, unique person. He makes known the good Dhamma, the deathless, supreme happiness.’

88.

88.

‘‘‘Suyuttā tassa sissā ca, sumuttā ca anāsavā’;

‘‘Sutvā nesaṃ suvacanaṃ, sakkaritvāna vāṇije.

‘And his disciples are well-practiced, well-liberated, and taintless.’ Having heard their good words, and having honored the merchants,

89.

89.

‘‘Pahāya rajjaṃ sāmacco, nikkhamiṃ buddhamāmako;

Nadiṃ disvā mahācandaṃ, pūritaṃ samatittikaṃ.

Having abandoned the kingdom with my ministers, being devoted to the Buddha, I went forth. Having seen the great river Mahācanda, full and level with its banks,

90.

90.

‘‘Appatiṭṭhaṃ anālambaṃ, duttaraṃ sīghavāhiniṃ;

Guṇaṃ saritvā buddhassa, sotthinā samatikkamiṃ.

Without footing, without support, difficult to cross and swift-flowing, having recollected the quality of the Buddha, I crossed over in safety.

91.

91.

‘‘‘Bhavasotaṃ sace buddho, tiṇṇo lokantagū vidū ;

Etena saccavajjena, gamanaṃ me samijjhatu.

‘If the Buddha, the wise one, the knower of the world’s end, has crossed the stream of existence, by this statement of truth may my journey be successful.’

92.

92.

‘‘‘Yadi santigamo maggo, mokkho caccantikaṃ sukhaṃ;

Etena saccavajjena, gamanaṃ me samijjhatu.

‘If the path leads to peace and liberation is ultimate happiness, by this statement of truth may my journey be successful.’

93.

93.

‘‘‘Saṅgho ce tiṇṇakantāro, puññakkhetto anuttaro;

Etena saccavajjena, gamanaṃ me samijjhatu’.

‘If the Saṅgha has crossed the wilderness and is an unsurpassed field of merit, by this statement of truth may my journey be successful.’

94.

94.

‘‘Saha kate saccavare, maggā apagataṃ jalaṃ;

Tato sukhena uttiṇṇo, nadītīre manorame.

As soon as this excellent truth was stated, the water parted from the path. Then I crossed over with ease to the delightful riverbank.

95.

95.

‘‘Nisinnaṃ addasaṃ buddhaṃ, udentaṃva pabhaṅkaraṃ;

Jalantaṃ hemaselaṃva, dīparukkhaṃva jotitaṃ.

I saw the Buddha seated, like the rising light-maker, blazing like a golden mountain, like a lit lamp-tree.

96.

96.

‘‘Sasiṃva tārāsahitaṃ, sāvakehi purakkhataṃ;

Vāsavaṃ viya vassantaṃ, desanājaladantaraṃ.

Attended by his disciples like the moon accompanied by stars, he was raining down the teaching from within the cloud of his discourse, like Vāsava.

97.

97.

‘‘Vanditvāna sahāmacco, ekamantamupāvisiṃ;

Tato no āsayaṃ ñatvā, buddho dhammamadesayi.

Having paid homage with my ministers, I sat down to one side. Then, knowing our disposition, the Buddha taught the Dhamma.

98.

98.

‘‘Sutvāna [Pg.121] dhammaṃ vimalaṃ, avocumha mayaṃ jinaṃ;

‘Pabbājehi mahāvīra, nibbindāmha mayaṃ bhave’.

Having heard the stainless Dhamma, we said to the Conqueror: ‘Great Hero, give us the going forth; we are disenchanted with existence.’

99.

99.

‘‘‘Svakkhāto bhikkhave dhammo, dukkhantakaraṇāya vo;

Caratha brahmacariyaṃ’, iccāha munisattamo.

‘Bhikkhus, the Dhamma is well-expounded for you for making an end of suffering. Practice the holy life,’ thus said the best of sages.

100.

100.

‘‘Saha vācāya sabbepi, bhikkhuvesadharā mayaṃ;

Ahumha upasampannā, sotāpannā ca sāsane.

Together with his words, all of us became bearers of the appearance of bhikkhus; we became fully ordained and stream-enterers in the Dispensation.

101.

101.

‘‘Tato jetavanaṃ gantvā, anusāsi vināyako;

Anusiṭṭho jinenāhaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Then, having gone to Jetavana, the Leader instructed. Having been instructed by the Conqueror, I attained Arahantship.

102.

102.

‘‘Tato bhikkhusahassāni, anusāsimahaṃ tadā;

Mamānusāsanakarā, tepi āsuṃ anāsavā.

Then at that time I instructed a thousand bhikkhus. Those who followed my instruction, they too became taintless.

103.

103.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Bhikkhuovādakānaggo, kappinoti mahājane.

Pleased with that quality, the Conqueror placed me in the foremost position among the great assembly, thus: ‘Kappina is foremost among the exhorters of bhikkhus.’

104.

104.

‘‘Satasahasse kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dassesi me idha;

Pamutto saravegova, kilese jhāpayiṃ mama.

The kamma done a hundred thousand eons ago showed its fruit to me here, like the speed of a released arrow. I have burned up my defilements.

105.

105.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

106.

106.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

107.

107.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā mahākappino thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Mahākappina spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Mahākappinattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Elder Mahākappina.

4. Dabbamallaputtattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Dabbamallaputta.

108.

108.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbalokavidū muni;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji cakkhumā.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, knower of all worlds, a sage, the One with Vision, arose in the hundred-thousandth eon from this one.

109.

109.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An exhorter, an instructor, a deliverer of all beings; the Buddha, skilled in teaching, delivered many people.

110.

110.

‘‘Anukampako [Pg.122] kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

Compassionate, merciful, a well-wisher for all beings; he established all the sectarians who approached in the five precepts.

111.

111.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi ca;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādibhi.

Thus it was untroubled and empty of sectarians, and resplendent with Arahants—those who had attained mastery, the steadfast ones.

112.

112.

‘‘Ratanānaṭṭhapaññāsaṃ, uggato so mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

That great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, like a golden stupa, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks.

113.

113.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was a hundred thousand years; remaining for that long, he delivered many people.

114.

114.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, seṭṭhiputto mahāyaso;

Upetvā lokapajjotaṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was a treasurer's son of great renown. Having approached the Light of the World, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma.

115.

115.

‘‘Senāsanāni bhikkhūnaṃ, paññāpentaṃ sasāvakaṃ;

Kittayantassa vacanaṃ, suṇitvā mudito ahaṃ.

Having heard the words praising a disciple who arranges lodgings for the bhikkhus, I was delighted.

116.

116.

‘‘Adhikāraṃ sasaṅghassa, katvā tassa mahesino;

Nipacca sirasā pāde, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

Having performed a service for that great sage together with his Saṅgha, I bowed with my head at his feet and aspired for that position.

117.

117.

‘‘Tadāha sa mahāvīro, mama kammaṃ pakittayaṃ;

‘Yo sasaṅghamabhojesi, sattāhaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Then that Great Hero, proclaiming my deed, said: ‘He who fed the Leader of the World together with the Saṅgha for seven days...

118.

118.

‘‘‘Soyaṃ kamalapattakkho, sīhaṃso kanakattaco;

Mama pādamūle nipati, patthayaṃ ṭhānamuttamaṃ.

‘...this one with eyes like lotus petals, shoulders like a lion, and skin the color of gold, falls at my feet, aspiring to the supreme position.’

119.

119.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, born in the Okkāka clan, a Teacher will be in the world, Gotama by name.

120.

120.

‘‘‘Sāvako tassa buddhassa, dabbo nāmena vissuto;

Senāsanapaññāpako, aggo hessatiyaṃ tadā’.

‘This one will be a disciple of that Buddha, renowned by the name Dabba; he will then be the foremost apportioner of lodgings.’

121.

121.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

122.

122.

‘‘Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

Three hundred times I exercised sovereignty over the devas; five hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

123.

123.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ [Pg.123] vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Sabbattha sukhito āsiṃ, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

The regional kingship was vast, innumerable by calculation; in every existence I was happy, by the power of that deed.

124.

124.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammavipassako.

Ninety-one aeons ago, the leader named Vipassī arose; he was pleasing to behold, one who sees all phenomena.

125.

125.

‘‘Duṭṭhacitto upavadiṃ, sāvakaṃ tassa tādino;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇaṃ, suddhoti ca vijāniya.

With a corrupt mind I slandered a disciple of that Such-like One, one whose taints were utterly destroyed, though knowing he was pure.

126.

126.

‘‘Tasseva naravīrassa, sāvakānaṃ mahesinaṃ;

Salākañca gahetvāna, khīrodanamadāsahaṃ.

Having taken a ticket, I gave milk-rice to the disciples, the great seekers, of that very hero among men.

127.

127.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā of great renown, Kassapa by name, the best of speakers, arose.

128.

128.

‘‘Sāsanaṃ jotayitvāna, abhibhuyya kutitthiye;

Vineyye vinayitvāva, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having illuminated the teaching and overcome the false sectarians, and having trained those who could be trained, he attained final Nibbāna along with his disciples.

129.

129.

‘‘Sasisse nibbute nāthe, atthamentamhi sāsane;

Devā kandiṃsu saṃviggā, muttakesā rudammukhā.

When the Protector and his disciples had attained final Nibbāna, and the teaching was coming to an end, the devas wept in agitation, with dishevelled hair and tearful faces.

130.

130.

‘‘Nibbāyissati dhammakkho, na passissāma subbate;

Na suṇissāma saddhammaṃ, aho no appapuññatā.

‘The axle of the Dhamma will be extinguished; we shall not see those of good vows. We shall not hear the good Dhamma. Alas for our lack of merit!’

131.

131.

‘‘Tadāyaṃ pathavī sabbā, acalā sā calācalā ;

Sāgaro ca sasokova, vinadī karuṇaṃ giraṃ.

Then this entire earth, though firm, quaked and trembled; and the ocean, as if with sorrow, uttered a piteous sound.

132.

132.

‘‘Catuddisā dundubhiyo, nādayiṃsu amānusā;

Samantato asaniyo, phaliṃsu ca bhayāvahā.

Non-human drums sounded in the four directions, and terrifying thunderbolts burst forth on all sides.

133.

133.

‘‘Ukkā patiṃsu nabhasā, dhūmaketu ca dissati;

Sadhūmā jālavaṭṭā ca, raviṃsu karuṇaṃ migā.

Meteors fell from the sky and a comet was seen; a smoky cloud-banner appeared, and the wild beasts cried out piteously.

134.

134.

‘‘Uppāde dāruṇe disvā, sāsanatthaṅgasūcake;

Saṃviggā bhikkhavo satta, cintayimha mayaṃ tadā.

Having seen the harsh portents indicating the decline of the Sāsana, we seven bhikkhus, being alarmed, then reflected:

135.

135.

‘‘Sāsanena vināmhākaṃ, jīvitena alaṃ mayaṃ;

Pavisitvā mahāraññaṃ, yuñjāma jinasāsanaṃ.

‘For us, enough with this life without the Sāsana! Having entered the great forest, let us apply ourselves to the Victor's Sāsana.’

136.

136.

‘‘Addasamha [Pg.124] tadāraññe, ubbiddhaṃ selamuttamaṃ;

Nisseṇiyā tamāruyha, nisseṇiṃ pātayimhase.

Then, in that forest, we saw a high and excellent rock; having climbed it by means of a ladder, we cast the ladder down.

137.

137.

‘‘Tadā ovadi no thero, buddhuppādo sudullabho;

Saddhātidullabhā laddhā, thokaṃ sesañca sāsanaṃ.

Then the elder advised us: ‘The arising of a Buddha is extremely rare; faith, which is very difficult to obtain, has been obtained, and only a little of the Sāsana remains.’

138.

138.

‘‘Nipatanti khaṇātītā, anante dukkhasāgare;

Tasmā payogo kattabbo, yāva ṭhāti mune mataṃ.

‘Those who have passed beyond the opportune moment fall into the endless ocean of suffering. Therefore, exertion should be made for as long as the Sage's doctrine endures.’

139.

139.

‘‘Arahā āsi so thero, anāgāmī tadānugo;

Susīlā itare yuttā, devalokaṃ agamhase.

That elder was an Arahant; the one who followed him was a Non-returner. The other five, endowed with good virtue, went to the deva world.

140.

140.

‘‘Nibbuto tiṇṇasaṃsāro, suddhāvāse ca ekako;

Ahañca pakkusāti ca, sabhiyo bāhiyo tathā.

Having crossed over saṃsāra, he is extinguished. One has gone to the Pure Abodes. And I, and Pukkusāti, and Sabhiya, and Bāhiya likewise.

141.

141.

‘‘Kumārakassapo ceva, tattha tatthūpagā mayaṃ;

Saṃsārabandhanā muttā, gotamenānukampitā.

And Kumārakassapa as well; we went to various places. Compassionated by Gotama, we are freed from the bond of saṃsāra.

142.

142.

‘‘Mallesu kusinārāyaṃ, jāto gabbheva me sato;

Mātā matā citāruḷhā, tato nippatito ahaṃ.

I was born in Kusinārā among the Mallas; I was mindful even in the womb. My mother died and was placed on the pyre, and from there I fell out.

143.

143.

‘‘Patito dabbapuñjamhi, tato dabboti vissuto;

Brahmacārībalenāhaṃ, vimutto sattavassiko.

Having fallen onto a pile of dabba grass, I became known as Dabba. By the power of the holy life, being seven years of age, I was liberated.

144.

144.

‘‘Khīrodanabalenāhaṃ, pañcahaṅgehupāgato;

Khīṇāsavopavādena, pāpehi bahucodito.

By the power of offering milk-rice, I became endowed with the five factors. Because of slandering one whose taints were destroyed, I was much accused by the wicked.

145.

145.

‘‘Ubho puññañca pāpañca, vītivattomhi dānihaṃ;

Patvāna paramaṃ santiṃ, viharāmi anāsavo.

I have now gone beyond both merit and demerit; having attained the supreme peace, I dwell without taints.

146.

146.

‘‘Senāsanaṃ paññāpayiṃ, hāsayitvāna subbate;

Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ.

Having delighted those of good vows, I prepared the lodgings. The Victor, pleased with that quality, placed me in the foremost position for this.

147.

147.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

148.

148.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha's teaching has been done.

149.

149.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha's teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā dabbamallaputto thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Dabbamallaputta spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

So he spoke.

Dabbamallaputtattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Dabbamallaputta — the Fourth.

5. Kumārakassapattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Kumārakassapa

150.

150.

‘‘Ito [Pg.125] satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako;

Sabbalokahito vīro, padumuttaranāmako.

One hundred thousand aeons from this one, the Leader arose, the benefactor of the whole world, the Hero named Padumuttara.

151.

151.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ brāhmaṇo hutvā, vissuto vedapāragū;

Divāvihāraṃ vicaraṃ, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

At that time, I was a brahmin, renowned and a master of the Vedas. While wandering seeking a secluded place for the day, I saw the Leader of the World,

152.

152.

‘‘Catusaccaṃ pakāsentaṃ, bodhayantaṃ sadevakaṃ;

Vicittakathikānaggaṃ, vaṇṇayantaṃ mahājane.

proclaiming the Four Truths, awakening the world with its devas, and praising in the great assembly the one foremost among those skilled in varied discourse.

153.

153.

‘‘Tadā muditacittohaṃ, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Nānārattehi vatthehi, alaṅkaritvāna maṇḍapaṃ.

Then, with a gladdened mind, I invited the Tathāgata, and having adorned a pavilion with cloths of various colors,

154.

154.

‘‘Nānāratanapajjotaṃ, sasaṅghaṃ bhojayiṃ tahiṃ;

Bhojayitvāna sattāhaṃ, nānaggarasabhojanaṃ.

a pavilion shining with various jewels, I fed him there together with the Saṅgha. Having fed them for seven days with food of various supreme flavors,

155.

155.

‘‘Nānācittehi pupphehi, pūjayitvā sasāvakaṃ ;

Nipacca pādamūlamhi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayiṃ ahaṃ.

Having worshipped him with his disciples with various wonderful flowers, I bowed down at his feet and aspired to that position.

156.

156.

‘‘Tadā munivaro āha, karuṇekarasāsayo ;

‘Passathetaṃ dijavaraṃ, padumānanalocanaṃ.

Then the chief sage, the sole abode of compassion, said: ‘Look at this excellent twice-born one, whose face and eyes are like lotuses,

157.

157.

‘‘‘Pītipāmojjabahulaṃ, samuggatatanūruhaṃ;

Hāsamhitavisālakkhaṃ, mama sāsanalālasaṃ.

‘abounding in rapture and joy, with his body-hairs standing on end; with smiling, wide eyes, he is eager for my teaching.

158.

158.

‘‘‘Patitaṃ pādamūle me, ekāvatthasumānasaṃ ;

Esa pattheti taṃ ṭhānaṃ, vicittakathikattanaṃ.

‘Fallen at my feet, wearing a single garment and well-disposed, this one aspires to that position: the state of being a preacher of varied discourse.

159.

159.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by clan name, will be the Teacher in the world.

160.

160.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Kumārakassapo nāma, hessati satthu sāvako.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, his legitimate son, created by the Dhamma, he will be a disciple of the Teacher named Kumārakassapa.

161.

161.

‘‘‘Vicittapupphadussānaṃ, ratanānañca vāhasā;

Vicittakathikānaṃ so, aggataṃ pāpuṇissati’.

‘By the power of varied flowers, cloths, and jewels, he will attain the foremost place among those skilled in varied discourse.’

162.

162.

‘‘Tena [Pg.126] kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my intentions and aspirations, when I abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

163.

163.

‘‘Paribbhamaṃ bhavābhave, raṅgamajjhe yathā naṭo;

Sākhamigatrajo hutvā, migiyā kucchimokkamiṃ.

Wandering from one existence to another, like an actor in the middle of a stage, having been born as the son of the deer Sākha, I entered a doe's womb.

164.

164.

‘‘Tadā mayi kucchigate, vajjhavāro upaṭṭhito;

Sākhena cattā me mātā, nigrodhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā.

Then, while I was in the womb, my mother's turn for being slain arrived. Abandoned by Sākha, my mother went for refuge to Nigrodha.

165.

165.

‘‘Tena sā migarājena, maraṇā parimocitā;

Pariccajitvā sapāṇaṃ, mamevaṃ ovadī tadā.

She was freed from death by that king of deer, who gave up his own life. Then my mother advised me thus:

166.

166.

‘‘‘Nigrodhameva seveyya, na sākhamupasaṃvase;

Nigrodhasmiṃ mataṃ seyyo, yañce sākhamhi jīvitaṃ’.

‘One should associate only with Nigrodha; one should not live in association with Sākha. Death in the presence of Nigrodha is better than life in the presence of Sākha.’

167.

167.

‘‘Tenānusiṭṭhā migayūthapena, ahañca mātā ca tathetare ca ;

Āgamma rammaṃ tusitādhivāsaṃ, gatā pavāsaṃ sagharaṃ yatheva.

Instructed by that leader of the deer herd, my mother and I, and the others as well, went to the delightful Tusita abode, as if returning to one's own home from abroad.

168.

168.

‘‘Puno kassapavīrassa, atthamentamhi sāsane;

Āruyha selasikharaṃ, yuñjitvā jinasāsanaṃ.

Again, when the Dispensation of the hero Kassapa was declining, having climbed a mountain peak, I applied myself to the Conqueror's Dispensation.

169.

169.

‘‘Idānāhaṃ rājagahe, jāto seṭṭhikule ahuṃ;

Āpannasattā me mātā, pabbaji anagāriyaṃ.

Now I was born in Rājagaha into a banker's family. My mother, being pregnant, went forth into the homeless life.

170.

170.

‘‘Sagabbhaṃ taṃ viditvāna, devadattamupānayuṃ;

So avoca ‘vināsetha, pāpikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ imaṃ’.

Knowing she was pregnant, they led her to Devadatta. He said: ‘Destroy this wicked bhikkhunī!’

171.

171.

‘‘Idānipi munindena, jinena anukampitā;

Sukhinī ajanī mayhaṃ, mātā bhikkhunupassaye.

Then, shown compassion by the Lord of Sages, the Conqueror, my mother gave birth to me in comfort in the bhikkhunīs' residence.

172.

172.

‘‘Taṃ viditvā mahīpālo, kosalo maṃ aposayi;

Kumāraparihārena, nāmenāhañca kassapo.

Knowing this, the king of Kosala, ruler of the earth, raised me with the honors due to a prince. And I was named Kassapa.

173.

173.

‘‘Mahākassapamāgamma, ahaṃ kumārakassapo;

Vammikasadisaṃ kāyaṃ, sutvā buddhena desitaṃ.

On account of Mahākassapa, I am Kumārakassapa. Having heard the teaching delivered by the Buddha about the body being like an anthill,

174.

174.

‘‘Tato [Pg.127] cittaṃ vimucci me, anupādāya sabbaso;

Pāyāsiṃ damayitvāhaṃ, etadaggamapāpuṇiṃ.

then my mind was liberated from everything without clinging. Having subdued Pāyāsi, I attained the foremost position.

175.

175.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

176.

176.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha's teaching has been done.

177.

177.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha's teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kumārakassapo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kumārakassapa

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Kumārakassapattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The fifth Apadāna of the Elder Kumārakassapa is finished.

Catuvīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The twenty-fourth recitation section.

6. Bāhiyattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Bāhiya

178.

178.

‘‘Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako;

Mahappabho tilokaggo, nāmena padumuttaro.

One hundred thousand aeons from this one, a Leader arose, of great radiance, supreme in the three worlds, named Padumuttara.

179.

179.

‘‘Khippābhiññassa bhikkhussa, guṇaṃ kittayato mune;

Sutvā udaggacittohaṃ, kāraṃ katvā mahesino.

While the Sage was proclaiming the quality of a bhikkhu with quick direct knowledge, having heard his words, with an uplifted mind, I paid homage to the Great Seer.

180.

180.

‘‘Datvā sattāhikaṃ dānaṃ, sasissassa mune ahaṃ;

Abhivādiya sambuddhaṃ, taṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayiṃ tadā.

Having given a seven-day gift to the Sage with his disciples, I paid homage to the Perfectly Enlightened One and then aspired to that position.

181.

181.

‘‘Tato maṃ byākari buddho, ‘etaṃ passatha brāhmaṇaṃ;

Patitaṃ pādamūle me, cariyaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ.

Then the Buddha made a prediction about me: ‘See this brahmin fallen at my feet, reviewing his conduct.

182.

182.

‘‘‘Hemayaññopacitaṅgaṃ, avadātatanuttacaṃ;

Palambabimbatamboṭṭhaṃ, setatiṇhasamaṃ dijaṃ.

‘Whose limbs are adorned with a golden sacred thread, whose skin is pure, whose hanging red lips are like bimba fruit, and whose teeth are white, sharp, and even.

183.

183.

‘‘‘Guṇathāmabahutaraṃ, samuggatatanūruhaṃ;

Guṇoghāyatanībhūtaṃ, pītisamphullitānanaṃ.

‘Possessing a great abundance of the power of virtue, with soft body-hairs standing on end; having become a repository for a multitude of virtues, his face blossoming with rapture.

184.

184.

‘‘‘Eso patthayate ṭhānaṃ, khippābhiññassa bhikkhuno;

Anāgate mahāvīro, gotamo nāma hessati.

‘This one aspires to the position of a bhikkhu with quick direct knowledge. In the future, there will be a great hero named Gotama.

185.

185.

‘‘‘Tassa [Pg.128] dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Bāhiyo nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, his legitimate son, created by the Dhamma, he will be a disciple of the Teacher, Bāhiya by name.’

186.

186.

‘‘Tadā hi tuṭṭho vuṭṭhāya, yāvajīvaṃ mahāmune;

Kāraṃ katvā cuto saggaṃ, agaṃ sabhavanaṃ yathā.

Then, pleased, I arose and for my whole life paid homage to the Great Sage. Passing away from there, I went to heaven as if to my own home.

187.

187.

‘‘Devabhūto manusso vā, sukhito tassa kammuno;

Vāhasā saṃsaritvāna, sampattimanubhomahaṃ.

Whether I became a deva or a human, I was happy by the power of that kamma. Wandering on through the round of rebirths, I experienced success.

188.

188.

‘‘Puna kassapavīrassa, atthamentamhi sāsane;

Āruyha selasikharaṃ, yuñjitvā jinasāsanaṃ.

Again, when the Dispensation of the hero Kassapa was declining, having climbed a mountain peak, I applied myself to the Conqueror's Dispensation.

189.

189.

‘‘Visuddhasīlo sappañño, jinasāsanakārako;

Tato cutā pañca janā, devalokaṃ agamhase.

Of pure virtue and endowed with wisdom, a follower of the Conqueror's teaching, passing away from there, we five people went to the deva world.

190.

190.

‘‘Tatohaṃ bāhiyo jāto, bhārukacche puruttame;

Tato nāvāya pakkhando, sāgaraṃ appasiddhiyaṃ.

Then I was born as Bāhiya in the excellent city of Bhārukaccha. From there, I set forth by ship upon the ocean, a place of little success.

191.

191.

‘‘Tato nāvā abhijjittha, gantvāna katipāhakaṃ;

Tadā bhīsanake ghore, patito makarākare.

Then the ship was wrecked after travelling for some days. Then I fell into the terrifying, dreadful ocean, the abode of sea-monsters.

192.

192.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ vāyamitvāna, santaritvā mahodadhiṃ;

Suppādapaṭṭanavaraṃ, sampatto mandavedhito.

Then, having striven and crossed the great ocean, I reached the excellent port of Suppāraka, exhausted.

193.

193.

‘‘Dārucīraṃ nivāsetvā, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ;

Tadāha so jano tuṭṭho, arahāyamidhāgato.

Having put on a bark-cloth garment, I entered a village for alms. Then those people were pleased, thinking: ‘This arahant has come here.’

194.

194.

‘‘Imaṃ annena pānena, vatthena sayanena ca;

Bhesajjena ca sakkatvā, hessāma sukhitā mayaṃ.

‘By honoring him with food, drink, clothing, lodging, and medicines, we will become happy.’

195.

195.

‘‘Paccayānaṃ tadā lābhī, tehi sakkatapūjito;

Arahāhanti saṅkappaṃ, uppādesiṃ ayoniso.

Then, receiving requisites, honored and revered by them, I unwisely conceived the thought: ‘I am an arahant.’

196.

196.

‘‘Tato me cittamaññāya, codayī pubbadevatā;

‘Na tvaṃ upāyamaggaññū, kuto tvaṃ arahā bhave’.

Then a former deity, knowing my mind, admonished me: ‘You are not one who knows the means to the path; how could you be an arahant?’

197.

197.

‘‘Codito tāya saṃviggo, tadāhaṃ paripucchi taṃ;

‘Ke vā ete kuhiṃ loke, arahanto naruttamā.

Admonished by her and stirred with urgency, I then asked her: ‘Who are these arahants, these best of men, and where in the world are they?’

198.

198.

‘‘‘Sāvatthiyaṃ [Pg.129] kosalamandire jino, pahūtapañño varabhūrimedhaso;

So sakyaputto arahā anāsavo, deseti dhammaṃ arahattapattiyā.

‘In Sāvatthī, in the realm of the Kosalans, is the Conqueror, of abundant wisdom, of excellent and vast intelligence. That son of the Sakyans, an arahant free of taints, teaches the Dhamma for the attainment of arahantship.’

199.

199.

‘‘‘Tadassa sutvā vacanaṃ supīṇito, nidhiṃva laddhā kapaṇoti vimhito;

Udaggacitto arahattamuttamaṃ, sudassanaṃ daṭṭhumanantagocaraṃ.

Hearing her words, I was greatly pleased and amazed, like a poor man who has found a treasure. With an uplifted mind, I went to see the one of infinite range, so excellent to see, for the sake of the supreme Arahantship.

200.

200.

‘‘‘Tadā tato nikkhamitvāna satthuno, sadā jinaṃ passāmi vimalānanaṃ ;

Upecca rammaṃ vijitavhayaṃ vanaṃ, dije apucchiṃ kuhiṃ lokanandano.

Then, having departed from there, I thought, 'I shall always see the Conqueror, the Teacher with the stainless face.' Approaching the delightful grove named Jeta's Wood, I asked the Arahants, 'Where is the one who delights the world?'

201.

201.

‘‘‘Tato avocuṃ naradevavandito, puraṃ paviṭṭho asanesanāya so;

Sasova khippaṃ munidassanussuko, upecca vandāhi tamaggapuggalaṃ’.

Then they said: 'He who is worshipped by humans and devas has entered the city in search of food. Since you are eager to see the Sage, approach quickly and pay homage to that foremost person.'

202.

202.

‘‘Tatohaṃ tuvaṭaṃ gantvā, sāvatthiṃ puramuttamaṃ;

Vicarantaṃ tamaddakkhiṃ, piṇḍatthaṃ apihāgidhaṃ.

Then I, having gone swiftly to Sāvatthī, the excellent city, saw him wandering for alms, free from craving.

203.

203.

‘‘Pattapāṇiṃ alolakkhaṃ, pācayantaṃ pītākaraṃ ;

Sirīnilayasaṅkāsaṃ, ravidittiharānanaṃ.

With bowl in hand, with steady eyes, causing merit to ripen, of golden complexion, like an abode of splendor, with a face that outshines the radiance of the sun.

204.

204.

‘‘Taṃ samecca nipaccāhaṃ, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ;

‘Kupathe vippanaṭṭhassa, saraṇaṃ hohi gotama.

Approaching him and prostrating, I spoke this utterance: 'For one who is lost on a wrong path, be a refuge, O Gotama.'

205.

205.

‘‘‘Pāṇasantāraṇatthāya, piṇḍāya vicarāmahaṃ;

Na te dhammakathākālo, iccāha munisattamo’.

'I am wandering for alms for the sustenance of life. It is not the time for a Dhamma talk for you,' thus said the best of sages.

206.

206.

‘‘Tadā punappunaṃ buddhaṃ, āyāciṃ dhammalālaso;

Yo me dhammamadesesi, gambhīraṃ suññataṃ padaṃ.

Then, being eager for the Dhamma, I implored the Buddha again and again, who then taught me the Dhamma: the profound state, voidness.

207.

207.

‘‘Tassa [Pg.130] dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pāpuṇiṃ āsavakkhayaṃ;

Parikkhīṇāyuko santo, aho satthānukampako.

Having heard his Dhamma, I attained the destruction of the taints. Being one whose life-span was exhausted, I thought, 'Ah, how compassionate is the Teacher!'

208.

208.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

209.

209.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

210.

210.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

The four analytical knowledges have been attained… the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

211.

211.

‘‘Evaṃ thero viyākāsi, bāhiyo dārucīriyo;

Saṅkārakūṭe patito, bhūtāviṭṭhāya gāviyā.

Thus the Elder Bāhiya of the Bark-Cloth Garment declared, having fallen on a rubbish heap, gored by a cow possessed by a spirit.

212.

212.

‘‘Attano pubbacariyaṃ, kittayitvā mahāmati;

Parinibbāyi so thero, sāvatthiyaṃ puruttame.

Having declared his own former conduct, that greatly wise Elder attained Parinibbāna in Sāvatthī, the most excellent city.

213.

213.

‘‘Nagarā nikkhamanto taṃ, disvāna isisattamo;

Dārucīradharaṃ dhīraṃ, bāhiyaṃ bāhitāgamaṃ.

As he was leaving the city, the seventh of the seers saw him—the wise Bāhiya wearing the bark-cloth garment, who had come from outside the Dispensation.

214.

214.

‘‘Bhūmiyaṃ patitaṃ dantaṃ, indaketūva pātitaṃ;

Gatāyuṃ sukkhakilesaṃ, jinasāsanakārakaṃ.

Fallen on the ground, tamed, like a fallen banner of Indra, his life departed, his defilements withered, a follower of the Conqueror's teaching.

215.

215.

‘‘Tato āmantayī satthā, sāvake sāsane rate;

‘Gaṇhatha netvā jhāpetha, tanuṃ sabrahmacārino.

Then the Teacher addressed the disciples who delighted in his teaching: ‘Take, carry away, and cremate the body of your companion in the holy life.’

216.

216.

‘‘‘Thūpaṃ karotha pūjetha, nibbuto so mahāmati;

Khippābhiññānamesaggo, sāvako me vacokaro.

‘Make a stūpa for him and pay homage, for that one of great wisdom has attained Parinibbāna. He was the foremost of my disciples in quick direct knowledge, a doer of my word.’

217.

217.

‘‘‘Sahassamapi ce gāthā, anatthapadasañhitā;

Ekaṃ gāthāpadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammati.

‘Better than a thousand verses composed of words unconnected with benefit is a single line of verse, hearing which one becomes peaceful.’

218.

218.

‘‘‘Yattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati;

Na tattha sukkā jotanti, ādicco na pakāsati.

‘Where water, earth, fire, and air find no footing, there the stars do not glitter, nor does the sun shed its light;

219.

219.

‘‘‘Na tattha candimā bhāti, tamo tattha na vijjati;

Yadā ca attanā vedi, munimonena brāhmaṇo.

there the moon does not shine, and darkness is not found. And when a brahmin, a sage by his sagehood, has come to know this for himself,

220.

220.

‘‘‘Atha [Pg.131] rūpā arūpā ca, sukhadukkhā vimuccati’;

Iccevaṃ abhaṇī nātho, tilokasaraṇo muni’’.

‘then from form and the formless, from pleasure and pain, he is released.’ Thus spoke the Protector, the Sage who is the refuge for the three worlds.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā bāhiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable Elder Bāhiya...

Abhāsitthāti.

...spoke these verses.

Bāhiyattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Bāhiya, the Sixth.

7. Mahākoṭṭhikattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Mahākoṭṭhika

221.

221.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbalokavidū muni;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji cakkhumā.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the sage who knows all worlds, the One with Vision, arose one hundred thousand aeons ago.

222.

222.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An advisor and instructor, a deliverer for all living beings, the Buddha, skilled in exposition, helped many people cross over.

223.

223.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

Compassionate, merciful, seeking the welfare of all living beings, he established all the sectarians who came to him in the five precepts.

224.

224.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi ca;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādibhi.

Thus it was untroubled and empty of sectarians, but adorned with Arahants, self-controlled and steadfast.

225.

225.

‘‘Ratanānaṭṭhapaññāsaṃ, uggato so mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

That great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, like a golden stupa, and he possessed the thirty-two excellent marks.

226.

226.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

At that time, his lifespan was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he helped many people cross over.

227.

227.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, brāhmaṇo vedapāragū;

Upecca sabbalokaggaṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was a brahmin, a master of the Vedas. Approaching the Foremost in All the World, I heard his Dhamma discourse.

228.

228.

‘‘Tadā so sāvakaṃ vīro, pabhinnamatigocaraṃ;

Atthe dhamme nirutte ca, paṭibhāne ca kovidaṃ.

At that time, that Hero praised a disciple whose intellectual range was penetrating, one skilled in meaning, in the Dhamma, in language, and in analytical knowledge.

229.

229.

‘‘Ṭhapesi etadaggamhi, taṃ sutvā mudito ahaṃ;

Sasāvakaṃ jinavaraṃ, sattāhaṃ bhojayiṃ tadā.

He established him in the foremost position. Hearing that, I was delighted. I then provided meals for the excellent Conqueror and his disciples for seven days.

230.

230.

‘‘Dussehacchādayitvāna, sasissaṃ buddhisāgaraṃ ;

Nipacca pādamūlamhi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayiṃ ahaṃ.

Having covered the Buddha, an ocean of wisdom, together with his disciples, with cloths, and having prostrated at his feet, I aspired for that position.

231.

231.

‘‘Tato [Pg.132] avoca lokaggo, ‘passathetaṃ dijuttamaṃ;

Vinataṃ pādamūle me, kamalodarasappabhaṃ.

Then the Foremost in the World spoke: ‘Behold this best of brahmins, bowed at my feet, radiant like the interior of a lotus.

232.

232.

‘‘‘Buddhaseṭṭhassa bhikkhussa, ṭhānaṃ patthayate ayaṃ;

Tāya saddhāya cāgena, saddhammassavanena ca.

This one aspires to the position of the chief disciple of the Buddha, through his faith, generosity, and his hearing of the good Dhamma.

233.

233.

‘‘‘Sabbattha sukhito hutvā, saṃsaritvā bhavābhave;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ.

Having been happy everywhere, and having wandered through existence after existence, in the future you will attain that wish of your heart.

234.

234.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

One hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by clan name, will be the Teacher in the world.

235.

235.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Koṭṭhiko nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

He will be an heir to his Dhamma, a legitimate son created by the Dhamma. Koṭṭhika will be his name, and he will be a disciple of the Teacher.’

236.

236.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacitto paricariṃ, sato paññāsamāhito.

Having heard that, I was delighted. Then, for as long as I lived, with a mind of loving-kindness, being mindful and endowed with wisdom and concentration, I attended upon the Conqueror.

237.

237.

‘‘Tena kammavipākena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By the result of that kamma and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

238.

238.

‘‘Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

Three hundred times I exercised sovereignty over the devas; five hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

239.

239.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Sabbattha sukhito āsiṃ, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

My regional kingships were vast and beyond counting. Everywhere I was happy, by the power of that kamma.

240.

240.

‘‘Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Aññaṃ gatiṃ na gacchāmi, suciṇṇassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

I wander in two existences, the divine and the human; I do not go to another destination. This is the fruit of good practice.

241.

241.

‘‘Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye atha brāhmaṇe;

‘‘Nīce kule na jāyāmi, suciṇṇassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

I am born in two families, the khattiya and the brahmin; I am not born into a low family. This is the fruit of good practice.

242.

242.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, brahmabandhu ahosahaṃ;

Sāvatthiyaṃ vippakule, paccājāto mahaddhane.

Having reached my final existence, I was a brahmin. I was reborn in Sāvatthī into a very wealthy brahmin family.

243.

243.

‘‘Mātā candavatī nāma, pitā me assalāyano;

Yadā me pitaraṃ buddho, vinayī sabbasuddhiyā.

My mother was named Candavatī, my father was Assalāyana. When the Buddha disciplined my father for the purification of all views,

244.

244.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.133] pasanno sugate, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Moggallāno ācariyo, upajjhā sārisambhavo.

Then, with confidence in the Sugata, I went forth into the homeless life. Moggallāna was my teacher, and my preceptor was Sāriputta.

245.

245.

‘‘Kesesu chijjamānesu, diṭṭhi chinnā samūlikā;

Nivāsento ca kāsāvaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

As my hair was being cut, wrong view was severed at its root. And as I was putting on the ochre robe, I attained arahantship.

246.

246.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne ca me mati;

Pabhinnā tena lokaggo, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ.

My wisdom in meaning, the Dhamma, language, and in analytical knowledge is penetrating. For that reason, the Foremost of the World established me in the foremost position.

247.

247.

‘‘Asandiṭṭhaṃ viyākāsiṃ, upatissena pucchito;

Paṭisambhidāsu tenāhaṃ, aggo sambuddhasāsane.

When questioned by Upatissa, I answered without doubt. For that reason, I am foremost in the analytical knowledges in the Buddha's Dispensation.

248.

248.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free of taints.

249.

249.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

250.

250.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges have been attained… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Mahākoṭṭhika these verses

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke.

Mahākoṭṭhikattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Mahākoṭṭhika, the Seventh, is concluded.

8. Uruveḷakassapattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Uruveḷakassapa

251.

251.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbalokavidū muni;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji cakkhumā.

8. One hundred thousand aeons ago, the Conqueror named Padumuttara arose—knower of all worlds, the sage, the One with Vision.

252.

252.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An advisor, an instructor, a rescuer of all living beings, the Buddha, skilled in exposition, helped many people cross over.

253.

253.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

Compassionate, merciful, seeking the welfare of all living beings, he established all the sectarians who approached him in the five precepts.

254.

254.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi ca;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādibhi.

Thus it was untroubled, empty of sectarians, and adorned with Arahants who were self-controlled and steadfast.

255.

255.

‘‘Ratanānaṭṭhapaññāsaṃ, uggato so mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

That great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, like a golden monument, possessing the thirty-two excellent marks.

256.

256.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni[Pg.134], āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

At that time, his lifespan was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he helped many people cross over.

257.

257.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyā, brāhmaṇo sādhusammato;

Upecca lokapajjotaṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ.

At that time, in the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a brahmin regarded as virtuous. Approaching the Light of the World, I heard the Dhamma discourse.

258.

258.

‘‘Tadā mahāparisatiṃ, mahāparisasāvakaṃ;

Ṭhapentaṃ etadaggamhi, sutvāna mudito ahaṃ.

At that time, having heard him establish a disciple with a great retinue as foremost in the great assembly, I was delighted.

259.

259.

‘‘Mahatā parivārena, nimantetvā mahājinaṃ;

Brāhmaṇānaṃ sahassena, sahadānamadāsahaṃ.

Having invited the Great Conqueror, I, with a great retinue and together with a thousand brahmins, gave a gift.

260.

260.

‘‘Mahādānaṃ daditvāna, abhivādiya nāyakaṃ;

Ekamantaṃ ṭhito haṭṭho, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having given a great gift and paid homage to the Leader, I stood to one side, joyful, and spoke these words:

261.

261.

‘‘‘Tayi saddhāya me vīra, adhikāraguṇena ca;

Parisā mahatī hotu, nibbattassa tahiṃ tahiṃ’.

‘O Hero, by my faith in you and by the virtue of this aspiration, may my retinue be great wherever I am reborn.’

262.

262.

‘‘Tadā avoca parisaṃ, gajagajjitasussaro;

Karavīkaruto satthā, ‘etaṃ passatha brāhmaṇaṃ.

Then the Teacher, with a fine voice like a trumpeting elephant and a call like the karavīka bird, addressed the assembly: ‘Behold this brahmin.’

263.

263.

‘‘‘Hemavaṇṇaṃ mahābāhuṃ, kamalānanalocanaṃ;

Udaggatanujaṃ haṭṭhaṃ, saddhavantaṃ guṇe mama.

‘He is of golden complexion, mighty-armed, with a face and eyes like a lotus, with body-hair standing on end, joyful, and has faith in my virtues.

264.

264.

‘‘‘Esa patthayate ṭhānaṃ, sīhaghosassa bhikkhuno;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ.

‘He aspires to the position of the bhikkhu Sīhaghosa. In the future you will attain that wish of your heart.

265.

265.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by clan name, will be the Teacher in the world.

266.

266.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Kassapo nāma gottena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘He will be an heir to his Dhamma, a legitimate son created by the Dhamma. Kassapa will be his clan name, and he will be a disciple of the Teacher.’

267.

267.

‘‘Ito dvenavute kappe, ahu satthā anuttaro;

Anūpamo asadiso, phusso lokagganāyako.

Ninety-two aeons from this one, there arose an unsurpassed Teacher, incomparable and unequalled: Phussa, the guide who leads the world to the supreme state.

268.

268.

‘‘So ca sabbaṃ tamaṃ hantvā, vijaṭetvā mahājaṭaṃ;

Vassate amataṃ vuṭṭhiṃ, tappayanto sadevakaṃ.

And he, having dispelled all darkness and disentangled the great tangle, rains down the rain of the deathless, satisfying the world with its devas.

269.

269.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.135] hi bārāṇasiyaṃ, rājā paccā ahumhase;

Bhātaromha tayo sabbe, saṃvisaṭṭhāva rājino.

At that time, in Bārāṇasī, we were the king's sons; we were all three brothers, intimate with the king.

270.

270.

‘‘Vīraṅgarūpā balino, saṅgāme aparājitā;

Tadā kupitapaccanto, amhe āha mahīpati.

We were heroic in form, powerful, and unconquered in battle. At that time, the border region was in revolt, and the king said to us:

271.

271.

‘‘‘Etha gantvāna paccantaṃ, sodhetvā aṭṭavībalaṃ;

Khemaṃ vijiritaṃ katvā, puna dethāti bhāsatha’.

‘Go to the border region, and having cleared out the forest forces and made my territory secure, restore it to me again,’ thus he spoke.

272.

272.

‘‘Tato mayaṃ avocumha, yadi deyyāsi nāyakaṃ;

Upaṭṭhānāya amhākaṃ, sādhayissāma vo tato.

Then we said: ‘If you would grant the Leader to us for attendance, then we shall accomplish your task.’

273.

273.

‘‘Tato mayaṃ laddhavarā, bhūmipālena pesitā;

Nikkhittasatthaṃ paccantaṃ, katvā punarupacca taṃ.

Then we, having received the boon and been sent by the king, made the border region lay down its arms and approached him again.

274.

274.

‘‘Yācitvā satthupaṭṭhānaṃ, rājānaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Munivīraṃ labhitvāna, yāvajīvaṃ yajimha taṃ.

Having requested attendance on the Teacher from the king, and having received the noble sage, the guide of the world, we honored him for our entire lives.

275.

275.

‘‘Mahagghāni ca vatthāni, paṇītāni rasāni ca;

Senāsanāni rammāni, bhesajjāni hitāni ca.

Costly cloths, exquisite flavors, delightful lodgings, and beneficial medicines—

276.

276.

‘‘Datvā sasaṅghamunino, dhammenuppāditāni no;

Sīlavanto kāruṇikā, bhāvanāyuttamānasā.

—all righteously acquired by us, we gave to the Sage with his Saṅgha. We were virtuous, compassionate, with minds intent on mental cultivation.

277.

277.

‘‘Saddhā paricaritvāna, mettacittena nāyakaṃ;

Nibbute tamhi lokagge, pūjaṃ katvā yathābalaṃ.

Having always served the Leader with a mind of loving-kindness, when that Foremost of the World attained Parinibbāna, we made offerings according to our ability.

278.

278.

‘‘Tato cutā santusitaṃ, gatā tattha mahāsukhaṃ;

Anubhūtā mayaṃ sabbe, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Passing away from there, we went to the Santusita heaven. There we all experienced great happiness. This is the fruit of honoring a Buddha.

279.

279.

‘‘Māyākāro yathā raṅge, dassesi vikatiṃ bahuṃ;

Tathā bhave bhamantohaṃ, videhādhipatī ahuṃ.

Just as a magician on a stage displays many illusions, so, as I wandered through existence, I became the lord of Videha.

280.

280.

‘‘Guṇāceḷassa vākyena, micchādiṭṭhigatāsayo;

Narakaṃ maggamārūḷho, rucāya mama dhītuyā.

By the word of Guṇāceḷa, my mind destroyed by wrong view, I ascended the path to hell, despite my daughter Rucā.

281.

281.

‘‘Ovādaṃ nādiyitvāna, brahmunā nāradenahaṃ;

Bahudhā saṃsito santo, diṭṭhiṃ hitvāna pāpikaṃ.

Not having accepted her advice, and being admonished in many ways by the Brahmā Nārada, I abandoned that evil view.

282.

282.

‘‘Pūrayitvā [Pg.136] visesena, dasa kammapathānihaṃ;

Hitvāna dehamagamiṃ, saggaṃ sabhavanaṃ yathā.

Having especially fulfilled the ten paths of kamma, when I abandoned my body I went to heaven as if to my own home.

283.

283.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, brahmabandhu ahosahaṃ;

Bārāṇasiyaṃ phītāyaṃ, jāto vippamahākule.

Having reached my final existence, I was a brahmin, born in prosperous Bārāṇasī into a great brahmin family.

284.

284.

‘‘Maccubyādhijarā bhīto, ogāhetvā mahāvanaṃ ;

Nibbānaṃ padamesanto, jaṭilesu paribbajiṃ.

Frightened by death, sickness, and old age, I entered the great forest. Seeking the state of Nibbāna, I went forth among the matted-hair ascetics.

285.

285.

‘‘Tadā dve bhātaro mayhaṃ, pabbajiṃsu mayā saha;

Uruveḷāyaṃ māpetvā, assamaṃ nivasiṃ ahaṃ.

Then my two brothers went forth along with me. Having had a hermitage built at Uruveḷā, I lived there.

286.

286.

‘‘Kassapo nāma gottena, uruveḷanivāsiko ;

Tato me āsi paññatti, uruveḷakassapo iti.

Kassapa by clan name, I was a resident of Uruveḷā; hence I came to be known as Uruveḷakassapa.

287.

287.

‘‘Nadīsakāse bhātā me, nadīkassapasavhayo;

Āsī sakāsanāmena, gayāyaṃ gayākassapo.

My brother who lived near the river was called Nadīkassapa; the one at Gayā was Gayākassapa.

288.

288.

‘‘Dve satāni kaniṭṭhassa, tīṇi majjhassa bhātuno;

Mama pañca satānūnā, sissā sabbe mamānugā.

My youngest brother had two hundred, my middle brother three hundred; I had five hundred disciples, not one less, and all were my followers.

289.

289.

‘‘Tadā upecca maṃ buddho, katvāna vividhāni me ;

Pāṭihīrāni lokaggo, vinesi narasārathi.

Then the Buddha approached me and performed various miracles; the foremost in the world, the guide for those to be tamed, subdued me.

290.

290.

‘‘Sahassaparivārena, ahosiṃ ehibhikkhuko;

Teheva saha sabbehi, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

With a retinue of a thousand, I became one ordained with the words ‘Come, bhikkhu!’ Together with all of them, I attained arahantship.

291.

291.

‘‘Te cevaññe ca bahavo, sissā maṃ parivārayuṃ;

Sāsituñca samatthohaṃ, tato maṃ isisattamo.

Those disciples and many others surrounded me. Since I was capable of instructing them, therefore the seventh of sages…

292.

292.

‘‘Mahāparisabhāvasmiṃ, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Aho buddhe kataṃ kāraṃ, saphalaṃ me ajāyatha.

…placed me foremost for having a great following. Oh, the deed done for the Buddha has become fruitful for me!

293.

293.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free of taints.

294.

294.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming indeed was mine… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

295.

295.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.137] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā uruveḷakassapo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Uruveḷakassapa spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Uruveḷakassapattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Uruveḷakassapa.

9. Rādhattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Rādha

296.

296.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbalokavidū muni;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji cakkhumā.

One hundred thousand eons from this one, the Conqueror named Padumuttara, knower of all worlds, the sage, the one with vision, arose.

297.

297.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An admonisher, an instructor, a savior of all beings, the Buddha, skilled in teaching, ferried a great multitude across.

298.

298.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

Compassionate, merciful, seeking the welfare of all beings, he established all the sectarians who had arrived in the five precepts.

299.

299.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi ca;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādibhi.

Thus it was untroubled and empty of sectarians, and resplendent with arahants who had attained mastery and were steadfast.

300.

300.

‘‘Ratanānaṭṭhapaññāsaṃ, uggato so mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

That great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, like a golden pillar, possessing the thirty-two excellent marks.

301.

301.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great multitude across.

302.

302.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, brāhmaṇo mantapāragū;

Upecca taṃ naravaraṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was a brahmin, a master of the Vedas. Having approached that best of men, I heard his teaching of the Dhamma.

303.

303.

‘‘Paññapentaṃ mahāvīraṃ, parisāsu visāradaṃ;

Paṭibhāneyyakaṃ bhikkhuṃ, etadagge vināyakaṃ.

I saw the great hero, the leader, confident in the assemblies, as he was appointing a bhikkhu foremost among those with ready wit.

304.

304.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ kāraṃ katvāna, sasaṅghe lokanāyake;

Nipacca sirasā pāde, taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhipatthayiṃ.

Then, having made an offering to the world-leader together with the Saṅgha, and having fallen at his feet with my head, I aspired for that position.

305.

305.

‘‘Tato maṃ bhagavā āha, siṅgīnikkhasamappabho;

Sarena rajanīyena, kilesamalahārinā.

Then the Blessed One, whose radiance was like refined gold, spoke to me with a pleasing voice that removes the stain of defilements:

306.

306.

‘‘‘Sukhī [Pg.138] bhavassu dīghāyu, sijjhatu paṇidhī tava;

Sasaṅghe me kataṃ kāraṃ, atīva vipulaṃ tayā.

‘The offering made by you to me together with the Saṅgha is exceedingly vast. Be happy, be long-lived! May your aspiration succeed.’

307.

307.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand eons from now, born of the Okkāka clan, a Teacher will be in the world, Gotama by name and clan.’

308.

308.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Rādhoti nāmadheyyena, hessati satthu sāvako.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, a true-born son created by the Dhamma, he will be a disciple of the Teacher by the name of Rādha.’

309.

309.

‘‘‘Sa te hetuguṇe tuṭṭho, sakyaputto narāsabho ;

Paṭibhāneyyakānaggaṃ, paññapessati nāyako’.

‘Pleased with your causal qualities, he, the son of the Sakyans, the bull among men, the leader, will declare you foremost among those with ready wit.’

310.

310.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacitto paricariṃ, sato paññāsamāhito.

Having heard that, I was joyful. Then, for as long as I lived, with a mind of loving-kindness, mindful, and composed in wisdom, I served the Conqueror.

311.

311.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through that well-done deed, and through my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

312.

312.

‘‘Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ.

Three hundred times I exercised the sovereignty of the devas, and five hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

313.

313.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Sabbattha sukhito āsiṃ, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

My local sovereignty was vast, uncountable by way of calculation. By the power of that kamma, I was happy in all existences.

314.

314.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, giribbajapuruttame;

Jāto vippakule niddhe, vikalacchādanāsane.

When I reached my final existence, I was born in the excellent city of Giribbaja into an impoverished brahmin family, lacking in clothing and food.

315.

315.

‘‘Kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ pādāsiṃ, sāriputtassa tādino;

Yadā jiṇṇo ca vuddho ca, tadārāmamupāgamiṃ.

I gave a ladleful of almsfood to Sāriputta, the steadfast one. When I was old and aged, I went to the monastery.

316.

316.

‘‘Pabbajati na maṃ koci, jiṇṇadubbalathāmakaṃ;

Tena dīno vivaṇṇaṅgo, soko cāsiṃ tadā ahaṃ.

No one would ordain me, for I was old, weak, and feeble. Because of that I was miserable and of discolored appearance, and I became sorrowful.

317.

317.

‘‘Disvā mahākāruṇiko, mamamāha mahāmuni;

‘Kimatthaṃ puttasokaṭṭo, brūhi te cittajaṃ rujaṃ’.

Seeing me, the Greatly Compassionate One, the Great Sage, said to me: ‘Why, my son, are you afflicted with sorrow? Tell me of the sickness born of your mind.’

318.

318.

‘‘‘Pabbajjaṃ na labhe vīra, svākkhāte tava sāsane;

Tena sokena dīnosmi, saraṇaṃ hohi nāyaka’.

‘I cannot obtain the going forth, O Hero, in your well-expounded Dispensation. Because of this sorrow I am miserable. Be my refuge, O Leader!’

319.

319.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.139] bhikkhū samānetvā, apucchi munisattamo;

‘Imassa adhikāraṃ ye, saranti byāharantu te’.

Then, having assembled the bhikkhus, the best of sages asked: ‘Whoever remembers a service done by this man, let them speak.’

320.

320.

‘‘Sāriputto tadāvoca, ‘kāramassa sarāmahaṃ;

Kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi, piṇḍāya carato mama’.

Then Sāriputta spoke: ‘I remember a service done by him. He gave me a ladleful of almsfood while I was wandering for alms.’

321.

321.

‘‘‘Sādhu sādhu kataññūsi, sāriputta imaṃ tuvaṃ;

Pabbājehi dijaṃ vuḍḍhaṃ, hessatājāniyo ayaṃ’.

‘Good, good, Sāriputta, you are grateful! You should ordain this old brahmin. This one will become a noble thoroughbred.’

322.

322.

‘‘Tato alatthaṃ pabbajjaṃ, kammavācopasampadaṃ;

Na cireneva kālena, pāpuṇiṃ āsavakkhayaṃ.

Then I obtained the going forth and the higher ordination through a formal act. Before long, I attained the destruction of the taints.

323.

323.

‘‘Sakkaccaṃ munino vākyaṃ, suṇāmi mudito yato;

Paṭibhāneyyakānaggaṃ, tato maṃ ṭhapayī jino.

Because I listened respectfully and joyfully to the Sage’s words, the Conqueror therefore appointed me foremost among those with ready wit.

324.

324.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free of taints.

325.

325.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming indeed was mine… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

326.

326.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā rādho thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Rādha spoke these verses:

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Rādhattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Rādha.

10. Mogharājattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Mogharāja

327.

327.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbalokavidū muni;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji cakkhumā.

One hundred thousand eons from this one, the Conqueror named Padumuttara, a sage, knower of all worlds, the One with Vision, arose.

328.

328.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An admonisher, an instructor, one who ferries all beings across; the Buddha, skilled in teaching, ferried a great many people across.

329.

329.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

Compassionate and merciful, seeking the welfare of all living beings, he established in the five precepts all the sectarians who came to him.

330.

330.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi ca;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādibhi.

Thus it was untroubled and empty of sectarians, but resplendent with arahants—self-controlled and steadfast ones.

331.

331.

‘‘Ratanānaṭṭhapaññāsaṃ[Pg.140], uggato so mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

That great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; he resembled a golden stupa and was endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks.

332.

332.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan then was a hundred thousand years; remaining for that long, he ferried a great many people across.

333.

333.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, kule aññatare ahuṃ;

Parakammāyane yutto, natthi me kiñci saṃdhanaṃ.

At that time I was in a certain family in Haṃsavatī. Engaged in working for others, I had no wealth of my own.

334.

334.

‘‘Paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ, vasanto katabhūmiyaṃ;

Aggiṃ ujjālayiṃ tattha, daḷhaṃ kaṇhāsi sā hī.

Dwelling in a dining hall on prepared ground, I lit a fire there. Indeed, that ground became intensely black.

335.

335.

‘‘Tadā parisatiṃ nātho, catusaccapakāsako;

Sāvakaṃ sampakittesi, lūkhacīvaradhārakaṃ.

Then in the assembly the Protector, the proclaimer of the Four Truths, praised a disciple, a wearer of rough robes.

336.

336.

‘‘Tassa tamhi guṇe tuṭṭho, paṇipacca tathāgataṃ;

Lūkhacīvaradhāraggaṃ, patthayiṃ ṭhānamuttamaṃ.

Pleased with that quality of his, I paid homage to the Tathāgata and aspired to that supreme position: to be the foremost among the wearers of rough robes.

337.

337.

‘‘Tadā avoca bhagavā, sāvake padumuttaro;

‘Passathetaṃ purisakaṃ, kucelaṃ tanudehakaṃ.

Then the Blessed One, Padumuttara, said to his disciples: ‘Look at this man, poorly dressed and with a thin body.

338.

338.

‘‘‘Pītippasannavadanaṃ, saddhādhanasamanvitaṃ ;

Udaggatanujaṃ haṭṭhaṃ, acalaṃ sālapiṇḍitaṃ.

‘His face is serene with rapture, endowed with the wealth of faith. Joyful, with his body-hair standing on end, he is as firm as a solid sāl tree.’

339.

339.

‘‘‘Eso pattheti taṃ ṭhānaṃ, saccasenassa bhikkhuno;

Lūkhacīvaradhārissa, tassa vaṇṇasitāsayo.

‘He aspires to the position of the bhikkhu Saccasena, the wearer of rough robes. His heart is intent on that quality.’

340.

340.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, nipacca sirasā jinaṃ;

Yāvajīvaṃ subhaṃ kammaṃ, karitvā jinasāsane.

Delighted on hearing this, I bowed my head to the Conqueror and performed good deeds in the Conqueror’s Dispensation for the rest of my life;

341.

341.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsūpago ahaṃ.

and by that well-done kamma, and by my volition and aspiration, when I abandoned my human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

342.

342.

‘‘Paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ, bhūmidāhakakammunā;

Samasahassaṃ niraye, adayhiṃ vedanāṭṭito.

Because of the kamma of burning the ground in the dining hall, I was burned in hell for a thousand years, afflicted by painful feelings.

343.

343.

‘‘Tena kammāvasesena, pañca jātisatānihaṃ;

Manusso kulajo hutvā, jātiyā lakkhaṇaṅkito.

By the residue of that kamma, for five hundred births, though I became a man born of a good family, I bore a mark from birth.

344.

344.

‘‘Pañca [Pg.141] jātisatāneva, kuṭṭharogasamappito;

Mahādukkhaṃ anubhaviṃ, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

For five hundred births I was afflicted with leprosy; I experienced great suffering by the force of that kamma.

345.

345.

‘‘Imasmiṃ bhaddake kappe, upariṭṭhaṃ yasassinaṃ;

Piṇḍapātena tappesiṃ, pasannamānaso ahaṃ.

In this fortunate aeon, with a reverent mind, I satisfied the glorious Upariṭṭha with almsfood.

346.

346.

‘‘Tena kammavisesena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through that special kamma, and through my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

347.

347.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, ajāyiṃ khattiye kule;

Pituno accayenāhaṃ, mahārajjasamappito.

Having reached my final existence, I was born into a khattiya family. Upon the passing of my father, I was established in the great kingship.

348.

348.

‘‘Kuṭṭharogādhibhūtohaṃ, na ratiṃ na sukhaṃ labhe;

Moghaṃ rajjaṃ sukhaṃ yasmā, mogharājā tato ahaṃ.

Being overcome by the disease of leprosy, I obtained no delight and no happiness. Because the kingship was in vain, therefore I was Mogharāja.

349.

349.

‘‘Kāyassa dosaṃ disvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Bāvarissa dijaggassa, sissattaṃ ajjhupāgamiṃ.

Having seen the fault of the body, I went forth into the homeless life. I undertook the discipleship of Bāvari, the foremost of the twice-born.

350.

350.

‘‘Mahatā parivārena, upecca naranāyakaṃ;

Apucchiṃ nipuṇaṃ pañhaṃ, taṃ vīraṃ vādisūdanaṃ.

With a great retinue, having approached the Leader of Men, that Hero, the destroyer of disputants, I asked a subtle question.

351.

351.

‘‘‘Ayaṃ loko paro loko, brahmaloko sadevako;

Diṭṭhiṃ no nābhijānāmi, gotamassa yasassino.

‘This world, the other world, the Brahma-world with its devas—I do not know the view of the glorious Gotama.

352.

352.

‘‘‘Evābhikkantadassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ;

Kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati’.

‘I have come to you of such excellent vision with a question: Looking upon the world in what way does the King of Death not see one?’

353.

353.

‘‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato;

Attānudiṭṭhiṃ uhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā.

‘Look upon the world as empty, Mogharāja, always mindful. Having uprooted the view of self, in this way one may cross beyond death.’

354.

354.

‘‘‘Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati’;

Iti maṃ abhaṇi buddho, sabbarogatikicchako.

‘The King of Death does not see one who looks upon the world in this way.’ Thus the Buddha, the healer of all diseases, spoke to me.

355.

355.

‘‘Saha gāthāvasānena, kesamassuvivajjito;

Kāsāvavatthavasano, āsiṃ bhikkhu tathārahā.

Simultaneously with the end of the verse, I was devoid of hair and beard, clad in the ochre robe; in that way I became a worthy bhikkhu.

356.

356.

‘‘Saṅghikesu vihāresu, na vasiṃ rogapīḷito;

Mā vihāro padussīti, vātarogehi pīḷito.

Being afflicted by disease, I did not dwell in the monasteries belonging to the Sangha; being tormented by wind-diseases, I thought, ‘May the monastery not be spoiled.’

357.

357.

‘‘Saṅkārakūṭā [Pg.142] āhitvā, susānā rathikāhi ca;

Tato saṅghāṭiṃ karitvā, dhārayiṃ lūkhacīvaraṃ.

Having collected rags from rubbish heaps, charnel grounds, and from the streets, I then made a patchwork robe and wore the rough robe.

358.

358.

‘‘Mahābhisakko tasmiṃ me, guṇe tuṭṭho vināyako;

Lūkhacīvaradhārīnaṃ, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ.

The Great Physician, the Guide, pleased with this quality of mine, appointed me foremost among the wearers of rough robes.

359.

359.

‘‘Puññapāpaparikkhīṇo, sabbarogavivajjito;

Sikhīva anupādāno, nibbāyissamanāsavo.

With merit and demerit exhausted, devoid of all disease, like a fire without fuel, I, being without clinging and without taints, will attain final Nibbāna.

360.

360.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt... I dwell without taints.

361.

361.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

362.

362.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā mogharājā thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Mogharāja

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Mogharājattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The tenth Apadāna, that of the Elder Mogharāja.

Kaccāyanavaggo catupaññāsamo.

The Kaccāyana Chapter, the fifty-fourth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Kaccāno vakkalī thero, mahākappinasavhayo;

Dabbo kumāranāmo ca, bāhiyo koṭṭhiko vasī.

Kaccāna, the Elder Vakkali, the one named Mahākappina, Dabba also called Kumāra, Bāhiya, and Koṭṭhika the self-controlled.

Uruveḷakassapo rādho, mogharājā ca paṇḍito;

Tīṇi gāthāsatānettha, bāsaṭṭhi ceva piṇḍitā.

Uruveḷa Kassapa, Rādha, and Mogharāja the wise; here three hundred and sixty-two verses are collected in total.

55. Bhaddiyavaggo

55. The Chapter on Bhaddiya

1. Lakuṇḍabhaddiyattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Lakuṇḍabhaddiya

1.

1.

‘‘Padumuttaro [Pg.143] nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the one with the eye for all phenomena, the Leader, arose one hundred thousand aeons from this one.

2.

2.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, seṭṭhiputto mahaddhano;

Jaṅghāvihāraṃ vicaraṃ, saṅghārāmaṃ agacchahaṃ.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, being the very wealthy son of a treasurer, while wandering on foot, I went to the monastery.

3.

3.

‘‘Tadā so lokapajjoto, dhammaṃ desesi nāyako;

Mañjussarānaṃ pavaraṃ, sāvakaṃ abhikittayi.

Then that Light of the World, the Leader, taught the Dhamma; he praised a disciple as the foremost among those with sweet voices.

4.

4.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, kāraṃ katvā mahesino;

Vanditvā satthuno pāde, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

Having heard that, being delighted, and having made an offering to the Great Sage, I venerated the Teacher's feet and aspired for that position.

5.

5.

‘‘Tadā buddho viyākāsi, saṅghamajjhe vināyako;

‘Anāgatamhi addhāne, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ.

Then the Buddha, the Guide, declared in the midst of the Saṅgha: ‘In a future time, you will obtain that which your heart desires.’

6.

6.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand aeons from now, one born of the Okkāka clan, Gotama by clan name, will be the Teacher in the world.’

7.

7.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Bhaddiyo nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, a legitimate son created by the Dhamma, he will be a disciple of the Teacher, named Bhaddiya.’

8.

8.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

9.

9.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, phusso uppajji nāyako;

Durāsado duppasaho, sabbalokuttamo jino.

Ninety-two aeons from this one, the Leader Phussa arose, a Conqueror difficult to assail, difficult to overcome, supreme in all the world.

10.

10.

‘‘Caraṇena ca sampanno, brahā uju patāpavā;

Hitesī sabbasattānaṃ, bahuṃ mocesi bandhanā.

Endowed with conduct, great, upright, and majestic, a seeker of the welfare of all beings, he released many from bondage.

11.

11.

‘‘Nandārāmavane tassa, ahosiṃ phussakokilo ;

Gandhakuṭisamāsanne, ambarukkhe vasāmahaṃ.

In his Nandārāma park, I was a cuckoo named Phussa. Near the fragrant chamber, I lived in a mango tree.

12.

12.

‘‘Tadā piṇḍāya gacchantaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyaṃ jinuttamaṃ;

Disvā cittaṃ pasādetvā, mañjunābhinikūjahaṃ.

Then, seeing the supreme Conqueror, one worthy of offerings, going for alms-food, I gladdened my mind and sang with a sweet voice.

13.

13.

‘‘Rājuyyānaṃ [Pg.144] tadā gantvā, supakkaṃ kanakattacaṃ;

Ambapiṇḍaṃ gahetvāna, sambuddhassopanāmayiṃ.

Then, having gone to the royal park and taken a cluster of well-ripened mangoes with golden skin, I offered it to the Perfectly Enlightened One.

14.

14.

‘‘Tadā me cittamaññāya, mahākāruṇiko jino;

Upaṭṭhākassa hatthato, pattaṃ paggaṇhi nāyako.

Then the greatly compassionate Conqueror, the Leader, knowing my mind, took the bowl from his attendant’s hand.

15.

15.

‘‘Adāsiṃ haṭṭhacittohaṃ, ambapiṇḍaṃ mahāmune;

Patte pakkhippa pakkhehi, pañjaliṃ katvāna mañjunā.

With a joyful mind, I gave a cluster of mangoes to the Great Sage. Placing it in his bowl, I made a graceful gesture of reverence with my wings.

16.

16.

‘‘Sarena rajanīyena, savanīyena vaggunā;

Vassanto buddhapūjatthaṃ, nīḷaṃ gantvā nipajjahaṃ.

With a voice that was enthralling, pleasant to hear, and sweet, I sang in homage to the Buddha; then I went to my nest and lay down.

17.

17.

‘‘Tadā muditacittaṃ maṃ, buddhapemagatāsayaṃ;

Sakuṇagghi upāgantvā, ghātayī duṭṭhamānaso.

Then, while I had a joyful mind, my heart filled with love for the Buddha, a hawk with a wicked mind approached and killed me.

18.

18.

‘‘Tato cutohaṃ tusite, anubhotvā mahāsukhaṃ;

Manussayonimāgacchiṃ, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

By the power of that kamma, having passed away from there, I experienced great happiness in the Tusita heaven and then came to a human existence.

19.

19.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, Kassapa by clan name, the best of speakers, arose.

20.

20.

‘‘Sāsanaṃ jotayitvā so, abhibhuyya kutitthiye;

Vinayitvāna veneyye, nibbuto so sasāvako.

He illuminated the teaching, vanquished the holders of wrong views, and having disciplined those who could be trained, he attained Nibbāna along with his disciples.

21.

21.

‘‘Nibbute tamhi lokagge, pasannā janatā bahū;

Pūjanatthāya buddhassa, thūpaṃ kubbanti satthuno.

When that foremost one in the world had attained Parinibbāna, many people with serene minds built a stūpa for the Teacher in order to honor the Buddha.

22.

22.

‘‘‘Sattayojanikaṃ thūpaṃ, sattaratanabhūsitaṃ;

Karissāma mahesissa’, iccevaṃ mantayanti te.

‘We will make a stūpa for the Great Sage seven yojanas in size and adorned with the seven kinds of gems.’ Thus they conferred.

23.

23.

‘‘Kikino kāsirājassa, tadā senāya nāyako;

Hutvāhaṃ appamāṇassa, pamāṇaṃ cetiye vadiṃ.

At that time, having become the army commander for Kiki, the king of Kāsī, I declared the measurement for the cetiya of the Immeasurable One.

24.

24.

‘‘Tadā te mama vākyena, cetiyaṃ yojanuggataṃ;

Akaṃsu naravīrassa, nānāratanabhūsitaṃ.

Then, by my word, they made a cetiya for that heroic man, one yojana high and adorned with various gems.

25.

25.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through that well-done deed and my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned my human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

26.

26.

‘‘Pacchime [Pg.145] ca bhave dāni, jāto seṭṭhikule ahaṃ;

Sāvatthiyaṃ puravare, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

And now, in my final existence, I was born into a treasurer’s family in the excellent city of Sāvatthī, a city successful, prosperous, and very wealthy.

27.

27.

‘‘Purappavese sugataṃ, disvā vimhitamānaso;

Pabbajitvāna na ciraṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Seeing the Well-Farer entering the city, my mind was struck with wonder. Having gone forth, it was not long before I attained arahantship.

28.

28.

‘‘Cetiyassa pamāṇaṃ yaṃ, akariṃ tena kammunā;

Lakuṇḍakasarīrohaṃ, jāto paribhavāraho.

Because of that deed by which I set the measurement for the cetiya, I was born with a dwarfish body, deserving of contempt.

29.

29.

‘‘Sarena madhurenāhaṃ, pūjitvā isisattamaṃ;

Mañjussarānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, aggattamanupāpuṇiṃ.

Having honored the best of seers with a sweet voice, I attained the foremost place among monks with melodious voices.

30.

30.

‘‘Phaladānena buddhassa, guṇānussaraṇena ca;

Sāmaññaphalasampanno, viharāmi anāsavo.

Through the gift of fruit to the Buddha and through recollecting his qualities, I dwell without taints, endowed with the fruit of recluseship.

31.

31.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements have been burned up; all existences have been eradicated. Like an elephant that has cut its bond, I dwell without taints.

32.

32.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, buddhaseṭṭhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming into the presence of the best of Buddhas was a good one. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

33.

33.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six higher knowledges have been realized. The Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā lakuṇḍabhaddiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Lakuṇḍabhaddiya spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

Thus he spoke.

Lakuṇḍabhaddiyattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Lakuṇḍabhaddiya.

2. Kaṅkhārevatattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Kaṅkhārevata

34.

34.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, one with vision into all phenomena, the Leader, arose one hundred thousand aeons from this one.

35.

35.

‘‘Sīhahanu brahmagiro, haṃsadundubhinissano ;

Nāgavikkantagamano, candasūrādikappabho.

With a jaw like a lion, a voice like Brahmā, a tone like a royal swan and a kettledrum; with the gait of a noble elephant, and a radiance surpassing the moon and sun.

36.

36.

‘‘Mahāmatī [Pg.146] mahāvīro, mahājhāyī mahābalo ;

Mahākāruṇiko nātho, mahātamapanūdano.

Of great wisdom, a great hero, a great meditator, of great strength; the greatly compassionate protector, the dispeller of the great darkness.

37.

37.

‘‘Sa kadāci tilokaggo, veneyyaṃ vinayaṃ bahuṃ ;

Dhammaṃ desesi sambuddho, sattāsayavidū muni.

Sometimes that foremost of the three worlds, the Perfectly Enlightened One, the sage who knows the dispositions of beings, taught the Dhamma, training many who were to be trained.

38.

38.

‘‘Jhāyiṃ jhānarataṃ vīraṃ, upasantaṃ anāvilaṃ;

Vaṇṇayanto parisatiṃ, tosesi janataṃ jino.

Praising in the assembly a hero who was a meditator delighting in meditation, peaceful and untroubled, the Conqueror gladdened the people.

39.

39.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, brāhmaṇo vedapāragū;

Dhammaṃ sutvāna mudito, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

At that time, in Haṃsavatī, I was a brahmin, a master of the Vedas. Having heard the Dhamma, being joyful, I aspired to that position.

40.

40.

‘‘Tadā jino viyākāsi, saṅghamajjhe vināyako;

‘Mudito hohi tvaṃ brahme, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ.

Then the Conqueror, the Leader, in the midst of the Saṅgha, declared: ‘Be joyful, brahmin; you will obtain that heart’s desire.

41.

41.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

One hundred thousand aeons from now, one born of the Okkāka clan, Gotama by name, will be a Teacher in the world.

42.

42.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Revato nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

His heir in the Dhamma, a true-born son fashioned by the Dhamma, will be a disciple of the Teacher, Revata by name.’

43.

43.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

44.

44.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātohaṃ koliye pure;

Khattiye kulasampanne, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

And now in my final existence, I was born in the city of the Koliyas, in a well-born Khattiya family, prosperous, affluent, and of great wealth.

45.

45.

‘‘Yadā kapilavatthusmiṃ, buddho dhammamadesayi;

Tadā pasanno sugate, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

When the Buddha taught the Dhamma in Kapilavatthu, then, with confidence in the Well-farer, I went forth into homelessness.

46.

46.

‘‘Kaṅkhā me bahulā āsi, kappākappe tahiṃ tahiṃ;

Sabbaṃ taṃ vinayī buddho, desetvā dhammamuttamaṃ.

I had many doubts, here and there, concerning what is proper and improper; the Buddha dispelled all of that by teaching the supreme Dhamma.

47.

47.

‘‘Tatohaṃ tiṇṇasaṃsāro, sadā jhānasukhe rato;

Viharāmi tadā buddho, maṃ disvā etadabravi.

Therefore, having crossed over doubt, I dwelled, ever delighting in the bliss of jhāna. Then the Buddha, having seen me, spoke thus:

48.

48.

‘‘‘Yā [Pg.147] kāci kaṅkhā idha vā huraṃ vā, sakavediyā vā paravediyā vā;

Ye jhāyino tā pajahanti sabbā, ātāpino brahmacariyaṃ carantā’.

‘Whatever doubts there are, either in this world or in another, whether known by oneself or known by others—those who are meditators, being ardent and practicing the holy life, abandon them all.’

49.

49.

‘‘Satasahasse kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dassesi me idha;

Sumutto saravegova kilese jhāpayiṃ mama.

The kamma performed a hundred thousand aeons ago has shown its fruit to me in this life; like the speed of a well-released arrow, I have burned up my defilements.

50.

50.

‘‘Tato jhānarataṃ disvā, buddho lokantagū muni;

Jhāyīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggo, paññāpeti mahāmati.

Then, seeing me delighting in jhāna, the Buddha—the sage who has gone to the world’s end, the one of great wisdom—designated me as foremost among the meditating bhikkhus.

51.

51.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell taintless.

52.

52.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

53.

53.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kaṅkhārevato thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the venerable Elder Kaṅkhārevata

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Kaṅkhārevatattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Kaṅkhārevata.

3. Sīvalittheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Sīvali

54.

54.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, one with vision into all phenomena, the Leader, arose one hundred thousand aeons from this one.

55.

55.

‘‘Sīlaṃ tassa asaṅkheyyaṃ, samādhi vajirūpamo;

Asaṅkheyyaṃ ñāṇavaraṃ, vimutti ca anopamā.

His virtue is incalculable, his concentration is like a diamond; his supreme knowledge is incalculable, and his liberation is incomparable.

56.

56.

‘‘Manujāmaranāgānaṃ, brahmānañca samāgame;

Samaṇabrāhmaṇākiṇṇe, dhammaṃ desesi nāyako.

In an assembly of humans, devas, nāgas, and brahmās, thronged with ascetics and brahmins, the Leader taught the Dhamma.

57.

57.

‘‘Sasāvakaṃ mahālābhiṃ, puññavantaṃ jutindharaṃ;

Ṭhapesi etadaggamhi, parisāsu visārado.

The one confident in assemblies established in the foremost position a disciple who was of great gain, meritorious, and radiant.

58.

58.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ khattiyo āsiṃ, nagare haṃsasavhaye;

Sutvā jinassa taṃ vākyaṃ, sāvakassa guṇaṃ bahuṃ.

Then I was a khattiya in the city named Haṃsa; having heard that statement of the Conqueror about the many virtues of that disciple,

59.

59.

‘‘Nimantayitvā [Pg.148] sattāhaṃ, bhojayitvā sasāvakaṃ;

Mahādānaṃ daditvāna, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

having invited the Buddha with his disciples for seven days and fed them, and having given a great gift, I aspired to that position.

60.

60.

‘‘Tadā maṃ vinataṃ pāde, disvāna purisāsabho;

Sarena mahatā vīro, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Then, seeing me bowed at his feet, the bull among men, the hero, with a great voice spoke this utterance:

61.

61.

‘‘‘Tato jinassa vacanaṃ, sotukāmā mahājanā;

Devadānavagandhabbā, brahmāno ca mahiddhikā’.

Then, desiring to hear the Conqueror's word, were a great crowd, devas, dānavas, gandhabbas, and powerful brahmās.

62.

62.

‘‘Samaṇabrāhmaṇā ceva, namassiṃsu katañjalī;

‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama.

Ascetics and brahmins too paid homage with raised hands in reverence: ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred of men! Homage to you, O supreme among men!

63.

63.

‘‘‘Khattiyena mahādānaṃ, dinnaṃ sattāhikampi vo ;

Sotukāmā phalaṃ tassa, byākarohi mahāmune’.

‘A great gift was given to you for seven days by the king. We are desirous of hearing its fruit; declare it, O great sage!’

64.

64.

‘‘Tato avoca bhagavā, ‘suṇātha mama bhāsitaṃ;

Appameyyamhi buddhamhi, sasaṅghamhi patiṭṭhitā.

Then the Blessed One said: ‘Listen to my speech. The offering is established in the immeasurable Buddha, together with the Saṅgha.

65.

65.

‘‘‘Dakkhiṇā tāya ko vattā, appameyyaphalā hi sā;

Api ce sa mahābhogo, ṭhānaṃ pattheti uttamaṃ.

‘Who can speak of the fruit of that offering? For it has immeasurable fruit. Moreover, this one of great wealth aspires to the supreme position.

66.

66.

‘‘‘Lābhī vipulalābhānaṃ, yathā bhikkhu sudassano;

Tathāhampi bhaveyyanti, lacchase taṃ anāgate.

‘“Just as the bhikkhu Sudassana is a recipient of abundant gains, so too may I be”—since you aspire thus, you will obtain that in the future.

67.

67.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born of the Okkāka clan, a Teacher named Gotama by clan name will be in the world.

68.

68.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Sīvali nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘His heir in the Dhamma, his true-born son fashioned by the Dhamma, will be a disciple of the Teacher named Sīvali.’

69.

69.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsūpago ahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

70.

70.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī lokanāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammavipassako.

Ninety-one aeons from this one, Vipassī, the world leader, arose—one of lovely appearance, one who sees all phenomena.

71.

71.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ [Pg.149] bandhumatiyaṃ, kulassaññatarassa ca;

Dayito passito ceva, āsiṃ kammantavāvaṭo.

At that time in Bandhumatī, I was the dear and favored one of a certain family, engaged in managing its affairs.

72.

72.

‘‘Tadā aññataro pūgo, vipassissa mahesino;

Parivesaṃ akārayi, mahantamativissutaṃ.

Then a certain group of supporters had a great and very famous serving of food prepared for the great seer Vipassī.

73.

73.

‘‘Niṭṭhite ca mahādāne, daduṃ khajjakasañhitaṃ;

Navaṃ dadhiṃ madhuñceva, vicinaṃ neva addasuṃ.

When the great offering was finished, they were to give food prepared with sweetmeats, but though they searched for fresh curd and fresh honey, they did not find any.

74.

74.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ taṃ gahetvāna, navaṃ dadhiṃ madhumpi ca;

Kammassāmigharaṃ gacchiṃ, tamesantā mamaddasuṃ.

Then, having taken that fresh curd and fresh honey, I went to my employer's house. Those who were searching for it saw me.

75.

75.

‘‘Sahassamapi datvāna, nālabhiṃsu ca taṃ dvayaṃ;

Tatohaṃ evaṃ cintesiṃ, ‘netaṃ hessati orakaṃ.

Even having offered a thousand, they could not obtain those two things. Therefore, I thought thus: ‘This offering will not be an inferior one.’

76.

76.

‘‘‘Yathā ime janā sabbe, sakkaronti tathāgataṃ;

Ahampi kāraṃ kassāmi, sasaṅghe lokanāyake’.

‘Just as all these people honor the Tathāgata, I too will make an offering to the World-Leader, together with the Saṅgha.’

77.

77.

‘‘Tadāhamevaṃ cintetvā, dadhiṃ madhuñca ekato;

Madditvā lokanāthassa, sasaṅghassa adāsahaṃ.

Then, having thought thus, I mixed the curd and honey together and gave it to the World-Protector, together with the Saṅgha.

78.

78.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma and by volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

79.

79.

‘‘Punāhaṃ bārāṇasiyaṃ, rājā hutvā mahāyaso;

Sattukassa tadā duṭṭho, dvārarodhamakārayiṃ.

Again, having become a king of great fame in Bārāṇasī, at that time, being hostile toward an enemy, I caused the city gate to be blocked.

80.

80.

‘‘Tadā tapassino ruddhā, ekāhaṃ rakkhitā ahuṃ;

Tato tassa vipākena, pāpatiṃ nirayaṃ bhusaṃ.

At that time, ascetics were blocked and detained for one day. By the ripening of that kamma, I reached a terrible hell.

81.

81.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātohaṃ koliye pure;

Suppavāsā ca me mātā, mahāli licchavī pitā.

And now in my final existence, I was born in the city of the Koliyas; Suppavāsā was my mother, and Mahāli the Licchavi was my father.

82.

82.

‘‘Khattiye puññakammena, dvārarodhassa vāhasā;

Satta vassāni nivasiṃ, mātukucchimhi dukkhito.

By meritorious kamma, I came to be among the Khattiyas. By the force of blocking the gate, I dwelt for seven years in my mother’s womb, afflicted with suffering.

83.

83.

‘‘Sattāhaṃ dvāramūḷhohaṃ, mahādukkhasamappito;

Mātā me chandadānena, evaṃ āsi sudukkhitā.

For seven days I was obstructed at the passage of birth, afflicted with great suffering. Because of giving her consent to that act, my mother was likewise greatly afflicted with suffering.

84.

84.

‘‘Suvatthitohaṃ [Pg.150] nikkhanto, buddhena anukampito;

Nikkhantadivaseyeva, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Being shown compassion by the Buddha, I came forth in safety. On the very day I came forth, I went forth into the homeless life.

85.

85.

‘‘Upajjhā sāriputto me, moggallāno mahiddhiko;

Kese oropayanto me, anusāsi mahāmati.

My preceptor was Sāriputta. Moggallāna, of great psychic power and great wisdom, instructed me while my hair was being brought down.

86.

86.

‘‘Kesesu chijjamānesu, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Devā nāgā manussā ca, paccaye upanenti me.

While my hair was being cut, I attained Arahantship. Devas, nāgas, and humans bring requisites to me.

87.

87.

‘‘Padumuttaranāthañca, vipassiñca vināyakaṃ;

Yaṃ pūjayiṃ pamudito, paccayehi visesato.

Because I joyfully honored the Protector Padumuttara and Vipassī the Leader with special requisites,

88.

88.

‘‘Tato tesaṃ visesena, kammānaṃ vipuluttamaṃ;

Lābhaṃ labhāmi sabbattha, vane gāme jale thale.

therefore, because of the excellence of those kammas, I receive abundant and supreme gain everywhere—in the forest, in the village, in the water, and on land.

89.

89.

‘‘Revataṃ dassanatthāya, yadā yāti vināyako;

Tiṃsabhikkhusahassehi, saha lokagganāyako.

When the Leader, the world's foremost guide, went to see Revata, he did so together with thirty thousand bhikkhus.

90.

90.

‘‘Tadā devopaṇītehi, mamatthāya mahāmati;

Paccayehi mahāvīro, sasaṅgho lokanāyako.

Then, for my sake, the great hero, the world-leader of great wisdom, together with his Saṅgha, was attended by me with requisites brought by the devas.

91.

91.

‘‘Upaṭṭhito mayā buddho, gantvā revatamaddasa;

Tato jetavanaṃ gantvā, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ.

The Buddha, having been attended on by me, went and saw Revata. Then, having gone to Jetavana, he established me in the foremost position.

92.

92.

‘‘‘Lābhīnaṃ sīvali aggo, mama sissesu bhikkhavo’;

Sabbalokahito satthā, kittayī parisāsu maṃ.

The Teacher, the benefactor of the whole world, praised me in the assemblies: ‘Bhikkhus, among my disciples who are recipients of gain, Sīvali is the foremost.’

93.

93.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

94.

94.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

95.

95.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sīvalithero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the venerable Elder Sīvali

Abhāsitthāti.

recited these verses.

Sīvalittherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Sīvali is concluded.

4. Vaṅgīsattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Vaṅgīsa

96.

96.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the one with vision regarding all dhammas, the Leader, arose in an aeon one hundred thousand aeons from this one.

97.

97.

‘‘Yathāpi [Pg.151] sāgare ūmi, gagane viya tārakā;

Evaṃ pāvacanaṃ tassa, arahantehi cittitaṃ.

Just as the waves in the ocean are variegated, and like the stars in the sky, so too was his dispensation made variegated by the Arahants.

98.

98.

‘‘Sadevāsuranāgehi, manujehi purakkhato;

Samaṇabrāhmaṇākiṇṇe, janamajjhe jinuttamo.

The supreme Conqueror, surrounded by devas, asuras, nāgas, and humans, stood in the midst of the people, who were teeming with ascetics and brahmins.

99.

99.

‘‘Pabhāhi anurañjanto, loke lokantagū jino;

Vacanena vibodhento, veneyyapadumāni so.

That Conqueror, who has gone to the world's end, suffusing the world with his radiances, awakens with his speech the lotuses that are the beings to be trained.

100.

100.

‘‘Vesārajjehi sampanno, catūhi purisuttamo;

Pahīnabhayasārajjo, khemappatto visārado.

The supreme person, endowed with the four grounds of confidence, having abandoned fear and timidity, has reached the state of security and is bold.

101.

101.

‘‘Āsabhaṃ pavaraṃ ṭhānaṃ, buddhabhūmiñca kevalaṃ;

Paṭijānāti lokaggo, natthi sañcodako kvaci.

The chief of the world professes the excellent, foremost state and the entire ground of a Buddha; there is no one anywhere to reprove him.

102.

102.

‘‘Sīhanādamasambhītaṃ, nadato tassa tādino;

Devo naro vā brahmā vā, paṭivattā na vijjati.

When that Such One roars the fearless lion's roar, there is no deva, human, or brahmā who can talk back.

103.

103.

‘‘Desento pavaraṃ dhammaṃ, santārento sadevakaṃ;

Dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, parisāsu visārado.

Teaching the excellent Dhamma, helping the world with its devas to cross over, the confident one sets the Wheel of Dhamma in motion in the assemblies.

104.

104.

‘‘Paṭibhānavataṃ aggaṃ, sāvakaṃ sādhusammataṃ;

Guṇaṃ bahuṃ pakittetvā, etadagge ṭhapesi taṃ.

Having extolled his many virtues, he established in the foremost rank that disciple who was esteemed by the good and was the foremost among those with ready wit.

105.

105.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, brāhmaṇo sādhusammato;

Sabbavedavidū jāto, vāgīso vādisūdano.

At that time, in Haṃsavatī, I was a brahmin esteemed by the good, having become a knower of all the Vedas, a master of speech, a vanquisher of debaters.

106.

106.

‘‘Upecca taṃ mahāvīraṃ, sutvāhaṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Pītivaraṃ paṭilabhiṃ, sāvakassa guṇe rato.

Having approached that Great Hero and heard the Dhamma discourse, I obtained supreme joy, delighting in the virtues of a disciple.

107.

107.

‘‘Nimantetvāva sugataṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanandanaṃ;

Sattāhaṃ bhojayitvāhaṃ, dussehacchādayiṃ tadā.

Having invited the Sugata, the delight of the world, together with the Saṅgha, and having fed them for seven days, I then clothed them with fabrics.

108.

108.

‘‘Nipacca sirasā pāde, katokāso katañjalī;

Ekamantaṃ ṭhito haṭṭho, santhaviṃ jinamuttamaṃ.

Having bowed with my head to his feet, having been given leave, with hands folded in reverence, I stood to one side, joyful, and praised the supreme Conqueror.

109.

109.

‘‘‘Namo te vādimaddana, namo te isisattama ;

Namo te sabbalokagga, namo te abhayaṅkara.

Homage to you, O subduer of debaters! Homage to you, O seventh of the seers! Homage to you, O foremost in all the world! Homage to you, O maker of fearlessness!

110.

110.

‘‘‘Namo [Pg.152] te māramathana, namo te diṭṭhisūdana;

Namo te santisukhada, namo te saraṇaṅkara.

Homage to you, O crusher of Māra! Homage to you, O dispeller of views! Homage to you, O giver of peace and happiness! Homage to you, O maker of refuge!

111.

111.

‘‘‘Anāthānaṃ bhavaṃ nātho, bhītānaṃ abhayappado;

Vissāmabhūmi santānaṃ, saraṇaṃ saraṇesinaṃ’.

You, venerable sir, are the protector for the unprotected, the giver of fearlessness to the fearful, a resting place for the weary, a refuge for those seeking refuge.

112.

112.

‘‘Evamādīhi sambuddhaṃ, santhavitvā mahāguṇaṃ;

Avocaṃ vādisūdassa, gatiṃ pappomi bhikkhuno.

Having praised the Perfectly Enlightened One of great virtue with these and other such words, I said: ‘May I attain the state of the monk Vādisūda.’

113.

113.

‘‘Tadā avoca bhagavā, anantapaṭibhānavā;

‘Yo so buddhaṃ abhojesi, sattāhaṃ sahasāvakaṃ.

Then the Blessed One, possessing infinite ready wit, spoke: ‘He who fed the Buddha, together with his disciples, for seven days,

114.

114.

‘‘‘Guṇañca me pakittesi, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi;

Eso patthayate ṭhānaṃ, vādisūdassa bhikkhuno.

‘…and with a devoted mind proclaimed my virtues. This one aspires to the position of the monk Vādisūda.

115.

115.

‘‘‘Anāgatamhi addhāne, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ;

Devamānusasampattiṃ, anubhotvā anappakaṃ.

‘In a future time, having experienced the abundant fortune of devas and humans, you will obtain that wish of your heart.

116.

116.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand aeons from now, a Teacher will arise in the world, born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by name and by clan.

117.

117.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Vaṅgīso nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, a legitimate son fashioned by the Dhamma, he will become a disciple of the Teacher, Vaṅgīsa by name.’

118.

118.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Paccayehi upaṭṭhāsiṃ, mettacitto tathāgataṃ.

Having heard that, becoming joyful, for as long as life lasted I then attended upon that Conqueror, the Tathāgata, with requisites and a mind of loving-kindness.

119.

119.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tusitaṃ agamāsahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tusita heaven.

120.

120.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jāto vippakule ahaṃ;

Paccājāto yadā āsiṃ, jātiyā sattavassiko.

And now in this final existence, I was born in a brahmin clan. When I was seven years of age from birth,

121.

121.

‘‘Sabbavedavidū jāto, vādasatthavisārado;

Vādissaro cittakathī, paravādappamaddano.

I became one who knew all the Vedas, an expert in the science of debate, a master of disputation, an eloquent speaker, and a crusher of the views of others.

122.

122.

‘‘Vaṅge jātoti vaṅgīso, vacane issaroti vā;

Vaṅgīso iti me nāmaṃ, abhavī lokasammataṃ.

‘Because I was born in the Vaṅga country,’ I was called Vaṅgīsa; or ‘because I was a master of speech,’ I was called Vaṅgīsa. Thus my name became esteemed by the world.

123.

123.

‘‘Yadāhaṃ [Pg.153] viññutaṃ patto, ṭhito paṭhamayobbane;

Tadā rājagahe ramme, sāriputtamahaddasaṃ.

When I reached maturity and was established in the first stage of youth, at that time, in delightful Rājagaha, I saw Sāriputta.

Pañcavīsatimaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Twenty-Fifth Recitation Section.

124.

124.

‘‘Piṇḍāya vicarantaṃ taṃ, pattapāṇiṃ susaṃvutaṃ;

Alolakkhiṃ mitabhāṇiṃ, yugamattaṃ nidakkhitaṃ.

I saw him wandering for almsfood, bowl in hand, well-restrained, with non-roving eyes, speaking moderately, looking a yoke’s length ahead.

125.

125.

‘‘Taṃ disvā vimhito hutvā, avocaṃ mamanucchavaṃ ;

Kaṇikāraṃva nicitaṃ, cittaṃ gāthāpadaṃ ahaṃ.

Having seen him and becoming amazed, I uttered a beautiful and fitting line of verse, composed like a Kaṇikāra flower.

126.

126.

‘‘Ācikkhi so me satthāraṃ, sambuddhaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Tadā so paṇḍito vīro, uttariṃ samavoca me.

He told me of the Teacher, the Perfectly Enlightened One, the leader of the world. Then that wise hero spoke further to me.

127.

127.

‘‘Virāgasaṃhitaṃ vākyaṃ, katvā duddasamuttamaṃ;

Vicittapaṭibhānehi, tosito tena tādinā.

He uttered the supreme word connected with dispassion, which is hard to see; I was pleased by that Such a One of varied and ready wit.

128.

128.

‘‘Nipacca sirasā pāde, ‘pabbājehī’ti maṃ bravi;

Tato maṃ sa mahāpañño, buddhaseṭṭhamupānayi.

Bowing with my head to his feet, I said: ‘Ordain me!’ Then that one of great wisdom led me to the supreme Buddha.

129.

129.

‘‘Nipacca sirasā pāde, nisīdiṃ satthu santike;

Mamāha vadataṃ seṭṭho, kacci vaṅgīsa jānāsi.

Having bowed with my head to his feet, I sat down near the Teacher. The best of speakers said to me: ‘Vaṅgīsa, do you know any skill?’

130.

130.

‘‘Kiñci sippanti tassāhaṃ, ‘jānāmī’ti ca abraviṃ;

Matasīsaṃ vanacchuddhaṃ, api bārasavassikaṃ;

To his question about any skill, I replied, ‘I know.’ I know of a dead person's skull, discarded in the forest, even one twelve years old;

Tava vijjāvisesena, sace sakkosi vācaya.

The Buddha said: ‘By your special knowledge, if you are able, declare it.’

131.

131.

‘‘Āmoti me paṭiññāte, tīṇi sīsāni dassayi;

Nirayanaradevesu, upapanne avācayiṃ.

When I agreed, saying ‘Yes,’ he showed me three skulls. I declared that they had been reborn in hell, among humans, and among the devas.

132.

132.

‘‘Tadā khīṇāsavasseva, sīsaṃ dassesi nāyako;

Tatohaṃ vihatārabbho, pabbajjaṃ samayācisaṃ.

Then the Leader showed me the skull of one whose taints were destroyed. At that, my effort thwarted, I requested the going forth.

133.

133.

‘‘Pabbajitvāna sugataṃ, santhavāmi tahiṃ tahiṃ;

Tato maṃ kabbavittosi, ujjhāyantiha bhikkhavo.

Having gone forth, I praised the Sugata here and there. Because of this, the monks here complained about me, saying, ‘You are one who delights in poetry!’

134.

134.

‘‘Tato [Pg.154] vīmaṃsanatthaṃ me, āha buddho vināyako;

Takkikā panimā gāthā, ṭhānaso paṭibhanti taṃ.

Then, in order to test me, the Buddha, the Guide, said: ‘Are these verses thought out, or do they occur to you spontaneously according to the occasion?’

135.

135.

‘‘Na kabbavittohaṃ vīra, ṭhānaso paṭibhanti maṃ;

Tena hi dāni vaṅgīsa, ṭhānaso santhavāhi maṃ.

‘I am not one who delights in poetry, O Hero; they occur to me spontaneously.’ ‘Well then, Vaṅgīsa, praise me now spontaneously.’

136.

136.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ santhaviṃ vīraṃ, gāthāhi isisattamaṃ;

Ṭhānaso me tadā tuṭṭho, jino agge ṭhapesi maṃ.

Then I praised the Hero, the seventh of the seers, with verses spontaneously. Then the Conqueror, pleased with me, placed me in the foremost position.

137.

137.

‘‘Paṭibhānena cittena, aññesamatimaññahaṃ;

Pesale tena saṃviggo, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

With varied and ready wit, I looked down on other virtuous monks. Because of that, being stirred with urgency, I attained arahantship.

138.

138.

‘‘‘Paṭibhānavataṃ aggo, añño koci na vijjati;

Yathāyaṃ bhikkhu vaṅgīso, evaṃ dhāretha bhikkhavo’.

‘Monks, of those with ready wit, this monk Vaṅgīsa is the foremost. There is no other like him. Thus you should bear it in mind.’

139.

139.

‘‘Satasahasse kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dassesi me idha;

Sumutto saravegova kilese jhāpayiṃ mama.

The kamma performed a hundred thousand aeons ago has shown its fruit for me here. Like the speed of a released arrow, I have burned up my defilements.

140.

140.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell without taints.

141.

141.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha's teaching has been done.

142.

142.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha's teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vaṅgīso thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the venerable elder Vaṅgīsa spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

So he spoke.

Vaṅgīsattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Biography of the Elder Vaṅgīsa, the Fourth.

5. Nandakattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Biography of the Elder Nandaka

143.

143.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Victor named Padumuttara, possessing the eye regarding all dhammas; the Leader arose one hundred thousand aeons from this one.

144.

144.

‘‘Hitāya sabbasattānaṃ, sukhāya vadataṃ varo;

Atthāya purisājañño, paṭipanno sadevake.

For the welfare of all beings, for their happiness, the best of speakers, the thoroughbred of men, has undertaken the practice for the benefit of the world with its devas.

145.

145.

‘‘Yasaggapatto sirimā, kittivaṇṇabhato jino;

Pūjito sabbalokassa, disā sabbāsu vissuto.

Having attained the peak of fame, glorious, the Victor is endowed with renown and beauty. Worshipped by the entire world, he is famous in all directions.

146.

146.

‘‘Uttiṇṇavicikiccho [Pg.155] so, vītivattakathaṃkatho;

Paripuṇṇamanasaṅkappo, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

He has crossed over doubt, he has gone beyond perplexity; with his mental resolve fulfilled, he has attained supreme enlightenment.

147.

147.

‘‘Anuppannassa maggassa, uppādetā naruttamo;

Anakkhātañca akkhāsi, asañjātañca sañjanī.

The supreme among men is the producer of the unarisen path; he has declared the undeclared and brought to birth what was not born.

148.

148.

‘‘Maggaññū maggavidū ca, maggakkhāyī narāsabho;

Maggassa kusalo satthā, sārathīnaṃ varuttamo.

He is the knower of the path and the expert on the path, the declarer of the path, a bull among men. The Teacher is skilled in the path, the supreme charioteer.

149.

149.

‘‘Tadā mahākāruṇiko, dhammaṃ desesi nāyako;

Nimugge kāmapaṅkamhi, samuddharati pāṇine.

Then the greatly compassionate Leader taught the Dhamma; he uplifts beings who are sunk in the mire of sensual pleasures.

150.

150.

‘‘Bhikkhunīnaṃ ovadane, sāvakaṃ seṭṭhasammataṃ;

Vaṇṇayaṃ etadaggamhi, paññapesi mahāmuni.

The Great Sage, praising a disciple esteemed as the best, appointed him to the foremost position in the exhortation of nuns.

151.

151.

‘‘Taṃ sutvāhaṃ pamudito, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Bhojayitvā sasaṅghaṃ taṃ, patthayiṃ ṭhānamuttamaṃ.

Having heard that, I was delighted. I invited the Tathāgata, and after feeding him together with the Saṅgha, I aspired for that supreme position.

152.

152.

‘‘Tadā pamudito nātho, maṃ avoca mahāisi;

‘Sukhī bhavassu dīghāvu, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ.

Then the delighted Protector, the great seer, said to me: ‘May you be happy and long-lived; you will obtain your heart’s desire.’

153.

153.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by family name, will be the Teacher in the world.’

154.

154.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Nandako nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘His heir in the Dhamma, his legitimate son created by the Dhamma, will be a disciple of the Teacher named Nandaka.’

155.

155.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsūpago ahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

156.

156.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jāto seṭṭhikule ahaṃ;

Sāvatthiyaṃ pure vare, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

And now, in my final existence, I was born into a banker’s family in the excellent city of Sāvatthī, which was successful, prosperous, and very wealthy.

157.

157.

‘‘Purappavese sugataṃ, disvā vimhitamānaso;

Jetārāmapaṭiggāhe, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Seeing the Sugata entering the city, my mind was filled with wonder. At the dedication of Jeta’s Grove, I went forth into homelessness.

158.

158.

‘‘Nacireneva kālena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Tatohaṃ tiṇṇasaṃsāro, sāsito sabbadassinā.

In no long time I attained arahantship. Thus I have crossed over saṃsāra, instructed by the All-Seeing One.

159.

159.

‘‘Bhikkhunīnaṃ [Pg.156] dhammakathaṃ, paṭipucchākariṃ ahaṃ;

Sāsitā tā mayā sabbā, abhaviṃsu anāsavā.

I gave a Dhamma talk to the nuns and asked them questions. All those instructed by me became taintless.

160.

160.

‘‘Satāni pañcanūnāni, tadā tuṭṭho mahāhito;

Bhikkhunīnaṃ ovadataṃ, aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi maṃ.

There being five hundred less five, the greatly benevolent one, pleased, established me in the foremost position among those who exhort nuns.

161.

161.

‘‘Satasahasse kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dassesi me idha;

Sumutto saravegova, kilese jhāpayiṃ mama.

The deed I did a hundred thousand aeons ago has shown its fruit to me here. Like the speed of a well-freed arrow, I have burnt up my defilements.

162.

162.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

163.

163.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

164.

164.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā nandako thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Nandaka spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

So he spoke.

Nandakattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Story of the Elder Nandaka, the fifth.

6. Kāḷudāyittheraapadānaṃ

6. The Story of the Elder Kāḷudāyī

165.

165.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Victor named Padumuttara, one with vision into all things, the Leader, arose in an aeon a hundred thousand hence from this one.

166.

166.

‘‘Nāyakānaṃ varo satthā, guṇāguṇavidū jino;

Kataññū katavedī ca, titthe yojeti pāṇine.

The Teacher, best of leaders, the Victor who knows virtue and its opposite, grateful and appreciative, guides beings at the ford.

167.

167.

‘‘Sabbaññutena ñāṇena, tulayitvā dayāsayo;

Deseti pavaraṃ dhammaṃ, anantaguṇasañcayo.

With his knowledge of omniscience, having reflected with a compassionate heart, he, an accumulation of endless virtues, teaches the excellent Dhamma.

168.

168.

‘‘Sa kadāci mahāvīro, anantajinasaṃsari ;

Deseti madhuraṃ dhammaṃ, catusaccūpasañhitaṃ.

Sometimes that Great Hero, the endless Victor wandering through saṃsāra, teaches the sweet Dhamma connected with the Four Noble Truths.

169.

169.

‘‘Sutvāna taṃ dhammavaraṃ, ādimajjhantasobhaṇaṃ;

Pāṇasatasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu.

Having heard that excellent Dhamma, lovely in the beginning, middle, and end, a hundred thousand beings had a breakthrough to the Dhamma.

170.

170.

‘‘Ninnāditā tadā bhūmi, gajjiṃsu ca payodharā;

Sādhukāraṃ pavattiṃsu, devabrahmanarāsurā.

Then the earth resounded and the rain clouds thundered; devas, brahmās, humans, and asuras gave cries of approval.

171.

171.

‘‘‘Aho [Pg.157] kāruṇiko satthā, aho saddhammadesanā;

Aho bhavasamuddamhi, nimugge uddharī jino’.

‘Oh, how compassionate is the Teacher! Oh, what a teaching of the good Dhamma! Oh, how the Victor uplifts those sunk in the ocean of existence!’

172.

172.

‘‘Evaṃ pavedajātesu, sanarāmarabrahmasu;

Kulappasādakānaggaṃ, sāvakaṃ vaṇṇayī jino.

While the world with its humans, devas, and brahmās was thus filled with rapture, the Victor praised the disciple who was foremost among those who inspire confidence in families.

173.

173.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātomaccakule ahuṃ;

Pāsādiko dassaniyo, pahūtadhanadhaññavā.

At that time I was in Haṃsavatī, born into a minister’s family. I was inspiring to see and handsome, possessing abundant wealth and grain.

174.

174.

‘‘Haṃsārāmamupeccāhaṃ, vanditvā taṃ tathāgataṃ;

Suṇitvā madhuraṃ dhammaṃ, kāraṃ katvā ca tādino.

Having approached the Haṃsa Park, I venerated the Tathāgata. Having heard the sweet Dhamma, I paid homage to the Stable One.

175.

175.

‘‘Nipacca pādamūlehaṃ, imaṃ vacanamabraviṃ;

‘Kulappasādakānaggo, yo tayā santhuto mune.

Having bowed down at his feet, I spoke this utterance: ‘O Sage, the one praised by you as foremost among those who inspire confidence in families—’

176.

176.

‘‘‘Tādiso homahaṃ vīra, buddhaseṭṭhassa sāsane’;

Tadā mahākāruṇiko, siñcanto vā matena maṃ.

‘May I become one like that, O Hero, in the teaching of a supreme Buddha.’ Then the greatly compassionate one, as if sprinkling me with nectar,

177.

177.

‘‘Āha maṃ ‘putta uttiṭṭha, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ;

Kathaṃ nāma jine kāraṃ, katvāna viphalo siyā.

said to me: ‘Rise up, son, you will obtain your heart’s desire. How indeed could one who has paid homage to a Victor be fruitless?’

178.

178.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, Gotama by family name, will be the Teacher in the world.’

179.

179.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Udāyi nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘His heir in the Dhamma, his legitimate son created by the Dhamma, will be a disciple of the Teacher named Udāyī.’

180.

180.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacitto paricariṃ, paccayehi vināyakaṃ.

Having heard that, I was delighted. For the rest of my life, with a mind of loving-kindness, I served that Victor, the Leader, with the requisites.

181.

181.

‘‘Tena kammavipākena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By the result of that deed and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned my human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

182.

182.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, ramme kapilavatthave;

Jāto mahāmaccakule, suddhodanamahīpate.

And now, in my final existence, I was born in a great minister’s family in lovely Kapilavatthu, while Suddhodana was king.

183.

183.

‘‘Tadā ajāyi siddhattho, ramme lumbinikānane;

Hitāya sabbalokassa, sukhāya ca narāsabho.

Then Siddhattha, that bull among men, was born in the lovely Lumbinī grove, for the welfare and happiness of the entire world.

184.

184.

‘‘Tadaheva [Pg.158] ahaṃ jāto, saha teneva vaḍḍhito;

Piyo sahāyo dayito, viyatto nītikovido.

I was born on that very same day and grew up together with him. I was his dear and beloved companion, accomplished and skilled in policy.

185.

185.

‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā, nikkhamitvā agārato ;

Chabbassaṃ vītināmetvā, āsi buddho vināyako.

At the age of twenty-nine, having gone forth from the home, and after spending six years, the Leader became the Buddha.

186.

186.

‘‘Jetvā sasenakaṃ māraṃ, khepayitvāna āsave;

Bhavaṇṇavaṃ taritvāna, buddho āsi sadevake.

Having conquered Māra with his army and destroyed the taints, having crossed the ocean of existence, he became the Buddha in the world with its devas.

187.

187.

‘‘Isivhayaṃ gamitvāna, vinetvā pañcavaggiye;

Tato vinesi bhagavā, gantvā gantvā tahiṃ tahiṃ.

Having gone to Isipatana and trained the group of five monks, the Blessed One then trained others, traveling from place to place.

188.

188.

‘‘Veneyye vinayanto so, saṅgaṇhanto sadevakaṃ;

Upecca magadhe giriṃ, viharittha tadā jino.

Training those who could be trained, gathering together the world with its devas, the Victor approached the mountain in Magadha and dwelt there at that time.

189.

189.

‘‘Tadā suddhodanenāhaṃ, bhūmipālena pesito;

Gantvā disvā dasabalaṃ, pabbajitvārahā ahuṃ.

Then I was sent by Suddhodana, the protector of the land. Having gone and seen the One with Ten Powers, I went forth and became an arahant.

190.

190.

‘‘Tadā mahesiṃ yācitvā, pāpayiṃ kapilavhayaṃ;

Tato purāhaṃ gantvāna, pasādesiṃ mahākulaṃ.

Then, having invited the Great Seer, I had him come to Kapilavatthu. Going on ahead of him, I inspired confidence in the great clan.

191.

191.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, maṃ mahāparisāya so ;

Kulappasādakānaggaṃ, paññāpesi vināyako.

Pleased with that quality of mine, the Victor, the Leader, declared me in the great assembly to be the foremost among those who inspire confidence in families.

192.

192.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

193.

193.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

194.

194.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kāḷudāyithero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kāḷudāyī spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

So he spoke.

Kāḷudāyittherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Story of the Elder Kāḷudāyī, the sixth.

7. Abhayattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Story of the Elder Abhaya

195.

195.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the one with vision into all things, the Leader, arose in an aeon one hundred thousand aeons ago.

196.

196.

‘‘Saraṇagamane [Pg.159] kiñci, nivesesi tathāgato;

Kiñci sīle nivesesi, dasakammapathuttame.

The Tathāgata established some people in the going for refuge; he established some in virtue, in the supreme tenfold path of action.

197.

197.

‘‘Deti kassaci so vīro, sāmaññaphalamuttamaṃ;

Samāpattī tathā aṭṭha, tisso vijjā pavacchati.

To some that hero gives the supreme fruit of asceticism; he also bestows the eight attainments and the three true knowledges.

198.

198.

‘‘Chaḷabhiññāsu yojesi, kiñci sattaṃ naruttamo;

Deti kassaci nātho so, catasso paṭisambhidā.

The supreme among men engaged some beings in the six supernormal knowledges; that Protector gives to some the four analytical knowledges.

199.

199.

‘‘Bodhaneyyaṃ pajaṃ disvā, asaṅkheyyampi yojanaṃ ;

Khaṇena upagantvāna, vineti narasārathi.

Seeing people fit to be awakened, though an incalculable distance away, the Charioteer of Men approaches in an instant and disciplines them.

200.

200.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, ahosiṃ brāhmaṇatrajo;

Pāragū sabbavedānaṃ, veyyākaraṇasammato.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was the son of a brahmin, a master of all the Vedas, esteemed as a grammarian.

201.

201.

‘‘Niruttiyā ca kusalo, nighaṇḍumhi visārado;

Padako keṭubhavidū, chandovicitikovido.

I was skilled in etymology and an expert in lexicography, a master of grammar and a knower of poetics, skilled in the treatise on metrics.

202.

202.

‘‘Jaṅghāvihāraṃ vicaraṃ, haṃsārāmamupeccahaṃ;

Addasaṃ varadaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, mahājanapurakkhataṃ.

Wandering on a walking tour, I approached the Hamsa Park; I saw the supreme bestower of the ultimate blessing, surrounded by a great assembly of people.

203.

203.

‘‘Desentaṃ virajaṃ dhammaṃ, paccanīkamatī ahaṃ;

Upetvā tassa kalyāṇaṃ, sutvāna vimalaṃ ahaṃ.

I, being of hostile mind, approached him as he was teaching the stainless Dhamma. Having approached, I heard his beautiful and immaculate word.

204.

204.

‘‘Byāhataṃ punaruttaṃ vā, apatthaṃ vā niratthakaṃ;

Nāddasaṃ tassa munino, tato pabbajito ahaṃ.

I saw no contradicted or repeated word, nor any meaningless or useless word of that sage; therefore, I went forth.

205.

205.

‘‘Nacireneva kālena, sabbasattavisārado;

Nipuṇo buddhavacane, ahosiṃ guṇisammato.

In just a short time, I became an expert in all the scriptures, skilled in the Buddha's word, and esteemed for my qualities.

206.

206.

‘‘Tadā catasso gāthāyo, ganthayitvā subyañjanā;

Santhavitvā tilokaggaṃ, desayissaṃ dine dine.

Then, having composed four verses with beautiful phrasing and having praised the foremost of the three worlds, I taught them day after day.

207.

207.

‘‘Virattosi mahāvīro, saṃsāre sabhaye vasaṃ;

Karuṇāya na nibbāyi, tato kāruṇiko muni.

The great hero is dispassionate, though dwelling in fearful saṃsāra. Because of compassion, he did not attain Nibbāna; therefore, the sage is supremely compassionate.

208.

208.

‘‘Puthujjano vayo santo, na kilesavaso ahu;

Sampajāno satiyutto, tasmā eso acintiyo.

Though being a worldling, he was not under the sway of the defilements. Being clearly comprehending and endowed with mindfulness, therefore he is inconceivable.

209.

209.

‘‘Dubbalāni [Pg.160] kilesāni, yassāsayagatāni me;

Ñāṇaggiparidaḍḍhāni, na khīyiṃsu tamabbhutaṃ.

His weakened defilements, which had come under his sway, were scorched by the fire of knowledge, yet were not destroyed—that was an amazing thing!

210.

210.

‘‘Yo sabbalokassa garu, loko yassa tathā garu;

Tathāpi lokācariyo, loko tassānuvattako.

He who is the teacher of the whole world, whom the world likewise reveres. Therefore, he is the teacher of the world, and the world follows in his footsteps.

211.

211.

‘‘Evamādīhi sambuddhaṃ, kittayaṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Yāvajīvaṃ karitvāna, gato saggaṃ tato cuto.

Thus praising the Perfectly Enlightened One with these and other verses, and teaching the Dhamma for my entire life, when I passed away from that existence, I went to heaven.

212.

212.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhikittayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kittanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, I praised the Buddha. I have not known a woeful destination since; this is the fruit of that praise.

213.

213.

‘‘Devaloke mahārajjaṃ, pādesiṃ kañcanagghiyaṃ ;

Cakkavattī mahārajjaṃ, bahusonubhaviṃ ahaṃ.

In the world of the devas, I experienced great kingship, like a golden pillar; I have also experienced the great kingship of a wheel-turning monarch many times.

214.

214.

‘‘Duve bhave pajāyāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Aññaṃ gatiṃ na jānāmi, kittanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

I have been born in two kinds of existence, the divine and the human. I know no other destination; this is the fruit of that praise.

215.

215.

‘‘Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye atha brāhmaṇe;

Nīce kule na jāyāmi, kittanāya idaṃ phalaṃ.

I have been born into two families, the warrior and the brahmin. I am not born into a low family; this is the fruit of that praise.

216.

216.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, giribbajapuruttame;

Raññohaṃ bimbisārassa, putto nāmena cābhayo.

And now, in my final existence, in the excellent city of Giribbaja, I am the son of King Bimbisāra, by name Abhaya.

217.

217.

‘‘Pāpamittavasaṃ gantvā, nigaṇṭhena vimohito;

Pesito nāṭaputtena, buddhaseṭṭhamupeccahaṃ.

Having come under the influence of a bad friend, deluded and sent by Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta, I approached the supreme Buddha.

218.

218.

‘‘Pucchitvā nipuṇaṃ pañhaṃ, sutvā byākaraṇuttamaṃ;

Pabbajitvāna naciraṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having asked a subtle question and heard the supreme explanation, I went forth and, not long after, attained Arahantship.

219.

219.

‘‘Kittayitvā jinavaraṃ, kittito homi sabbadā;

Sugandhadehavadano, āsiṃ sukhasamappito.

Having praised the excellent Conqueror, I am always praised. My body and mouth were fragrant, and I was endowed with happiness.

220.

220.

‘‘Tikkhahāsalahupañño, mahāpañño tathevahaṃ;

Vicittapaṭibhāno ca, tassa kammassa vāhasā.

By the power of that kamma, I have sharp, joyful, and swift wisdom; likewise great wisdom and varied eloquence.

221.

221.

‘‘Abhitthavitvā padumuttarāhaṃ, pasannacitto asamaṃ sayambhuṃ;

Na gacchi kappāni apāyabhūmiṃ, sataṃ sahassāni balena tassa.

Having praised Padumuttara, the Incomparable, the Self-Become, with a confident mind, by the power of that act I did not go to a plane of misery for a hundred thousand aeons.

222.

222.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.161] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

223.

223.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

224.

224.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā abhayo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Abhaya uttered these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Abhayattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Seventh Apadāna of the Elder Abhaya.

8. Lomasakaṅgiyattheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya.

225.

225.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this auspicious aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, one of great fame, Kassapa by clan name, arose—the best of speakers.

226.

226.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ candano ceva, pabbajitvāna sāsane;

Āpāṇakoṭikaṃ dhammaṃ, pūrayitvāna sāsane.

At that time, both I and Candana went forth in the Dispensation; we fulfilled the Dhamma in the Dispensation until the end of our lives.

227.

227.

‘‘Tato cutā santusitaṃ, upapannā ubho mayaṃ;

Tattha dibbehi naccehi, gītehi vāditehi ca.

Having passed away from there, we both were reborn in the Tusita heaven. There, with divine dances, songs, and instrumental music,

228.

228.

‘‘Rūpādidasahaṅgehi, abhibhotvāna sesake;

Yāvatāyuṃ vasitvāna, anubhotvā mahāsukhaṃ.

surpassing the other devas with the ten elements beginning with form, we lived for our full lifespan, experiencing great happiness.

229.

229.

‘‘Tato cavitvā tidasaṃ, candano upapajjatha;

Ahaṃ kapilavatthusmiṃ, ajāyiṃ sākiyatrajo.

Having passed away from there, Candana was reborn in the Tāvatiṃsa heaven; I was born in Kapilavatthu, a Sakyan prince.

230.

230.

‘‘Yadā udāyittherena, ajjhiṭṭho lokanāyako;

Anukampiya sakyānaṃ, upesi kapilavhayaṃ.

When the Leader of the World was requested by the Elder Udāyī, out of compassion for the Sakyans, he came to the city named Kapila.

231.

231.

‘‘Tadātimānino sakyā, na buddhassa guṇaññuno;

Paṇamanti na sambuddhaṃ, jātithaddhā anādarā.

Then the very proud Sakyans, not knowing the virtues of the Buddha, stiff with pride of birth and disrespectful, did not pay homage to the Perfectly Enlightened One.

232.

232.

‘‘Tesaṃ saṅkappamaññāya, ākāse caṅkamī jino;

Pajjunno viya vassittha, pajjalittha yathā sikhī.

Knowing their intention, the Conqueror walked in the sky. He rained down like a great cloud; he blazed like a flame.

233.

233.

‘‘Dassetvā rūpamatulaṃ, puna antaradhāyatha;

Ekopi hutvā bahudhā, ahosi punarekako.

Having displayed an incomparable form, he then vanished. Having been one, he became many, and then again became one.

234.

234.

‘‘Andhakāraṃ [Pg.162] pakāsañca, dassayitvā anekadhā;

Pāṭiheraṃ karitvāna, vinayī ñātake muni.

Having shown darkness and light in many ways, and having performed this miracle, the Sage disciplined his kinsmen.

235.

235.

‘‘Cātuddīpo mahāmegho, tāvadeva pavassatha;

Tadā hi jātakaṃ buddho, vessantaramadesayi.

Just then a great cloud covering the four continents rained down; for at that time the Buddha taught the Vessantara Jātaka.

236.

236.

‘‘Tadā te khattiyā sabbe, nihantvā jātijaṃ madaṃ;

Upesuṃ saraṇaṃ buddhaṃ, āha suddhodano tadā.

Then all those khattiyas, having destroyed their pride of birth, went for refuge to the Buddha. Then Suddhodana said:

237.

237.

‘‘‘Idaṃ tatiyaṃ tava bhūripañña, pādāni vandāmi samantacakkhu;

Yadābhijāto pathavī pakampayī, yadā ca taṃ najjahi jambuchāyā’.

‘O one of vast wisdom, this is my third veneration of you. O one with all-seeing eyes, I venerate your feet. When you were born and the earth quaked, then I venerated you; and when the shadow of the Jambu tree did not leave you, then also I venerated you.’

238.

238.

‘‘Tadā buddhānubhāvaṃ taṃ, disvā vimhitamānaso;

Pabbajitvāna tattheva, nivasiṃ mātupūjako.

Then, seeing that power of the Buddha, my mind filled with wonder, I went forth right there and lived honoring my mother.

239.

239.

‘‘Candano devaputto maṃ, upagantvānupucchatha;

Bhaddekarattassa tadā, saṅkhepavitthāraṃ nayaṃ.

Then the devaputta Candana approached me and asked about the teaching of the Bhaddekaratta Sutta, in brief and in detail.

240.

240.

‘‘Coditohaṃ tadā tena, upecca naranāyakaṃ;

Bhaddekarattaṃ sutvāna, saṃviggo vanamāmako.

Prompted by him, I then approached the Leader of Men. Having heard the Bhaddekaratta Sutta, I was stirred with spiritual urgency and became one who delights in the forest.

241.

241.

‘‘Tadā mātaramapucchiṃ, vane vacchāmi ekako;

Sukhumāloti me mātā, vārayī taṃ tadā vacaṃ.

Then I asked my mother, ‘I will live alone in the forest.’ My mother tried to prevent me, saying, ‘You are delicate.’ Then I spoke these words:

242.

242.

‘‘Kāsaṃ kusaṃ poṭakilaṃ, usīraṃ muñjapabbajaṃ ;

Urasā panudissāmi, vivekamanubrūhayaṃ.

‘While developing seclusion, I will push aside with my chest cane, kusa grass, poṭakila grass, usīra grass, muñja grass, and pabbaja grass.’

243.

243.

‘‘Tadā vanaṃ paviṭṭhohaṃ, saritvā jinasāsanaṃ;

Bhaddekarattaovādaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Then, having entered the forest and recollecting the Conqueror's teaching—the exhortation of the Bhaddekaratta—I attained Arahantship.

244.

244.

‘‘‘Atītaṃ nānvāgameyya, nappaṭikaṅkhe anāgataṃ;

Yadatītaṃ pahīnaṃ taṃ, appattañca anāgataṃ.

‘One should not pursue the past, nor long for the future. That which is past has been left behind; the future has not been reached.’

245.

245.

‘‘‘Paccuppannañca yo dhammaṃ, tattha tattha vipassati;

Asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, taṃ vidvā manubrūhaye.

‘But whoever sees with insight each presently arisen state, right then and there, should cultivate that knowledge, unwavering and unshakeable.’

246.

246.

‘‘‘Ajjeva kiccamātappaṃ, ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve;

Na hi no saṅgaraṃ tena, mahāsenena maccunā.

‘Today the effort should be made; who knows if death will come tomorrow? For we have no pact with Death and his great army.’

247.

247.

‘‘‘Evaṃvihāriṃ [Pg.163] ātāpiṃ, ahorattamatanditaṃ;

Taṃ ve bhaddekarattoti, santo ācikkhate muni’.

‘The one who dwells thus ardently, unwearied day and night—that one, the peaceful Sage declares, is one with an auspicious night.’

248.

248.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up … I dwell without taints.

249.

249.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

250.

250.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Lomasakaṅgiya these verses…

Abhāsitthāti.

…recited.

Lomasakaṅgiyattherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Eighth Apadāna of the Elder Lomasakaṅgiya is concluded.

9. Vanavacchattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Vanavaccha

251.

251.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this auspicious eon, one of brahmin lineage and great renown, Kassapa by name and clan, arose, the best of speakers.

252.

252.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ pabbajitvāna, tassa buddhassa sāsane;

Yāvajīvaṃ caritvāna, brahmacāraṃ tato cuto.

Then, having gone forth in the dispensation of that Buddha, and having practiced the holy life for my entire life, I passed away from that existence.

253.

253.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

254.

254.

‘‘Tato cuto araññamhi, kapoto āsahaṃ tahiṃ;

Vasate guṇasampanno, bhikkhu jhānarato sadā.

Having passed away from there, I was a wild pigeon in a forest. There dwelt a bhikkhu endowed with virtue, always delighting in jhāna.

255.

255.

‘‘Mettacitto kāruṇiko, sadā pamuditānano;

Upekkhako mahāvīro, appamaññāsu kovido.

With a mind of loving-kindness, compassionate, always with a joyful face; he was equanimous, one of great energy, skilled in the immeasurables.

256.

256.

‘‘Vinīvaraṇasaṅkappe, sabbasattahitāsaye;

Visaṭṭho nacirenāsiṃ, tasmiṃ sugatasāvake.

His thoughts were free from hindrances, his intention for the welfare of all beings. I soon became trusting of that disciple of the Sugata.

257.

257.

‘‘Upecca pādamūlamhi, nisinnassa tadāssame;

Kadāci sāmisaṃ deti, dhammaṃ desesi cekadā.

To me, who approached the base of his feet and was sitting in the hermitage, he sometimes gave a material gift, and at other times also taught the Dhamma.

258.

258.

‘‘Tadā vipulapemena, upāsitvā jinatrajaṃ;

Tato cuto gato saggaṃ, pavāso sagharaṃ yathā.

Then, with abundant affection, having attended upon that son of the Victor, I passed away from there and went to heaven, like a traveler returning to his own home.

259.

259.

‘‘Saggā [Pg.164] cuto manussesu, nibbatto puññakammunā;

Agāraṃ chaḍḍayitvāna, pabbajiṃ bahuso ahaṃ.

Having passed away from heaven, I was reborn among humans through my meritorious deeds. Having abandoned the household life, I went forth many times.

260.

260.

‘‘Samaṇo tāpaso vippo, paribbajo tathevahaṃ;

Hutvā vasiṃ araññamhi, anekasataso ahaṃ.

As a recluse, an ascetic, a brahmin, and likewise a wanderer, having been so, I dwelt in the forest for many hundreds of times.

261.

261.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, ramme kapilavatthave;

Vacchagotto dijo tassa, jāyāya ahamokkamiṃ.

Now in my final existence, in delightful Kapilavatthu, I was conceived in the womb of the wife of the brahmin Vacchagotta.

262.

262.

‘‘Mātu me dohaḷo āsi, tirokucchigatassa me;

Jāyamānasamīpamhi, vanavāsāya nicchayo.

While I was in my mother’s womb, she had a craving. Near the time of my birth, my mother resolved to live in the forest.

263.

263.

‘‘Tato me ajanī mātā, ramaṇīye vanantare;

Gabbhato nikkhamantaṃ maṃ, kāsāyena paṭiggahuṃ.

Then my mother gave birth to me in a delightful forest grove. As I was emerging from the womb, they received me with a saffron-colored cloth.

264.

264.

‘‘Tato kumāro siddhattho, jāto sakyakuladdhajo;

Tassa mitto piyo āsiṃ, saṃvisaṭṭho sumāniyo.

Then Prince Siddhattha was born, the banner of the Sakyan clan. I was his dear and intimate friend, greatly cherished.

265.

265.

‘‘Sattasārebhinikkhante, ohāya vipulaṃ yasaṃ;

Ahampi pabbajitvāna, himavantamupāgamiṃ.

When he, the essence of beings, had gone forth, having abandoned his vast retinue, I too went forth and proceeded to the Himavanta.

266.

266.

‘‘Vanālayaṃ bhāvanīyaṃ, kassapaṃ dhutavādikaṃ;

Disvā sutvā jinuppādaṃ, upesiṃ narasārathiṃ.

Having seen Kassapa—the forest-dweller, the praiseworthy, the exponent of ascetic practices—and having heard of the Victor’s arising, I approached the Tamer of Men.

267.

267.

‘‘So me dhammamadesesi, sabbatthaṃ sampakāsayaṃ;

Tatohaṃ pabbajitvāna, vanameva punāgamaṃ.

He taught me the Dhamma, clearly explaining all its meanings. After that, having gone forth, I returned again to the forest.

268.

268.

‘‘Tatthāppamatto viharaṃ, chaḷabhiññā aphassayiṃ ;

Aho suladdhalābhomhi, sumittenānukampito.

Dwelling there diligently, I attained the six supernormal knowledges. Oh, what a good gain I have obtained, having been shown compassion by a good friend!

269.

269.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.

270.

270.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

271.

271.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vanavaccho thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Vanavaccha these verses…

Abhāsitthāti.

…recited.

Vanavacchattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Ninth Apadāna of the Elder Vanavaccha is concluded.

10. Cūḷasugandhattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Cūḷasugandha

272.

272.

‘‘Imamhi [Pg.165] bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this auspicious eon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great renown, Kassapa by name and clan, the best of speakers, arose.

273.

273.

‘‘Anubyañjanasampanno, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Byāmappabhāparivuto, raṃsijālasamotthaṭo.

Endowed with the minor characteristics, possessing the thirty-two excellent marks, he was surrounded by a fathom-wide aura, overspread with a net of rays.

274.

274.

‘‘Assāsetā yathā cando, sūriyova pabhaṅkaro;

Nibbāpetā yathā megho, sāgarova guṇākaro.

He was a comforter like the moon, a light-maker like the sun; a quencher like a cloud, an abode of virtues like the ocean.

275.

275.

‘‘Dharaṇīriva sīlena, himavāva samādhinā;

Ākāso viya paññāya, asaṅgo anilo yathā.

In virtue he was like the earth, in concentration like the Himālaya; in wisdom he was like the sky, unattached like the wind.

276.

276.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ bārāṇasiyaṃ, upapanno mahākule;

Pahūtadhanadhaññasmiṃ, nānāratanasañcaye.

At that time I was born in Bārāṇasī, in a great family abounding in wealth and grain, with an accumulation of various jewels.

277.

277.

‘‘Mahatā parivārena, nisinnaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Upecca dhammamassosiṃ, amataṃva manoharaṃ.

Having approached the Leader of the World, who was seated with a great retinue, I heard the Dhamma, which was delightful like the Deathless.

278.

278.

‘‘Dvattiṃsalakkhaṇadharo, sanakkhattova candimā;

Anubyañjanasampanno, sālarājāva phullito.

Bearer of the thirty-two marks, he was like the moon with its constellations; endowed with the minor characteristics, he was like a blossoming kingly sāla tree.

279.

279.

‘‘Raṃsijālaparikkhitto, dittova kanakācalo;

Byāmappabhāparivuto, sataraṃsī divākaro.

Encircled by a net of rays, he was like a blazing golden mountain; surrounded by a fathom-wide aura, he was like the sun with its many rays.

280.

280.

‘‘Soṇṇānano jinavaro, samaṇīva siluccayo;

Karuṇāpuṇṇahadayo, guṇena viya sāgaro.

“The best of victors, with a face like gold, was like an emerald mountain; his heart was full of compassion, and in qualities he was like the ocean.

281.

281.

‘‘Lokavissutakitti ca, sinerūva naguttamo;

Yasasā vitthato vīro, ākāsasadiso muni.

“With fame renowned in the world, he was like Sineru, the best of mountains. The hero was widespread in glory; the sage was like the sky.

282.

282.

‘‘Asaṅgacitto sabbattha, anilo viya nāyako;

Patiṭṭhā sabbabhūtānaṃ, mahīva munisattamo.

“The leader, with a mind unattached to anything, was like the wind; the best of sages was a support for all beings, like the earth.

283.

283.

‘‘Anupalitto lokena, toyena padumaṃ yathā;

Kuvādagacchadahano, aggikhandhova sobhasi.

“Unsullied by the world, as a lotus is by water, that master, a burner of the thicket of wrong views, shines like a great mass of fire.

284.

284.

‘‘Agadho viya sabbattha, kilesavisanāsako;

Gandhamādanaselova, guṇagandhavibhūsito.

“Like a universal antidote, he was a destroyer of the poison of defilements; like Mount Gandhamādana, he was adorned with the fragrance of virtues.

285.

285.

‘‘Guṇānaṃ [Pg.166] ākaro vīro, ratanānaṃva sāgaro;

Sindhūva vanarājīnaṃ, kilesamalahārako.

“The hero was an abode of virtues, as the ocean is of jewels; the king of righteousness was a remover of the stain of defilements, as the ocean, king of rivers, is a remover of impurities.

286.

286.

‘‘Vijayīva mahāyodho, mārasenāvamaddano;

Cakkavattīva so rājā, bojjhaṅgaratanissaro.

“He was a crusher of Māra’s army, like a victorious great warrior crushing an army; that king, a turner of the Dhamma-wheel, was the lord of the jewels of the enlightenment factors, like a wheel-turning monarch who is lord of the seven jewels.

287.

287.

‘‘Mahābhisakkasaṅkāso, dosabyādhitikicchako;

Sallakatto yathā vejjo, diṭṭhigaṇḍaviphālako.

“Resembling a great physician, he was a healer of the disease of faults; like a physician who is a surgeon that extracts a dart, the physician who is the Buddha, an extractor of the dart of defilements, was a splitter of the boil of wrong views.

288.

288.

‘‘So tadā lokapajjoto, sanarāmarasakkato;

Parisāsu narādicco, dhammaṃ desayate jino.

“Then that Victor, the light of the world, honored by humans and devas, the sun among men, taught the Dhamma in the assemblies.

289.

289.

‘‘Dānaṃ datvā mahābhogo, sīlena sugatūpago;

Bhāvanāya ca nibbāti, iccevamanusāsatha.

“‘By giving a gift, one has great wealth; by virtue, one goes to a good destination; and by mental development, one is extinguished’—thus he instructed.

290.

290.

‘‘Desanaṃ taṃ mahassādaṃ, ādimajjhantasobhaṇaṃ;

Suṇanti parisā sabbā, amataṃva mahārasaṃ.

“All the assemblies listened to that teaching of great savor, beautiful in the beginning, middle, and end, which was like the Deathless of great flavor.

291.

291.

‘‘Sutvā sumadhuraṃ dhammaṃ, pasanno jinasāsane;

Sugataṃ saraṇaṃ gantvā, yāvajīvaṃ namassahaṃ.

“Having heard the very sweet Dhamma, being pleased in the Victor’s dispensation, having gone to the Sugata for refuge, I paid homage for as long as life lasts.

292.

292.

‘‘Munino gandhakuṭiyā, opuñjesiṃ tadā mahiṃ;

Catujjātena gandhena, māse aṭṭha dinesvahaṃ.

“On eight days each month, I smeared the floor in the Sage’s fragrant chamber with the four kinds of fragrance.

293.

293.

‘‘Paṇidhāya sugandhattaṃ, sarīravissagandhino ;

Tadā jino viyākāsi, sugandhatanulābhitaṃ.

“Having made an aspiration for a fragrant state for my body which had a raw odor, the Victor at that time predicted the attainment of a fragrant body.

294.

294.

‘‘‘Yo yaṃ gandhakuṭibhūmiṃ, gandhenopuñjate sakiṃ;

Tena kammavipākena, upapanno tahiṃ tahiṃ.

“‘Whoever smears the floor of the fragrant chamber with fragrance many times, by the result of that kamma, having been reborn in this and that existence,

295.

295.

‘‘‘Sugandhadeho sabbattha, bhavissati ayaṃ naro;

Guṇagandhayutto hutvā, nibbāyissatināsavo’.

“‘In all existences, this person will have a fragrant body. Having become endowed with the fragrance of virtue, he will attain Nibbāna without taints.’

296.

296.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

“By that well-done kamma and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

297.

297.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jāto vippakule ahaṃ;

Gabbhaṃ me vasato mātā, dehenāsi sugandhitā.

“And now in my final existence, I was born in a brahmin family. While I was dwelling in the womb, my mother’s body was fragrant.

298.

298.

‘‘Yadā [Pg.167] ca mātukucchimhā, nikkhamāmi tadā purī ;

Sāvatthisabbagandhehi, vāsitā viya vāyatha.

“And when I emerged from my mother’s womb, at that time the city of Sāvatthī was fragrant as if scented with all fragrances.

299.

299.

‘‘Pupphavassañca surabhi, dibbagandhaṃ manoramaṃ;

Dhūpāni ca mahagghāni, upavāyiṃsu tāvade.

“A fragrant rain of flowers, delightful divine scents, and priceless incense wafted about at that very moment.

300.

300.

‘‘Devā ca sabbagandhehi, dhūpapupphehi taṃ gharaṃ;

Vāsayiṃsu sugandhena, yasmiṃ jāto ahaṃ ghare.

“And the devas, with all fragrances, with incense and flowers, and with a sweet scent, caused that house in which I was born to be fragrant.

301.

301.

‘‘Yadā ca taruṇo bhaddo, paṭhame yobbane ṭhito;

Tadā selaṃ saparisaṃ, vinetvā narasārathi.

“And when, as a fine young man, I was established in the first stage of youth, at that time the Charioteer of Men, having tamed the brahmin Sela together with his retinue,

302.

302.

‘‘Tehi sabbehi parivuto, sāvatthipuramāgato;

Tadā buddhānubhāvaṃ taṃ, disvā pabbajito ahaṃ.

“Surrounded by all of them, when he came to the city of Sāvatthī, at that time, having seen that power of the Buddha, I went forth.

303.

303.

‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhipaññañca, vimuttiñca anuttaraṃ;

Bhāvetvā caturo dhamme, pāpuṇiṃ āsavakkhayaṃ.

“Having developed the four states—virtue, concentration and wisdom, and unsurpassed liberation—I reached the destruction of the taints.

304.

304.

‘‘Yadā pabbajito cāhaṃ, yadā ca arahā ahuṃ;

Nibbāyissaṃ yadā cāhaṃ, gandhavasso tadā ahu.

“When I went forth, and when I became an Arahant, and when I will attain Parinibbāna, at those times there was a rain of fragrance.

305.

305.

‘‘Sarīragandho ca sadātiseti me, mahārahaṃ candanacampakuppalaṃ;

Tatheva gandhe itare ca sabbaso, pasayha vāyāmi tato tahiṃ tahiṃ.

“And the fragrance of my body always surpasses the costly sandalwood, campaka, and blue water lily, and likewise all other fragrances. Having overpowered them, I am fragrant beyond them in this and that existence.

306.

306.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt… and so on… I dwell without taints.

307.

307.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming… and so on… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.

308.

308.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā cūḷasugandho thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti;

“The four analytical knowledges… and so on… the teaching of the Buddha has been done.” Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Cūḷasugandha spoke these verses.

Cūḷasugandhattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Cūḷasugandha, the Tenth.

Bhaddiyavaggo pañcapaññāsamo.

The Bhaddiya Chapter, the Fifty-fifth.

Tassuddānaṃ [Pg.168] –

The summary thereof:

Bhaddiyo revato thero, mahālābhī ca sīvalī;

Vaṅgīso nandako ceva, kāḷudāyī tathābhayo.

The Elder Bhaddiya and Revata, Sīvalī of great gain, Vaṅgīsa and Nandaka, Kāḷudāyī and also Abhaya,

Lomaso vanavaccho ca, sugandho ceva dasamo;

Tīṇi gāthāsatā tattha, soḷasā ca taduttari.

Lomasa, Vanavaccha, and Sugandha as the tenth. Therein are three hundred and sixteen verses.

Atha vagguddānaṃ –

Now, the summary of the chapters:

Kaṇikāravhayo vaggo, phalado tiṇadāyako;

Kaccāno bhaddiyo vaggo, gāthāyo gaṇitā cimā.

The chapter named Kaṇikāra, the Phaladāyaka, the Tiṇadāyaka, the Kaccāyana, and the Bhaddiya Chapter—these verses are counted.

Navagāthāsatānīha, caturāsītiyeva ca;

Sapaññāsaṃ pañcasataṃ, apadānā pakāsitā.

Herein are nine hundred and eighty-four verses; five hundred and fifty Apadānas have been declared.

Saha udānagāthāhi, chasahassāni hontimā;

Dvesatāni ca gāthānaṃ, aṭṭhārasa taduttari.

Together with the summary verses, there are six thousand, two hundred, and eighteen verses.

56. Yasavaggo

56. The Yasa Chapter

1. Yasattheraapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Yasa

1.

1.

‘‘Mahāsamuddaṃ [Pg.169] oggayha, bhavanaṃ me sunimmitaṃ;

Sunimmitā pokkharaṇī, cakkavākūpakūjitā.

“Having plunged into the great ocean, my mansion was well-built; a well-built lotus pond, resounding with the calls of ruddy sheldrakes.

2.

2.

‘‘Mandārakehi sañchannā, padumuppalakehi ca;

Nadī ca sandate tattha, supatitthā manoramā.

“It was covered with mandārava flowers, and with lotuses and water lilies; a river flows there, with delightful, easily accessible banks.

3.

3.

‘‘Macchakacchapasañchannā, nānādijasamotthaṭā ;

Mayūrakoñcābhirudā, kokilādīhi vagguhi.

“It was filled with fish and turtles, strewn with various birds, resounding with the cries of peacocks and herons, and with the sweet sounds of cuckoos and the like.

4.

4.

‘‘Pārevatā ravihaṃsā, cakkavākā nadīcarā;

Tittirā sāḷikā cettha, pāvakā jīvaṃjīvakā.

“Pigeons and swans, river-dwelling ruddy sheldrakes; here too are partridges, mynas, peacocks, and jīvaṃjīvaka birds.

5.

5.

‘‘Haṃsākoñcābhinaditā, kosiyā piṅgalā bahū;

Sattaratanasampannā, maṇimuttapavāḷikā.

“Resounding with the calls of swans and herons, with many tawny owls; endowed with the seven treasures—gems, pearls, and corals.

6.

6.

‘‘Sabbe soṇṇamayā rukkhā, nānākhandhasameritā;

Ujjotenti divārattiṃ, bhavanaṃ sabbakālikaṃ.

“All the trees are made of gold, their various branches stirred; they illuminate the mansion day and night, at all times.

7.

7.

‘‘Saṭṭhituriyasahassāni, sāyaṃ pāto pavajjare;

Soḷasitthisahassāni, parivārenti maṃ sadā.

“Sixty thousand musical instruments are played in the evening and morning; sixteen thousand women constantly attend me.

8.

8.

‘‘Abhinikkhamma bhavanā, sumedhaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, vandayiṃ taṃ mahāyasaṃ.

“Having gone forth from my mansion to Sumedha, the leader of the world, with a confident and glad mind, I paid homage to him of great renown.

9.

9.

‘‘Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, sasaṅghaṃ taṃ nimantayiṃ;

Adhivāsesi so dhīro, sumedho lokanāyako.

“Having paid homage to the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One, I invited him together with the Saṅgha; and that wise one, Sumedha, leader of the world, consented.

10.

10.

‘‘Mama dhammakathaṃ katvā, uyyojesi mahāmuni;

Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, bhavanaṃ me upāgamiṃ.

“Having given a Dhamma talk for me, the great sage dismissed me; having paid homage to the Perfectly Enlightened One, I went to my mansion.

11.

11.

‘‘Āmantayiṃ parijanaṃ, sabbe sannipatuṃ tadā;

‘Pubbaṇhasamayaṃ buddho, bhavanaṃ āgamissati’.

“I addressed my retinue, for all to assemble then: ‘In the forenoon the Buddha will come to the mansion.’

12.

12.

‘‘‘Lābhā [Pg.170] amhaṃ suladdhā no, ye vasāma tavantike;

Mayampi buddhaseṭṭhassa, pūjayissāma satthuno’.

“‘A gain for us, well-gained indeed, that we live in your presence! We too shall honor the supreme Buddha, the Teacher.’

13.

13.

‘‘Annaṃ pānaṃ paṭṭhapetvā, kālaṃ ārocayiṃ ahaṃ;

Vasīsatasahassehi, upesi lokanāyako.

“Having prepared food and drink, I announced the time; the Leader of the World approached with one hundred thousand masters of self-control.

14.

14.

‘‘Pañcaṅgikehi turiyehi, paccuggamamakāsahaṃ;

Sabbasoṇṇamaye pīṭhe, nisīdi purisuttamo.

“With a five-part musical ensemble, I went forth to welcome him; the supreme person sat on a seat made entirely of gold.

15.

15.

‘‘Uparicchadanaṃ āsi, sabbasoṇṇamayaṃ tadā;

Bījanīyo pavāyanti, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anuttaraṃ.

“The canopy above was then entirely made of gold; fans were waved for the unsurpassed Saṅgha of bhikkhus.

16.

16.

‘‘Pahūtenannapānena, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ atappayiṃ;

Paccekadussayugale, bhikkhusaṅghassadāsahaṃ.

“With abundant food and drink, I satisfied the Saṅgha of bhikkhus; I gave a pair of cloths to each one in the Saṅgha of bhikkhus.

17.

17.

‘‘Yaṃ vadeti sumedho so, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, imā gāthā abhāsatha.

“Then that Sumedha, the recipient of offerings, having sat down amidst the Saṅgha of bhikkhus, spoke these verses:

18.

18.

‘‘‘Yo maṃ annena pānena, sabbe ime ca tappayi;

Tamahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

“‘He who has satisfied me with food and drink, and all these bhikkhus too—I will extol him; listen to me as I speak.

19.

19.

‘‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, devaloke ramissati;

Sahassakkhattuṃ rājāyaṃ, cakkavattī bhavissati.

“‘For eighteen hundred eons, he will delight in the world of the devas; a thousand times this one will be a wheel-turning king.

20.

20.

‘‘‘Upagacchati yaṃ yoniṃ, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Sabbasoṇṇamayaṃ tassa, chadanaṃ dhārayissati.

“‘Whatever womb he is reborn into, whether divine or human, a canopy made entirely of gold will be held over him.

21.

21.

‘‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

“‘In thirty thousand eons, arisen from the Okkāka clan, a Teacher will appear in the world, Gotama by clan name.

22.

22.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissatināsavo.

“‘He will be an heir in his Dhamma, his legitimate son, created by the Dhamma. Having fully understood all the taints, he will attain Nibbāna without them.’

23.

23.

‘‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, sīhanādaṃ nadissati’;

Citake chattaṃ dhārenti, heṭṭhā chattamhi ḍayhatha.

“‘Seated amidst the Saṅgha of bhikkhus, he will roar a lion’s roar.’ A parasol is held over my funeral pyre; the pyre burns below, under the parasol.

24.

24.

‘‘Sāmaññaṃ me anuppattaṃ, kilesā jhāpitā mayā;

Maṇḍape rukkhamūle vā, santāso me na vijjati.

“I have attained the fruit of recluseship, my defilements have been burned up; whether in a pavilion or at the foot of a tree, no terror exists for me.

25.

25.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, sabbadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In the thirty thousand eons since I gave that gift, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of that all-inclusive gift.

26.

26.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.171] jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up, all states of existence are uprooted. Like an elephant that has broken its bonds, I dwell taintless.”

27.

27.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming, indeed, it was for me to the presence of my Buddha. The three true knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

28.

28.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā yaso thero imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Yasa spoke these verses.

Yasattherassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Yasa.

2. Nadīkassapattheraapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Nadīkassapa

29.

29.

‘‘Padumuttarassa bhagavato, lokajeṭṭhassa tādino;

Piṇḍacāraṃ carantassa, vārato uttamaṃ yasaṃ;

Aggaphalaṃ gahetvāna, adāsiṃ satthuno ahaṃ.

“To the Blessed One Padumuttara, chief of the world, the Suchlike One, as he was walking for alms-food, I, in my turn, took the best fruit of supreme renown and gave it to the Teacher.”

30.

30.

‘‘Tena kammena devindo, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho;

Sampattomhi acalaṃ ṭhānaṃ, hitvā jayaparājayaṃ.

“By that deed, I became lord of the devas, chief in the world, a bull among men. Having abandoned victory and defeat, I have attained the unshakable state.”

31.

31.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, aggadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Since giving that fruit one hundred thousand eons ago, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of a supreme gift.”

32.

32.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up… and so on… I dwell taintless.”

33.

33.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming, indeed, it was for me… and so on… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

34.

34.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… and so on… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā nadīkassapo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Nadīkassapa spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Nadīkassapattherassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Elder Nadīkassapa.

3. Gayākassapattheraapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Gayākassapa

35.

35.

‘‘Ajinacammavatthohaṃ [Pg.172], khāribhāradharo tadā;

Khārikaṃ hārayitvāna, kolaṃ ahāsi assamaṃ.

“Clothed in an antelope hide, I was then a bearer of a shoulder-yoke. Having carried the shoulder-yoke, I brought jujube fruit to the hermitage.”

36.

36.

‘‘Bhagavā tamhi samaye, eko adutiyo jino;

Mamassamaṃ upāgacchi, jotento sabbakālikaṃ.

“At that time the Blessed One, the Victor, alone and without a peer, approached my hermitage, illuminating it at all times.”

37.

37.

‘‘Sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā, abhivādetvāna subbataṃ;

Ubho hatthehi paggayha, kolaṃ buddhassadāsahaṃ.

“Having gladdened my own mind and paid homage to the one of good vows, I raised it with both hands and gave the jujube fruit to the Buddha.”

38.

38.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, koladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Thirty-one eons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a bad destination since; this is the fruit of the gift of a jujube.”

39.

39.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up… I dwell free of taints.”

40.

40.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming, indeed, it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

41.

41.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā gayākassapo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Gayākassapa uttered these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Gayākassapattherassāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Gayākassapa.

4. Kimilattheraapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Kimila

42.

42.

‘‘Nibbute kakusandhamhi, brāhmaṇamhi vusīmati;

Gahetvā salalaṃ mālaṃ, maṇḍapaṃ kārayiṃ ahaṃ.

“When Kakusandha, the brahmin who had lived the holy life, attained Parinibbāna, having taken pine flowers, I had a pavilion made.”

43.

43.

‘‘Tāvatiṃsaṃ gato santo, labhimha byamhamuttamaṃ;

Aññe devetirocāmi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Having gone to Tāvatiṃsa, I obtained an excellent celestial mansion. I outshine the other devas; this is the fruit of that meritorious kamma.”

44.

44.

‘‘Divā vā yadi vā rattiṃ, caṅkamanto ṭhito cahaṃ;

Channo salalapupphehi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“By day or by night, whether walking or standing, I am covered with pine flowers; this is the fruit of that meritorious kamma.”

45.

45.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In this very eon, because I honored the Buddha, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.”

46.

46.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.173] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up… I dwell free of taints.”

47.

47.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming indeed it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

48.

48.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā kimilo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Kimila uttered these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Kimilattherassāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Kimila.

5. Vajjīputtattheraapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Vajjīputta

49.

49.

‘‘Sahassaraṃsī bhagavā, sayambhū aparājito;

Vivekā vuṭṭhahitvāna, gocarāyābhinikkhami.

“The Blessed One, the thousand-rayed, the Self-become, the Unconquered, having emerged from seclusion, went out for his alms-round.”

50.

50.

‘‘Phalahattho ahaṃ disvā, upagacchiṃ narāsabhaṃ;

Pasannacitto sumano, savaṇṭaṃ adadiṃ phalaṃ.

“With fruit in my hand, I saw and approached the bull among men. With a confident and glad mind, I gave the fruit along with its stalk.”

51.

51.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ phalaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, phaladānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-four eons ago, when I gave that fruit, I have not known a bad destination; this is the fruit of the gift of fruit.”

52.

52.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burned up… I dwell free of taints.”

53.

53.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“A good coming indeed it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

54.

54.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā vajjīputto thero imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the Venerable Elder Vajjīputta uttered these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke thus.

Vajjīputtattherassāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Fifth Apadāna of the Elder Vajjīputta.

6. Uttarattheraapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Uttara

55.

55.

‘‘Sumedho nāma sambuddho, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Vivekakāmo bhagavā, himavantamupāgami.

“The Perfectly Enlightened One named Sumedha, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, the Blessed One, fond of seclusion, went to the Himālaya.”

56.

56.

‘‘Ajjhogāhetvā himavantaṃ, aggo kāruṇiko muni;

Pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvāna, nisīdi purisuttamo.

“Having gone deep into the Himālaya, the foremost compassionate sage, the supreme person, folded his legs crosswise and sat down.”

57.

57.

‘‘Vijjadharo [Pg.174] tadā āsiṃ, antalikkhacaro ahaṃ;

Tisūlaṃ sugataṃ gayha, gacchāmi ambare tadā.

“Then I was a knowledge-holder, one who travels in the sky. Taking a well-fashioned trident, I was then travelling through the air.”

58.

58.

‘‘Pabbatagge yathā aggi, puṇṇamāyeva candimā;

Vanaṃ obhāsate buddho, sālarājāva phullito.

“Like a fire on a mountain peak, like the moon on a full-moon night, the Buddha illuminated the forest, like a sāla king in full bloom.”

59.

59.

‘‘Vanaggā nikkhamitvāna, buddharaṃsībhidhāvare ;

Naḷaggivaṇṇasaṅkāsā, disvā cittaṃ pasādayiṃ.

“Having come out from the edge of the forest, I saw the Buddha's rays streaming forth, which resembled the color of a fire among the reeds, and I gladdened my mind.”

60.

60.

‘‘Vicinaṃ addasaṃ pupphaṃ, kaṇikāraṃ devagandhikaṃ;

Tīṇi pupphāni ādāya, buddhaseṭṭhamapūjayiṃ.

“Searching about, I saw a flower, a kaṇikāra with a divine fragrance. Taking three flowers, I honored the best of Buddhas.”

61.

61.

‘‘Buddhassa ānubhāvena, tīṇi pupphāni me tadā;

Uddhaṃ vaṇṭā adhopattā, chāyaṃ kubbanti satthuno.

“Through the Buddha’s power, my three flowers then, with stalks upward and petals downward, made a canopy for the Teacher.”

62.

62.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned my human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

63.

63.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, kaṇikārīti ñāyati;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

There I had a well-made celestial mansion, known as ‘Kaṇikārī,’ sixty yojanas high and thirty yojanas wide.

64.

64.

‘‘Sahassakaṇḍaṃ satabheṇḍu, dhajālu haritāmayaṃ;

Satasahassaniyyūhā, byamhe pātubhaviṃsu me.

A thousand shafts, a hundred pillars, with golden banners; a hundred thousand pinnacles appeared for me in that celestial mansion.

65.

65.

‘‘Soṇṇamayā maṇimayā, lohitaṅkamayāpi ca;

Phalikāpi ca pallaṅkā, yenicchakā yadicchakā.

Couches made of gold, of gems, and of rubies, and crystal couches too, appeared whenever and however I wished.

66.

66.

‘‘Mahārahañca sayanaṃ, tūlikā vikatīyutaṃ;

Uddhalomiñca ekantaṃ, bimbohanasamāyutaṃ.

And a valuable couch with a cotton mattress and figured coverlets, with a woolen blanket fleeced on both sides and another on one side, furnished with pillows.

67.

67.

‘‘Bhavanā nikkhamitvāna, caranto devacārikaṃ;

Yathā icchāmi gamanaṃ, devasaṅghapurakkhato.

Leaving the mansion, I would roam the divine realms, going wherever I wished, escorted by a host of devas.

68.

68.

‘‘Pupphassa heṭṭhā tiṭṭhāmi, uparicchadanaṃ mama;

Samantā yojanasataṃ, kaṇikārehi chāditaṃ.

I stand beneath a flower, which is a canopy over me. For a hundred yojanas all around, it is covered with kaṇikāra flowers.

69.

69.

‘‘Saṭṭhituriyasahassāni[Pg.175], sāyapātaṃ upaṭṭhahuṃ;

Parivārenti maṃ niccaṃ, rattindivamatanditā.

Sixty thousand musical instruments attended on me evening and morning. They constantly surrounded me, untiringly, day and night.

70.

70.

‘‘Tattha naccehi gītehi, tālehi vāditehi ca;

Ramāmi khiḍḍā ratiyā, modāmi kāmakāmahaṃ.

There, with dance and song, with cymbals and instrumental music, I amused myself with sport and pleasure; I rejoiced, indulging my sensual desires.

71.

71.

‘‘Tattha bhutvā pivitvā ca, modāmi tidase tadā;

Nārīgaṇehi sahito, modāmi byamhamuttame.

Having eaten and drunk there, I then rejoiced among the Thirty-three devas. Accompanied by hosts of women, I rejoiced in that supreme celestial mansion.

72.

72.

‘‘Satānaṃ pañcakkhattuñca, devarajjamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ tīṇikkhattuñca, cakkavattī ahosahaṃ;

Five hundred times I exercised sovereignty over the devas; three hundred times I was a wheel-turning monarch.

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

My regional kingship was vast, beyond all reckoning.

73.

73.

‘‘Bhave bhave saṃsaranto, mahābhogaṃ labhāmahaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Wandering on from existence to existence, I obtain great wealth. There is no deficiency in my wealth; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

74.

74.

‘‘Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Aññaṃ gatiṃ na jānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I transmigrate only in two states of existence, the divine and the human. I know no other destination; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

75.

75.

‘‘Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye cāpi brāhmaṇe;

Nīce kule na jāyāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am born only in two kinds of family, that of noble warriors and that of brahmins. I am never born in a low family; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

76.

76.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ, sivikaṃ sandamānikaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Elephant-carriages, horse-carriages, palanquins, and litters—I obtain all of these; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

77.

77.

‘‘Dāsīgaṇaṃ dāsagaṇaṃ, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Groups of female slaves, groups of male slaves, and well-adorned women—I obtain all of these; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

78.

78.

‘‘Koseyyakambaliyāni, khomakappāsikāni ca;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Garments of silk and wool, of linen and cotton—I obtain all of these; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

79.

79.

‘‘Navavatthaṃ navaphalaṃ, navaggarasabhojanaṃ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

New clothes, new fruits, and new food with the finest flavors—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

80.

80.

‘‘Imaṃ khāda imaṃ bhuñja, imamhi sayane saya;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

‘Eat this, enjoy this, lie on this couch’—I obtain all of this; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

81.

81.

‘‘Sabbattha pūjito homi, yaso accuggato mama;

Mahāpakkho sadā homi, abhejjapariso sadā;

Ñātīnaṃ uttamo homi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am honored everywhere, my fame is exceedingly high. I always have a great following, always an unbreakable retinue. I am the best among my kinsmen; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

82.

82.

‘‘Sītaṃ [Pg.176] uṇhaṃ na jānāmi, pariḷāho na vijjati;

Atho cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ, hadaye me na vijjati.

I know neither cold nor heat; no burning fever is found in me. And mental suffering does not exist in my heart.

83.

83.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hutvāna, saṃsarāmi bhavābhave;

Vevaṇṇiyaṃ na jānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Having a golden complexion, I transmigrate from existence to existence. I know no disfigurement; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

84.

84.

‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, sukkamūlena codito;

Sāvatthiyaṃ pure jāto, mahāsālesu aḍḍhake.

Having passed away from the world of the devas, impelled by my wholesome roots, I was born in the city of Sāvatthī in a wealthy and influential family.

85.

85.

‘‘Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Jātiyā sattavassohaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having abandoned the five cords of sensual pleasure, I went forth into the homeless life. At seven years of age by birth, I attained arahantship.

86.

86.

‘‘Upasampadāyī buddho, guṇamaññāya cakkhumā;

Taruṇo pūjanīyohaṃ, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

The Buddha, the One with Vision, recognizing my virtue, gave me the higher ordination. Though young, I am worthy of honor; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

87.

87.

‘‘Dibbacakkhuvisuddhaṃ me, samādhikusalo ahaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramippatto, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

My divine eye is purified and I am skilled in concentration. I have reached the perfection of the direct knowledges; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

88.

88.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā anuppatto, iddhipādesu kovido;

Dhammesu pāramippatto, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

I have attained the analytical knowledges and am an expert in the bases of spiritual power. I have reached perfection in the Dhamma; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

89.

89.

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Thirty thousand eons ago, I honored that Buddha. I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of honoring the Buddha.

90.

90.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free of taints.

91.

91.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming indeed it was for me … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

92.

92.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā uttaro thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Uttara

Abhāsitthāti.

uttered these verses.

Uttarattherassāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Uttara, the Sixth.

7. Aparauttarattheraapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Aparauttara

93.

93.

‘‘Nibbute lokanāthamhi, siddhatthe lokanāyake;

Mama ñātī samānetvā, dhātupūjaṃ akāsahaṃ.

When the World's Protector, Siddhattha, the World's Leader, had attained Nibbāna, having gathered my kinsmen, I performed worship of the relics.

94.

94.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ dhātumabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dhātupūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four eons ago, when I worshipped that relic, I have not known an unhappy destination; this is the fruit of worshipping the relic.

95.

95.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.177] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burnt up ... I dwell taintless.

96.

96.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming indeed it was for me … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

97.

97.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges ... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā aparauttaratthero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Aparauttara

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Aparassa uttarattherassāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Aparauttara, the Seventh.

8. Bhaddajittheraapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Bhaddajita

98.

98.

‘‘Ogayha yaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ, nānākuñjarasevitaṃ;

Uddharāmi bhisaṃ tattha, ghāsahetu ahaṃ tadā.

“Having plunged into a lotus pond frequented by various elephants, I was then pulling up lotus stalks there for sustenance.

99.

99.

‘‘Bhagavā tamhi samaye, padumuttarasavhayo;

Rattambaradharo buddho, gacchate anilañjase.

“At that time the Blessed One named Padumuttara, the Buddha wearing a red robe, was traveling through the sky.

100.

100.

‘‘Dhunanto paṃsukūlāni, saddaṃ assosahaṃ tadā;

Uddhaṃ nijjhāyamānohaṃ, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

“As he was shaking his rag-robes, I then heard a sound. Looking up, I saw the Leader of the World.

101.

101.

‘‘Tattheva ṭhitako santo, āyāciṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Madhuṃ bhisehi sahitaṃ, khīraṃ sappiṃ muḷālikaṃ.

“Standing right there, I implored the Leader of the World, offering honey with lotus stalks, and milk, ghee, and lotus roots.

102.

102.

‘‘Paṭiggaṇhātu me buddho, anukampāya cakkhumā;

Tato kāruṇiko satthā, orohitvā mahāyaso.

“‘May the Buddha, the One with Vision, accept this from me out of compassion.’ Then the compassionate Teacher of great fame descended.

103.

103.

‘‘Paṭiggaṇhi mama bhikkhaṃ, anukampāya cakkhumā;

Paṭiggahetvā sambuddho, akā me anumodanaṃ.

“The One with Vision accepted my alms out of compassion. Having accepted it, the Perfectly Enlightened One gave me his blessing:

104.

104.

‘‘‘Sukhī hotu mahāpuñña, gati tuyhaṃ samijjhatu;

Iminā bhisadānena, labhassu vipulaṃ sukhaṃ’.

“‘Be happy, you of great merit; may your destination be fulfilled. Through this gift of lotus stalks, may you obtain abundant happiness.’”

105.

105.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, jalajuttamanāmako;

Bhikkhamādāya sambuddho, ākāsenāgamā jino.

“Having said this, the Perfectly Enlightened One, named Supreme Lotus, the Victor, having taken the alms-food, went through the sky.”

106.

106.

‘‘Tato bhisaṃ gahetvāna, agacchiṃ mama assamaṃ;

Bhisaṃ rukkhe laggetvāna, mama dānaṃ anussariṃ.

“Then, having taken the lotus stalks, I went to my hermitage. Having hung the lotus stalks on a tree, I recollected my gift.”

107.

107.

‘‘Mahāvāto [Pg.178] uṭṭhahitvā, sañcālesi vanaṃ tadā;

Ākāso abhinādittha, asanī ca phalī tadā.

“A great wind arose and shook the forest then; the sky thundered, and a thunderbolt then split apart.”

108.

108.

‘‘Tato me asanīpāto, matthake nipatī tadā;

Sohaṃ nisinnako santo, tattha kālaṅkato ahaṃ.

“Then a thunderbolt fell upon my head. While I was sitting there, I passed away on that very spot.”

109.

109.

‘‘Puññakammena saññutto, tusitaṃ upapajjahaṃ;

Kaḷevaraṃ me patitaṃ, devaloke ramāmahaṃ.

“Connected with that meritorious deed, I was reborn in the Tusita heaven. My corpse fell there, while I delighted in the world of the devas.”

110.

110.

‘‘Chaḷasītisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sāyaṃ pātaṃ upaṭṭhanti, bhisadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Eighty-six thousand well-adorned women attend on me evening and morning: this is the fruit of the gift of lotus stalks.”

111.

111.

‘‘Manussayonimāgantvā, sukhito homahaṃ tadā;

Bhogā me ūnatā natthi, bhisadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Having come to a human existence, I am happy; there is no deficiency in my wealth. This is the fruit of the gift of lotus stalks.”

112.

112.

‘‘Anukampitako tena, devadevena tādinā;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“I was shown compassion by him, the deva of devas, the Such-like One. All my cankers are destroyed; now there is no more renewed existence.”

113.

113.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ bhisaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bhisadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“One hundred thousand aeons ago, when I gave those lotus stalks, I have not known an unhappy destination; this is the fruit of the gift of lotus stalks.”

114.

114.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up... I dwell free of cankers.”

115.

115.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming was welcome... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

116.

116.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā bhaddajitthero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Bhaddajita

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Bhaddajittherassāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Bhaddajita, the Eighth.

9. Sivakattheraapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Sivaka

117.

117.

‘‘Esanāya carantassa, vipassissa mahesino;

Rittakaṃ pattaṃ disvāna, kummāsaṃ pūrayiṃ ahaṃ.

“While the great seer Vipassī was wandering for alms, seeing his empty bowl, I filled it with barley-gruel.”

118.

118.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ bhikkhamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, kummāsassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

“Ninety-one aeons ago, when I gave that alms-food, I have not known an unhappy destination; this is the fruit of the barley-gruel.”

119.

119.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

“My defilements are burnt up... I dwell free of cankers.”

120.

120.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.179] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Truly, my coming was welcome... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

121.

121.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā sivakatthero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Sivaka

Abhāsitthāti.

spoke these verses.

Sivakattherassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Sivaka, the Ninth.

10. Upavānattheraapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Upavāna

122.

122.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, sambuddho parinibbuto.

“The Victor named Padumuttara, who had gone to the far shore of all things, blazing like a mass of fire, that Perfectly Enlightened One attained final Nibbāna.”

123.

123.

‘‘Mahājanā samāgamma, pūjayitvā tathāgataṃ;

Citaṃ katvāna sugataṃ, sarīraṃ abhiropayuṃ.

“A great crowd of people assembled and, having honored the Tathāgata, they made a pyre for the Well-farer and placed his body upon it.”

124.

124.

‘‘Sarīrakiccaṃ katvāna, dhātuṃ tattha samānayuṃ;

Sadevamanussā sabbe, buddhathūpaṃ akaṃsu te.

“Having performed the rites for the body, they collected the relics there. All the devas and humans together built a stūpa for the Buddha.”

125.

125.

‘‘Paṭhamā kañcanamayā, dutiyā ca maṇimayā;

Tatiyā rūpiyamayā, catutthī phalikāmayā.

The first terrace was made of gold, the second of gems, the third of silver, and the fourth of crystal.

126.

126.

‘‘Tattha pañcamikā ceva, lohitaṅkamayā ahu;

Chaṭṭhā masāragallassa, sabbaṃ ratanamayūpari.

The fifth terrace there was made of ruby, the sixth of masāragalla gem, and everything above was made of jewels.

127.

127.

‘‘Jaṅghā maṇimayā āsi, vedikā ratanāmayā;

Sabbasoṇṇamayo thūpo, uddhaṃ yojanamuggato.

Its plinth was made of gems, the railing was made of jewels. The entire stūpa was golden, rising up one yojana high.

128.

128.

‘‘Devā tattha samāgantvā, ekato mantayuṃ tadā;

‘Mayampi thūpaṃ kassāma, lokanāthassa tādino.

The devas assembled there and then consulted together: ‘We too shall make a stūpa for the World Protector, the Such-like One.’

129.

129.

‘‘‘Dhātu āveṇikā natthi, sarīraṃ ekapiṇḍitaṃ;

Imamhi buddhathūpamhi, kassāma kañcukaṃ mayaṃ’.

‘There are no separate relics; the body is a single mass. We shall make a casing for this Buddha-stūpa.’

130.

130.

‘‘Devā sattahi ratnehi, aññaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ yojanaṃ;

Thūpo dviyojanubbedho, timiraṃ byapahanti so.

The devas, with the seven kinds of jewels, increased it by another yojana. The stūpa, two yojanas high, dispelled the darkness.

131.

131.

‘‘Nāgā tattha samāgantvā, ekato mantayuṃ tadā;

‘Manussā ceva devā ca, buddhathūpaṃ akaṃsu te.

The nāgas assembled there and then consulted together: ‘Humans and devas have made a stūpa for the Buddha.’

132.

132.

‘‘‘Mā [Pg.180] no pamattā assumha, appamattā sadevakā;

Mayampi thūpaṃ kassāma, lokanāthassa tādino’.

‘Let us not be heedless, for the world with its devas is heedful. We too shall make a stūpa for the World Protector, the Such-like One.’

133.

133.

‘‘Indanīlaṃ mahānīlaṃ, atho jotirasaṃ maṇiṃ;

Ekato sannipātetvā, buddhathūpaṃ achādayuṃ.

Sapphire, great sapphire, and also the jotirasa gem—having brought these together, they covered the Buddha-stūpa.

134.

134.

‘‘Sabbaṃ maṇimayaṃ āsi, yāvatā buddhacetiyaṃ;

Tiyojanasamubbedhaṃ, ālokakaraṇaṃ tadā.

The entire Buddha-shrine was made of gems. Three yojanas high, it was then a source of light.

135.

135.

‘‘Garuḷā ca samāgantvā, ekato mantayuṃ tadā;

‘Manussā devanāgā ca, buddhapūjaṃ akaṃsu te.

And the garuḍas, having assembled, then consulted together: ‘Humans, devas, and nāgas have performed worship for the Buddha.’

136.

136.

‘‘‘Mā no pamattā assumha, appamattā sadevakā;

Mayampi thūpaṃ kassāma, lokanāthassa tādino’.

‘Let us not be heedless, for the world with its devas is heedful. We too shall make a stūpa for the World Protector, the Such-like One.’

137.

137.

‘‘Sabbaṃ maṇimayaṃ thūpaṃ, akaruṃ te ca kañcukaṃ;

Yojanaṃ tepi vaḍḍhesuṃ, āyataṃ buddhacetiyaṃ.

They made a casing for the stūpa entirely of jewels. They too increased the long Buddha-shrine by a yojana.

138.

138.

‘‘Catuyojanamubbedho, buddhathūpo virocati;

Obhāseti disā sabbā, sataraṃsīva uggato.

Four yojanas high, the Buddha-stūpa shines, illuminating all directions like the hundred-rayed sun when it has risen.

139.

139.

‘‘Kumbhaṇḍā ca samāgantvā, ekato mantayuṃ tadā;

‘Manussā ceva devā ca, nāgā ca garuḷā tathā.

And the kumbhaṇḍas, having assembled, then consulted together: ‘Humans and devas, and nāgas and garuḍas too,

140.

140.

‘‘‘Paccekaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa, akaṃsu thūpamuttamaṃ;

Mā no pamattā assumha, appamattā sadevakā.

‘For the Chief of Buddhas they have each made a supreme stūpa. Let us not be heedless, for the world with its devas is heedful.

141.

141.

‘‘‘Mayampi thūpaṃ kassāma, lokanāthassa tādino;

Ratanehi chādessāma, āyataṃ buddhacetiyaṃ’.

‘We too shall make a stūpa for the World Protector, the Such-like One. We shall cover the long Buddha-shrine with jewels.’

142.

142.

‘‘Yojanaṃ tepi vaḍḍhesuṃ, āyataṃ buddhacetiyaṃ;

Pañcayojanamubbedho, thūpo obhāsate tadā.

They too increased the long Buddha-shrine by a yojana. Five yojanas high, the stūpa then shone.

143.

143.

‘‘Yakkhā tattha samāgantvā, ekato mantayuṃ tadā;

‘Manussā devanāgā ca, garuḷā ca kumbhaṇḍakā.

The yakkhas assembled there and then consulted together: ‘Humans, devas and nāgas, garuḍas and kumbhaṇḍas,

144.

144.

‘‘‘Paccekaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa, akaṃsu thūpamuttamaṃ;

Mā no pamattā assumha, appamattā sadevakā.

‘For the Chief of Buddhas they have each made a supreme stūpa. Let us not be heedless, for the world with its devas is heedful.

145.

145.

‘‘‘Mayampi [Pg.181] thūpaṃ kassāma, lokanāthassa tādino;

Phalikā chādayissāma, āyataṃ buddhacetiyaṃ’.

‘We too shall make a stūpa for the World Protector, the Such-like One. We shall cover the long Buddha-shrine with crystal.’

146.

146.

‘‘Yojanaṃ tepi vaḍḍhesuṃ, āyataṃ buddhacetiyaṃ;

Chayojanikamubbedho, thūpo obhāsate tadā.

They too increased the long Buddha-shrine by a yojana. Six yojanas high, the stūpa then shone.

147.

147.

‘‘Gandhabbā ca samāgantvā, ekato mantayuṃ tadā;

‘Manujā devatā nāgā, kumbhaṇḍā garuḷā tathā.

And the gandhabbas, having assembled, then consulted together: ‘Humans, devas, nāgas, kumbhaṇḍas, and garuḍas too,

148.

148.

‘‘‘Sabbe akaṃsu buddhathūpaṃ, mayamettha akārakā;

Mayampi thūpaṃ kassāma, lokanāthassa tādino’.

‘All have made a Buddha-stūpa, but we here have not done so. We too shall make a stūpa for the World Protector, the Such-like One.’

149.

149.

‘‘Vediyo satta katvāna, dhajaṃ chattaṃ akaṃsu te;

Sabbasoṇṇamayaṃ thūpaṃ, gandhabbā kārayuṃ tadā.

Having made seven railings, they made a banner and a parasol. The gandhabbas then had a stūpa made entirely of gold.

150.

150.

‘‘Sattayojanamubbedho, thūpo obhāsate tadā;

Rattindivā na ñāyanti, āloko hoti sabbadā.

Seven yojanas high, the stūpa then shone. Night and day were not distinguished, for there was always light.

151.

151.

‘‘Abhibhonti na tassābhā, candasūrā satārakā;

Samantā yojanasate, padīpopi na pajjali.

The moon, sun, and stars could not outshine its radiance. For a hundred yojanas all around, not even a lamp would shine.

152.

152.

‘‘Tena kālena ye keci, thūpaṃ pūjenti mānusā;

Na te thūpaṃ āruhanti, ambare ukkhipanti te.

At that time, any humans who worshiped the stūpa did not climb it; they would toss their offerings into the sky.

153.

153.

‘‘Devehi ṭhapito yakkho, abhisammatanāmako;

Dhajaṃ vā pupphadāmaṃ vā, abhiropeti uttariṃ.

A yakkha named Abhisammata, stationed there by the devas, would place a banner or a flower garland up high.

154.

154.

‘‘Na te passanti taṃ yakkhaṃ, dāmaṃ passanti gacchato;

Evaṃ passitvā gacchantā, sabbe gacchanti suggatiṃ.

They did not see that yakkha; they only saw the garland moving. Seeing it thus as they departed, all went to a good destination.

155.

155.

‘‘Viruddhā ye pāvacane, pasannā ye ca sāsane;

Pāṭihīraṃ daṭṭhukāmā, thūpaṃ pūjenti mānusā.

Those hostile to the teaching and those with faith in the dispensation, desiring to see a miracle, worshiped the stūpa.

156.

156.

‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, ahosiṃ bhatako tadā;

Āmoditaṃ janaṃ disvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā.

In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was then a hired laborer. Seeing the joyful people, I then thought thus:

157.

157.

‘‘‘Uḷāro bhagavā neso, yassa dhātughare disaṃ;

Imā ca janatā tuṭṭhā, kāraṃ kubbaṃ na tappare.

‘Magnificent is this Blessed One, in whose relic chamber is such a wonder! And these people are so pleased that they are insatiable in paying homage.’

158.

158.

‘‘‘Ahampi [Pg.182] kāraṃ kassāmi, lokanāthassa tādino;

Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, bhavissāmi anāgate’.

‘I too will pay homage to the World Protector, the Such-like One. In the future, I will become an heir to his Dhamma.’

159.

159.

‘‘Sudhotaṃ rajakenāhaṃ, uttareyyaṃ paṭaṃ mama;

Veḷagge ālaggetvāna, dhajaṃ ukkhipimambare.

My upper garment, well-washed by a launderer, I fastened to the tip of a bamboo pole and raised it as a banner in the sky.

160.

160.

‘‘Abhisammatako gayha, ambare hāsi me dhajaṃ;

Vāteritaṃ dhajaṃ disvā, bhiyyo hāsaṃ janesahaṃ.

Abhisammata, seizing my banner, carried it into the sky; seeing the banner stirred by the wind, I generated even more joy.

161.

161.

‘‘Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, samaṇaṃ upasaṅkamiṃ;

Taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā, vipākaṃ pucchahaṃ dhaje.

Having made my mind serene there, I approached a recluse; having paid homage to that monk, I asked about the result of the banner.

162.

162.

‘‘So me kathesi ānandī, pītisañjananaṃ mama;

‘Tassa dhajassa vipākaṃ, anubhossasi sabbadā.

Joyfully he spoke to me, generating delight within me: ‘You will always experience the result of that banner.’

163.

163.

‘‘‘Hatthiassarathāpattī, senā ca caturaṅginī;

Parivāressanti taṃ niccaṃ, dhajadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

‘Elephants, horses, chariots, and infantry, a four-limbed army, will always surround you; this is the fruit of the gift of a banner.’

164.

164.

‘‘‘Saṭṭhituriyasahassāni, bheriyo samalaṅkatā;

Parivāressanti taṃ niccaṃ, dhajadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

‘Sixty thousand musical instruments and well-adorned drums will always surround you; this is the fruit of the gift of a banner.’

165.

165.

‘‘‘Chaḷasītisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Vicittavatthābharaṇā, āmukkamaṇikuṇḍalā.

‘Eighty-six thousand women, well-adorned, with colorful garments and ornaments, wearing jeweled earrings.

166.

166.

‘‘‘Āḷārapamhā hasulā, susaññā tanumajjhimā;

Parivāressanti taṃ niccaṃ, dhajadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

‘With curved eyelashes, smiling, of good perception, and slender-waisted, they will always surround you; this is the fruit of the gift of a banner.’

167.

167.

‘‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassāni, devaloke ramissasi;

Asītikkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissasi.

‘For thirty thousand eons you will delight in the deva world; eighty times you will exercise sovereignty as lord of the devas.’

168.

168.

‘‘‘Sahassakkhattuṃ rājā ca, cakkavattī bhavissati;

Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ.

‘A thousand times you will be a wheel-turning king, and your sovereignty over a vast regional kingdom will be innumerable by calculation.’

169.

169.

‘‘‘Kappasatasahassamhi, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand eons hence, arising in the Okkāka clan, one named Gotama by family will be the Teacher in the world.’

170.

170.

‘‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, sukkamūlena codito;

Puññakammena saññutto, brahmabandhu bhavissasi.

‘Having passed away from the deva world, impelled by your wholesome root, connected with your meritorious kamma, you will become a kinsman of Brahma.’

171.

171.

‘‘‘Asītikoṭiṃ [Pg.183] chaḍḍetvā, dāse kammakare bahū;

Gotamassa bhagavato, sāsane pabbajissasi.

‘Having abandoned eighty crores in wealth and many slaves and workers, you will go forth in the dispensation of the Blessed One Gotama.’

172.

172.

‘‘‘Ārādhayitvā sambuddhaṃ, gotamaṃ sakyapuṅgavaṃ;

Upavānoti nāmena, hessasi satthu sāvako’.

‘Having won the favor of the Perfectly Enlightened One, Gotama, the bull of the Sakyans, you will be a disciple of the Teacher by the name of Upavāna.’

173.

173.

‘‘Satasahasse kataṃ kammaṃ, phalaṃ dassesi me idha;

Sumutto saravegova, kilese jhāpayiṃ mama.

The deed I did a hundred thousand eons ago has shown its fruit to me here; like a swift, well-released arrow, I have burned up my defilements.

174.

174.

‘‘Cakkavattissa santassa, cātuddīpissarassa me;

Tīṇi yojanāni sāmantā, ussīyanti dhajā sadā.

For me, a peaceful wheel-turning monarch, sovereign over the four continents, banners are always raised high for three yojanas all around.

175.

175.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dhajadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

A hundred thousand eons ago, when I performed that deed, since then I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of the gift of a banner.

176.

176.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

177.

177.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

178.

178.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā upavānatthero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Upavāna spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke.

Upavānattherassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Upavāna, the Tenth.

11. Raṭṭhapālattheraapadānaṃ

11. The Apadāna of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla

179.

179.

‘‘Padumuttarassa bhagavato, lokajeṭṭhassa tādino;

Varanāgo mayā dinno, īsādanto urūḷhavā.

To the Blessed One Padumuttara, eldest in the world, the Such-like One, I gave a choice elephant, powerful, with tusks like plough-shafts.

180.

180.

‘‘Setacchattopasobhito, sakappano sahatthipo;

Agghāpetvāna taṃ sabbaṃ, saṅghārāmaṃ akārayiṃ.

Adorned with a white parasol, with its trappings and mahout; having had all that appraised, I had a monastery built for the Sangha.

181.

181.

‘‘Catupaññāsasahassāni, pāsāde kārayiṃ ahaṃ;

Mahoghadānaṃ karitvāna, niyyādesiṃ mahesino.

I had fifty-four thousand mansions built; having made a great flood-like gift, I dedicated them to the Great Sage.

182.

182.

‘‘Anumodi [Pg.184] mahāvīro, sayambhū aggapuggalo;

Sabbe jane hāsayanto, desesi amataṃ padaṃ.

The Great Hero, the Self-become, the foremost person, rejoiced. Delighting all the people, he taught the deathless state.

183.

183.

‘‘Taṃ me buddho viyākāsi, jalajuttamanāmako;

Bhikkhusaṅghe nisīditvā, imā gāthā abhāsatha.

The Buddha named Jalajuttama made this prediction about me; sitting in the assembly of bhikkhus, he spoke these verses:

184.

184.

‘‘‘Catupaññāsasahassāni, pāsāde kārayī ayaṃ;

Kathayissāmi vipākaṃ, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

‘This one had fifty-four thousand mansions built. I will declare the result; listen to me as I speak.’

185.

185.

‘‘‘Aṭṭhārasasahassāni, kūṭāgārā bhavissare;

Byamhuttamamhi nibbattā, sabbasoṇṇamayā ca te.

‘Eighteen thousand gabled mansions will arise for him in the highest celestial world, and they will all be made of gold.’

186.

186.

‘‘‘Paññāsakkhattuṃ devindo, devarajjaṃ karissati;

Aṭṭhapaññāsakkhattuñca, cakkavattī bhavissati.

‘Fifty times he will rule the realm of the devas as their lord, and fifty-eight times he will become a wheel-turning monarch.’

187.

187.

‘‘‘Kappasatasahassamhi, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand eons hence, arising in the Okkāka clan, one named Gotama by family will be the Teacher in the world.’

188.

188.

‘‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, sukkamūlena codito;

Aḍḍhe kule mahābhoge, nibbattissati tāvade.

‘Having passed away from the deva world, impelled by his wholesome root, he will be reborn at that time in a wealthy family of great fortune.’

189.

189.

‘‘‘So pacchā pabbajitvāna, sukkamūlena codito;

Raṭṭhapāloti nāmena, hessati satthu sāvako.

‘Later, having gone forth, impelled by his wholesome root, he will become a disciple of the Teacher by the name of Raṭṭhapāla.’

190.

190.

‘‘‘Padhānapahitatto so, upasanto nirūpadhi;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissatināsavo’.

‘He, with his self resolutely striving, peaceful and without acquisitions, having fully understood all the taints, will attain final Nibbāna, taintless.’

191.

191.

‘‘Uṭṭhāya abhinikkhamma, jahitā bhogasampadā;

Kheḷapiṇḍeva bhogamhi, pemaṃ mayhaṃ na vijjati.

Having arisen and gone forth, I have abandoned my fortune and possessions; like a lump of spittle, I have no affection for wealth.

192.

192.

‘‘Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhaṃ, yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ;

Dhāremi antimaṃ dehaṃ, sammāsambuddhasāsane.

My energy is my beast of burden, the vehicle leading to security from bondage. I bear this final body in the dispensation of the Perfectly Enlightened One.

193.

193.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavo.

My defilements are burned up… I dwell taintless.

194.

194.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

195.

195.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.185] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ āyasmā raṭṭhapālo thero imā gāthāyo

Thus, it is said, the Venerable Elder Raṭṭhapāla spoke these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

He spoke.

Raṭṭhapālattherassāpadānaṃ ekādasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Raṭṭhapāla, the Eleventh.

Yasavaggo chapaññāsamo.

The Yasa Chapter, the Fifty-sixth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary of the chapter:

Yaso nadīkassapo ca, gayākimilavajjino;

Duve uttarā bhaddajī, sivako upavāhano;

Raṭṭhapālo ekasataṃ, gāthānaṃ pañcanavuti.

Yasa, Nadīkassapa, Gayākassapa, Kimila, and Vajjiputta; the two Uttaras, Bhaddaji, Sivaka, and Upavāhana; Raṭṭhapāla. The verses are one hundred and ninety-five.

Therāpadānaṃ samattaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elders is completed.

Ettāvatā buddhāpadānañca paccekāpadānañca therāpadānañca

This is the extent of the Apadāna of the Buddhas, the Apadāna of the Paccekabuddhas, and the Apadāna of the Elders.

Samattāni.

They are completed.

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Homage to the Blessed One, the Arahant, the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One.

Khuddakanikāye

The Collection of Minor Texts

Therīapadānapāḷi

The Text of the Apadāna of the Elder Nuns

1. Sumedhāvaggo

1. The Sumedhā Chapter

1. Sumedhātherīapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Sumedhā

Atha therikāpadānāni suṇātha –

Now listen to the Apadānas of the Elder Nuns.

1.

1.

‘‘Bhagavati [Pg.187] koṇāgamane, saṅghārāmamhi navanivesanamhi ;

Sakhiyo tisso janiyo, vihāradānaṃ adāsimha.

“At the time of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, in a newly established monastery for the Sangha, we, three women who were friends, gave the gift of a dwelling.

2.

2.

‘‘Dasakkhattuṃ satakkhattuṃ, dasasatakkhattuṃ satānañca satakkhattuṃ ;

Devesu upapajjimha, ko vādo mānuse bhave.

“Ten times, a hundred times, a thousand times, and ten thousand times, we were reborn among the devas; what need is there to speak of the human state?

3.

3.

‘‘Deve mahiddhikā ahumha, mānusakamhi ko vādo;

Sattaratanamahesī, itthiratanaṃ ahaṃ bhaviṃ.

“We were of great power in the deva realm; what is there to say of the human state? I was the woman-treasure, the chief queen of the possessor of the seven treasures.

4.

4.

‘‘Idha sañcitakusalā, susamiddhakulappajā;

Dhanañjānī ca khemā ca, ahampi ca tayo janā.

“Having accumulated merit here, we three persons—Dhanañjānī, Khemā, and I—were born into a very prosperous family.

5.

5.

‘‘Ārāmaṃ sukataṃ katvā, sabbāvayavamaṇḍitaṃ;

Buddhappamukhasaṅghassa, niyyādetvā samoditā.

“Having made a well-made monastery, adorned with all its features, we, being joyful, dedicated it to the Sangha with the Buddha at its head.

6.

6.

‘‘Yattha [Pg.188] yatthūpapajjāmi, tassa kammassa vāhasā;

Devesu aggataṃ pattā, manussesu tatheva ca.

“Wherever I was reborn by the force of that kamma, we attained pre-eminence among the devas, and likewise among humans.

7.

7.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

“In this very eon, a kinsman of Brahmā of great renown, Kassapa by clan name, the best of speakers, arose.

8.

8.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

“At that time, the lord of men, King Kikī of Kāsi by name, was an attendant of the great seer in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī.

9.

9.

‘‘Tassāsuṃ satta dhītaro, rājakaññā sukhedhitā ;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, brahmacariyaṃ cariṃsu tā.

“He had seven daughters, royal maidens brought up in comfort, who delighted in attending on the Buddha. They lived the holy life.

10.

10.

‘‘Tāsaṃ sahāyikā hutvā, sīlesu susamāhitā;

Datvā dānāni sakkaccaṃ, agāreva vataṃ cariṃ.

“Having been their companion, well-established in the precepts, I respectfully gave offerings and practiced the observance while at home.

11.

11.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsūpagā ahaṃ.

“By that well-done deed, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

12.

12.

‘‘Tato cutā yāmamagaṃ, tatohaṃ tusitaṃ gatā;

Tato ca nimmānaratiṃ, vasavattipuraṃ tato.

“Passing away from there, I went to the Yāma realm; from there I went to the Tusita realm; from there to the Nimmānarati realm, and from there to the city of Vasavattī.

13.

13.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, puññakammasamohitā;

Tattha tattheva rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

“Wherever I was reborn, accompanied by my meritorious deeds, right there I became the chief queen of the great deva kings.

14.

14.

‘‘Tato cutā manussatte, rājūnaṃ cakkavattinaṃ;

Maṇḍalīnañca rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

“Passing away from there to the human state, I became the chief queen of wheel-turning monarchs and of regional kings.

15.

15.

‘‘Sampattimanubhotvāna, devesu mānusesu ca;

Sabbattha sukhitā hutvā, nekajātīsu saṃsariṃ.

“Having experienced prosperity among devas and humans, being happy everywhere, I wandered through many births.

16.

16.

‘‘So hetu ca so pabhavo, tammūlaṃ sāsane khamaṃ ;

Paṭhamaṃ taṃ samodhānaṃ, taṃ dhammaratāya nibbānaṃ.

“That was the cause, that the origin, that the root of my delight in the Teaching. That was the first convergence; through delight in the Dhamma, that is Nibbāna.

17.

17.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgīva bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burned up; all states of existence are uprooted. Like a she-elephant having cut her bonds, I dwell free from taints.

18.

18.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming into the presence of the Buddha was a good coming. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

19.

19.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.189] catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ sumedhā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the nun Sumedhā spoke these verses.

Sumedhātheriyāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Sumedhā, the First.

2. Mekhalādāyikātherīapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Mekhalādāyikā

20.

20.

‘‘Siddhatthassa bhagavato, thūpakārāpikā ahuṃ ;

Mekhalikā mayā dinnā, navakammāya satthuno.

“I was one who caused a stupa to be made for the Blessed One Siddhattha; a girdle was given by me for the new work of the Teacher.

21.

21.

‘‘Niṭṭhite ca mahāthūpe, mekhalaṃ punadāsahaṃ;

Lokanāthassa munino, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.

“And when the great stupa was completed, being devout, with my own hands I again gave a girdle to the Sage, the Protector of the World.

22.

22.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ mekhalamadaṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, thūpakārassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In the ninety-fourth eon from this, since I gave that girdle then, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of working on the stupa.

23.

23.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burned up… I dwell free from taints.

24.

24.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a good coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

25.

25.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ mekhalādāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the nun Mekhalādāyikā spoke these verses.

Mekhalādāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Mekhalādāyikā, the Second.

3. Maṇḍapadāyikātherīapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Maṇḍapadāyikā

26.

26.

‘‘Koṇāgamanabuddhassa, maṇḍapo kārito mayā;

Dhuvaṃ ticīvaraṃdāsiṃ, buddhassa lokabandhuno.

A pavilion was caused to be made by me for the Buddha Koṇāgamana; I constantly gave the three robes to the Buddha, the Kinsman of the World.

27.

27.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ janapadaṃ yāmi, nigame rājadhāniyo;

Sabbattha pūjito homi, puññakammassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Whatever country, towns, and royal cities I go to, everywhere I am honored; this is the fruit of meritorious kamma.

28.

28.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned up... I dwell without taints.

29.

29.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.190] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

30.

30.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ maṇḍapadāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the nun Maṇḍapadāyikā spoke these verses.

Maṇḍapadāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Maṇḍapadāyikā, the Third.

4. Saṅkamanatthātherīapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Saṅkamanatthā

31.

31.

‘‘Vipassissa bhagavato, lokajeṭṭhassa tādino;

Rathiyaṃ paṭipannassa, tārayantassa pāṇino.

For the Blessed One Vipassī, the Eldest in the World, the Such-like One, who was proceeding on the road, helping beings to cross over.

32.

32.

‘‘Gharato nikkhamitvāna, avakujjā nipajjahaṃ;

Anukampako lokanātho, sirasi akkamī mama.

Having gone out from my house, I lay down face down; the compassionate Lord of the World stepped upon my head.

33.

33.

‘‘Akkamitvāna sirasi, agamā lokanāyako;

Tena cittappasādena, tusitaṃ agamāsahaṃ.

Having stepped upon my head, the Leader of the World departed; through that confidence of mind, I went to the Tusita realm.

34.

34.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements have been burned up... I dwell free from taints.

35.

35.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been practiced.

36.

36.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ saṅkamanatthā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the nun Saṅkamanatthā spoke these verses.

Saṅkamanatthātheriyāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Saṅkamanatthā, the Fourth.

5. Naḷamālikātherīapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Naḷamālikā

37.

37.

‘‘Candabhāgānadītīre, ahosiṃ kinnarī tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sayambhuṃ aparājitaṃ.

On the bank of the Candabhāgā River, I was then a kinnarī. I saw the stainless Buddha, the Self-Become, the Unconquered.

38.

38.

‘‘Pasannacittā sumanā, vedajātā katañjalī;

Naḷamālaṃ gahetvāna, sayambhuṃ abhipūjayiṃ.

With a devout and joyful mind, with bliss arisen, and with hands joined in reverence, having taken a garland of reeds, I worshipped the Self-Become One.

39.

39.

‘‘Tena [Pg.191] kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā kinnarīdehaṃ, agacchiṃ tidasaṃ gatiṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my intention and resolve, having abandoned the kinnarī body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

40.

40.

‘‘Chattiṃsadevarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Dasannaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Saṃvejetvāna me cittaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

I was the chief queen of thirty-six kings of the devas; I was the chief queen of ten wheel-turning monarchs. My mind having been stirred with urgency, I went forth into the homeless life.

41.

41.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

My defilements have been burned up, all states of existence are uprooted; all taints are utterly destroyed, now there is no future existence.

42.

42.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pupphapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four eons ago, I offered a flower in worship; since then, I have known no bad destination. This is the fruit of that flower-offering.

43.

43.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements have been burned up... I dwell free from taints.

44.

44.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been practiced.

45.

45.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ naḷamālikā therī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the Elder Nun Naḷamālikā spoke these verses.

Naḷamālikātheriyāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Naḷamālikā, the Fifth.

6. Ekapiṇḍapātadāyikātherīapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Ekapiṇḍapātadāyikā

46.

46.

‘‘Nagare bandhumatiyā, bandhumā nāma khattiyo;

Tassa rañño ahuṃ bhariyā, ekajjhaṃ cārayāmahaṃ.

In the city of Bandhumatī, there was a khattiya named Bandhumā. I was the wife of that king; we conducted ourselves together.

47.

47.

‘‘Rahogatā nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

‘Ādāya gamanīyañhi, kusalaṃ natthi me kataṃ.

Having gone to a secluded place and sat down, I then reflected thus: ‘There is no wholesome kamma done by me to be taken along on my journey.’

48.

48.

‘‘‘Mahābhitāpaṃ kaṭukaṃ, ghorarūpaṃ sudāruṇaṃ;

Nirayaṃ nūna gacchāmi, ettha me natthi saṃsayo’.

‘To a hell of great torment, bitter, frightful in form, and very terrible—surely I will go; in this, I have no doubt.’

49.

49.

‘‘Rājānaṃ upasaṅkamma, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ;

‘Ekaṃ me samaṇaṃ dehi, bhojayissāmi khattiya’.

Having approached the king, I spoke this word: ‘O Khattiya, give me one ascetic; I will provide him with food.’

50.

50.

‘‘Adāsi me mahārājā, samaṇaṃ bhāvitindriyaṃ;

Tassa pattaṃ gahetvāna, paramannena pūrayiṃ.

The great king gave me an ascetic with developed faculties. Taking his bowl, I filled it with excellent food.

51.

51.

‘‘Pūrayitvā [Pg.192] paramannaṃ, gandhālepaṃ akāsahaṃ;

Jālena pidahitvāna, vatthayugena chādayiṃ.

Having filled it with excellent food, I applied fragrant ointment. Having covered it with a net, I covered it with a pair of cloths.

52.

52.

‘‘Ārammaṇaṃ mamaṃ etaṃ, sarāmi yāvajīvihaṃ;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

This was my object of recollection, which I remembered for as long as I lived. Having made my mind confident in that, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

53.

53.

‘‘Tiṃsānaṃ devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Manasā patthitaṃ mayhaṃ, nibbattati yathicchitaṃ.

I was the chief queen of thirty kings of the devas; whatever I wished for in my mind arose for me as desired.

54.

54.

‘‘Vīsānaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Ocitattāva hutvāna, saṃsarāmi bhavesvahaṃ.

I was the chief queen of twenty wheel-turning monarchs; having thus accumulated merit, I wandered through states of existence.

55.

55.

‘‘Sabbabandhanamuttāhaṃ, apetā me upādikā;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

I am freed from all fetters, my substrates of existence are gone; all the taints have been destroyed, now there is no more renewed existence.

56.

56.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, piṇḍapātassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first eon from this one, when I gave that gift, I have known no bad destination; this is the fruit of the gift of almsfood.

57.

57.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free from taints.

58.

58.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

59.

59.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ ekapiṇḍapātadāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, it is said, the Bhikkhunī Ekapiṇḍapātadāyikā recited these verses.

Ekapiṇḍapātadāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Ekapiṇḍapātadāyikā, the Sixth.

7. Kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikātherīapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikā

60.

60.

‘‘Piṇḍacāraṃ carantassa, tissanāmassa satthuno;

Kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ paggayha, buddhaseṭṭhassa dāsahaṃ.

While the Teacher named Tissa was walking on his almsround, I took up a ladleful of almsfood and gave it to the best of Buddhas.

61.

61.

‘‘Paṭiggahetvā sambuddho, tisso lokagganāyako;

Vīthiyā saṇṭhito satthā, akā me anumodanaṃ.

The Sambuddha Tissa, the foremost leader of the world, accepted it. Standing in the street, the Teacher gave me a blessing.

62.

62.

‘‘‘Kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ [Pg.193] datvāna, tāvatiṃsaṃ gamissasi;

Chattiṃsadevarājūnaṃ, mahesittaṃ karissasi.

‘Having given a ladleful of almsfood, you will go to the Tāvatiṃsa realm; you will be the chief queen of thirty-six kings of the devas.

63.

63.

‘‘‘Paññāsaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittaṃ karissasi;

Manasā patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, paṭilacchasi sabbadā.

‘You will be the chief queen of fifty wheel-turning monarchs; whatever you wish for in your mind, you will always obtain.

64.

64.

‘‘‘Sampattiṃ anubhotvāna, pabbajissasikiñcanā;

Sabbāsave pariññāya, nibbāyissasināsavā’.

‘After experiencing prosperity, you will go forth, possessionless; having fully understood all taints, you will attain Nibbāna, free from taints.’

65.

65.

‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna sambuddho, tisso lokagganāyako;

Nabhaṃ abbhuggamī vīro, haṃsarājāva ambare.

Having said this, the Sambuddha Tissa, the foremost leader of the world, the Hero, rose up into the sky like a swan-king in the firmament.

66.

66.

‘‘Sudinnaṃ me dānavaraṃ, suyiṭṭhā yāgasampadā;

Kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ datvāna, pattāhaṃ acalaṃ padaṃ.

Well given by me was the excellent gift, well made was the perfect offering. Having given a ladleful of almsfood, I have attained the unshakable state.

67.

67.

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, bhikkhādānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-second eon from now, when I gave that gift, I have known no woeful state; this is the fruit of giving almsfood.

68.

68.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free from taints.

69.

69.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

70.

70.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, it is said, the Bhikkhunī Kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikā recited these verses.

Kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Kaṭacchubhikkhādāyikā, the Seventh.

8. Sattuppalamālikātherīapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Sattuppalamālikā

71.

71.

‘‘Nagare aruṇavatiyā, aruṇo nāma ttiyo;

Tassa rañño ahuṃ bhariyā, vāritaṃ vārayāmahaṃ.

“In the city of Aruṇavatī, there was a khattiya named Aruṇa. I was the queen of that king; I prevented what was to be prevented.

72.

72.

‘‘Sattamālaṃ gahetvāna, uppalā devagandhikā;

Nisajja pāsādavare, evaṃ cintesi tāvade.

“Having taken seven divinely fragrant blue lotus flowers, I sat in the excellent palace and at that very moment, thought thus:

73.

73.

‘‘‘Kiṃ [Pg.194] me imāhi mālāhi, sirasāropitāhi me;

Varaṃ me buddhaseṭṭhassa, ñāṇamhi abhiropitaṃ’.

“‘What use to me are these garlands placed on my head? It is better for me that they be offered up to the wisdom of the supreme Buddha.’”

74.

74.

‘‘Sambuddhaṃ paṭimānentī, dvārāsanne nisīdahaṃ;

‘Yadā ehiti sambuddho, pūjayissaṃ mahāmuniṃ’.

“Awaiting the Sambuddha, I sat near the gate, thinking: ‘When the Sambuddha comes, I will worship the Great Sage.’”

75.

75.

‘‘Kakudho vilasantova, migarājāva kesarī;

Bhikkhusaṅghena sahito, āgacchi vīthiyā jino.

“Like a resplendent Kakudha tree, like a lion, king of beasts, the Victor came along the street with the Saṅgha of bhikkhus.”

76.

76.

‘‘Buddhassa raṃsiṃ disvāna, haṭṭhā saṃviggamānasā;

Dvāraṃ avāpuritvāna, buddhaseṭṭhamapūjayiṃ.

“Seeing the Buddha's radiance, joyful and with a mind stirred with spiritual urgency, I opened the door and worshipped the supreme Buddha.”

77.

77.

‘‘Satta uppalapupphāni, parikiṇṇāni ambare;

Chadiṃ karonto buddhassa, matthake dhārayanti te.

“The seven blue lotus flowers, scattered in the sky, forming a canopy, remained over the Buddha's head.”

78.

78.

‘‘Udaggacittā sumanā, vedajātā katañjalī;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

“With mind uplifted and gladdened, with joy arisen, with hands joined in reverence, having established confidence in my mind there, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.”

79.

79.

‘‘Mahānelassa chādanaṃ, dhārenti mama muddhani;

Dibbagandhaṃ pavāyāmi, sattuppalassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“A great blue canopy is held over my head; a divine fragrance emanates from me. This is the fruit of the seven blue lotus flowers.”

80.

80.

‘‘Kadāci nīyamānāya, ñātisaṅghena me tadā;

Yāvatā parisā mayhaṃ, mahānelaṃ dharīyati.

“Then, when I was sometimes being led by my assembly of kinsmen, for as far as my retinue extended, a great blue canopy was held aloft.”

81.

81.

‘‘Sattati devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Sabbattha issarā hutvā, saṃsarāmi bhavābhave.

“I acted as the chief queen of seventy kings of the devas; having been a sovereign everywhere, I wandered through great and small existences.”

82.

82.

‘‘Tesaṭṭhi cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Sabbe mamanuvattanti, ādeyyavacanā ahuṃ.

“I performed the role of chief queen for sixty-three wheel-turning monarchs; all followed me, and my words were heeded.”

83.

83.

‘‘Uppalasseva me vaṇṇo, gandho ceva pavāyati;

Dubbaṇṇiyaṃ na jānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“My complexion is like that of a blue lotus, and a fragrance like it emanates from me; I have never known an unattractive complexion—this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.”

84.

84.

‘‘Iddhipādesu kusalā, bojjhaṅgabhāvanā ratā;

Abhiññāpāramippattā, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“I am skilled in the bases of spiritual power, delighting in the development of the factors of enlightenment, and have attained the perfection of the direct knowledges—this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.”

85.

85.

‘‘Satipaṭṭhānakusalā, samādhijhānagocarā;

Sammappadhānamanuyuttā, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“I am skilled in the establishments of mindfulness, my domain is concentration and jhāna, and I am devoted to the right strivings—this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.”

86.

86.

‘‘Vīriyaṃ [Pg.195] me dhuradhorayhaṃ, yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“My energy is a beast of burden carrying the yoke, leading to security from bondage; all my taints are destroyed; now there is no future existence.”

87.

87.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ pupphamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In the thirty-first eon from this one, when I offered that flower, I do not know of any bad destination; this is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.”

88.

88.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free from taints.”

89.

89.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

90.

90.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ sattuppalamālikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Sattuppalamālikā spoke these verses.

Sattuppalamālikātheriyāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Sattuppalamālikā, the Eighth.

9. Pañcadīpikātherīapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Pañcadīpikā

91.

91.

‘‘Nagare haṃsavatiyā, cārikī āsahaṃ tadā;

Ārāmena ca ārāmaṃ, carāmi kusalatthikā.

“In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was then a wanderer; desiring the wholesome, I traveled from park to park.”

92.

92.

‘‘Kāḷapakkhamhi divase, addasaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, bodhimūle nisīdahaṃ.

“On a day of the dark fortnight, I saw the supreme Bodhi tree; having inspired confidence in my mind there, I sat at the foot of the Bodhi tree.”

93.

93.

‘‘Garucittaṃ upaṭṭhetvā, sire katvāna añjaliṃ;

Somanassaṃ pavedetvā, evaṃ cintesi tāvade.

“Having established a reverential mind and placed my joined palms on my head, expressing my joy, I thought thus at that moment:”

94.

94.

‘‘‘Yadi buddho amitaguṇo, asamappaṭipuggalo;

Dassetu pāṭihīraṃ me, bodhi obhāsatu ayaṃ’.

“‘If the Buddha is of immeasurable virtue, an incomparable and unequaled person, may this Bodhi tree show a miracle to me, may it shine forth!’”

95.

95.

‘‘Saha āvajjite mayhaṃ, bodhi pajjali tāvade;

Sabbasoṇṇamayā āsi, disā sabbā virocati.

“As soon as I reflected, the Bodhi tree blazed up at that moment; it became entirely golden, and all directions shone brightly.”

96.

96.

‘‘Sattarattindivaṃ tattha, bodhimūle nisīdahaṃ;

Sattame divase patte, dīpapūjaṃ akāsahaṃ.

“For seven nights and days I sat there at the foot of the Bodhi tree; when the seventh day arrived, I made an offering of lamps.”

97.

97.

‘‘Āsanaṃ parivāretvā, pañcadīpāni pajjaluṃ;

Yāva udeti sūriyo, dīpā me pajjaluṃ tadā.

“Having surrounded the seat, I lit five lamps; my lamps burned then until the sun rose.”

98.

98.

‘‘Tena [Pg.196] kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

“By that well-done kamma, and by my volition and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.”

99.

99.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, pañcadīpāti vuccati;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

“There I had a well-made celestial mansion, called ‘Pañcadīpā,’ which was sixty yojanas in height and thirty yojanas in breadth.”

100.

100.

‘‘Asaṅkhiyāni dīpāni, parivāre jalanti me;

Yāvatā devabhavanaṃ, dīpālokena jotati.

“Innumerable lamps burn around me; as far as the deva-mansion extends, it shines with the light of the lamps.”

101.

101.

‘‘Parammukhā nisīditvā, yadi icchāmi passituṃ;

Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyaṃ, sabbaṃ passāmi cakkhunā.

“Sitting facing away, if I wish to see upwards, downwards, or across, I see everything with my eye.”

102.

102.

‘‘Yāvatā abhikaṅkhāmi, daṭṭhuṃ sugataduggate ;

Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthi, rukkhesu pabbatesu vā.

“As far as I wish to see beings in good or bad destinations, there is no obstruction for me, whether by trees or by mountains.”

103.

103.

‘‘Asīti devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

“I acted as the chief queen of eighty deva-kings; I acted as the chief queen of a hundred wheel-turning monarchs.”

104.

104.

‘‘Yaṃ yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Dīpasatasahassāni, parivāre jalanti me.

“Whatever womb I am reborn in, whether in a deva or human state, a hundred thousand lamps burn around me.”

105.

105.

‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, uppajjiṃ mātukucchiyaṃ;

Mātukucchigatā santī, akkhi me na nimīlati.

“Having passed away from the deva world, I was reborn in my mother's womb; while in my mother's womb, my eyes did not close.”

106.

106.

‘‘Dīpasatasahassāni, puññakammasamaṅgitā;

Jalanti sūtikāgehe, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

“A hundred thousand lamps, endowed by my meritorious kamma, blaze in the delivery chamber: this is the fruit of the five lamps.”

107.

107.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, mānasaṃ vinivattayiṃ;

Ajarāmataṃ sītibhāvaṃ, nibbānaṃ phassayiṃ ahaṃ.

“Having reached my final existence, I turned away from the human state; I realized Nibbāna, the ageless, deathless, cool state.”

108.

108.

‘‘Jātiyā sattavassāhaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Upasampādayī buddho, guṇamaññāya gotamo.

“At seven years of age, I attained Arahantship. The Buddha Gotama, having recognized my virtues, gave me the higher ordination.”

109.

109.

‘‘Maṇḍape rukkhamūle vā, pāsādesu guhāsu vā;

Suññāgāre vasantiyā, pañcadīpā jalanti me.

“Whether in a pavilion or at the foot of a tree, in palaces or in caves, or while dwelling in a secluded place, five lamps burn for me.”

110.

110.

‘‘Dibbacakkhu [Pg.197] visuddhaṃ me, samādhikusalā ahaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramippattā, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

“My divine eye is purified, and I am skilled in concentration; I have reached the perfection of the direct knowledges—this is the fruit of the five lamps.”

111.

111.

‘‘Sabbavositavosānā, katakiccā anāsavā;

Pañcadīpā mahāvīra, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma.

“Having lived the holy life to its conclusion, my task is done, and I am free from taints. I, Pañcadīpā, venerate your feet, O Great Hero, O One with the Eye.”

112.

112.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dīpamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

“One hundred thousand eons ago, I gave that lamp; since then, I have not known a bad destination. This is the fruit of the five lamps.”

113.

113.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free from taints.”

114.

114.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

115.

115.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ pañcadīpikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Pañcadīpikā spoke these verses.

Pañcadīpikātheriyāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Pañcadīpikā, the Ninth.

10. Udakadāyikātherīapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Udakadāyikā

116.

116.

‘‘Nagare bandhumatiyā, ahosiṃ udahārikā;

Udahārena jīvāmi, tena posemi dārake.

“In the city of Bandhumatī, I was a water-carrier; I lived by carrying water, and thereby I supported my children.”

117.

117.

‘‘Deyyadhammo ca me natthi, puññakkhette anuttare;

Koṭṭhakaṃ upasaṅkamma, udakaṃ paṭṭhapesahaṃ.

“I had no gift to offer to the unsurpassed field of merit; so, having approached a water-trough, I set out water.”

118.

118.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ;

Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, udahārena nimmitaṃ.

“By that well-done deed, I went to Tāvatiṃsa. There a well-made celestial mansion was created for me through the carrying of water.”

119.

119.

‘‘Accharānaṃ sahassassa, ahañhi pavarā tadā;

Dasaṭṭhānehi tā sabbā, abhibhomi sadā ahaṃ.

“I was then the foremost among a thousand celestial nymphs; I always surpassed them all in ten respects.”

120.

120.

‘‘Paññāsaṃ devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Vīsaticakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

“I acted as the chief queen of fifty kings of the gods; I acted as the chief queen of twenty wheel-turning monarchs.”

121.

121.

‘‘Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dakadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“I have transmigrated in two states of existence, the divine and the human. I do not know of any woeful destination; this is the fruit of the gift of water.”

122.

122.

‘‘Pabbatagge [Pg.198] dumagge vā, antalikkhe ca bhūmiyaṃ;

Yadā udakamicchāmi, khippaṃ paṭilabhāmahaṃ.

“Whether on a mountain peak or a treetop, in the sky or on the ground, whenever I wish for water, I obtain it immediately.”

123.

123.

‘‘Avuṭṭhikā disā natthi, santattā kuthitāpi ca;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, mahāmegho pavassati.

“There is no region without rain, nor any that is scorched and seething. Knowing my intention, a great cloud pours down rain.”

124.

124.

‘‘Kadāci nīyamānāya, ñātisaṅghena me tadā;

Yadā icchāmahaṃ vassaṃ, mahāmegho ajāyatha.

“Once, when I was being led by my assembly of relatives, whenever I wished for rain, a great cloud would arise.

125.

125.

‘‘Uṇhaṃ vā pariḷāho vā, sarīre me na vijjati;

Kāye ca me rajo natthi, dakadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Neither heat nor burning fever is found in my body, and there is no dust on my body; this is the fruit of the gift of water.

126.

126.

‘‘Visuddhamanasā ajja, apetamanapāpikā;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“Today, with a purified mind, free from evil thoughts, all my taints are completely destroyed. Now there is no more rebirth.

127.

127.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ dakaṃ adadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, dakadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“In the ninety-first aeon from this one, I gave that water. I have not known a woeful destination since; this is the fruit of the gift of water.

128.

128.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

129.

129.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a good one … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

130.

130.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ udakadāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Udakadāyikā spoke these verses.

Udakadāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Udakadāyikā, the Tenth.

Sumedhāvaggo paṭhamo.

The Sumedhā Chapter, the First.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Sumedhā mekhalādāyī, maṇḍapaṃ saṅkamaṃ dadā;

Naḷamālī piṇḍadadā, kaṭacchu uppalappadā.

Sumedhā, Mekhalādāyikā, Maṇḍapadāyikā, and Saṅkamadāyikā; Naḷamālinī, Piṇḍapātadāyikā, Kaṭacchudāyikā, and Uppalapadāyikā,

Dīpadā dakadā ceva, gāthāyo gaṇitā iha;

Ekagāthāsatañceva, tiṃsati ca taduttari.

Dīpadā and Dakadā. The verses here are reckoned as one hundred and thirty, and more besides.

2. Ekūposathikavaggo

2. The Ekūposathikā Chapter

1. Ekūposathikātherīapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Ekūposathikā

1.

1.

‘‘Nagare [Pg.199] bandhumatiyā, bandhumā nāma khattiyo;

Divase puṇṇamāya so, upavasi uposathaṃ.

“In the city of Bandhumatī, there was a khattiya named Bandhumā; on the full-moon day, he observed the Uposatha.

2.

2.

‘‘Ahaṃ tena samayena, kumbhadāsī ahaṃ tahiṃ;

Disvā sarājakaṃ senaṃ, evāhaṃ cintayiṃ tadā.

“At that time, I was a water-carrying slave there. Seeing the army with the king, I then thought thus:

3.

3.

‘Rājāpi rajjaṃ chaḍḍetvā, upavasi uposathaṃ;

Saphalaṃ nūna taṃ kammaṃ, janakāyo pamodito’.

‘The king, too, having set aside his kingdom, observes the Uposatha. Surely that deed is fruitful; the populace is joyful.’

4.

4.

‘‘Yoniso paccavekkhitvā, duggaccañca daliddataṃ ;

Mānasaṃ sampahaṃsitvā, upavasiṃ uposathaṃ.

“Having reflected wisely on my wretchedness and poverty, I gladdened my mind and observed the Uposatha.

5.

5.

‘‘Ahaṃ uposathaṃ katvā, sammāsambuddhasāsane;

Tena kammena sukatena, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

“Having observed the Uposatha in the teaching of the Perfectly Enlightened One, by that well-done deed I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

6.

6.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, ubbhayojanamuggataṃ ;

Kūṭāgāravarūpetaṃ, mahāsanasubhūsitaṃ.

“There a well-made celestial mansion arose for me, a yojana high, endowed with the best gabled chambers and beautifully adorned with great thrones.

7.

7.

‘‘Accharā satasahassā, upatiṭṭhanti maṃ sadā;

Aññe deve atikkamma, atirocāmi sabbadā.

“A hundred thousand celestial nymphs always attend upon me; surpassing other gods, I always outshine them.

8.

8.

‘‘Catusaṭṭhi devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Tesaṭṭhi cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

“I was the chief queen of sixty-four kings of the gods; I was the chief queen of sixty-three wheel-turning monarchs.

9.

9.

‘‘Suvaṇṇavaṇṇā hutvāna, bhavesu saṃsarāmahaṃ;

Sabbattha pavarā homi, uposathassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Having a golden complexion, I transmigrated through states of existence. Everywhere I was the foremost—this is the fruit of the Uposatha.

10.

10.

‘‘Hatthiyānaṃ assayānaṃ, rathayānañca sīvikaṃ ;

Labhāmi sabbamevetaṃ, uposathassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Elephant-vehicles, horse-vehicles, chariots, and palanquins; I obtain all this—this is the fruit of the Uposatha.

11.

11.

‘‘Soṇṇamayaṃ rūpimayaṃ, athopi phalikāmayaṃ;

Lohitaṅgamayañceva, sabbaṃ paṭilabhāmahaṃ.

“Things made of gold, of silver, and also of crystal, and made of rubies too—all this I obtain.

12.

12.

‘‘Koseyyakambaliyāni, khomakappāsikāni ca;

Mahagghāni ca vatthāni, sabbaṃ paṭilabhāmahaṃ.

“Silken and woolen garments, linen and cotton fabrics, and costly cloths—all this I obtain.

13.

13.

‘‘Annaṃ [Pg.200] pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ, vatthasenāsanāni ca;

Sabbametaṃ paṭilabhe, uposathassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Food, drink, and edibles, clothing and lodgings; all this one may obtain—this is the fruit of the Uposatha.

14.

14.

‘‘Varagandhañca mālañca, cuṇṇakañca vilepanaṃ;

Sabbametaṃ paṭilabhe, uposathassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Choice perfumes and garlands, scented powder and ointments; all this one may obtain—this is the fruit of the Uposatha.

15.

15.

‘‘Kūṭāgārañca pāsādaṃ, maṇḍapaṃ hammiyaṃ guhaṃ;

Sabbametaṃ paṭilabhe, uposathassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“A gabled palace and a palace, a pavilion, a flat-roofed mansion, and a cave; all this one may obtain. This is the fruit of observing the Uposatha.

16.

16.

‘‘Jātiyā sattavassāhaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Aḍḍhamāse asampatte, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

“At seven years of age, I went forth into the homeless life. Before half a month had passed, I attained Arahantship.

17.

17.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“My defilements are burned up; all states of existence are uprooted. All my taints are destroyed; now there is no more rebirth.

18.

18.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, yaṃ kammamakariṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, uposathassidaṃ phalaṃ.

“Because of the deed I performed ninety-one aeons ago from this one, I have known no woeful destination; this is the fruit of observing the Uposatha.

19.

19.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

20.

20.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was a good one … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

21.

21.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges have been attained … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ ekūposathikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Ekūposathikā spoke these verses.

Ekūposathikātheriyāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Ekūposathikā, the First.

2. Saḷalapupphikātherīapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Saḷalapupphikā

22.

22.

‘‘Candabhāgānadītīre, ahosiṃ kinnarī tadā;

Addasāhaṃ devadevaṃ, caṅkamantaṃ narāsabhaṃ.

“On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was then a kinnarī. I saw the God of gods, the Bull among men, walking in meditation.

23.

23.

‘‘Ocinitvāna saḷalaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassadāsahaṃ;

Upasiṅghi mahāvīro, saḷalaṃ devagandhikaṃ.

Having plucked a pine flower, I gave it to the Best of Buddhas. The Great Hero smelled the pine flower, which had a divine fragrance.

24.

24.

‘‘Paṭiggahetvā sambuddho, vipassī lokanāyako;

Upasiṅghi mahāvīro, pekkhamānāya me tadā.

Having accepted it, the Perfectly Enlightened One, Vipassī, the Leader of the World, the Great Hero, then smelled it while I was looking on.

25.

25.

‘‘Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, vanditvā dvipaduttamaṃ ;

Sakaṃ cittaṃ pasādetvā, tato pabbatamāruhiṃ.

Having raised my hands in respectful salutation and paid homage to the best of bipeds, I gladdened my own mind and then ascended the mountain.

26.

26.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.201] kappe, yaṃ pupphamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, buddhapūjāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the ninety-first aeon from this one, because of the flower that I gave then, I have not known a woeful destination. This is the fruit of worshipping the Buddha.

27.

27.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell free of taints.

28.

28.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Fortunate indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

29.

29.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges have been attained … the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ saḷalapupphikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Saḷalapupphikā spoke these verses.

Saḷalapupphikātheriyāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Therī Saḷalapupphikā.

3. Modakadāyikātherīapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Therī Modakadāyikā

30.

30.

‘‘Nagare bandhumatiyā, kumbhadāsī ahosahaṃ;

Mama bhāgaṃ gahetvāna, gacchaṃ udakahārikā.

In the city of Bandhumatī, I was a water-pot slave girl. Taking my portion, I went to fetch water.

31.

31.

‘‘Panthamhi samaṇaṃ disvā, santacittaṃ samāhataṃ;

Pasannacittā sumanā, modake tīṇidāsahaṃ.

Seeing a recluse on the path, his mind peaceful and concentrated, with a confident mind and gladdened heart, I gave him three sweet-cakes.

32.

32.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Ekanavutikappāni, vinipātaṃ nagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volitions and aspirations, for ninety-one aeons I have not gone to a state of downfall.

33.

33.

‘‘Sampatti taṃ karitvāna, sabbaṃ anubhaviṃ ahaṃ;

Modake tīṇi datvāna, pattāhaṃ acalaṃ padaṃ.

Having achieved that success, I experienced every kind of prosperity. Having given three sweet-cakes, I have attained the unshakable state.

34.

34.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell taintless.

35.

35.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Fortunate indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

36.

36.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ modakadāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Modakadāyikā spoke these verses.

Modakadāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The third Apadāna of the Therī Modakadāyikā.

4. Ekāsanadāyikātherīapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Therī Ekāsanadāyikā

37.

37.

‘‘Nagare [Pg.202] haṃsavatiyā, ahosiṃ bālikā tadā;

Mātā ca me pitā ceva, kammantaṃ agamaṃsu te.

In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was a young girl then; both my mother and my father had gone to their work.

38.

38.

‘‘Majjhanhikamhi sūriye, addasaṃ samaṇaṃ ahaṃ;

Vīthiyā anugacchantaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapesahaṃ.

When the sun was at midday, I saw a recluse walking along the street; I prepared a seat.

39.

39.

‘‘Gonakāvikatikāhi, paññapetvā mamāsanaṃ;

Pasannacittā sumanā, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having prepared my seat with a long-fleeced cover and an embroidered spread, with a confident mind and gladdened heart, I spoke this utterance:

40.

40.

‘‘‘Santattā kuthitā bhūmi, sūro majjhanhike ṭhito;

Mālutā ca na vāyanti, kālo cevettha mehiti.

‘The earth is scorched and boiling, the sun stands at midday; the winds do not blow. It is the proper time; please come here to my place.’

41.

41.

‘‘‘Paññattamāsanamidaṃ, tavatthāya mahāmuni;

Anukampaṃ upādāya, nisīda mama āsane’.

‘This seat is prepared for your benefit, O Great Sage; out of compassion, please sit upon my seat.’

42.

42.

‘‘Nisīdi tattha samaṇo, sudanto suddhamānaso;

Tassa pattaṃ gahetvāna, yathārandhaṃ adāsahaṃ.

The recluse sat there, well-tamed, with a pure mind. Taking his bowl, I gave according to what was prepared.

43.

43.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

44.

44.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, āsanena sunimmitaṃ;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

There, my well-made celestial mansion was well-created by that seat; it was sixty yojanas in height and thirty yojanas in breadth.

45.

45.

‘‘Soṇṇamayā maṇimayā, athopi phalikāmayā;

Lohitaṅgamayā ceva, pallaṅkā vividhā mama.

My various couches are made of gold, of gems, and also of crystal, and of ruby.

46.

46.

‘‘Tūlikā vikatikāhi, kaṭṭissacittakāhi ca;

Uddaekantalomī ca, pallaṅkā me susaṇṭhitā.

My couches are well-appointed with cotton mattresses and figured coverlets, with embroidered silk spreads, and with fleeces having hair on both sides and on one side.

47.

47.

‘‘Yadā icchāmi gamanaṃ, hāsakhiḍḍasamappitā;

Saha pallaṅkaseṭṭhena, gacchāmi mama patthitaṃ.

Whenever I wish to go, devoted to laughter and play, I go to my desired destination together with the best of couches.

48.

48.

‘‘Asīti devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Sattati cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

I was the chief consort of eighty deva kings; I was the chief consort of seventy wheel-turning monarchs.

49.

49.

‘‘Bhavābhave [Pg.203] saṃsarantī, mahābhogaṃ labhāmahaṃ;

Bhoge me ūnatā natthi, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Wandering in existence after existence, I obtain great wealth; in my wealth, there is no deficiency. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

50.

50.

‘‘Duve bhave saṃsarāmi, devatte atha mānuse;

Aññe bhave na jānāmi, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

I wander in two existences, in the divine state and in the human state; I know of no other existences. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

51.

51.

‘‘Duve kule pajāyāmi, khattiye cāpi brāhmaṇe;

Uccākulīnā sabbattha, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am born into two families, that of the khattiya and also that of the brahmin; everywhere I am of high birth. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

52.

52.

‘‘Domanassaṃ na jānāmi, cittasantāpanaṃ mama;

Vevaṇṇiyaṃ na jānāmi, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

I know no displeasure, nor torment of my mind; I know no change in complexion. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

53.

53.

‘‘Dhātiyo maṃ upaṭṭhanti, khujjā celāpikā bahū;

Aṅkena aṅkaṃ gacchāmi, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Nurses attend upon me, and many hunchbacked women and attendants; I am passed from lap to lap. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

54.

54.

‘‘Aññā nhāpenti bhojenti, aññā ramenti maṃ sadā;

Aññā gandhaṃ vilimpanti, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Some women bathe me and some feed me; others always entertain me; still others anoint me with perfume. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

55.

55.

‘‘Maṇḍape rukkhamūle vā, suññāgāre vasantiyā;

Mama saṅkappamaññāya, pallaṅko upatiṭṭhati.

Whether I am dwelling in a pavilion, at the foot of a tree, or in an empty abode, a couch appears, having known my intention.

56.

56.

‘‘Ayaṃ pacchimako mayhaṃ, carimo vattate bhavo;

Ajjāpi rajjaṃ chaḍḍetvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

This is my last existence; my final life is now occurring. Even in this life, having abandoned royalty, I have gone forth into the homeless state.

57.

57.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, ekāsanassidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand kappas ago, because of the gift I gave then, I have not known an unhappy destination. This is the fruit of offering a single seat.

58.

58.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt up... I dwell free from taints.

59.

59.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good coming... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

60.

60.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ ekāsanadāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Ekāsanadāyikā spoke these verses.

Ekāsanadāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Therī Ekāsanadāyikā, the Fourth.

5. Pañcadīpadāyikātherīapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Therī Pañcadīpadāyikā

61.

61.

‘‘Nagare [Pg.204] haṃsavatiyā, cārikī āsahaṃ tadā;

Ārāmena ca ārāmaṃ, carāmi kusalatthikā.

In the city of Haṃsavatī, I was then a wanderer; being desirous of merit, I roamed from park to park.

62.

62.

‘‘Kāḷapakkhamhi divase, addasaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

Tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā, bodhimūle nisīdahaṃ.

On a day of the dark fortnight, I saw the supreme Bodhi tree; having made my mind serene there, I sat down at the foot of the Bodhi tree.

63.

63.

‘‘Garucittaṃ upaṭṭhetvā, sire katvāna añjaliṃ;

Somanassaṃ pavedetvā, evaṃ cintesi tāvade.

Having established a reverential mind and having placed my joined palms on my head, expressing my gladness, at that moment I thought thus:

64.

64.

‘‘‘Yadi buddho amitaguṇo, asamappaṭipuggalo;

Dassetu pāṭihīraṃ me, bodhi obhāsatu ayaṃ’.

‘If the Buddha is of incomparable qualities, an unequalled and unrivaled person, let it show a miracle to me; let this Bodhi tree shine forth.’

65.

65.

‘‘Saha āvajjite mayhaṃ, bodhi pajjali tāvade;

Sabbasoṇṇamayā āsi, disā sabbā virocati.

As soon as I adverted, the Bodhi tree blazed at that very moment. It became entirely made of gold; all the directions shone beautifully.

66.

66.

‘‘Sattarattindivaṃ tattha, bodhimūle nisīdahaṃ;

Sattame divase patte, dīpapūjaṃ akāsahaṃ.

For seven nights and days I sat there at the foot of the Bodhi tree. When the seventh day arrived, I made an offering of lamps.

67.

67.

‘‘Āsanaṃ parivāretvā, pañca dīpāni pajjaluṃ;

Yāva udeti sūriyo, dīpā me pajjaluṃ tadā.

Having surrounded the seat, five lamps blazed. My lamps then blazed until the sun arose.

68.

68.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

69.

69.

‘‘Tattha me sukataṃ byamhaṃ, pañcadīpāti vuccati;

Saṭṭhiyojanamubbedhaṃ, tiṃsayojanavitthataṃ.

There, my well-made celestial mansion is called ‘Pañcadīpa.’ It is sixty yojanas high and thirty yojanas wide.

70.

70.

‘‘Asaṅkhiyāni dīpāni, parivāre jaliṃsu me;

Yāvatā devabhavanaṃ, dīpālokena jotati.

Innumerable lamps blazed around me as my retinue; the entire divine mansion shines with the light of the lamps.

71.

71.

‘‘Parammukhā nisīditvā, yadi icchāmi passituṃ;

Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyaṃ, sabbaṃ passāmi cakkhunā.

Sitting with my face turned away, if I wish to see, I see everything—above, below, and across—with my eye.

72.

72.

‘‘Yāvatā abhikaṅkhāmi, daṭṭhuṃ sugataduggate ;

Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthi, rukkhesu pabbatesu vā.

However far I wish to see those in good and bad destinations, there is no obstruction for me, whether by trees or by mountains.

73.

73.

‘‘Asīti devarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Satānaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

I acted as the chief queen of eighty kings of the devas; I acted as the chief queen of a hundred wheel-turning monarchs.

74.

74.

‘‘Yaṃ [Pg.205] yaṃ yonupapajjāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Dīpasatasahassāni, parivāre jalanti me.

In whatever existence I am reborn, whether divine or human, a hundred thousand lamps blaze around me as my retinue.

75.

75.

‘‘Devalokā cavitvāna, uppajjiṃ mātukucchiyaṃ;

Mātukucchigatā santī, akkhi me na nimīlati.

Having passed away from the deva world, I was conceived in my mother’s womb. While in my mother’s womb, my eyes did not close.

76.

76.

‘‘Dīpasatasahassāni, puññakammasamaṅgitā;

Jalanti sūtikāgehe, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

A hundred thousand lamps, endowed by meritorious kamma, blaze in the delivery chamber: this is the fruit of the five lamps.

77.

77.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, mānasaṃ vinivattayiṃ;

Ajarāmataṃ sītibhāvaṃ, nibbānaṃ phassayiṃ ahaṃ.

Having reached my final existence, I turned away from the human state. I realized Nibbāna, the ageless, deathless, peaceful state.

78.

78.

‘‘Jātiyā sattavassāhaṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Upasampādayī buddho, guṇamaññāya gotamo.

At seven years of age, I attained arahantship. The Buddha Gotama, recognizing my qualities, gave me the higher ordination.

79.

79.

‘‘Maṇḍape rukkhamūle vā, suññāgāre vasantiyā;

Sadā pajjalate dīpaṃ, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

Whether I am dwelling in a pavilion, at the foot of a tree, or in an empty place, a lamp always blazes: this is the fruit of the five lamps.

80.

80.

‘‘Dibbacakkhu visuddhaṃ me, samādhikusalā ahaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramippattā, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

My divine eye is purified, and I am skilled in concentration; I have reached the perfection of the direct knowledges: this is the fruit of the five lamps.

81.

81.

‘‘Sabbavositavosānā, katakiccā anāsavā;

Pañcadīpā mahāvīra, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma.

My dwelling in the holy life is completely finished, I have done what was to be done and am free from taints. I, Pañcadīpā, venerate your feet, O Great Hero, O One with the Five Eyes.

82.

82.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, yaṃ dīpamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, pañcadīpānidaṃ phalaṃ.

One hundred thousand kappas ago, because of the lamps I gave then, I have not known an unhappy destination. This is the fruit of the five lamps.

83.

83.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

84.

84.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

85.

85.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges have been attained… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ pañcadīpadāyikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Pañcadīpadāyikā spoke these verses.

Pañcadīpadāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Therī Pañcadīpadāyikā, the fifth.

6. Naḷamālikātherīapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Therī Naḷamālikā

86.

86.

‘‘Candabhāgānadītīre, ahosiṃ kinnarī tadā;

Addasaṃ virajaṃ buddhaṃ, sayambhuṃ aparājitaṃ.

On the bank of the Candabhāgā river, I was then a kinnarī. I saw the dust-free Buddha, the Self-become, the Unconquered.

87.

87.

‘‘Pasannacittā [Pg.206] sumanā, vedajātā katañjalī;

Naḷamālaṃ gahetvāna, sayambhuṃ abhipūjayiṃ.

With a confident mind and glad heart, filled with joy and with hands reverentially joined, I took a garland of reeds and worshipped the Self-become One.

88.

88.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā kinnarīdehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the kinnarī body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

89.

89.

‘‘Chattiṃsadevarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Manasā patthitaṃ mayhaṃ, nibbattati yathicchitaṃ.

I acted as the chief queen of thirty-six kings of the devas. Whatever I wished for in my mind arose just as I desired.

90.

90.

‘‘Dasannaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Ocitattāva hutvāna, saṃsarāmi bhavesvahaṃ.

I acted as the chief queen of ten wheel-turning monarchs. Having accumulated merit, I wander in existences.

91.

91.

‘‘Kusalaṃ vijjate mayhaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Pūjārahā ahaṃ ajja, sakyaputtassa sāsane.

Merit exists for me; I have gone forth into the homeless life. Today I am worthy of offerings in the teaching of the Sakyan Son.

92.

92.

‘‘Visuddhamanasā ajja, apetamanapāpikā;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

Today, with a purified mind, free from evil thoughts, with all taints completely destroyed, there is now no further becoming.

93.

93.

‘‘Catunnavutito kappe, yaṃ buddhamabhipūjayiṃ;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, naḷamālāyidaṃ phalaṃ.

Ninety-four aeons ago, I worshipped the Buddha; since then, I have not known a woeful state. This is the fruit of the reed garland.

94.

94.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

95.

95.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

96.

96.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges have been attained… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ naḷamālikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Naḷamālikā spoke these verses.

Naḷamālikātheriyāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Therī Naḷamālikā, the sixth.

7. Mahāpajāpatigotamītherīapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Therī Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī

97.

97.

‘‘Ekadā lokapajjoto, vesāliyaṃ mahāvane;

Kūṭāgāre susālāyaṃ, vasate narasārathi.

Once the Illuminator of the World, the Guide of Men, was dwelling in Vesālī, in the Great Wood, in the hall with the gabled roof.

98.

98.

‘‘Tadā jinassa mātucchā, mahāgotami bhikkhunī;

Tahiṃ kate pure ramme, vasī bhikkhunupassaye.

Then the Victor’s maternal aunt, the bhikkhunī Mahāgotamī, dwelt in a delightful nunnery built in that city.

99.

99.

‘‘Bhikkhunīhi [Pg.207] vimuttāhi, satehi saha pañcahi;

Rahogatāya tassevaṃ, citassāsi vitakkitaṃ.

Accompanied by five hundred liberated bhikkhunīs, while she was in seclusion, this thought arose in her mind:

100.

100.

‘‘Buddhassa parinibbānaṃ, sāvakaggayugassa vā;

Rāhulānandanandānaṃ, nāhaṃ lacchāmi passituṃ.

“The final Nibbāna of the Buddha, or that of the chief pair of disciples, or of Rāhula, Ānanda, and Nanda—I shall not get to see.”

101.

101.

‘‘Buddhassa parinibbānā, sāvakaggayugassa vā;

Mahākassapanandānaṃ, ānandarāhulāna ca.

“Before the final Nibbāna of the Buddha, or of the chief pair of disciples, and of Mahākassapa, Nanda, Ānanda, and Rāhula,

102.

102.

‘‘Paṭikaccāyusaṅkhāraṃ, osajjitvāna nibbutiṃ;

Gaccheyyaṃ lokanāthena, anuññātā mahesinā.

“I should relinquish my life-force in advance and attain extinguishment, having been permitted by the Lord of the World, the Great Seer.”

103.

103.

‘‘Tathā pañcasatānampi, bhikkhunīnaṃ vitakkitaṃ;

Āsi khemādikānampi, etadeva vitakkitaṃ.

So too was the thought of the five hundred bhikkhunīs; of Khemā and the others, this very same thought arose.

104.

104.

‘‘Bhūmicālo tadā āsi, nāditā devadundubhī;

Upassayādhivatthāyo, devatā sokapīḷitā.

Then there was an earthquake and the celestial drums resounded; the deities inhabiting the nunnery were afflicted with sorrow.

105.

105.

‘‘Vilapantā sukaruṇaṃ, tatthassūni pavattayuṃ;

Mittā bhikkhuniyo tāhi, upagantvāna gotamiṃ.

Lamenting very piteously, they shed tears there. Her friends, the bhikkhunīs, approached Gotamī together with them.

106.

106.

‘‘Nipacca sirasā pāde, idaṃ vacanamabravuṃ;

‘Tattha toyalavāsittā, mayamayye rahogatā.

Having bowed down with their heads to her feet, they spoke these words: “Noble lady, while in seclusion we have been sprinkled with drops of water.

107.

107.

‘‘‘Sā calā calitā bhūmi, nāditā devadundubhī;

Paridevā ca suyyante, kimatthaṃ nūna gotamī’.

“‘That unshakeable earth has shaken, the celestial drums resound, and laments are heard. For what reason is this, O Gotamī?’”

108.

108.

‘‘Tadā avoca sā sabbaṃ, yathāparivitakkitaṃ;

Tāyopi sabbā āhaṃsu, yathāparivitakkitaṃ.

Then she told them everything, just as she had thought it; they too all spoke, just as they had thought.

109.

109.

‘‘‘Yadi te rucitaṃ ayye, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sivaṃ;

Nibbāyissāma sabbāpi, buddhānuññāya subbate.

“If Nibbāna, supreme and blissful, is your wish, noble lady, then we too shall all attain Nibbāna with the Buddha’s permission, O virtuous one.”

110.

110.

‘‘‘Mayaṃ sahāva nikkhantā, gharāpi ca bhavāpi ca;

Sahāyeva gamissāma, nibbānaṃ padamuttamaṃ’.

“We went forth together from home and from existence; together we shall go to Nibbāna, the supreme state.”

111.

111.

‘‘‘Nibbānāya vajantīnaṃ, kiṃ vakkhāmī’ti sā vadaṃ;

Saha sabbāhi niggañchi, bhikkhunīnilayā tadā.

Saying, “What shall I say to those going to Nibbāna?” she then departed from the bhikkhunīs’ dwelling along with them all.

112.

112.

‘‘Upassaye [Pg.208] yādhivatthā, devatā tā khamantu me;

Bhikkhunīnilayassedaṃ, pacchimaṃ dassanaṃ mama.

“May the deities who dwell in this residence forgive me. This is my last sight of the bhikkhunīs’ dwelling.”

113.

113.

‘‘Na jarā maccu vā yattha, appiyehi samāgamo;

Piyehi na viyogotthi, taṃ vajissaṃ asaṅkhataṃ.

“I shall go to that unconditioned state where there is no aging or death, no meeting with the unloved, and no separation from the loved.”

114.

114.

‘‘Avītarāgā taṃ sutvā, vacanaṃ sugatorasā;

Sokaṭṭā parideviṃsu, aho no appapuññatā.

The daughters of the Sugata who were not yet free from passion, having heard those words, afflicted by sorrow, lamented: 'Alas, how little is our merit!'

115.

115.

‘‘Bhikkhunīnilayo suñño, bhūto tāhi vinā ayaṃ;

Pabhāte viya tārāyo, na dissanti jinorasā.

This dwelling of the bhikkhunīs has become empty without them; like stars at dawn, the daughters of the Victor are no longer seen.

116.

116.

‘‘Nibbānaṃ gotamī yāti, satehi saha pañcahi;

Nadīsatehiva saha, gaṅgā pañcahi sāgaraṃ.

Gotamī goes to Nibbāna with five hundred bhikkhunīs, just as the Ganges with five hundred rivers flows to the ocean.

117.

117.

‘‘Rathiyāya vajantiyo, disvā saddhā upāsikā;

Gharā nikkhamma pādesu, nipacca idamabravuṃ.

Seeing them walking along the street, faithful laywomen came out from their homes, bowed down at their feet, and said this:

118.

118.

‘‘‘Pasīdassu mahābhoge, anāthāyo vihāya no;

Tayā na yuttā nibbātuṃ, icchaṭṭā vilapiṃsu tā’.

“Be gracious, O greatly fortunate one, do not leave us helpless! It is not right for you to attain Parinibbāna.” Thus they lamented, afflicted by longing.

119.

119.

‘‘Tāsaṃ sokapahānatthaṃ, avoca madhuraṃ giraṃ;

‘Ruditena alaṃ puttā, hāsakāloyamajja vo.

To dispel their sorrow, she spoke sweet words: “Enough of weeping, my daughters! Today is a time for you to rejoice.”

120.

120.

‘‘‘Pariññātaṃ mayā dukkhaṃ, dukkhahetu vivajjito;

Nirodho me sacchikato, maggo cāpi subhāvito.

“Suffering has been fully understood by me, the cause of suffering has been abandoned, cessation has been realized by me, and the path, too, has been well developed.”

Paṭhamaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The first recitation section.

121.

121.

‘‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

“The Teacher has been served by me, the Buddha’s teaching has been done; the heavy burden is laid down, the guide to existence is uprooted.”

122.

122.

‘‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

“The goal for which I went forth from home into homelessness—that goal has been attained by me: the destruction of all fetters.”

123.

123.

‘‘‘Buddho tassa ca saddhammo, anūno yāva tiṭṭhati;

Nibbātuṃ tāva kālo me, mā maṃ socatha puttikā.

“While the Buddha and his good Dhamma stand undiminished, it is time for me to attain Parinibbāna. Do not grieve for me, my daughters.”

124.

124.

‘‘‘Koṇḍaññānandanandādī[Pg.209], tiṭṭhanti rāhulo jino;

Sukhito sahito saṅgho, hatadabbā ca titthiyā.

“Koṇḍañña, Ānanda, Nanda, and others remain, as do Rāhula and the Victor. The Saṅgha is happy and harmonious, and the conceit of the sectarians is shattered.”

125.

125.

‘‘‘Okkākavaṃsassa yaso, ussito māramaddano;

Nanu sampati kālo me, nibbānatthāya puttikā.

“The glory of the Okkāka clan has been raised high by the crusher of Māra. Surely now, my daughters, is it not the time for my Parinibbāna?”

126.

126.

‘‘‘Cirappabhuti yaṃ mayhaṃ, patthitaṃ ajja sijjhate;

Ānandabherikāloyaṃ, kiṃ vo assūhi puttikā.

“That which I have longed for since long ago is accomplished today. This is the time for the drum of joy! What use are your tears, my daughters?”

127.

127.

‘‘‘Sace mayi dayā atthi, yadi catthi kataññutā;

Saddhammaṭṭhitiyā sabbā, karotha vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ.

“If there is any affection for me, and if there is any gratitude, then all of you must make a firm effort for the stability of the good Dhamma.

128.

128.

‘‘‘Thīnaṃ adāsi pabbajjaṃ, sambuddho yācito mayā;

Tasmā yathāhaṃ nandissaṃ, tathā tamanutiṭṭhatha’.

“The Fully Enlightened One, requested by me, granted the going-forth to women. Therefore, you must uphold that effort in such a way that I may rejoice.”

129.

129.

‘‘Tā evamanusāsitvā, bhikkhunīhi purakkhatā;

Upecca buddhaṃ vanditvā, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Having instructed them thus, escorted by the bhikkhunīs, she approached the Buddha, paid homage, and spoke these words:

130.

130.

‘‘‘Ahaṃ sugata te mātā, tvañca vīra pitā mama;

Saddhammasukhada nātha, tayā jātāmhi gotama.

“O Sugata, I am your mother, and you, O Vīra, are my father. O Nātha, giver of the happiness of the good Dhamma, by you, O Gotama, I have been born anew.”

131.

131.

‘‘‘Saṃvaddhitoyaṃ sugata, rūpakāyo mayā tava;

Anindito dhammakāyo, mama saṃvaddhito tayā.

“O Sugata, this physical body of yours was nurtured by me; and my blameless Dhamma-body has been nurtured by you.

132.

132.

‘‘‘Muhuttaṃ taṇhāsamaṇaṃ, khīraṃ tvaṃ pāyito mayā;

Tayāhaṃ santamaccantaṃ, dhammakhīrañhi pāyitā.

“For a moment, you were given milk by me to appease your thirst; by you, I have been given the milk of the Dhamma to drink, which is utterly serene.

133.

133.

‘‘‘Bandhanārakkhane mayhaṃ, aṇaṇo tvaṃ mahāmune;

Puttakāmā thiyo yācaṃ, labhanti tādisaṃ sutaṃ.

“By protecting me from bondage, O Great Sage, you are free from any debt to me. Women who desire a son, by praying, obtain such a son.

134.

134.

‘‘‘Mandhātādinarindānaṃ, yā mātā sā bhavaṇṇave;

Nimuggāhaṃ tayā putta, tāritā bhavasāgarā.

“The mothers of kings such as Mandhāta are sunk in the ocean of existence; but I, O son, have been carried across the ocean of becoming by you.

135.

135.

‘‘‘Rañño mātā mahesīti, sulabhaṃ nāmamitthinaṃ;

Buddhamātāti yaṃ nāmaṃ, etaṃ paramadullabhaṃ.

“For women, the name ‘mother of a king’ or ‘chief queen’ is easily obtained; but this name, ‘mother of a Buddha,’ is supremely difficult to obtain.

136.

136.

‘‘‘Tañca laddhaṃ mahāvīra, paṇidhānaṃ mamaṃ tayā;

Aṇukaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā, taṃ sabbaṃ pūritaṃ mayā.

“And that aspiration of mine has been obtained through you, O Mahāvīra. Whether small or great, all of it has been fulfilled by me.

137.

137.

‘‘‘Parinibbātumicchāmi[Pg.210], vihāyemaṃ kaḷevaraṃ;

Anujānāhi me vīra, dukkhantakara nāyaka.

“I wish to attain Parinibbāna, having abandoned this body. Grant me permission, O Vīra, O Nāyaka, maker of the end of suffering.

138.

138.

‘‘‘Cakkaṅkusadhajākiṇṇe, pāde kamalakomale;

Pasārehi paṇāmaṃ te, karissaṃ puttauttame.

“Extend your feet, tender as a lotus and marked with the wheel, goad, and banner. O son, I shall pay homage to your supreme feet.

139.

139.

‘‘‘Suvaṇṇarāsisaṅkāsaṃ, sarīraṃ kuru pākaṭaṃ;

Katvā dehaṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ te, santiṃ gacchāmi nāyaka’.

“Please make manifest your body, which resembles a heap of gold. O Nāyaka, having seen your form well, I shall go to peace.”

140.

140.

‘‘Dvattiṃsalakkhaṇūpetaṃ, suppabhālaṅkataṃ tanuṃ;

Sañjhāghanāva bālakkaṃ, mātucchaṃ dassayī jino.

The Victor then showed his aunt his body—endowed with the thirty-two marks and adorned with glorious radiance—like the young sun revealed from a dense evening cloud.

141.

141.

‘‘Phullāravindasaṃkāse, taruṇādiccasappabhe;

Cakkaṅkite pādatale, tato sā sirasā pati.

Then she fell with her head upon the sole of his foot, which was marked with the wheel, resembled a blooming lotus, and had the radiance of the young sun.

142.

142.

‘‘‘Paṇamāmi narādicca, ādiccakulaketukaṃ;

Pacchime maraṇe mayhaṃ, na taṃ ikkhāmahaṃ puno.

“I pay homage to you, O sun among men, O banner of the Solar clan. At this, my final death, I shall not see you again.

143.

143.

‘‘‘Itthiyo nāma lokagga, sabbadosākarā matā;

Yadi ko catthi doso me, khamassu karuṇākara.

“O foremost in the world, women are known to be a source of all faults. O source of compassion, if there is any fault in me, please forgive it.

144.

144.

‘‘‘Itthikānañca pabbajjaṃ, haṃ taṃ yāciṃ punappunaṃ;

Tattha ce atthi doso me, taṃ khamassu narāsabha.

“I requested from you again and again the going-forth for women. O bull among men, if there is any fault of mine in that, please forgive it.

145.

145.

‘‘‘Mayā bhikkhuniyo vīra, tavānuññāya sāsitā;

Tatra ce atthi dunnītaṃ, taṃ khamassu khamādhipa.

“O Vīra, with your permission, the bhikkhunīs were instructed by me. If there was any wrong guidance in that, please forgive it, O lord of forbearance.”

146.

146.

‘‘‘Akkhante nāma khantabbaṃ, kiṃ bhave guṇabhūsane;

Kimuttaraṃ te vakkhāmi, nibbānāya vajantiyā.

“One should be patient even with the intolerant; how could one not be patient with one adorned with virtues? What more can I say to you, who are going to Nibbāna?

147.

147.

‘‘‘Suddhe anūne mama bhikkhusaṅghe, lokā ito nissarituṃ khamante;

Pabhātakāle byasanaṅgatānaṃ, disvāna niyyātiva candalekhā’.

“My Saṅgha of bhikkhus is pure and complete, capable of escaping from this world. You depart like the crescent moon at dawn, having seen the stars that have met their demise.”

148.

148.

‘‘‘Tadetarā bhikkhuniyo jinaggaṃ, tārāva candānugatā sumeruṃ;

Padakkhiṇaṃ kacca nipacca pāde, ṭhitā mukhantaṃ samudikkhamānā.

Then the other bhikkhunīs circumambulated the foremost Victor, like stars following the moon around Sumeru. Having bowed down at his feet, they stood gazing upon his face.

149.

149.

‘‘‘Na [Pg.211] tittipubbaṃ tava dassanena, cakkhuṃ na sotaṃ tava bhāsitena;

Cittaṃ mamaṃ kevalamekameva, pappuyya taṃ dhammarasena titti.

“My eye has never been satisfied with the sight of you, nor my ear with your speech. Only my mind, having attained that state, is satisfied by the taste of the Dhamma.

150.

150.

‘‘‘Nadato parisāyaṃ te, vāditabbapahārino;

Ye te dakkhanti vadanaṃ, dhaññā te narapuṅgava.

“O bull among men, fortunate are they who see your face as you roar in the assembly, your voice like the striking of musical instruments.

151.

151.

‘‘‘Dīghaṅgulī tambanakhe, subhe āyatapaṇhike;

Ye pāde paṇamissanti, tepi dhaññā guṇandhara.

“Fortunate too, O bearer of virtues, are those who will pay homage to your beautiful feet with their long toes, copper-colored nails, and long heels.

152.

152.

‘‘‘Madhurāni pahaṭṭhāni, dosagghāni hitāni ca;

Ye te vākyāni suyyanti, tepi dhaññā naruttama.

“Sweet and delightful, destroying faults and beneficial—fortunate too, O supreme among men, are they who hear such words from you.

153.

153.

‘‘‘Dhaññāhaṃ te mahāvīra, pādapūjanatapparā ;

Tiṇṇasaṃsārakantārā, suvākyena sirīmato’.

“Fortunate am I, O great hero, devoted to honoring your feet. I have crossed the wilderness of saṃsāra through the good words of the glorious one.”

154.

154.

‘‘Tato sā anusāvetvā, bhikkhusaṅghampi subbatā;

Rāhulānandanande ca, vanditvā idamabravi.

Then that virtuous one, having informed the Saṅgha of bhikkhus and also Rāhula, Ānanda, and Nanda, paid homage and said this:

155.

155.

‘‘‘Āsīvisālayasame, rogāvāse kaḷevare;

Nibbindā dukkhasaṅghāṭe, jarāmaraṇagocare.

“Disenchanted with this body—like a viper’s lair, a home for disease, a mass of suffering, the pasture of aging and death.

156.

156.

‘‘‘Nānākalimalākiṇṇe, parāyatte nirīhake;

Tena nibbātumicchāmi, anumaññatha puttakā’.

“It is filled with various stains, dependent on others, and without volition. For this reason, I wish to attain Nibbāna. Grant me permission, my sons.”

157.

157.

‘‘Nando rāhulabhaddo ca, vītasokā nirāsavā;

Ṭhitācalaṭṭhiti thirā, dhammatamanucintayuṃ.

Nanda and the good Rāhula, being sorrowless and taintless, firm and of unshakeable stance, reflected on the nature of things:

158.

158.

‘‘‘Dhiratthu saṅkhataṃ lolaṃ, asāraṃ kadalūpamaṃ;

Māyāmarīcisadisaṃ, itaraṃ anavaṭṭhitaṃ.

“Fie on this conditioned thing, which is fickle, essenceless, like a plantain trunk; like an illusion, a mirage, short-lived and unstable.

159.

159.

‘‘‘Yattha nāma jinassāyaṃ, mātucchā buddhaposikā;

Gotamī nidhanaṃ yāti, aniccaṃ sabbasaṅkhataṃ’.

“When even Gotamī—the Victor’s aunt, the Buddha’s foster-mother—is meeting her end, then truly, all conditioned things are impermanent!”

160.

160.

‘‘Ānando ca tadā sekho, sokaṭṭo jinavacchalo;

Tatthassūni karonto so, karuṇaṃ paridevati.

But Ānanda, at that time still a trainee, afflicted with sorrow and devoted to the Victor, shed tears there and lamented piteously:

161.

161.

‘‘Hā santiṃ gotamī yāti, nūna buddhopi nibbutiṃ;

Gacchati na cireneva, aggiriva nirindhano.

“Alas! Gotamī is going to peace. Surely the Buddha too will attain Nibbāna before long, like a fire without fuel.”

162.

162.

‘‘Evaṃ [Pg.212] vilāpamānaṃ taṃ, ānandaṃ āha gotamī;

Sutasāgaragambhīra, buddhopaṭṭhānatappara.

As he was lamenting thus, Gotamī spoke to Ānanda, who was deep as an ocean of learning and dedicated to attending upon the Buddha:

163.

163.

‘‘‘Na yuttaṃ socituṃ putta, hāsakāle upaṭṭhite;

Tayā me saraṇaṃ putta, nibbānaṃ tamupāgataṃ.

“It is not fitting to grieve, son, when a time for rejoicing has arisen. You have been a refuge for me, son; I have reached that Nibbāna.

164.

164.

‘‘‘Tayā tāta samajjhiṭṭho, pabbajjaṃ anujāni no;

Mā putta vimano hohi, saphalo te parissamo.

“Through your urging, dear one, he permitted our going forth. Do not be disheartened, my son; your effort has been fruitful.

165.

165.

‘‘‘Yaṃ na diṭṭhaṃ purāṇehi, titthikācariyehipi;

Taṃ padaṃ sukumārīhi, sattavassāhi veditaṃ.

“That state which was not seen by the ancients, not even by the sectarian teachers, has been realized by delicate girls of seven years.

166.

166.

‘‘‘Buddhasāsanapāleta, pacchimaṃ dassanaṃ tava;

Tattha gacchāmahaṃ putta, gato yattha na dissate.

“O protector of the Buddha’s dispensation, this is the last sight of you. I am going there, my son, to where one who has gone is not seen.”

167.

167.

‘‘‘Kadāci dhammaṃ desento, khipī lokagganāyako;

Tadāhaṃ āsīsavācaṃ, avocaṃ anukampikā.

‘Once, while the world’s foremost leader was teaching the Dhamma, he sneezed. Then I, being compassionate, spoke a word of blessing.’

168.

168.

‘‘‘Ciraṃ jīva mahāvīra, kappaṃ tiṭṭha mahāmune;

Sabbalokassa atthāya, bhavassu ajarāmaro.

‘“Live long, O great hero! Remain for an aeon, O great sage! For the welfare of the entire world, be ageless and deathless.”’

169.

169.

‘‘‘Taṃ tathāvādiniṃ buddho, mamaṃ so etadabravi;

‘Na hevaṃ vandiyā buddhā, yathā vandasi gotamī.

‘To me who was speaking thus, the Buddha said this: “Gotamī, Buddhas are not to be venerated in the way that you venerate.”’

170.

170.

‘‘‘Kathaṃ carahi sabbaññū, vanditabbā tathāgatā;

Kathaṃ avandiyā buddhā, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito.

‘How then, O All-Knowing One, are the Tathāgatas to be venerated? How are Buddhas not to be venerated? Being asked, please explain this matter to me.’

171.

171.

‘‘‘Āraddhavīriye pahitatte, niccaṃ daḷhaparakkame;

Samagge sāvake passa, etaṃ buddhānavandanaṃ.

‘“See the disciples who have aroused energy, are resolute, ever firm in their striving, and harmonious: this is the veneration of the Buddhas.”’

172.

172.

‘‘‘Tato upassayaṃ gantvā, ekikāhaṃ vicintayiṃ;

Samaggaparisaṃ nātho, rodhesi tibhavantago.

‘Then, having gone to my dwelling, I reflected alone: “The Lord, who has gone to the end of the three realms of existence, delights in a harmonious assembly.”’

173.

173.

‘‘‘Handāhaṃ parinibbissaṃ, mā vipattitamaddasaṃ;

Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, disvāna isisattamaṃ.

‘“Now, I will attain final Nibbāna, may I not see that misfortune.” Having reflected thus, and having seen the supreme sage,’

174.

174.

‘‘‘Parinibbānakālaṃ me, ārocesiṃ vināyakaṃ;

Tato so samanuññāsi, kālaṃ jānāhi gotamī.

‘I announced my time for final Nibbāna to the Leader. Then he gave his consent: “Know the time, Gotamī.”’

175.

175.

‘‘‘Kilesā [Pg.213] jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

‘My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free of taints.’

176.

176.

‘‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

‘A good coming indeed it was for me … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.’

177.

177.

‘‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

‘The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been followed.’

178.

178.

‘‘‘Thīnaṃ dhammābhisamaye, ye bālā vimatiṃ gatā;

Tesaṃ diṭṭhippahānatthaṃ, iddhiṃ dassehi gotamī’.

‘“O Gotamī, regarding the realization of the Dhamma by women, certain fools have fallen into doubt; for the sake of abandoning their wrong view, display your psychic power.”’

179.

179.

‘‘Tadā nipacca sambuddhaṃ, uppatitvāna ambaraṃ;

Iddhī anekā dassesi, buddhānuññāya gotamī.

Then, having bowed down to the Sambuddha, Gotamī flew up into the sky. With the Buddha’s permission, she displayed numerous feats of psychic power.

180.

180.

‘‘Ekikā bahudhā āsi, bahukā cetikā tathā;

Āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ, tirokuṭṭaṃ tironagaṃ.

Being one, she became many; and being many, she became one. She appeared and disappeared. She passed through walls and mountains.

181.

181.

‘‘Asajjamānā agamā, bhūmiyampi nimujjatha;

Abhijjamāne udake, agañchi mahiyā yathā.

She went unhindered; she dived into the earth as if in water. She walked on unbroken water as if on land.

182.

182.

‘‘Sakuṇīva tathākāse, pallaṅkena kamī tadā;

Vasaṃ vattesi kāyena, yāva brahmanivesanaṃ.

She traveled cross-legged in the sky like a winged bird. She exercised mastery with her body even as far as the Brahma-world.

183.

183.

‘‘Sineruṃ daṇḍaṃ katvāna, chattaṃ katvā mahāmahiṃ;

Samūlaṃ parivattetvā, dhārayaṃ caṅkamī nabhe.

Having made Mount Sineru a staff and the great earth a parasol, having overturned it together with its root, she walked in the sky carrying it.

184.

184.

‘‘Chassūrodayakāleva, lokañcākāsi dhūmikaṃ;

Yugante viya lokaṃ sā, jālāmālākulaṃ akā.

As at the time of the rising of six suns, she made the world smoky; as at the end of the aeon, she made the world a tangle of garlands of flame.

185.

185.

‘‘Mucalindaṃ mahāselaṃ, merumūlanadantare ;

Sāsapāriva sabbāni, ekenaggahi muṭṭhinā.

She grasped Mucalinda Lake, the great mountains between the roots of Meru—all of them like mustard seeds—in a single fist.

186.

186.

‘‘Aṅgulaggena chādesi, bhākaraṃ sanisākaraṃ;

Candasūrasahassāni, āveḷamiva dhārayi.

With the tip of her finger she covered the sun together with the moon. She held a thousand suns and moons as if they were an ear-garland.

187.

187.

‘‘Catusāgaratoyāni, dhārayī ekapāṇinā;

Yugantajaladākāraṃ, mahāvassaṃ pavassatha.

She held the waters of the four oceans in one hand; like a cloud at the end of an aeon, she poured down a great rain.

188.

188.

‘‘Cakkavattiṃ saparisaṃ, māpayī sā nabhattale;

Garuḷaṃ dviradaṃ sīhaṃ, vinadantaṃ padassayi.

She created a wheel-turning monarch with his retinue in the sky. She displayed a roaring garuḍa, a trumpeting elephant, and a roaring lion.

189.

189.

‘‘Ekikā abhinimmitvā, appameyyaṃ bhikkhunīgaṇaṃ;

Puna antaradhāpetvā, ekikā munimabravi.

She, being one, created an immeasurable assembly of nuns; then, making them disappear again, she, now one again, spoke to the Sage:

190.

190.

‘‘‘Mātucchā [Pg.214] te mahāvīra, tava sāsanakārikā;

Anuppattā sakaṃ atthaṃ, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma’.

‘“O great hero, your maternal aunt, a follower of your teaching, has attained her own goal. I venerate your feet, O One with Vision.”’

191.

191.

‘‘Dassetvā vividhā iddhī, orohitvā nabhattalā;

Vanditvā lokapajjotaṃ, ekamantaṃ nisīdi sā.

Having displayed various psychic powers and descended from the sky, she venerated the Light of the World and sat down to one side.

192.

192.

‘‘Sā vīsavassasatikā, jātiyāhaṃ mahāmune;

Alamettāvatā vīra, nibbāyissāmi nāyaka.

‘“I am one hundred and twenty years old by birth, O great sage. This is enough, O hero. I shall attain Parinibbāna, O leader.”’

193.

193.

‘‘Tadātivimhitā sabbā, parisā sā katañjalī;

Avocayye kathaṃ āsi, atuliddhiparakkamā.

Then that whole assembly, greatly amazed and with hands pressed together in reverence, said: ‘Noble lady, how did you come to have such incomparable psychic power and might?’

194.

194.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

‘A hundred thousand aeons ago from this one, the Victor named Padumuttara arose, the Leader, the one with vision into all phenomena.’

195.

195.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātāmaccakule ahuṃ;

Sabbopakārasampanne, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

‘At that time, in the city of Haṃsavatī, I was born into a minister’s family that was prosperous, flourishing, wealthy, and endowed with all necessities.’

196.

196.

‘‘Kadāci pitunā saddhiṃ, dāsigaṇapurakkhatā;

Mahatā parivārena, taṃ upecca narāsabhaṃ.

‘Once, together with my father, attended by a group of female servants and with a great retinue, I approached that bull among men,’

197.

197.

‘‘Vāsavaṃ viya vassantaṃ, dhammameghaṃ anāsavaṃ ;

Saradādiccasadisaṃ, raṃsijālasamujjalaṃ.

‘who was raining down the taintless cloud of the Dhamma like Vāsava, who was like the autumn sun, resplendent with a net of rays.’

198.

198.

‘‘Disvā cittaṃ pasādetvā, sutvā cassa subhāsitaṃ;

Mātucchaṃ bhikkhuniṃ agge, ṭhapentaṃ naranāyakaṃ.

‘Having seen him, my mind became serene, and I heard his well-spoken words as that leader of men was appointing a nun, his maternal aunt, to the foremost position.’

199.

199.

‘‘Sutvā datvā mahādānaṃ, sattāhaṃ tassa tādino;

Sasaṅghassa naraggassa, paccayāni bahūni ca.

‘Having heard this, for seven days I gave a great gift and many requisites to that Such-a-One, the best of men, together with his Saṅgha.’

200.

200.

‘‘Nipacca pādamūlamhi, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ;

Tato mahāparisatiṃ, avoca isisattamo.

‘Having bowed down at his feet, I aspired to that same position. Then the seventh of the seers spoke to the great assembly:’

201.

201.

‘‘‘Yā sasaṅghaṃ abhojesi, sattāhaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Tamahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

‘“She who for seven days has provided alms for the world-leader together with his Saṅgha—I shall speak of her. Listen to my words.”’

202.

202.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘“A hundred thousand aeons from now, one sprung from the Okkāka clan will become a Teacher in the world, Gotama by clan name.”’

203.

203.

‘‘‘Tassa [Pg.215] dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Gotamī nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā.

‘“She will be that Teacher’s disciple, his heir in the Dhamma, his legitimate child, created by the Dhamma, and she will be known by the name of Gotamī.”’

204.

204.

‘‘‘Tassa buddhassa mātucchā, jīvitāpādikā ayaṃ;

Rattaññūnañca aggattaṃ, bhikkhunīnaṃ labhissati’.

‘“This one will be that Buddha’s maternal aunt and foster-mother. She will attain the foremost place among the nuns of long standing.”’

205.

205.

‘‘Taṃ sutvāna pamoditvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Paccayehi upaṭṭhitvā, tato kālaṅkatā ahaṃ.

‘Having heard that, I rejoiced. For the rest of my life I attended upon that Victor with requisites, and then I passed away.’

206.

206.

‘‘Tāvatiṃsesu devesu, sabbakāmasamiddhisu;

Nibbattā dasahaṅgehi, aññe abhibhaviṃ ahaṃ.

‘I was reborn among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, who are endowed with all sensual pleasures. Possessing ten qualities, I surpassed the other devas there.’

207.

207.

‘‘Rūpasaddehi gandhehi, rasehi phusanehi ca;

Āyunāpi ca vaṇṇena, sukhena yasasāpi ca.

“With forms, sounds, smells, tastes, and tangibles; and also with lifespan, beauty, happiness, and fame.

208.

208.

‘‘Tathevādhipateyyena, adhigayha virocahaṃ;

Ahosiṃ amarindassa, mahesī dayitā tahiṃ.

“And likewise with sovereignty, surpassing others, I shone. There I became the beloved chief queen of the lord of the deathless.

209.

209.

‘‘Saṃsāre saṃsarantīhaṃ, kammavāyusameritā;

Kāsissa rañño visaye, ajāyiṃ dāsagāmake.

“Wandering in saṃsāra, driven by the wind of kamma, I was born in a village of slaves in the realm of the king of Kāsi.

210.

210.

‘‘Pañcadāsasatānūnā, nivasanti tahiṃ tadā;

Sabbesaṃ tattha yo jeṭṭho, tassa jāyā ahosahaṃ.

“Not less than five hundred slaves lived there at that time. I became the wife of the one who was the chief among them all.

211.

211.

‘‘Sayambhuno pañcasatā, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisuṃ;

Te disvāna ahaṃ tuṭṭhā, saha sabbāhi itthibhi.

“Five hundred Self-become Ones entered the village for alms. Having seen them, I was delighted, together with all the women.

212.

212.

‘‘Pūgā hutvāva sabbāyo, catumāse upaṭṭhahuṃ ;

Ticīvarāni datvāna, saṃsarimha sasāmikā.

“Having formed a group, all of us attended upon them for four months. Having given the three robes, we wandered in saṃsāra together with our husbands.

213.

213.

‘‘Tato cutā sabbāpi tā, tāvatiṃsagatā mayaṃ;

Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātā devadahe pure.

“Having passed away from there, all of us went to Tāvatiṃsa. And now, in this final existence, we were born in the city of Devadaha.

214.

214.

‘‘Pitā añjanasakko me, mātā mama sulakkhaṇā;

Tato kapilavatthusmiṃ, suddhodanagharaṃ gatā.

“My father was Añjana the Sakyan, my mother was Sulakkhaṇā. From there, I went to the home of Suddhodana in Kapilavatthu.

215.

215.

‘‘Sesā sakyakule jātā, sakyānaṃ gharamāgamuṃ;

Ahaṃ visiṭṭhā sabbāsaṃ, jinassāpādikā ahuṃ.

“The remaining women were born in the Sakyan clan and went to the homes of the Sakyans. I was the most distinguished of all; I became the foster-mother of the Jina.

216.

216.

‘‘Mama [Pg.216] puttobhinikkhamma, buddho āsi vināyako;

Pacchāhaṃ pabbajitvāna, satehi saha pañcahi.

“My son, having gone forth, became the Buddha, the Guide. Afterwards, I, together with five hundred women, went forth,

217.

217.

‘‘Sākiyānīhi dhīrāhi, saha santisukhaṃ phusiṃ;

Ye tadā pubbajātiyaṃ, amhākaṃ āsu sāmino.

“together with the wise Sakyan women, attained the bliss of peace. Those who, at that time in a former birth, were our husbands,

218.

218.

‘‘Sahapuññassa kattāro, mahāsamayakārakā;

Phusiṃsu arahattaṃ te, sugatenānukampitā.

“those co-doers of merit, makers of the great assembly, attained Arahantship, having been shown compassion by the Sugata.

219.

219.

‘‘Tadetarā bhikkhuniyo, āruhiṃsu nabhattalaṃ;

Saṃgatā viya tārāyo, virociṃsu mahiddhikā.

“Then the other nuns ascended into the sky. Like a cluster of stars, those of great psychic power shone brightly.

220.

220.

‘‘Iddhī anekā dassesuṃ, piḷandhavikatiṃ yathā;

Kammāro kanakasseva, kammaññassa susikkhito.

“Just as a well-trained goldsmith displays various ornaments of malleable gold, so they displayed numerous psychic powers.

221.

221.

‘‘Dassetvā pāṭihīrāni, vicittāni bahūni ca;

Tosetvā vādipavaraṃ, muniṃ saparisaṃ tadā.

“Having displayed many and varied miracles, and having delighted the Sage, the foremost of speakers, together with his assembly,

222.

222.

‘‘Orohitvāna gaganā, vanditvā isisattamaṃ;

Anuññātā naraggena, yathāṭhāne nisīdisuṃ.

“having descended from the sky and venerated the seventh of seers, and having been given permission by the chief of men, they sat down in their respective places.

223.

223.

‘‘‘Ahonukampikā amhaṃ, sabbāsaṃ cira gotamī;

Vāsitā tava puññehi, pattā no āsavakkhayaṃ.

“‘Oh, Gotamī, for a long time you have been compassionate towards all of us! Perfumed by your merits, we have attained the destruction of the taints.’

224.

224.

‘‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā amhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgīva bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāma anāsavā.

“‘Our defilements are burnt up; all states of existence are uprooted. Like a female elephant having broken her bonds, we dwell free from taints.’

225.

225.

‘‘‘Svāgataṃ vata no āsi, buddhaseṭṭhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“‘Indeed, our coming to the presence of the most excellent Buddha was a good coming. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.’

226.

226.

‘‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“‘The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations, and the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.’

227.

227.

‘‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homa, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homa mahāmune.

“‘We are masters in the psychic powers and in the divine ear element; we are masters of the knowledge of others’ minds, O Great Sage.’

228.

228.

‘‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāma, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“‘We know our past lives, our divine eye is purified; all our taints are destroyed, now there is no more renewed existence.’

229.

229.

‘‘‘Atthe [Pg.217] dhamme ca nerutte, paṭibhāne ca vijjati;

Ñāṇaṃ amhaṃ mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

“‘In meaning, in the Dhamma, in language, and in inspired eloquence, our knowledge exists; it has arisen in your presence, O great hero.’

230.

230.

‘‘‘Asmābhi pariciṇṇosi, mettacittāhi nāyaka;

Anujānāhi sabbāsaṃ, nibbānāya mahāmune’.

“‘You have been served by us with minds of loving-kindness, O leader. Grant permission to all of us for Nibbāna, O great sage.’”

231.

231.

‘‘Nibbāyissāma iccevaṃ, kiṃ vakkhāmi vadantiyo;

Yassa dāni ca vo kālaṃ, maññathāti jinobravi.

To you who say, ‘We will attain Nibbāna,’ what shall I say? The Victor said: ‘It is for you to know the proper time for it now.’”

232.

232.

‘‘Gotamīādikā tāyo, tadā bhikkhuniyo jinaṃ;

Vanditvā āsanā tamhā, vuṭṭhāya agamiṃsu tā.

Then those bhikkhunīs headed by Gotamī, having paid homage to the Victor, rose from that seat and departed.

233.

233.

‘‘Mahatā janakāyena, saha lokagganāyako;

Anusaṃyāyī so vīro, mātucchaṃ yāvakoṭṭhakaṃ.

Together with a great multitude of people, the foremost leader of the world, that hero, accompanied his maternal aunt as far as the gatehouse.

234.

234.

‘‘Tadā nipati pādesu, gotamī lokabandhuno;

Saheva tāhi sabbāhi, pacchimaṃ pādavandanaṃ.

Then Gotamī, together with all of them, fell at the feet of the Kinsman of the World, performing the final veneration of his feet.

235.

235.

‘‘‘Idaṃ pacchimakaṃ mayhaṃ, lokanāthassa dassanaṃ;

Na puno amatākāraṃ, passissāmi mukhaṃ tava.

“‘This is my last sight of the Lord of the World; I will not again see your face, which has the nature of the deathless.’

236.

236.

‘‘‘Na ca me vandanaṃ vīra, tava pāde sukomale;

Samphusissati lokagga, ajja gacchāmi nibbutiṃ’.

“‘Nor, O hero, will my bowing touch your very tender feet. O foremost in the world, today I go to Nibbāna.’”

237.

237.

‘‘Rūpena kiṃ tavānena, diṭṭhe dhamme yathātathe;

Sabbaṃ saṅkhatamevetaṃ, anassāsikamittaraṃ.

“What use is this form of yours, when the Dhamma has been seen as it truly is? All this is conditioned, unreliable, and trifling.”

238.

238.

‘‘Sā saha tāhi gantvāna, bhikkhunupassayaṃ sakaṃ;

Aḍḍhapallaṅkamābhujja, nisīdi paramāsane.

Having gone with them to her own nunnery, she sat down on the supreme seat, folding her legs in the half-lotus posture.

239.

239.

‘‘Tadā upāsikā tattha, buddhasāsanavacchalā;

Tassā pavattiṃ sutvāna, upesuṃ pādavandikā.

Then the female lay followers there, who were devoted to the Buddha’s Dispensation, having heard the news about her, approached to pay homage at her feet.

240.

240.

‘‘Karehi uraṃ pahantā, chinnamūlā yathā latā;

Rodantā karuṇaṃ ravaṃ, sokaṭṭā bhūmipātitā.

Striking their chests with their hands, like creepers with severed roots, they fell to the ground afflicted by sorrow, wailing a pitiful cry.

241.

241.

‘‘Mā no saraṇade nāthe, vihāya gami nibbutiṃ;

Nipatitvāna yācāma, sabbāyo sirasā mayaṃ.

“O giver of refuge, O lady, do not abandon us and go to Nibbāna! Having fallen down, all of us implore you with our heads.”

242.

242.

‘‘Yā [Pg.218] padhānatamā tāsaṃ, saddhā paññā upāsikā;

Tassā sīsaṃ pamajjantī, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

The female lay follower who was foremost among them in faith and wisdom, stroking her head, spoke this word:

243.

243.

‘‘‘Alaṃ puttā visādena, mārapāsānuvattinā;

Aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ sabbaṃ, viyogantaṃ calācalaṃ’.

“Enough, my daughters, with this despair that follows in Māra’s snare. All that is conditioned is impermanent, ending in separation, and unstable.”

244.

244.

‘‘Tato sā tā visajjitvā, paṭhamaṃ jhānamuttamaṃ;

Dutiyañca tatiyañca, samāpajji catutthakaṃ.

Then, having dismissed them, she attained the supreme first jhāna, and the second, and the third, and the fourth.

245.

245.

‘‘Ākāsāyatanañceva, viññāṇāyatanaṃ tathā;

Ākiñcaṃ nevasaññañca, samāpajji yathākkamaṃ.

The base of infinite space, and likewise the base of infinite consciousness, the base of nothingness, and the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, she attained in due order.

246.

246.

‘‘Paṭilomena jhānāni, samāpajjittha gotamī;

Yāvatā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, tato yāvacatutthakaṃ.

Gotamī entered the jhānas in reverse order down to the first jhāna, and from there she entered them up to the fourth jhāna.

247.

247.

‘‘Tato vuṭṭhāya nibbāyi, dīpaccīva nirāsavā ;

Bhūmicālo mahā āsi, nabhasā vijjutā pati.

Then, emerging from that, she was extinguished, taintless, like the flame of a lamp. There was a great earthquake; lightning fell from the sky.

248.

248.

‘‘Panāditā dundubhiyo, parideviṃsu devatā;

Pupphavuṭṭhī ca gaganā, abhivassatha medaniṃ.

Divine kettledrums sounded, the deities lamented, and a shower of flowers rained down from the sky upon the earth.

249.

249.

‘‘Kampito merurājāpi, raṅgamajjhe yathā naṭo;

Sokena cātidīnova viravo āsi sāgaro.

Even Meru, king of mountains, trembled like a dancer in the middle of a stage; and as if exhausted by sorrow, the ocean became silent.

250.

250.

‘‘Devā nāgāsurā brahmā, saṃviggāhiṃsu taṅkhaṇe;

‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, yathāyaṃ vilayaṃ gatā’.

Devas, nāgas, asuras, and brahmās were stirred with alarm at that moment, thinking: ‘Indeed, conditioned formations are impermanent, in that this one has gone to dissolution.’

251.

251.

‘‘Yā ce maṃ parivāriṃsu, satthu sāsanakārikā;

Tāyopi anupādānā, dīpacci viya nibbutā.

‘Those who attended upon me, performers of the Teacher's Dispensation, they too, without clinging, have been extinguished like the flame of a lamp.’

252.

252.

‘‘Hā yogā vippayogantā, hāniccaṃ sabbasaṅkhataṃ;

Hā jīvitaṃ vināsantaṃ, iccāsi paridevanā.

‘Alas, unions end in separation! Alas, all that is conditioned is impermanent! Alas, life ends in destruction!’—such was the lamentation.

253.

253.

‘‘Tato devā ca brahmā ca, lokadhammānuvattanaṃ;

Kālānurūpaṃ kubbanti, upetvā isisattamaṃ.

Then the devas and brahmās, having approached the supreme sage, performed homage appropriate to the time, in conformity with the way of the world.

254.

254.

‘‘Tadā āmantayī satthā, ānandaṃ sutasāgaraṃ ;

‘Gacchānanda nivedehi, bhikkhūnaṃ mātu nibbutiṃ’.

Then the Teacher addressed Ānanda, an ocean of learning: ‘Go, Ānanda, and announce to the bhikkhus the final Nibbāna of the mother.’

255.

255.

‘‘Tadānando [Pg.219] nirānando, assunā puṇṇalocano;

Gaggarena sarenāha, ‘samāgacchantu bhikkhavo.

Then Ānanda, joyless, with eyes full of tears, said in a choked voice: ‘Let the bhikkhus assemble.’

256.

256.

‘‘‘Pubbadakkhiṇapacchāsu, uttarāya ca santike;

Suṇantu bhāsitaṃ mayhaṃ, bhikkhavo sugatorasā.

‘Let the bhikkhus in the east, south, west, and in the north, O true-born sons of the Sugata, listen to my words.’

257.

257.

‘‘‘Yā vaḍḍhayi payattena, sarīraṃ pacchimaṃ mune;

Sā gotamī gatā santiṃ, tārāva sūriyodaye.

‘She who with great effort paid homage to the final body of the Sage, that Gotamī has gone to peace, like a star at sunrise.’

258.

258.

‘‘‘Buddhamātāti paññattiṃ, ṭhapayitvā gatāsamaṃ;

Na yattha pañcanettopi, gatiṃ dakkhati nāyako.

‘Leaving behind the designation ‘Mother of the Buddha,’ she has gone to peace, a destination that not even the Leader with the five eyes can discern.’

259.

259.

‘‘‘Yassatthi sugate saddhā, yo ca piyo mahāmune;

Buddhamātussa sakkāraṃ, karotu sugatoraso’.

‘Whoever has faith in the Sugata and is dear to the Great Sage, let him, as a true-born son of the Sugata, pay homage to the Buddha’s mother.’

260.

260.

‘‘Sudūraṭṭhāpi taṃ sutvā, sīghamāgacchu bhikkhavo;

Keci buddhānubhāvena, keci iddhīsu kovidā.

Hearing this, even those bhikkhus dwelling far away came quickly; some by the Buddha’s spiritual power, some who were skilled in psychic powers.

261.

261.

‘‘Kūṭāgāravare ramme, sabbasoṇṇamaye subhe;

Mañcakaṃ samāropesuṃ, yattha suttāsi gotamī.

In an excellent, delightful, beautiful gabled pavilion made entirely of gold, they placed the couch on which Gotamī lay.

262.

262.

‘‘Cattāro lokapālā te, aṃsehi samadhārayuṃ;

Sesā sakkādikā devā, kūṭāgāre samaggahuṃ.

Those four World-Guardians supported it on their shoulders; the remaining devas headed by Sakka grasped the gabled pavilion in unison.

263.

263.

‘‘Kūṭāgārāni sabbāni, āsuṃ pañcasatānipi;

Saradādiccavaṇṇāni, vissakammakatāni hi.

There were five hundred gabled pavilions in all, the color of the autumn sun, for they had been created by Vissakamma.

264.

264.

‘‘Sabbā tāpi bhikkhuniyo, āsuṃ mañcesu sāyitā;

Devānaṃ khandhamāruḷhā, niyyanti anupubbaso.

All those bhikkhunīs too lay on couches; mounted on the shoulders of the devas, they were carried forth in succession.

265.

265.

‘‘Sabbaso chāditaṃ āsi, vitānena nabhattalaṃ;

Satārā candasūrā ca, lañchitā kanakāmayā.

The entire surface of the sky was covered with a canopy; the golden moon and sun, along with the stars, were resplendent.

266.

266.

‘‘Paṭākā ussitānekā, vitatā pupphakañcukā;

Ogatākāsapadumā, mahiyā pupphamuggataṃ.

Many banners were raised, canopies of flowers were spread out; lotuses descended from the sky, and flowers sprang up from the earth.

267.

267.

‘‘Dassanti candasūriyā, pajjalanti ca tārakā;

Majjhaṃ gatopi cādicco, na tāpesi sasī yathā.

The moon and sun became visible, and the stars blazed. Even the sun at its zenith did not burn, just as the moon does not.

268.

268.

‘‘Devā [Pg.220] dibbehi gandhehi, mālehi surabhīhi ca;

Vāditehi ca naccehi, saṅgītīhi ca pūjayuṃ.

The devas paid homage with divine perfumes, with fragrant garlands, and with instrumental music, dances, and songs.

269.

269.

‘‘Nāgāsurā ca brahmāno, yathāsatti yathābalaṃ;

Pūjayiṃsu ca niyyantiṃ, nibbutaṃ buddhamātaraṃ.

Nāgas, asuras, and brahmās, according to their ability and power, paid homage to the Buddha’s mother, who had attained Nibbāna, as she was carried forth.

270.

270.

‘‘Sabbāyo purato nītā, nibbutā sugatorasā;

Gotamī niyyate pacchā, sakkatā buddhaposikā.

All the true-born daughters of the Sugata who had attained Nibbāna were carried in front; Gotamī, the honored foster-mother of the Buddha, was carried behind.

271.

271.

‘‘Purato devamanujā, sanāgāsurabrahmakā;

Pacchā sasāvako buddho, pūjatthaṃ yāti mātuyā.

In front went devas and humans, along with nāgas, asuras, and brahmās. Behind went the Buddha with his disciples to honor his mother.

272.

272.

‘‘Buddhassa parinibbānaṃ, nedisaṃ āsi yādisaṃ;

Gotamīparinibbānaṃ, atevacchariyaṃ ahu.

The Parinibbāna of the Buddha was not of such a kind as the Parinibbāna of Gotamī, which was exceedingly wonderful.

273.

273.

‘‘Buddho buddhassa nibbāne, nopaṭiyādi bhikkhavo;

Buddho gotaminibbāne, sāriputtādikā tathā.

The Buddha did not make arrangements for the bhikkhus at his own Nibbāna; but at Gotamī's Nibbāna, the Buddha did make arrangements—what then to say of Sāriputta and the others?

274.

274.

‘‘Citakāni karitvāna, sabbagandhamayāni te;

Gandhacuṇṇapakiṇṇāni, jhāpayiṃsu ca tā tahiṃ.

Having made pyres entirely of fragrant substances and strewn them with aromatic powders, they cremated them there.

275.

275.

‘‘Sesabhāgāni ḍayhiṃsu, aṭṭhī sesāni sabbaso;

Ānando ca tadāvoca, saṃvegajanakaṃ vaco.

The other parts were burned up, with only the bones remaining entirely. Then Ānanda spoke words that arouse spiritual urgency:

276.

276.

‘‘‘Gotamī nidhanaṃ yātā, ḍayhañcassā sarīrakaṃ;

Saṅketaṃ buddhanibbānaṃ, na cirena bhavissati’.

‘Gotamī has gone to her end, and her body is burned. This is a sign that the Buddha’s Nibbāna will occur before long.’

277.

277.

‘‘Tato gotamidhātūni, tassā pattagatāni so;

Upanāmesi nāthassa, ānando buddhacodito.

Then Ānanda, urged by the Buddha, took Gotamī’s relics that were in her bowl and presented them to the Lord.

278.

278.

‘‘Pāṇinā tāni paggayha, avoca isisattamo;

‘Mahato sāravantassa, yathā rukkhassa tiṭṭhato.

Taking them in his hand, the supreme seer spoke: ‘Just as of a great and sturdy standing tree,

279.

279.

‘‘‘Yo so mahattaro khandho, palujjeyya aniccatā;

Tathā bhikkhunisaṅghassa, gotamī parinibbutā.

‘...its largest branch might break off through its perishable nature, so too from the Order of Bhikkhunīs, Gotamī has attained final Nibbāna.

280.

280.

‘‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ mayhaṃ, nibbutāyapi mātuyā;

Sarīramattasesāya, natthi sokapariddavo.

‘Ah, this is wonderful! Though my mother has attained Nibbāna, with only a remnant of her body remaining, there is no grief or lamentation for me.

281.

281.

‘‘‘Na [Pg.221] sociyā paresaṃ sā, tiṇṇasaṃsārasāgarā;

Parivajjitasantāpā, sītibhūtā sunibbutā.

‘She is not one to be mourned by others, for she has crossed the ocean of saṃsāra. She is rid of all torment, has become cooled, and is utterly quenched.

282.

282.

‘‘‘Paṇḍitāsi mahāpaññā, puthupaññā tatheva ca;

Rattaññū bhikkhunīnaṃ sā, evaṃ dhāretha bhikkhavo.

‘She was wise, of great wisdom, and of vast wisdom too. She was the one of long experience among the bhikkhunīs. Thus, O bhikkhus, should you remember her.

283.

283.

‘‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī āsi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī āsi ca gotamī.

‘Gotamī had mastery of psychic powers and of the divine ear element; she also had mastery of the knowledge of encompassing the minds of others.

284.

284.

‘‘‘Pubbenivāsamaññāsi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi tassā punabbhavo.

‘She knew her past lives, her divine eye is purified. All her taints are destroyed; now there is no further becoming for her.

285.

285.

‘‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Parisuddhaṃ ahu ñāṇaṃ, tasmā socaniyā na sā.

‘In meaning, Dhamma, language, and inspiration, her knowledge was completely pure; therefore she is not to be mourned.

286.

286.

‘‘‘Ayoghanahatasseva, jalato jātavedassa;

Anupubbūpasantassa, yathā na ñāyate gati.

‘Just as the destination is unknown of a blazing fire that, when struck by an iron hammer, has been gradually extinguished,

287.

287.

‘‘‘Evaṃ sammā vimuttānaṃ, kāmabandhoghatārinaṃ;

Paññāpetuṃ gati natthi, pattānaṃ acalaṃ sukhaṃ.

Thus, for those who are rightly liberated, who have crossed the flood of sensual bonds and have attained unshakable bliss, there is no destination to be designated.

288.

288.

‘‘‘Attadīpā tato hotha, satipaṭṭhānagocarā;

Bhāvetvā sattabojjhaṅge, dukkhassantaṃ karissatha’’’.

‘Therefore, be islands for yourselves, with the establishments of mindfulness as your domain. Having developed the seven factors of enlightenment, you will make an end of suffering.’

Itthaṃ sudaṃ mahāpajāpatigotamī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, it is said, Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī spoke these verses.

Mahāpajāpatigotamītheriyāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Therī Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī, the Seventh.

8. Khemātherīapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of the Therī Khemā

289.

289.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, the one with vision in all dhammas, the Leader, arose one hundred thousand aeons ago.

290.

290.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātā seṭṭhikule ahuṃ ;

Nānāratanapajjote, mahāsukhasamappitā.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was born into a treasurer's family, one radiant with various gems and endowed with great happiness.

291.

291.

‘‘Upetvā taṃ mahāvīraṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Tato jātappasādāhaṃ, upemi saraṇaṃ jinaṃ.

Having approached that great hero, I listened to his Dhamma discourse; then, with confidence arisen, I went for refuge to the Conqueror.

292.

292.

‘‘Mātaraṃ [Pg.222] pitaraṃ cāhaṃ, āyācitvā vināyakaṃ;

Nimantayitvā sattāhaṃ, bhojayiṃ sahasāvakaṃ.

Having asked permission from my mother and father, I invited the Leader and, for seven days, I fed him together with his disciples.

293.

293.

‘‘Atikkante ca sattāhe, mahāpaññānamuttamaṃ;

Bhikkhuniṃ etadaggamhi, ṭhapesi narasārathi.

And when seven days had passed, the Charioteer of Men established a bhikkhunī as the foremost among those of great wisdom.

294.

294.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā muditā hutvā, puno tassa mahesino;

Kāraṃ katvāna taṃ ṭhānaṃ, paṇipacca paṇīdahiṃ.

Having heard that, I was joyful, and again I showed reverence to that great seer. Having paid homage, I made an aspiration for that same position.

295.

295.

‘‘Tato mama jino āha, ‘sijjhataṃ paṇidhī tava;

Sasaṅghe me kataṃ kāraṃ, appameyyaphalaṃ tayā.

Then the Conqueror said to me: ‘May your aspiration succeed! The service you have rendered to me and my Saṅgha will have immeasurable fruit for you.

296.

296.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand aeons from now, one born into the Okkāka clan, named Gotama by clan, will be the Teacher in the world.

297.

297.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Etadaggamanuppattā, khemā nāma bhavissati’.

‘His heir in the Dhamma, his true-born daughter created by the Dhamma, will be one named Khemā, who will attain the foremost position.’

298.

298.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsūpagā ahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my volition and aspirations, when I abandoned my human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

299.

299.

‘‘Tato cutā yāmamagaṃ, tatohaṃ tusitaṃ gatā;

Tato ca nimmānaratiṃ, vasavattipuraṃ tato.

Having passed away from there, I went to the Yāma world; from there I went to the Tusita world; from there to the Nimmānarati world; and from there to the Paranimmitavasavattī world.

300.

300.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, tassa kammassa vāhasā;

Tattha tattheva rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

Wherever I was reborn, carried by the force of that kamma, I exercised the sovereignty of a chief queen of kings.

301.

301.

‘‘Tato cutā manussatte, rājūnaṃ cakkavattinaṃ;

Maṇḍalīnañca rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

Having passed away from there, in human existence I exercised the sovereignty of a chief queen to wheel-turning monarchs and to provincial kings.

302.

302.

‘‘Sampattiṃ anubhotvāna, devesu manujesu ca;

Sabbattha sukhitā hutvā, nekakappesu saṃsariṃ.

Having experienced good fortune among both gods and humans, being happy everywhere, I wandered in saṃsāra for many aeons.

303.

303.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī lokanāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammavipassako.

In the ninety-first aeon from now, the world-leader Vipassī arose, one of lovely appearance, who had insight into all phenomena.

304.

304.

‘‘Tamahaṃ lokanāyakaṃ, upetvā narasārathiṃ;

Dhammaṃ bhaṇitaṃ sutvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Having approached that world-leader, the charioteer of men, and having heard the Dhamma he taught, I went forth into the homeless life.

305.

305.

‘‘Dasavassasahassāni[Pg.223], tassa vīrassa sāsane;

Brahmacariyaṃ caritvāna, yuttayogā bahussutā.

For ten thousand years in the dispensation of that hero, I lived the holy life, devoted to the practice and very learned.

306.

306.

‘‘Paccayākārakusalā, catusaccavisāradā;

Nipuṇā cittakathikā, satthusāsanakārikā.

I was skilled in dependent origination, an expert in the four truths, a subtle and eloquent speaker, and a follower of the Teacher’s instruction.

307.

307.

‘‘Tato cutāhaṃ tusitaṃ, upapannā yasassinī;

Abhibhomi tahiṃ aññe, brahmacārīphalenahaṃ.

Having passed away from there, I was reborn in the Tusita heaven, glorious. There I surpassed the others by means of the fruit of my holy life.

308.

308.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapannāhaṃ, mahābhogā mahaddhanā;

Medhāvinī sīlavatī, vinītaparisāpi ca.

Wherever I was reborn, I had great enjoyments and great wealth; I was intelligent, virtuous, and had a well-disciplined retinue.

309.

309.

‘‘Bhavāmi tena kammena, yogena jinasāsane;

Sabbā sampattiyo mayhaṃ, sulabhā manaso piyā.

Because of that kamma and that endeavor in the Conqueror’s Dispensation, all accomplishments dear to the mind became easy for me to obtain.

310.

310.

‘‘Yopi me bhavate bhattā, yattha yattha gatāyapi;

Vimāneti na maṃ koci, paṭipattibalena me.

Whoever became my husband, in whatever existence I arrived, no one ever disrespected me, because of the power of my practice.

311.

311.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Nāmena koṇāgamano, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, named Koṇāgamana, the best of speakers, arose.

312.

312.

‘‘Tadā hi bārāṇasiyaṃ, susamiddhakulappajā ;

Dhanañjānī sumedhā ca, ahampi ca tayo janā.

At that time in Bārāṇasī, we were three people born into a very prosperous family: Dhanañjānī, Sumedhā, and I.

313.

313.

‘‘Saṅghārāmamadāsimha, dānasahāyikā pure ;

Saṅghassa ca vihārampi, uddissa kārikā mayaṃ.

In a former time, being companions in giving, we gave a monastery for the Saṅgha. We also had a dwelling made, dedicated to the Saṅgha.

314.

314.

‘‘Tato cutā mayaṃ sabbā, tāvatiṃsūpagā ahuṃ;

Yasasā aggataṃ pattā, manussesu tatheva ca.

Having passed away from there, all of us went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm. We attained the foremost state in glory, and likewise among humans.

315.

315.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this very aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, Kassapa by name and clan, the best of speakers, arose.

316.

316.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

At that time, the attendant of the great seer was the lord of men, the King of Kāsī named Kikī, in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī.

317.

317.

‘‘Tassāsiṃ [Pg.224] jeṭṭhikā dhītā, samaṇī iti vissutā;

Dhammaṃ sutvā jinaggassa, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ.

I was his eldest daughter, renowned as Samaṇī. Having heard the Dhamma of the chief of conquerors, I requested to go forth.

318.

318.

‘‘Anujāni na no tāto, agāreva tadā mayaṃ;

Vīsavassasahassāni, vicarimha atanditā.

Our father did not give us permission. At that time, we remained in the home. For twenty thousand years, we lived unweariedly.

319.

319.

‘‘Komāribrahmacariyaṃ, rājakaññā sukhedhitā;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, muditā satta dhītaro.

We seven daughters, royal maidens brought up in comfort, lived the virgin holy life, joyful and delighting in attending on the Buddha.

320.

320.

‘‘Samaṇī samaṇaguttā ca, bhikkhunī bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, sattamī saṅghadāyikā.

Samaṇī, and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī, Bhikkhudāyikā, and Dhammā, and Sudhammā, and the seventh was Saṅghadāyikā.

321.

321.

‘‘Ahaṃ uppalavaṇṇā ca, paṭācārā ca kuṇḍalā;

Kisāgotamī dhammadinnā, visākhā hoti sattamī.

I, and Uppalavaṇṇā, and Paṭācārā, and Kuṇḍalā, Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā, and the seventh is Visākhā.

322.

322.

‘‘Kadāci so narādicco, dhammaṃ desesi abbhutaṃ;

Mahānidānasuttantaṃ, sutvā taṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ.

Once, that Sun among Men taught the marvelous Dhamma, the Mahānidāna Suttanta. Having heard that discourse, I mastered it.

323.

323.

‘‘Tehi kammehi sukatehi, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By those well-done kammas and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

324.

324.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, sākalāya puruttame;

Rañño maddassa dhītāmhi, manāpā dayitā piyā.

And now in this final existence, in the excellent city of Sākala, I am the daughter of King Madda, agreeable, cherished, and dear.

325.

325.

‘‘Saha me jātamattamhi, khemaṃ tamhi pure ahu;

Tato khemāti nāmaṃ me, guṇato upapajjatha.

As soon as I was born, there was safety in that city. Therefore, from that quality, my name ‘Khemā’ arose.

326.

326.

‘‘Yadāhaṃ yobbanaṃ pattā, rūpalāvaññabhūsitā ;

Tadā adāsi maṃ tāto, bimbisārassa rājino.

When I reached my youth, adorned with beauty and grace, my father gave me to King Bimbisāra.

327.

327.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ suppiyā āsiṃ, rūpake lāyane ratā;

Rūpānaṃ dosavādīti, na upesiṃ mahādayaṃ.

I was his greatly beloved queen, delighting in the play of beauty. Thinking that the Greatly Compassionate One was a critic of physical form, I did not approach him.

328.

328.

‘‘Bimbisāro tadā rājā, mamānuggahabuddhiyā;

Vaṇṇayitvā veḷuvanaṃ, gāyake gāpayī mamaṃ.

Then King Bimbisāra, with the intention of favoring me, had singers sing praises of the Bamboo Grove in my presence.

329.

329.

‘‘Rammaṃ veḷuvanaṃ yena, na diṭṭhaṃ sugatālayaṃ;

Na tena nandanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, iti maññāmase mayaṃ.

“Whoever has not seen the delightful Bamboo Grove, the abode of the Sugata, has not seen the Nandana Grove—so we think.

330.

330.

‘‘Yena [Pg.225] veḷuvanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, naranandananandanaṃ;

Sudiṭṭhaṃ nandanaṃ tena, amarindasunandanaṃ.

“One who has seen the Bamboo Grove, the delight of the Delighter of Men, has thereby well seen the Nandana, the great delight of the Lord of the Immortals.”

331.

331.

‘‘Vihāya nandanaṃ devā, otaritvā mahītalaṃ ;

Rammaṃ veḷuvanaṃ disvā, na tappanti suvimhitā.

“The devas, leaving their Nandana Grove and descending to the earth, upon seeing the delightful Bamboo Grove, are so amazed they cannot get their fill of it.”

332.

332.

‘‘Rājapuññena nibbattaṃ, buddhapuññena bhūsitaṃ;

Ko vattā tassa nissesaṃ, vanassa guṇasañcayaṃ.

“Produced by the king’s merit and adorned by the Buddha’s merit, who can completely describe that grove’s collection of virtues?”

333.

333.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā vanasamiddhaṃ, mama sotamanoharaṃ;

Daṭṭhukāmā tamuyyānaṃ, rañño ārocayiṃ tadā.

Having heard of the flourishing of that grove, which was captivating to my ear, I became desirous of seeing that park and then informed the king.

334.

334.

‘‘Mahatā parivārena, tadā ca so mahīpati;

Maṃ pesesi tamuyyānaṃ, dassanāya samussukaṃ.

Then that lord of the earth, with a great retinue, sent me to that park, as I was eager to see it.

335.

335.

‘‘Gaccha passa mahābhoge, vanaṃ nettarasāyanaṃ;

Yaṃ sadā bhāti siriyā, sugatābhānurañjitaṃ.

“Go and see, you of great fortune, the grove that is a tonic for the eyes, which always shines with splendor, colored by the radiance of the Sugata.”

336.

336.

‘‘Yadā ca piṇḍāya muni, giribbajapuruttamaṃ;

Paviṭṭhohaṃ tadāyeva, vanaṃ daṭṭhumupāgamiṃ.

And just when the Sage had entered the excellent city of Giribbaja for alms, I went to see the grove.

337.

337.

‘‘Tadā taṃ phullavipinaṃ, nānābhamarakūjitaṃ;

Kokilāgītasahitaṃ, mayūragaṇanaccitaṃ.

Then I saw that blossoming forest, resounding with the humming of various bees, filled with the songs of cuckoos, and where flocks of peacocks danced.

338.

338.

‘‘Appasaddamanākiṇṇaṃ, nānācaṅkamabhūsitaṃ;

Kuṭimaṇḍapasaṅkiṇṇaṃ, yogīvaravirājitaṃ.

It was quiet and uncrowded, adorned with various walking paths, strewn with huts and pavilions, and made splendid by the best of yogis.

339.

339.

‘‘Vicarantī amaññissaṃ, saphalaṃ nayanaṃ mama;

Tatthāpi taruṇaṃ bhikkhuṃ, yuttaṃ disvā vicintayiṃ.

As I wandered about, I thought, ‘My eyes have borne their fruit.’ But then, seeing a young bhikkhu there, engaged in his practice, I reflected:

340.

340.

‘‘‘Īdise vipine ramme, ṭhitoyaṃ navayobbane;

Vasantamiva kantena, rūpena ca samanvito.

“In such a delightful forest stands this one in the prime of his youth, endowed with a lovely form, like the spring season itself.

341.

341.

‘‘‘Nisinno rukkhamūlamhi, muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto;

Jhāyate vatayaṃ bhikkhu, hitvā visayajaṃ ratiṃ.

“Seated at the foot of a tree, shaven-headed and wearing the outer robe, this bhikkhu meditates, indeed, having abandoned delight born of sense objects.”

342.

342.

‘‘‘Nanu nāma gahaṭṭhena, kāmaṃ bhutvā yathāsukhaṃ;

Pacchā jiṇṇena dhammoyaṃ, caritabbo subhaddako’.

“Is it not so that a householder, having enjoyed sensual pleasures at will, should later, when old, practice this excellent Dhamma?”

343.

343.

‘‘Suññakanti [Pg.226] viditvāna, gandhagehaṃ jinālayaṃ;

Upetvā jinamaddakkhaṃ, udayantaṃva bhākaraṃ.

Knowing that the fragrant chamber, the Conqueror’s abode, was quiet, I approached and saw the Conqueror, like the rising sun.

344.

344.

‘‘Ekakaṃ sukhamāsīnaṃ, bījamānaṃ varitthiyā;

Disvānevaṃ vicintesiṃ, nāyaṃ lūkho narāsabho.

Seeing him seated alone in bliss, being fanned by an excellent woman, I reflected thus: ‘This bull among men is not an austere one.’

345.

345.

‘‘Sā kaññā kanakābhāsā, padumānanalocanā;

Bimboṭṭhī kundadasanā, manonettarasāyanā.

That maiden had a complexion like gold, a face and eyes like lotuses, lips like bimba fruit, and teeth like kunda flowers—a delight to the mind and eyes.

346.

346.

‘‘Hemadolābhasavanā, kalikākārasutthanī ;

Vedimajjhāva sussoṇī, rambhoru cārubhūsanā.

She had ears like golden swings, fine breasts shaped like flower buds, a waist beautiful like an altar, lovely hips, thighs like golden plantain trunks, and beautiful adornments.

347.

347.

‘‘Rattaṃsakupasaṃbyānā, nīlamaṭṭhanivāsanā;

Atappaneyyarūpena, hāsabhāvasamanvitā.

She wore a red upper garment and a polished blue lower garment; endowed with insatiable beauty, she possessed smiles and charm.

348.

348.

‘‘Disvā tamevaṃ cintesiṃ, ahoyamabhirūpinī;

Na mayānena nettena, diṭṭhapubbā kudācanaṃ.

Seeing her, I thought thus: ‘Oh, how very beautiful she is! Never before with these eyes have I seen such a one.’

349.

349.

‘‘Tato jarābhibhūtā sā, vivaṇṇā vikatānanā;

Bhinnadantā setasirā, salālā vadanāsuci.

Then, overcome by old age, she became discolored, with a distorted face, broken teeth, and white hair, slobbering from her unclean mouth.

350.

350.

‘‘Saṅkhittakaṇṇā setakkhī, lambāsubhapayodharā;

Valivitatasabbaṅgī, sirāvitatadehinī.

Her ears were shrunken, her eyes clouded, her breasts ugly and sagging; her entire body was covered with wrinkles, her frame a network of veins.

351.

351.

‘‘Nataṅgā daṇḍadutiyā, upphāsulikatā kisā;

Pavedhamānā patitā, nissasantī muhuṃ muhuṃ.

With a bent body, a staff as her companion, emaciated with protruding ribs, she fell down trembling, panting again and again.

352.

352.

‘‘Tato me āsi saṃvego, abbhuto lomahaṃsano;

Dhiratthu rūpaṃ asuciṃ, ramante yattha bālisā.

Then a sense of spiritual urgency arose in me, amazing and causing my hair to stand on end. ‘Shame on this impure form, in which fools delight!’

353.

353.

‘‘Tadā mahākāruṇiko, disvā saṃviggamānasaṃ;

Udaggacitto sugato, imā gāthā abhāsatha.

Then the Greatly Compassionate One, the Sugata, seeing my mind struck with urgency, with an uplifted heart, spoke these verses:

354.

354.

‘‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa kheme samussayaṃ;

Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhinanditaṃ.

“Behold, Khemā, this body: afflicted, impure, and foul, oozing and trickling, delighted in by fools.”

355.

355.

‘‘‘Asubhāya [Pg.227] cittaṃ bhāvehi, ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ;

Sati kāyagatā tyatthu, nibbidā bahulā bhava.

“Develop the mind on the unattractive; make it one-pointed and well-concentrated. Let your mindfulness be directed to the body; be full of disenchantment.”

356.

356.

‘‘‘Yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ;

Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, kāye chandaṃ virājaya.

“‘As this is, so is that; as that is, so is this. Both internally and externally, dispel desire for the body.’

357.

357.

‘‘‘Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha;

Tato mānābhisamayā, upasantā carissasi.

“‘Develop the signless and abandon the underlying tendency of conceit. Then, through the full understanding of conceit, you will dwell in peace.’

358.

358.

‘‘‘Ye rāgarattānupatanti sotaṃ, sayaṃ kataṃ makkaṭakova jālaṃ;

Etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, na pekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāya’.

“‘Those impassioned by lust follow the stream they have made themselves, just as a spider follows the web it has made. Having cut even this, they wander forth, abandoning sensual pleasure, without any longing.’”

359.

359.

‘‘Tato kallitacittaṃ maṃ, ñatvāna narasārathi;

Mahānidānaṃ desesi, suttantaṃ vinayāya me.

“Then the Guide of Men, knowing my mind was receptive, taught me the Mahānidāna Sutta for my discipline.”

360.

360.

‘‘Sutvā suttantaseṭṭhaṃ taṃ, pubbasaññamanussariṃ;

Tattha ṭhitāvahaṃ santī, dhammacakkhuṃ visodhayiṃ.

“Having heard that supreme discourse, I recollected a former memory. Standing right there, serene, I purified the eye of the Dhamma.”

361.

361.

‘‘Nipatitvā mahesissa, pādamūlamhi tāvade;

Accayaṃ desanatthāya, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

“Falling down at the Great Seer’s feet right then, in order to confess my transgression, I spoke these words:”

362.

362.

‘‘‘Namo te sabbadassāvī, namo te karuṇākara;

Namo te tiṇṇasaṃsāra, namo te amataṃ dada.

“‘Homage to you, the All-Seeing One! Homage to you, the source of compassion! Homage to you who have crossed over saṃsāra! Homage to you, the giver of the Deathless!’

363.

363.

‘‘‘Diṭṭhigahanapakkhandā, kāmarāgavimohitā;

Tayā sammā upāyena, vinītā vinaye ratā.

“‘Plunged into the thicket of views, deluded by sensual lust, I have been trained by you with skillful means and now delight in the discipline.’”

364.

364.

‘‘‘Adassanena vibhogā, tādisānaṃ mahesinaṃ;

Anubhonti mahādukkhaṃ, sattā saṃsārasāgare.

“‘Through not seeing and being separated from such great seers, beings experience great suffering in the ocean of saṃsāra.’”

365.

365.

‘‘‘Yadāhaṃ lokasaraṇaṃ, araṇaṃ araṇantaguṃ ;

Nāddasāmi adūraṭṭhaṃ, desayāmi tamaccayaṃ.

“‘That I did not see the world’s refuge, the conflict-free one who has gone to the end of conflict, though he stood nearby—I confess that transgression.’”

366.

366.

‘‘‘Mahāhitaṃ [Pg.228] varadadaṃ, ahitoti visaṅkitā;

Nopesiṃ rūpaniratā, desayāmi tamaccayaṃ’.

“‘He who brings great welfare, the giver of the supreme gift—I suspected him of being harmful. Delighting in form, I did not approach him—I confess that transgression.’”

367.

367.

‘‘Tadā madhuranigghoso, mahākāruṇiko jino;

Avoca tiṭṭha khemeti, siñcanto amatena maṃ.

“Then the Conqueror, of sweet utterance and greatly compassionate, sprinkling me with the deathless, said to me, ‘Stay, Khemā!’”

368.

368.

‘‘Tadā paṇamya sirasā, katvā ca naṃ padakkhiṇaṃ;

Gantvā disvā narapatiṃ, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

“Then, having bowed with my head and circumambulated him keeping him on my right, I went to see the king and spoke these words:”

369.

369.

‘‘‘Aho sammā upāyo te, cintitoyamarindama;

Vanadassanakāmāya, diṭṭho nibbānato muni.

“‘Ah, O tamer of foes, this stratagem of yours was well-conceived! Desiring to see the park, I saw the Sage who has emerged from the forest of defilements.’”

370.

370.

‘‘‘Yadi te ruccate rāja, sāsane tassa tādino;

Pabbajissāmi rūpehaṃ, nibbinnā munivāṇinā’.

“‘If it pleases you, O king, I will go forth in the Dispensation of that Such-a-one; I have become disenchanted with form through the Sage's utterance.’”

Dutiyaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Second Recitation Section.

371.

371.

‘‘Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tadāha sa mahīpati;

‘Anujānāmi te bhadde, pabbajjā tava sijjhatu’.

“Then that king, having raised his hands in reverence, said: ‘I grant you permission, good lady. May your going forth be successful!’”

372.

372.

‘‘Pabbajitvā tadā cāhaṃ, addhamāse upaṭṭhite;

Dīpodayañca bhedañca, disvā saṃviggamānasā.

“Then, having gone forth, when half a month had passed, seeing the arising and passing away of a lamp flame, my mind was stirred with a sense of urgency.”

373.

373.

‘‘Nibbinnā sabbasaṅkhāre, paccayākārakovidā;

Caturoghe atikkamma, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

“Disenchanted with all formations, skilled in the causal structure, having crossed over the four floods, I attained arahantship.”

374.

374.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī āsiṃ, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī cāpi bhavāmahaṃ.

“I was a master of psychic powers and of the divine ear element; I am also a master of the knowledge of others’ minds.”

375.

375.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“I know my former abodes, my divine eye is purified; all my taints are destroyed, now there is no further becoming.”

376.

376.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Parisuddhaṃ mama ñāṇaṃ, uppannaṃ buddhasāsane.

“In meaning, Dhamma, and language, and likewise in inspired eloquence, my knowledge has arisen, completely pure, within the Buddha’s Dispensation.”

377.

377.

‘‘Kusalāhaṃ visuddhīsu, kathāvatthuvisāradā;

Abhidhammanayaññū ca, vasippattāmhi sāsane.

“I am skilled in the purifications, an expert in the subjects of discourse, a knower of the Abhidhamma method; I have attained mastery in the Dispensation.”

378.

378.

‘‘Tato [Pg.229] toraṇavatthusmiṃ, raññā kosalasāminā;

Pucchitā nipuṇe pañhe, byākarontī yathātathaṃ.

“Then, at the gateway, having been asked subtle questions by the king, the lord of Kosala, I explained them in accordance with reality.”

379.

379.

‘‘Tadā sa rājā sugataṃ, upasaṅkamma pucchatha;

Tatheva buddho byākāsi, yathā te byākatā mayā.

“Then that king approached the Well-farer and asked, and the Buddha explained them in the very same way as I had explained them.”

380.

380.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Mahāpaññānamaggāti, bhikkhunīnaṃ naruttamo.

“Pleased with that quality, the Conqueror, the best of men, placed me in the foremost position among the bhikkhunīs, as the chief of those with great wisdom.”

381.

381.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burnt up … I dwell free of taints.”

382.

382.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

383.

383.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ khemā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Khemā spoke these verses.

Khemātheriyāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Therī Khemā: The Eighth.

9. Uppalavaṇṇātherīapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Therī Uppalavaṇṇā

384.

384.

‘‘Bhikkhunī uppalavaṇṇā, iddhiyā pāramiṃ gatā;

Vanditvā satthuno pāde, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

The bhikkhunī Uppalavaṇṇā, who had reached the perfection of psychic power, having venerated the Teacher’s feet, spoke this utterance:

385.

385.

‘‘‘Nitthiṇṇā jātisaṃsāraṃ, pattāhaṃ acalaṃ padaṃ;

Sabbadukkhaṃ mayā khīṇaṃ, ārocemi mahāmuni.

“‘I have crossed over the saṃsāra of births; I have attained the unshakable state. All suffering has been destroyed by me; I declare this, O Great Sage.’”

386.

386.

‘‘‘Yāvatā parisā atthi, pasannā jinasāsane;

Yassā ca meparādhotthi, khamantu jinasammukhā.

“‘Whatever assembly is present, confident in the Conqueror's Dispensation, if I have committed any offense against them, may they forgive it in the Conqueror's presence.’”

387.

387.

‘‘‘Saṃsāre saṃsarantiyā, khalitaṃ me sace bhave;

Ārocemi mahāvīra, aparādhaṃ khamassu taṃ.

“‘While wandering in saṃsāra, if there has been any stumbling on my part, I declare it, O Great Hero; please forgive that offense.’”

388.

388.

‘‘‘Iddhiñcāpi nidassehi, mama sāsanakārike;

Catasso parisā ajja, kaṅkhaṃ chindāhi yāvatā.

“‘Display your psychic power, you who carry out my teaching! Today, cut off whatever doubt the fourfold assembly may have.’”

389.

389.

‘‘‘Dhītā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, paññavanta jutindhara;

Bahuñca dukkaraṃ kammaṃ, kataṃ me atidukkaraṃ.

“‘I am your daughter, O Great Hero, wise and radiant. Many a difficult deed has been done by me, a most difficult deed.’”

390.

390.

‘‘‘Uppalasseva [Pg.230] me vaṇṇo, nāmenuppalanāmikā;

Sāvikā te mahāvīra, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma.

“‘My complexion is like that of a blue lotus, and by name I am called Uppalavaṇṇā. I am your female disciple, O Great Hero; I venerate your feet, O One with Vision.’”

391.

391.

‘‘‘Rāhulo ca ahañceva, nekajātisate bahū;

Ekasmiṃ sambhave jātā, samānachandamānasā.

“‘For many hundreds of births, Rāhula and I were born in the same existence, with minds of similar aspiration.’”

392.

392.

‘‘‘Nibbatti ekato hoti, jātiyāpi ca ekato ;

Pacchime bhave sampatte, ubhopi nānāsambhavā.

Our arising was together, and by birth we were also together; having reached this final existence, we both had separate origins.

393.

393.

‘‘‘Putto ca rāhulo nāma, dhītā uppalasavhayā;

Passa vīra mamaṃ iddhiṃ, balaṃ dassemi satthuno.

The son is named Rāhula, the daughter is called Uppalavaṇṇā. Behold my psychic power, O Hero! I shall display my strength to the Teacher.

394.

394.

‘‘‘Mahāsamudde caturo, pakkhipi hatthapātiyaṃ;

Telaṃ hatthagatañceva, khiḍḍo komārako yathā.

I placed the four great oceans in the palm of my hand, just as a playing boy might hold oil that has come into his hand.

395.

395.

‘‘‘Ubbattayitvā pathaviṃ, pakkhipi hatthapātiyaṃ;

Cittaṃ muñjaṃ yathā nāma, luñci komārako yuvā.

Having rolled up the earth, I placed it in the palm of my hand, just as a young boy might pluck a variegated muñja reed.

396.

396.

‘‘‘Cakkavāḷasamaṃ pāṇiṃ, chādayitvāna matthake;

Vassāpetvāna phusitaṃ, nānāvaṇṇaṃ punappunaṃ.

Having covered my head with a hand the size of the Cakkavāḷa mountain range, I caused showers of various colors to rain down again and again.

397.

397.

‘‘‘Bhūmiṃ udukkhalaṃ katvā, dhaññaṃ katvāna sakkharaṃ;

Sineruṃ musalaṃ katvā, maddi komārikā yathā.

Having made the earth a mortar and gravel into grain, and having made Sineru a pestle, I pounded it just as a young girl does.

398.

398.

‘‘‘Dhītāhaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa, nāmenuppalasavhayā;

Abhiññāsu vasībhūtā, tava sāsanakārikā.

I am the daughter of the best of Buddhas, by name called Uppalavaṇṇā. I have mastery of the supernormal knowledges and am a follower of your Dispensation.

399.

399.

‘‘‘Nānāvikubbanaṃ katvā, dassetvā lokanāyakaṃ;

Nāmagottañca sāvetvā, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma.

Having performed various transformations and shown them to the Leader of the World, having announced my name and clan, I venerate your feet, O One with Vision.

400.

400.

‘‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

I have mastery over the psychic powers and the divine ear element; I have mastery over the knowledge of encompassing the minds of others, O Great Sage.

401.

401.

‘‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

I know my former abodes, my divine eye is purified; all my taints are destroyed, now there is no further becoming.

402.

402.

‘‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ me vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, sabhāvena mahesino.

In the analytical knowledges of meaning, Dhamma, and language, and likewise in inspired eloquence, my knowledge is stainless and pure by its very nature, O Great Seer.

403.

403.

‘‘‘Purimānaṃ [Pg.231] jinaggānaṃ, saṅgamaṃ te nidassitaṃ ;

Adhikāraṃ bahuṃ mayhaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni.

Having come into the presence of the chief Conquerors of the past, for your sake, O Great Sage, I made a great aspiration.

404.

404.

‘‘‘Yaṃ mayā pūritaṃ kammaṃ, kusalaṃ sara me muni;

Tavatthāya mahāvīra, puññaṃ upacitaṃ mayā.

Whatever wholesome kamma was fulfilled by me, remember it, O Sage. For your sake, O Great Hero, merit has been accumulated by me.

405.

405.

‘‘‘Abhabbaṭṭhāne vajjetvā, vārayantī anācaraṃ;

Tavatthāya mahāvīra, cattaṃ me jīvituttamaṃ.

Avoiding unsuitable states and warding off misconduct, for your sake, O Great Hero, my excellent life was given up.

406.

406.

‘‘‘Dasakoṭisahassāni, adāsiṃ mama jīvitaṃ;

Pariccattā ca me homi, tavatthāya mahāmuni.

For ten thousand koṭis of lifetimes, I gave my life; and for your sake, O Great Sage, I am one who has sacrificed.

407.

407.

‘‘‘Tadātivimhitā sabbā, sirasāva katañjalī;

Avocayye kathaṃ āsi, atuliddhiparakkamā’.

Then all were greatly astonished and, with hands reverentially raised to their heads, they said: 'Noble lady, how did you come to have such incomparable psychic power and might?'

408.

408.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, nāgakaññā ahaṃ tadā;

Vimalā nāma nāmena, kaññānaṃ sādhusammatā.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, I was then a nāga maiden, Vimalā by name, well-esteemed among the maidens.

409.

409.

‘‘Mahorago mahānāgo, pasanno jinasāsane;

Padumuttaraṃ mahātejaṃ, nimantesi sasāvakaṃ.

The great nāga Mahoraga, confident in the Conqueror’s Dispensation, invited the majestic Padumuttara together with his disciples.

410.

410.

‘‘Ratanamayaṃ maṇḍapaṃ, pallaṅkaṃ ratanāmayaṃ;

Ratanaṃ vālukākiṇṇaṃ, upabhogaṃ ratanāmayaṃ.

A pavilion made of jewels, a couch made of jewels, a place strewn with jewel-sand, and furnishings made of jewels.

411.

411.

‘‘Maggañca paṭiyādesi, ratanaddhajabhūsitaṃ;

Paccuggantvāna sambuddhaṃ, vajjanto tūriyehi so.

He prepared the path, adorned with jeweled banners; and having gone out to meet the Sambuddha, he had musical instruments played.

412.

412.

‘‘Parisāhi ca catūhi, parivuto lokanāyako;

Mahoragassa bhavane, nisīdi paramāsane.

Surrounded by the four assemblies, the Leader of the World sat down on the supreme seat in the mansion of Mahoraga.

413.

413.

‘‘Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ, bhojanañca mahārahaṃ;

Varaṃ varañca pādāsi, nāgarājā mahāyasaṃ.

The nāga king gave to the one of great renown food, drink, and edibles, and costly meals, both excellent and choice.

414.

414.

‘‘Bhuñjitvāna sambuddho, pattaṃ dhovitvā yoniso;

Anumodanīyaṃkāsi, nāgakaññā mahiddhikā.

Having eaten and properly washed his bowl, the Sambuddha gave a talk of appreciation. The nāga maidens were of great psychic power.

415.

415.

‘‘Sabbaññuṃ [Pg.232] phullitaṃ disvā, nāgakaññā mahāyasaṃ;

Pasannaṃ satthuno cittaṃ, sunibandhañca mānasaṃ.

Having seen the All-Knowing One, blossomed and of great renown, the nāga maiden's mind became serene and her heart well-composed towards the Teacher.

416.

416.

‘‘Mamañca cittamaññāya, jalajuttamanāmako;

Tasmiṃ khaṇe mahāvīro, bhikkhuniṃ dassayiddhiyā.

And the Great Hero named 'Best of Lotuses,' knowing my thought, at that moment displayed a bhikkhunī by his psychic power.

417.

417.

‘‘Iddhī anekā dassesi, bhikkhunī sā visāradā;

Pamoditā vedajātā, satthāraṃ idamabravi.

That expert bhikkhunī displayed many psychic powers. Delighted and filled with joy, I spoke this to the Teacher:

418.

418.

‘‘‘Addasāhaṃ imaṃ iddhiṃ, sumanaṃ itarāyapi;

Kathaṃ ahosi sā vīra, iddhiyā suvisāradā’.

I have seen this psychic power and the joyful mind of that other one. O Hero, how did she become so very expert in psychic power?

419.

419.

‘‘‘Orasā mukhato jātā, dhītā mama mahiddhikā;

Mamānusāsanikarā, iddhiyā suvisāradā’.

She is my own true daughter, born from my mouth, a daughter of great psychic power, a follower of my instructions, and very expert in psychic power.

420.

420.

‘‘Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, evaṃ patthesahaṃ tadā ;

Ahampi tādisā homi, iddhiyā suvisāradā.

Having heard the Buddha's utterance, I then made this aspiration: 'May I too become like her, very expert in psychic power.'

421.

421.

‘‘Pamoditāhaṃ sumanā, patthe uttamamānasā ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, īdisā homi nāyaka.

Delighted and joyful, with a mind set on the supreme, I made an aspiration: 'In a future time, O Leader, may I become just like her.'

422.

422.

‘‘Maṇimayamhi pallaṅke, maṇḍapamhi pabhassare;

Annapānena tappetvā, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Having satisfied the Leader of the World and his Saṅgha with food and drink on a jeweled couch in a radiant pavilion,

423.

423.

‘‘Nāgānaṃ pavaraṃ pupphaṃ, aruṇaṃ nāma uppalaṃ;

Vaṇṇaṃ me īdisaṃ hotu, pūjesiṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

I worshipped the Leader of the World with the excellent flower of the nāgas, the lotus named Aruṇa, aspiring: 'May my complexion be like this!'

424.

424.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

425.

425.

‘‘Tato cutāhaṃ manuje, upapannā sayambhuno;

Uppalehi paṭicchannaṃ, piṇḍapātamadāsahaṃ.

Having passed away from there, I was reborn among humans. To the Self-Existent One I gave almsfood covered with lotuses.

426.

426.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā.

Ninety-one aeons ago, the Leader named Vipassī arose, lovely to behold, one with vision into all things.

427.

427.

‘‘Seṭṭhidhītā tadā hutvā, bārāṇasipuruttame;

Nimantetvāna sambuddhaṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Then, being a treasurer's daughter in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī, I invited the Sambuddha, the Leader of the World, together with his Saṅgha.

428.

428.

‘‘Mahādānaṃ [Pg.233] daditvāna, uppalehi vināyakaṃ;

Pūjayitvā cetasāva, vaṇṇasobhaṃ apatthayiṃ.

Having given a great gift and worshipped the Guide with lotuses, with my mind I aspired to beauty of complexion.

429.

429.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great renown, Kassapa by clan name, arose, the best of speakers.

430.

430.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

Then the attendant of the Great Seer was the lord of men, the king of Kāsī named Kikī, in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī.

431.

431.

‘‘Tassāsiṃ dutiyā dhītā, samaṇaguttasavhayā;

Dhammaṃ sutvā jinaggassa, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ.

I was his second daughter, called Samaṇaguttā. Having heard the Dhamma of the Chief Conqueror, I delighted in the going forth.

432.

432.

‘‘Anujāni na no tāto, agāreva tadā mayaṃ;

Vīsavassasahassāni, vicarimha atanditā.

Our father did not give permission, so we remained at home. For twenty thousand years we lived unweariedly.

433.

433.

‘‘Komāribrahmacariyaṃ, rājakaññā sukhedhitā;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, muditā sattadhītaro.

We, the seven daughters, the king's princesses raised in comfort, lived the maiden's holy life, delighting in attending on the Buddha, ever joyful.

434.

434.

‘‘Samaṇī samaṇaguttā ca, bhikkhunī bhikkhudāyikā ;

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, sattamī saṅghadāyikā.

Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā, Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh was Saṅghadāyikā.

435.

435.

‘‘Ahaṃ khemā ca sappaññā, paṭācārā ca kuṇḍalā;

Kisāgotamī dhammadinnā, visākhā hoti sattamī.

I and wise Khemā, Paṭācārā and Kuṇḍalā, Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā; and Visākhā is the seventh.

436.

436.

‘‘Tehi kammehi sukatehi, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By those well-done deeds, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

437.

437.

‘‘Tato cutā manussesu, upapannā mahākule;

Pītaṃ maṭṭhaṃ varaṃ dussaṃ, adaṃ arahato ahaṃ.

Having passed away from there, I was reborn among humans in a great family; I gave a yellow, smooth, excellent cloth to an Arahant.

438.

438.

‘‘Tato cutāriṭṭhapure, jātā vippakule ahaṃ;

Dhītā tiriṭivacchassa, ummādantī manoharā.

Having passed away from there, I was born in a brahmin family in Ariṭṭhapura; the daughter of Tiriṭivaccha, the captivating Ummādantī.

439.

439.

‘‘Tato cutā janapade, kule aññatare ahaṃ;

Pasūtā nātiphītamhi, sāliṃ gopemahaṃ tadā.

Having passed away from there, I was born into a certain family in the countryside that was not very prosperous; I guarded the rice fields then.

440.

440.

‘‘Disvā paccekasambuddhaṃ, pañcalājāsatānihaṃ;

Datvā padumacchannāni, pañca puttasatānihaṃ.

Seeing a Paccekasambuddha, having given five hundred portions of parched grain covered with lotuses, I made an aspiration for five hundred sons.

441.

441.

‘‘Patthayiṃ [Pg.234] tepi patthesuṃ, madhuṃ datvā sayambhuno;

Tato cutā araññehaṃ, ajāyiṃ padumodare.

They too made an aspiration, having given honey to the Self-Become One. Then, having passed away from there, I was born in a forest in the calyx of a lotus.

442.

442.

‘‘Kāsirañño mahesīhaṃ, hutvā sakkatapūjitā;

Ajaniṃ rājaputtānaṃ, anūnaṃ satapañcakaṃ.

I became the chief queen of the king of Kāsi, honored and revered; I bore five hundred princes, not one less.

443.

443.

‘‘Yadā te yobbanappattā, kīḷantā jalakīḷitaṃ;

Disvā opattapadumaṃ, āsuṃ paccekanāyakā.

When they reached youth, while playing water-sports, upon seeing a lotus whose petals had fallen, they became Pacceka Buddhas.

444.

444.

‘‘Sāhaṃ tehi vinābhūtā, sutavīrehi sokinī ;

Cutā isigilipasse, gāmakamhi ajāyihaṃ.

Separated from them and grieving for my heroic sons, I passed away and was reborn in a village near Isigili.

445.

445.

‘‘Yadā buddhā sutamatī, sutānaṃ bhattunopi ca ;

Yāguṃ ādāya gacchantī, aṭṭha paccekanāyake.

When I was grown and had sons, as I was going, taking rice-gruel for my sons and husband, I saw eight Pacceka Buddhas

446.

446.

‘‘Bhikkhāya gāmaṃ gacchante, disvā putte anussariṃ;

Khīradhārā viniggacchi, tadā me puttapemasā.

going to the village for alms. Seeing them, I remembered my former sons. A stream of milk then flowed from me out of my love for my sons.

447.

447.

‘‘Tato tesaṃ adaṃ yāguṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi;

Tato cutāhaṃ tidasaṃ, nandanaṃ upapajjahaṃ.

Then, with a confident mind, I gave them the rice-gruel with my own hands. Having passed away from there, I was reborn in the Nandana Grove in the heaven of the Thirty-Three.

448.

448.

‘‘Anubhotvā sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ, saṃsaritvā bhavābhave;

Tavatthāya mahāvīra, pariccattañca jīvitaṃ.

Having wandered through existence after existence and experienced pleasure and pain, for your sake, O Great Hero, I have also relinquished my life.

449.

449.

‘‘Evaṃ bahuvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ, sampattī ca bahubbidhā;

Pacchime bhave sampatte, jātā sāvatthiyaṃ pure.

Thus having experienced many kinds of suffering and many kinds of success, upon reaching my final existence, I was born in the city of Sāvatthī.

450.

450.

‘‘Mahādhanaseṭṭhikule, sukhite sajjite tathā;

Nānāratanapajjote, sabbakāmasamiddhine.

In the family of a very wealthy merchant, happy and well-provided, radiant with various jewels, and prosperous with all sensual pleasures.

451.

451.

‘‘Sakkatā pūjitā ceva, mānitāpacitā tathā;

Rūpasīrimanuppattā, kulesu atisakkatā.

Honored and revered, esteemed and venerated, I was endowed with beauty and grace, highly honored among the clans.

452.

452.

‘‘Atīva patthitā cāsiṃ, rūpabhogasirīhi ca;

Patthitā seṭṭhiputtehi, anekehi satehipi.

I was greatly desired for my beauty, wealth, and glory; desired by many hundreds of merchants’ sons.

453.

453.

‘‘Agāraṃ pajahitvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Aḍḍhamāse asampatte, catusaccamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having abandoned the home, I went forth into homelessness; before half a month had passed, I attained the Four Truths.

454.

454.

‘‘Iddhiyā [Pg.235] abhinimmitvā, caturassaṃ rathaṃ ahaṃ;

Buddhassa pāde vandissaṃ, lokanāthassa tādino.

Having created by psychic power a chariot drawn by four horses, I shall worship the feet of the Buddha, the Protector of the World, the Suchlike One.

455.

455.

‘‘‘Supupphitaggaṃ upagamma pādapaṃ, ekā tuvaṃ tiṭṭhasi sālamūle;

Na cāpi te dutiyo atthi koci, bāle na tvaṃ bhāyasi dhuttakānaṃ’.

‘Having approached a sāla tree with a beautifully flowering top, you stand alone at its foot. You have no companion whatsoever. O foolish one, are you not afraid of scoundrels?’

456.

456.

‘‘‘Sataṃ sahassānipi dhuttakānaṃ, samāgatā edisakā bhaveyyuṃ;

Lomaṃ na iñje na sampavedhe, kiṃ me tuvaṃ māra karissaseko.

‘Even if a hundred thousand scoundrels like you were to gather here, a hair of mine would not stir, nor would I tremble. What can you alone do to me, Māra?’

457.

457.

‘‘‘Esā antaradhāyāmi, kucchiṃ vā pavisāmi te;

Bhamukantarikāyampi, tiṭṭhantiṃ maṃ na dakkhasi.

‘I can vanish right here, or I can enter your belly. You would not see me even if I were standing between your eyebrows.’

458.

458.

‘‘‘Cittasmiṃ vasībhūtāmhi, iddhipādā subhāvitā;

Sabbabandhanamuttāmhi, na taṃ bhāyāmi āvuso.

‘I have gained mastery over my mind; the bases of psychic power are well developed. I am freed from all bonds; I do not fear you, friend.’

459.

459.

‘‘‘Sattisūlūpamā kāmā, khandhāsaṃ adhikuṭṭanā;

Yaṃ tvaṃ kāmaratiṃ brūsi, aratī dāni sā mama.

‘Sensual pleasures are like spears and stakes; the aggregates are their chopping block. What you call sensual delight is now non-delight for me.’

460.

460.

‘‘‘Sabbattha vihatā nandī, tamokhandho padālito;

Evaṃ jānāhi pāpima, nihato tvamasi antaka’.

‘Delight is everywhere destroyed, the mass of darkness has been shattered. Know this, O Evil One: you are slain, O End-maker.’

461.

461.

‘‘Jino tamhi guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Aggā iddhimatīnanti, parisāsu vināyako.

Pleased with that quality, the Conqueror, the Leader in the assemblies, placed me at the head, declaring me: ‘Foremost among those with psychic power.’

462.

462.

‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

I have served the Teacher and done the Buddha’s bidding. The heavy burden has been laid down; the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

463.

463.

‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

The goal for which I went forth from the home life into homelessness—that goal has been attained by me: the destruction of all fetters.

464.

464.

‘‘Cīvaraṃ [Pg.236] piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ;

Khaṇena upanāmenti, sahassāni samantato.

Robes, almsfood, medicine, and lodging—in an instant, thousands from all around bring them to me.

465.

465.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā;

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free of taints.

466.

466.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

467.

467.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the Bhikkhunī Uppalavaṇṇā spoke these verses.

Uppalavaṇṇātheriyāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Uppalavaṇṇā, the Ninth.

10. Paṭācārātherīapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā

468.

468.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, one who had gone to the far shore of all things, arose as the Leader a hundred thousand aeons ago.

469.

469.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātā seṭṭhikule ahuṃ;

Nānāratanapajjote, mahāsukhasamappitā.

At that time, in the city of Haṃsavatī, I was born into a treasurer's family, resplendent with various gems and endowed with great happiness.

470.

470.

‘‘Upetvā taṃ mahāvīraṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Tato jātapasādāhaṃ, upesiṃ saraṇaṃ jinaṃ.

Having approached that great hero, I heard his exposition of the Dhamma. Then, with confidence aroused, I went for refuge to the Conqueror.

471.

471.

‘‘Tato vinayadhārīnaṃ, aggaṃ vaṇṇesi nāyako;

Bhikkhuniṃ lajjiniṃ tādiṃ, kappākappavisāradaṃ.

Then the Leader praised as foremost among those who uphold the discipline a certain bhikkhunī, a modest one, such a one, skilled in what is allowable and unallowable.

472.

472.

‘‘Tadā muditacittāhaṃ, taṃ ṭhānamabhikaṅkhinī;

Nimantetvā dasabalaṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Then, with a gladdened mind, aspiring to that position, I invited the Ten-Powered One, the Leader of the World, together with his Saṅgha.

473.

473.

‘‘Bhojayitvāna sattāhaṃ, daditvāva ticīvaraṃ ;

Nipacca sirasā pāde, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having provided them with food for seven days and having given the set of three robes, I bowed down with my head to his feet and spoke this utterance:

474.

474.

‘‘‘Yā tayā vaṇṇitā vīra, ito aṭṭhamake muni;

Tādisāhaṃ bhavissāmi, yadi sijjhati nāyaka’.

‘O Hero, the bhikkhunī whom you praised eight days ago, O Sage—if it may be fulfilled, O Leader, I wish to become just like her.’

475.

475.

‘‘Tadā avoca maṃ satthā, ‘bhadde mā bhāyi assasa;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, lacchase taṃ manorathaṃ.

Then the Teacher said to me: ‘Good lady, do not be afraid; take comfort. In a future time you will obtain your heart’s desire.

476.

476.

‘‘‘Satasahassito [Pg.237] kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born of the Okkāka clan, a Teacher by the name of Gotama, will appear in the world.

477.

477.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Paṭācārāti nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, his legitimate spiritual child, fashioned by the Dhamma, she will be the Teacher’s disciple by the name of Paṭācārā.’

478.

478.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ muditā hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacittā paricariṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Then, having become gladdened, for as long as I lived I served that Conqueror, the Leader of the World, together with the Saṅgha, with a mind of loving-kindness.

479.

479.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through that well-done deed and through my volition and aspiration, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

480.

480.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, the best of speakers, arose—Kassapa by clan name.

481.

481.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

At that time, in the supreme city of Bārāṇasī, the attendant of the great seer was a lord of men, the king of Kāsi named Kikī.

482.

482.

‘‘Tassāsiṃ tatiyā dhītā, bhikkhunī iti vissutā;

Dhammaṃ sutvā jinaggassa, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ.

I was his third daughter, renowned by the name Bhikkhunī. Having heard the Dhamma of the Chief Conqueror, I found delight in the going forth.

483.

483.

‘‘Anujāni na no tāto, agāreva tadā mayaṃ;

Vīsavassasahassāni, vicarimha atanditā.

Our father did not give us permission, so at that time we remained in the home. For twenty thousand years we lived diligently.

484.

484.

‘‘Komāribrahmacariyaṃ, rājakaññā sukhedhitā;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, muditā sattadhītaro.

As the king's daughters, raised in comfort, we seven daughters lived the maiden's holy life, rejoicing and delighting in attending on the Buddha.

485.

485.

‘‘Samaṇī samaṇaguttā ca, bhikkhunī bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, sattamī saṅghadāyikā.

Samaṇī, Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī, Bhikkhudāyikā, Dhammā, and Sudhammā; the seventh was Saṅghadāyikā.

486.

486.

‘‘Ahaṃ uppalavaṇṇā ca, khemā bhaddā ca bhikkhunī;

Kisāgotamī dhammadinnā, visākhā hoti sattamī.

I, Uppalavaṇṇā, Khemā, the bhikkhunī Bhaddā, Kisāgotamī, Dhammadinnā; and Visākhā is the seventh.

487.

487.

‘‘Tehi kammehi sukatehi, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through those well-done deeds and through the volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

488.

488.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātā seṭṭhikule ahaṃ;

Sāvatthiyaṃ puravare, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

And now, in this final existence, I was born into a treasurer's family in the excellent city of Sāvatthī, which was prosperous, flourishing, and of great wealth.

489.

489.

‘‘Yadā [Pg.238] ca yobbanūpetā, vitakkavasagā ahaṃ;

Naraṃ jārapatiṃ disvā, tena saddhiṃ agacchahaṃ.

And when I reached youth, having come under the sway of sensual thought, upon seeing a man who was my paramour, I went away together with him.

490.

490.

‘‘Ekaputtapasūtāhaṃ, dutiyo kucchiyā mamaṃ;

Tadāhaṃ mātāpitaro, okkhāmīti sunicchitā.

I had given birth to one son, and a second was in my womb. Then I became well-determined, thinking: ‘I will go to see my mother and father.’

491.

491.

‘‘Nārocesiṃ patiṃ mayhaṃ, tadā tamhi pavāsite;

Ekikā niggatā gehā, gantuṃ sāvatthimuttamaṃ.

I did not inform my husband. Then, when he was away, I departed from the house alone to go to the supreme Sāvatthī.

492.

492.

‘‘Tato me sāmi āgantvā, sambhāvesi pathe mamaṃ;

Tadā me kammajā vātā, uppannā atidāruṇā.

Then my husband came and caught up with me on the path. At that time, exceedingly terrible birth pains arose in me.

493.

493.

‘‘Uṭṭhito ca mahāmegho, pasūtisamaye mama;

Dabbatthāya tadā gantvā, sāmi sappena mārito.

A great storm cloud arose at the time of my delivery. Then my husband, having gone for materials for a shelter, was killed by a snake.

494.

494.

‘‘Tadā vijātadukkhena, anāthā kapaṇā ahaṃ;

Kunnadiṃ pūritaṃ disvā, gacchantī sakulālayaṃ.

Then, with the suffering of childbirth, helpless and wretched, while going to my own family’s home, I saw a small river in flood.

495.

495.

‘‘Bālaṃ ādāya atariṃ, pārakūle ca ekakaṃ;

Sāyetvā bālakaṃ puttaṃ, itaraṃ taraṇāyahaṃ.

Taking the young child, I crossed over. And on the far bank, having placed my young son, I returned for the purpose of bringing the other across.

496.

496.

‘‘Nivattā ukkuso hāsi, taruṇaṃ vilapantakaṃ;

Itarañca vahī soto, sāhaṃ sokasamappitā.

As I was returning, a hawk seized the tender, wailing infant. The other was swept away by the current, and I was overcome with grief.

497.

497.

‘‘Sāvatthinagaraṃ gantvā, assosiṃ sajane mate;

Tadā avocaṃ sokaṭṭā, mahāsokasamappitā.

Having gone to the city of Sāvatthī, I heard that my own people were dead. Then, afflicted by sorrow and overwhelmed by great sorrow, I spoke:

498.

498.

‘‘Ubho puttā kālaṅkatā, panthe mayhaṃ patī mato;

Mātā pitā ca bhātā ca, ekacitamhi ḍayhare.

‘Both my sons are dead, my husband has died on the path; my mother, father, and brother are being burned on a single pyre.’

499.

499.

‘‘Tadā kisā ca paṇḍu ca, anāthā dīnamānasā;

Ito tato bhamantīhaṃ, addasaṃ narasārathiṃ.

Then, thin and pale, helpless and with a dejected mind, wandering here and there, I saw the Tamer of Men.

500.

500.

‘‘Tato avoca maṃ satthā, ‘putte mā soci assasa;

Attānaṃ te gavesassu, kiṃ niratthaṃ vihaññasi.

Then the Teacher said to me: ‘Do not grieve for your sons; take comfort. You should seek for yourself. Why do you vex yourself for nothing?’

501.

501.

‘‘‘Na santi puttā tāṇāya, na ñātī napi bandhavā;

Antakenādhipannassa, natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā’.

‘Sons are no shelter, nor are kinsmen or relatives. For one who is overcome by the Ender, there is no shelter among one’s kin.’

502.

502.

‘‘Taṃ [Pg.239] sutvā munino vākyaṃ, paṭhamaṃ phalamajjhagaṃ;

Pabbajitvāna naciraṃ, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having heard that utterance of the Sage, I attained the first fruit. Having gone forth, it was not long before I attained arahantship.

503.

503.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Paracittāni jānāmi, satthusāsanakārikā.

I am a master of the spiritual powers and of the divine ear element. I know the minds of others, a doer of the Teacher’s instruction.

504.

504.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, visuddhāsiṃ sunimmalā.

I know my past lives, my divine eye is purified. Having destroyed all the taints, I have become purified, utterly stainless.

505.

505.

‘‘Tatohaṃ vinayaṃ sabbaṃ, santike sabbadassino;

Uggahiṃ sabbavitthāraṃ, byāhariñca yathātathaṃ.

Then I learned the entire Vinaya in its full extent in the presence of the All-Seeing One, and I declared it in accordance with reality.

506.

506.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Aggā vinayadhārīnaṃ, paṭācārāva ekikā.

The Conqueror, pleased with that quality, appointed me to this foremost position: ‘Foremost among the bhikkhunīs who uphold the Vinaya is the one Paṭācārā.’

507.

507.

‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

The Teacher has been served by me; the Buddha’s teaching has been done. The heavy burden has been laid down; the guide to existence has been uprooted.

508.

508.

‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

The purpose for which I went forth from home into homelessness—that goal has been attained by me: the destruction of all fetters.

509.

509.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

510.

510.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, my coming was a good one… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

511.

511.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ paṭācārā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Paṭācārā spoke these verses.

Paṭācārātheriyāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Paṭācārā, the tenth.

Ekūposathikavaggo dutiyo.

The Ekūposathika Chapter, the second.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Ekūposathikā ceva, saḷalā cātha modakā;

Ekāsanā pañcadīpā, naḷamālī ca gotamī.

Ekūposathikā, Saḷalā, and then Modakā; Ekāsanā, Pañcadīpā, Naḷamālī, and Gotamī.

Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, paṭācārā ca bhikkhunī;

Gāthā satāni pañceva, nava cāpi taduttari.

Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, and the bhikkhunī Paṭācārā; there are five hundred verses, and nine more besides.

3. Kuṇḍalakesīvaggo

3. The Kuṇḍalakesī Chapter

1. Kuṇḍalakesātherīapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Kuṇḍalakesā

1.

1.

‘‘Padumuttaro [Pg.240] nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who had gone to the far shore of all dhammas, that Leader arose a hundred thousand aeons from this one.

2.

2.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātā seṭṭhikule ahuṃ;

Nānāratanapajjote, mahāsukhasamappitā.

At that time, I was born in a banker’s family in the city of Haṃsavatī, which was resplendent with various jewels and endowed with great happiness.

3.

3.

‘‘Upetvā taṃ mahāvīraṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Tato jātappasādāhaṃ, upesiṃ saraṇaṃ jinaṃ.

Having approached that Great Hero, I heard his Dhamma discourse; then, with confidence arisen, I went for refuge to the Conqueror.

4.

4.

‘‘Tadā mahākāruṇiko, padumuttaranāmako;

Khippābhiññānamagganti, ṭhapesi bhikkhuniṃ subhaṃ.

Then the greatly compassionate one named Padumuttara appointed a bhikkhunī named Subhā as foremost among those of quick direct knowledge.

5.

5.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā muditā hutvā, dānaṃ datvā mahesino;

Nipacca sirasā pāde, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

Having heard that, becoming joyful, and having given a gift to the Great Seer and bowed with my head at his feet, I aspired to that position.

6.

6.

‘‘Anumodi mahāvīro, ‘bhadde yaṃ tebhipatthitaṃ;

Samijjhissati taṃ sabbaṃ, sukhinī hohi nibbutā.

The Great Hero gave his blessing: ‘Good lady, all that you have aspired to will be fulfilled. Be happy and at peace.’

7.

7.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born of the Okkāka clan, named Gotama by clan, will be a Teacher in the world.’

8.

8.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Bhaddākuṇḍalakesāti, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘An heir in his Dhamma, a legitimate child fashioned by the Dhamma, she will be a disciple of the Teacher, named Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā’.

9.

9.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

10.

10.

‘‘Tato cutā yāmamagaṃ, tatohaṃ tusitaṃ gatā;

Tato ca nimmānaratiṃ, vasavattipuraṃ tato.

Having passed away from there, I went to the Yāma heaven; from there I went to the Tusita heaven; from there to the Nimmānarati heaven; and from there to the city of the Vasavattins.

11.

11.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, tassa kammassa vāhasā;

Tattha tattheva rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

By the force of that kamma, wherever I was reborn, right there I exercised the sovereignty of a chief queen to the kings.

12.

12.

‘‘Tato cutā manussesu, rājūnaṃ cakkavattinaṃ;

Maṇḍalīnañca rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

Having passed away from there, among humans I exercised the sovereignty of a chief queen to wheel-turning monarchs and to regional kings.

13.

13.

‘‘Sampattiṃ [Pg.241] anubhotvāna, devesu mānusesu ca;

Sabbattha sukhitā hutvā, nekakappesu saṃsariṃ.

Having experienced prosperity among gods and humans, being happy everywhere, I wandered in saṃsāra for many aeons.

14.

14.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, there arose the kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, Kassapa by clan name, the best of speakers.

15.

15.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

At that time, the lord of men, King Kikī of Kāsī, was an attendant of the great seer in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī.

16.

16.

‘‘Tassa dhītā catutthāsiṃ, bhikkhudāyīti vissutā;

Dhammaṃ sutvā jinaggassa, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ.

I was his fourth daughter, renowned as Bhikkhudāyikā. Having heard the Dhamma of the Chief Conqueror, I took delight in the going forth.

17.

17.

‘‘Anujāni na no tāto, agāreva tadā mayaṃ;

Vīsavassasahassāni, vicarimha atanditā.

Our father did not give us permission, so we remained in the home. For twenty thousand years we practiced diligently.

18.

18.

‘‘Komāribrahmacariyaṃ, rājakaññā sukhedhitā;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, muditā satta dhītaro.

We seven daughters, royal princesses brought up in comfort, joyfully practiced the celibate life of maidens, delighting in attending on the Buddha.

19.

19.

‘‘Samaṇī samaṇaguttā ca, bhikkhunī bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, sattamī saṅghadāyikā.

Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhudāyikā, Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh, Saṅghadāyikā.

20.

20.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, paṭācārā ahaṃ tadā;

Kisāgotamī dhammadinnā, visākhā hoti sattamī.

Then, they were Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, Paṭācārā and myself, Kisāgotamī and Dhammadinnā; Visākhā was the seventh.

21.

21.

‘‘Tehi kammehi sukatehi, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By those well-done deeds and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

22.

22.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, giribbajapuruttame;

Jātā seṭṭhikule phīte, yadāhaṃ yobbane ṭhitā.

Now in my final existence, I was born in a prosperous banker’s family in the excellent city of Giribbaja. When I reached my youth,

23.

23.

‘‘Coraṃ vadhatthaṃ nīyantaṃ, disvā rattā tahiṃ ahaṃ;

Pitā me taṃ sahassena, mocayitvā vadhā tato.

seeing a thief being led to his execution, I became infatuated with him. My father ransomed him from that execution with a thousand coins.

24.

24.

‘‘Adāsi tassa maṃ tāto, viditvāna manaṃ mama;

Tassāhamāsiṃ visaṭṭhā, atīva dayitā hitā.

My father gave me to him, having understood my mind. I was devoted to him, exceedingly dear and a well-wisher.

25.

25.

‘‘So me bhūsanalobhena, balimajjhāsayo diso;

Corappapātaṃ netvāna, pabbataṃ cetayī vadhaṃ.

Greedy for my ornaments, that scoundrel, intending a sacrificial offering, led me to the mountain called Robbers’ Cliff, planning my death.

26.

26.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ [Pg.242] paṇamitvāna, sattukaṃ sukatañjalī;

Rakkhantī attano pāṇaṃ, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Then, bowing down to that enemy with my hands raised in respectful salutation, protecting my own life, I spoke these words:

27.

27.

‘‘‘Idaṃ suvaṇṇakeyūraṃ, muttā veḷuriyā bahū;

Sabbaṃ harassu bhaddante, mañca dāsīti sāvaya’.

‘These golden bracelets, these many pearls and beryls—take them all, good sir, and announce that I am your slave.’

28.

28.

‘‘‘Oropayassu kalyāṇī, mā bāḷhaṃ paridevasi;

Na cāhaṃ abhijānāmi, ahantvā dhanamābhataṃ’.

‘Take off your ornaments, lovely one, and do not lament so much. For I do not recall ever taking wealth without killing.’

29.

29.

‘‘‘Yato sarāmi attānaṃ, yato pattosmi viññutaṃ;

Na cāhaṃ abhijānāmi, aññaṃ piyataraṃ tayā’.

‘From when I remember myself, from when I have attained discernment, I do not know anyone dearer than you.’

30.

30.

‘‘‘Ehi taṃ upagūhissaṃ, katvāna taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ;

Na ca dāni puno atthi, mama tuyhañca saṅgamo.

‘Come, having circumambulated you respectfully, I shall embrace you; for there will be no further meeting for you and me.’

31.

31.

‘‘‘Na hi sabbesu ṭhānesu, puriso hoti paṇḍito;

Itthīpi paṇḍitā hoti, tattha tattha vicakkhaṇā.

‘Indeed, not in all matters is a man wise; a woman too is wise, discerning in various matters.’

32.

32.

‘‘‘Na hi sabbesu ṭhānesu, puriso hoti paṇḍito;

Itthīpi paṇḍitā hoti, lahuṃ atthavicintikā.

‘Indeed, not in all matters is a man wise; a woman too is wise, quick to consider what is beneficial.’

33.

33.

‘‘‘Lahuñca vata khippañca, nikaṭṭhe samacetayiṃ;

Migaṃ uṇṇā yathā evaṃ, tadāhaṃ sattukaṃ vadhiṃ.

‘Indeed, quickly and swiftly, when death was near, I made my effort. Just as a sheep is killed by its wool, so then did I kill the thief Sattuka.’

34.

34.

‘‘‘Yo ca uppatitaṃ atthaṃ, na khippamanubujjhati;

So haññate mandamati, corova girigabbhare.

‘Whoever does not quickly understand a beneficial matter that has arisen, that dull-witted one is slain, like a thief in a mountain chasm.’

35.

35.

‘‘‘Yo ca uppatitaṃ atthaṃ, khippameva nibodhati;

Muccate sattusambādhā, tadāhaṃ sattukā yathā’.

‘But whoever quickly understands a beneficial matter that has arisen is freed from the distress of an enemy, just as I was then freed from Sattuka.’

36.

36.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ pātayitvāna, giriduggamhi sattukaṃ;

Santikaṃ setavatthānaṃ, upetvā pabbajiṃ ahaṃ.

‘Then, having thrown Sattuka down the mountain precipice, I approached the white-robed ascetics and went forth.’

37.

37.

‘‘Saṇḍāsena ca kese me, luñcitvā sabbaso tadā;

Pabbajitvāna samayaṃ, ācikkhiṃsu nirantaraṃ.

‘With tweezers they plucked out all my hair; and after I had gone forth, they constantly taught me their doctrine.’

38.

38.

‘‘Tato taṃ uggahetvāhaṃ, nisīditvāna ekikā;

Samayaṃ taṃ vicintesiṃ, suvāno mānusaṃ karaṃ.

‘Then, having learned that doctrine, I sat down alone and reflected upon that doctrine.’

39.

39.

‘‘Chinnaṃ [Pg.243] gayha samīpe me, pātayitvā apakkami;

Disvā nimittamalabhiṃ, hatthaṃ taṃ puḷavākulaṃ.

‘A dog, having seized a severed hand, dropped it near me and departed. Seeing that hand teeming with worms, I obtained the sign.’

40.

40.

‘‘Tato uṭṭhāya saṃviggā, apucchiṃ sahadhammike;

Te avocuṃ vijānanti, taṃ atthaṃ sakyabhikkhavo.

‘Then, rising up in agitation, I asked my fellow female ascetics. They said: “The Sakyan bhikkhus know that matter.”’

41.

41.

‘‘Sāhaṃ tamatthaṃ pucchissaṃ, upetvā buddhasāvake;

Te mamādāya gacchiṃsu, buddhaseṭṭhassa santikaṃ.

‘Intending to ask about that matter, I approached the Buddha’s disciples. They took me into the presence of the Best of Buddhas.’

42.

42.

‘‘So me dhammamadesesi, khandhāyatanadhātuyo;

Asubhāniccadukkhāti, anattāti ca nāyako.

‘That Leader taught me the Dhamma: the aggregates, sense-bases, and elements; as foul, impermanent, and suffering, and as non-self.’

43.

43.

‘‘Tassa dhammaṃ suṇitvāhaṃ, dhammacakkhuṃ visodhayiṃ;

Tato viññātasaddhammā, pabbajjaṃ upasampadaṃ.

‘Having heard his Dhamma, I purified the eye of the Dhamma. Then, having understood the true Dhamma, I requested the going forth and higher ordination.’

44.

44.

‘‘Āyācito tadā āha, ‘ehi bhadde’ti nāyako;

Tadāhaṃ upasampannā, parittaṃ toyamaddasaṃ.

‘When requested, the Leader then said, “Come, Bhaddā!” At that moment I was fully ordained. Then I saw a little foot-washing water.’

45.

45.

‘‘Pādapakkhālanenāhaṃ, ñatvā saudayabbayaṃ;

Tathā sabbepi saṅkhāre, īdisaṃ cintayiṃ tadā.

‘From the washing of the feet, I understood arising and passing away. I then reflected that it is just the same for all conditioned phenomena.’

46.

46.

‘‘Tato cittaṃ vimucci me, anupādāya sabbaso;

Khippābhiññānamaggaṃ me, tadā paññāpayī jino.

‘Then my mind was completely liberated without grasping. The Conqueror then declared me foremost among the bhikkhunīs possessing quick direct knowledge.’

47.

47.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Paracittāni jānāmi, satthusāsanakārikā.

‘I am a master of spiritual powers and of the divine ear element; I know the minds of others, a doer of the Teacher’s instruction.’

48.

48.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, visuddhāsiṃ sunimmalā.

‘I know my past lives, my divine eye is purified. Having destroyed all taints, I am purified, utterly stainless.’

49.

49.

‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

‘The Teacher has been served by me, the Buddha’s teaching has been done. The heavy burden is laid down, the guide to existence is uprooted.’

50.

50.

‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

‘The purpose for which I went forth from the home life into homelessness—that goal I have attained: the destruction of all fetters.’

51.

51.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ me vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassa sāsane.

‘In meaning, in the teaching, and in language, and likewise in ready wit, my knowledge is stainless and pure in the teaching of the Best of Buddhas.’

52.

52.

‘‘Kilesā [Pg.244] jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgīva bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavā.

‘My defilements are burned up, all states of existence are uprooted. Like a female elephant that has snapped its bonds, I dwell taintless.’

53.

53.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

‘Welcome indeed was my coming into the presence of my Buddha. The three true knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been done.’

54.

54.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

‘The four analytical knowledges, and also these eight liberations, the six direct knowledges have been realized—the Buddha’s teaching has been done.’

Itthaṃ sudaṃ bhaddākuṇḍalakesā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Bhaddā Kuṇḍalakesā spoke these verses.

Kuṇḍalakesātheriyāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The First Apadāna of the Elder Nun Kuṇḍalakesā.

2. Kisāgotamītherīapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Kisāgotamī

55.

55.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

‘The Victor named Padumuttara, who has gone beyond all phenomena, the Leader, arose in an aeon a hundred thousand aeons from this one.’

56.

56.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātā aññatare kule;

Upetvā taṃ naravaraṃ, saraṇaṃ samupāgamiṃ.

‘At that time, I was born in a certain family in Haṃsavatī. Having approached that best of men, I went for refuge.’

57.

57.

‘‘Dhammañca tassa assosiṃ, catusaccūpasañhitaṃ;

Madhuraṃ paramassādaṃ, vaṭṭasantisukhāvahaṃ.

‘And I heard his Dhamma, connected with the Four Truths, sweet, of supreme flavor, which stills the round of existence and brings happiness.’

58.

58.

‘‘Tadā ca bhikkhuniṃ vīro, lūkhacīvaradhāriniṃ;

Ṭhapento etadaggamhi, vaṇṇayī purisuttamo.

‘Then the Hero, the supreme man, while placing a bhikkhunī who wore coarse robes in the foremost position, praised her.’

59.

59.

‘‘Janetvānappakaṃ pītiṃ, sutvā bhikkhuniyā guṇe;

Kāraṃ katvāna buddhassa, yathāsatti yathābalaṃ.

‘Having heard of the bhikkhunī’s virtues, I generated considerable joy. Having rendered service to the Buddha according to my ability and strength,’

60.

60.

‘‘Nipacca munivaraṃ taṃ, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ;

Tadānumodi sambuddho, ṭhānalābhāya nāyako.

‘having bowed down to that best of sages, I aspired for that same position. Then the Self-Enlightened One, the Leader, gave his approval for my attainment of that position.’

61.

61.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘“A hundred thousand aeons from now, one sprung from the Okkāka clan, Gotama by name, will be the Teacher in the world.’

62.

62.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Kisāgotamī nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘“An heir to his Dhamma, his legitimate spiritual daughter, created by the Dhamma, by the name of Kisāgotamī, she will be a disciple of the Teacher.”’

63.

63.

‘‘Taṃ [Pg.245] sutvā muditā hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacittā paricariṃ, paccayehi vināyakaṃ.

‘Hearing that, I was joyful, and for the rest of my life, with a mind of loving-kindness, I served the Victor, the Guide, with the requisites.’

64.

64.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

‘By that well-done deed, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.’

65.

65.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

‘In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, Kassapa by name, the best of speakers, arose.’

66.

66.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

‘At that time, the lord of men, the king of Kāsi named Kikī, was an attendant of the great seer in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī.’

67.

67.

‘‘Pañcamī tassa dhītāsiṃ, dhammā nāmena vissutā;

Dhammaṃ sutvā jinaggassa, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ.

I was his fifth daughter, renowned by the name Dhammā. Having heard the Dhamma of the Chief Victor, I requested to go forth.

68.

68.

‘‘Anujāni na no tāto, agāreva tadā mayaṃ;

Vīsavassasahassāni, vicarimha atanditā.

Our father did not give permission. Therefore, we remained in the household; for twenty thousand years we lived diligently.

69.

69.

‘‘Komāribrahmacariyaṃ, rājakaññā sukhedhitā;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, muditā satta dhītaro.

We seven royal daughters, raised in comfort, joyfully devoted to attending on the Buddha, lived the maiden’s holy life.

70.

70.

‘‘Samaṇī samaṇaguttā ca, bhikkhunī bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, sattamī saṅghadāyikā.

Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī, Bhikkhudāyikā, Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh was Saṅghadāyikā.

71.

71.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, paṭācārā ca kuṇḍalā;

Ahañca dhammadinnā ca, visākhā hoti sattamī.

Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, Paṭācārā and Kuṇḍalā, myself and Dhammadinnā; Visākhā is the seventh.

72.

72.

‘‘Tehi kammehi sukatehi, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By those well-done deeds, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

73.

73.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātā seṭṭhikule ahaṃ;

Duggate adhane naṭṭhe, gatā ca sadhanaṃ kulaṃ.

And now in this final existence, I was born into the family of a treasurer that was impoverished, destitute, and ruined; and I went to a wealthy family.

74.

74.

‘‘Patiṃ ṭhapetvā sesā me, dessanti adhanā iti;

Yadā ca pasūtā āsiṃ, sabbesaṃ dayitā tadā.

Except for my husband, the others despised me, saying, ‘She is poor.’ But when I gave birth, I then became dear to all of them.

75.

75.

‘‘Yadā so taruṇo bhaddo, komalako sukhedhito;

Sapāṇamiva kanto me, tadā yamavasaṃ gato.

When that excellent youth, tender and raised in comfort, who was as dear to me as my own life, then came under the sway of Yama.

76.

76.

‘‘Sokaṭṭā dīnavadanā[Pg.246], assunettā rudammukhā;

Mataṃ kuṇapamādāya, vilapantī gamāmahaṃ.

Afflicted by sorrow, with a wretched face, tearful eyes, and a weeping countenance, taking up the dead corpse, I went about wailing.

77.

77.

‘‘Tadā ekena sandiṭṭhā, upetvābhisakkuttamaṃ;

Avocaṃ dehi bhesajjaṃ, puttasañjīvananti bho.

Then, being directed by someone, I approached the supreme physician and said: ‘Sir, please give me medicine to revive my son.’

78.

78.

‘‘Na vijjante matā yasmiṃ, gehe siddhatthakaṃ tato;

Āharāti jino āha, vinayopāyakovido.

The Victor, skilled in the means of training, said: ‘Bring a mustard seed from a house in which no one has died.’

79.

79.

‘‘Tadā gamitvā sāvatthiṃ, na labhiṃ tādisaṃ gharaṃ;

Kuto siddhatthakaṃ tasmā, tato laddhā satiṃ ahaṃ.

Then, having gone about Sāvatthī, I did not find such a house. From where, then, a mustard seed? At that point, I regained mindfulness.

80.

80.

‘‘Kuṇapaṃ chaḍḍayitvāna, upesiṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Dūratova mamaṃ disvā, avoca madhurassaro.

Having discarded the corpse, I approached the Leader of the World. Seeing me from afar, he of the sweet voice spoke:

81.

81.

‘‘‘Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, apassaṃ udayabbayaṃ;

Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, passato udayabbayaṃ.

‘Though one should live a hundred years not seeing arising and passing away, better is a single day’s life for one who sees arising and passing away.

82.

82.

‘‘‘Na gāmadhammo nigamassa dhammo, na cāpiyaṃ ekakulassa dhammo;

Sabbassa lokassa sadevakassa, eseva dhammo yadidaṃ aniccatā’.

‘This is not a law of a village, nor a law of a town, nor is this a law of a single family. For the entire world with its gods, this alone is the law: that is, impermanence.’

83.

83.

‘‘Sāhaṃ sutvānimā gāthā, dhammacakkhuṃ visodhayiṃ;

Tato viññātasaddhammā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Having heard these verses, I purified the eye of the Dhamma. Then, having understood the true Dhamma, I went forth into the homeless life.

84.

84.

‘‘Tathā pabbajitā santī, yuñjantī jinasāsane;

Na cireneva kālena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having thus gone forth, striving in the Victor’s Dispensation, in no long time I attained Arahantship.

85.

85.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Paracittāni jānāmi, satthusāsanakārikā.

I am a master of the spiritual powers and of the divine ear element. I know the minds of others; I am a doer of the Teacher’s instruction.

86.

86.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, visuddhāsiṃ sunimmalā.

I know my former lives, my divine eye is purified; having exhausted all the taints, I have become purified, utterly stainless.

87.

87.

‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

The Teacher has been served by me, the Buddha’s teaching has been done; the heavy burden is laid down, the conduit to existence is uprooted.

88.

88.

‘‘Yassatthāya [Pg.247] pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

The goal for which I went forth from the home to the homeless life—that goal has been reached by me: the destruction of all fetters.

89.

89.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ me vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassa vāhasā.

In meaning, Dhamma, and language, and in inspiration too, my knowledge is immaculate and pure, through the might of the Best of Buddhas.

90.

90.

‘‘Saṅkārakūṭā āhitvā, susānā rathiyāpi ca;

Tato saṅghāṭikaṃ katvā, lūkhaṃ dhāremi cīvaraṃ.

Having gathered rags from rubbish heaps, charnel grounds, and streets, I made a patchwork robe from them and wear this coarse garment.

91.

91.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, lūkhacīvaradhāraṇe;

Ṭhapesi etadaggamhi, parisāsu vināyako.

The Victor, the Guide, was pleased with that quality of wearing coarse robes, and he placed me in the foremost position in the assemblies.

92.

92.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt up… I dwell free from taints.

93.

93.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

94.

94.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ kisāgotamī bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus it is said that the bhikkhunī Kisāgotamī spoke these verses.

Kisāgotamītheriyāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The second Apadāna of the Therī Kisāgotamī.

3. Dhammadinnātherīapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Dhammadinnā

95.

95.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, one who had gone beyond all things, the Leader, arose a hundred thousand aeons ago.

96.

96.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, kule aññatare ahuṃ;

Parakammakārī āsiṃ, nipakā sīlasaṃvutā.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was in a certain family; I was a servant for others, prudent and restrained in virtue.

97.

97.

‘‘Padumuttarabuddhassa, sujāto aggasāvako;

Vihārā abhinikkhamma, piṇḍapātāya gacchati.

The Buddha Padumuttara’s chief disciple, Sujāta, having departed from the monastery, was going for alms-food.

98.

98.

‘‘Ghaṭaṃ gahetvā gacchantī, tadā udakahārikā;

Taṃ disvā adadaṃ pūpaṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.

At that time, as a water-carrier, I was going along carrying a water pot. Seeing him, with a confident mind and with my own hands, I gave him a rice-cake.

99.

99.

‘‘Paṭiggahetvā tattheva, nisinno paribhuñji so;

Tato netvāna taṃ gehaṃ, adāsiṃ tassa bhojanaṃ.

Having accepted it, he sat down right there and ate it. Then, having led him to my home, I gave him a meal.

100.

100.

‘‘Tato [Pg.248] me ayyako tuṭṭho, akarī suṇisaṃ sakaṃ;

Sassuyā saha gantvāna, sambuddhaṃ abhivādayiṃ.

Then my master, being pleased, made me his own daughter-in-law. Going together with my mother-in-law, I paid homage to the Perfectly Enlightened One.

101.

101.

‘‘Tadā so dhammakathikaṃ, bhikkhuniṃ parikittayaṃ;

Ṭhapesi etadaggamhi, taṃ sutvā muditā ahaṃ.

Then he, praising a nun who was a preacher of the Dhamma, appointed her to the foremost position. Hearing that, I was delighted.

102.

102.

‘‘Nimantayitvā sugataṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Mahādānaṃ daditvāna, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ.

Having invited the Well-farer, the leader of the world, together with his Saṅgha, and having given a great gift, I aspired for that same position.

103.

103.

‘‘Tato maṃ sugato āha, ghananinnādasussaro ;

‘Mamupaṭṭhānanirate, sasaṅghaparivesike.

Then the Well-farer, with a voice deep and melodious, said to me: ‘O you who delight in attending on me and in serving the Saṅgha,

104.

104.

‘‘‘Saddhammassavane yutte, guṇavaddhitamānase;

Bhadde bhavassu muditā, lacchase paṇidhīphalaṃ.

‘O you who are devoted to hearing the good Dhamma, with a mind enhanced by virtues, be joyful, excellent one! You will obtain the fruit of your aspiration.

105.

105.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, one born in the Okkāka clan, named Gotama by family, will be the Teacher in the world.

106.

106.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Dhammadinnāti nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘She will be an heir in his Dhamma, his legitimate child, fashioned by the Dhamma; by the name of Dhammadinnā, she will be a disciple of the Teacher.’

107.

107.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā muditā hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ mahāmuniṃ;

Mettacittā paricariṃ, paccayehi vināyakaṃ.

Hearing that, I was delighted, and for as long as I lived, with a mind of loving-kindness, I served the Great Sage, the Guide, with the requisites.

108.

108.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my volition and aspiration, when I abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

109.

109.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, the best of speakers, named Kassapa by clan, arose.

110.

110.

‘‘Upaṭṭhāko mahesissa, tadā āsi narissaro;

Kāsirājā kikī nāma, bārāṇasipuruttame.

At that time, the attendant of the Great Seer was a lord of men, the king of Kāsī named Kiki, in the excellent city of Bārāṇasī.

111.

111.

‘‘Chaṭṭhā tassāsahaṃ dhītā, sudhammā iti vissutā;

Dhammaṃ sutvā jinaggassa, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ.

I was his sixth daughter, renowned as Sudhammā. Having heard the Dhamma of the Chief Conqueror, I took delight in the going forth.

112.

112.

‘‘Anujāni na no tāto, agāreva tadā mayaṃ;

Vīsavassasahassāni, vicarimha atanditā.

Our father did not give us permission, so we remained in the home. For twenty thousand years, we lived diligently.

Tatiyaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Third Recitation Section.

113.

113.

‘‘Komāribrahmacariyaṃ[Pg.249], rājakaññā sukhedhitā;

Buddhopaṭṭhānaniratā, muditā satta dhītaro.

As royal princesses raised in happiness, we seven daughters observed the maiden’s holy life, delighting in attending on the Buddha with joyful minds.

114.

114.

‘‘Samaṇī samaṇaguttā ca, bhikkhunī bhikkhudāyikā;

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, sattamī saṅghadāyikā.

Samaṇī, Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī, Bhikkhudāyikā, Dhammā, and Sudhammā, and the seventh was Saṅghadāyikā.

115.

115.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, paṭācārā ca kuṇḍalā;

Gotamī ca ahañceva, visākhā hoti sattamī.

They are Khemā, Uppalavaṇṇā, Paṭācārā, and Kuṇḍalā; Gotamī and myself; Visākhā is the seventh.

116.

116.

‘‘Tehi kammehi sukatehi, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By those well-done deeds and by the volitions and aspirations, when I abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

117.

117.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, giribbajapuruttame;

Jātā seṭṭhikule phīte, sabbakāmasamiddhine.

And now in my final existence, I was born in Giribbaja, the best of cities, into a prosperous guild-master’s family, which was endowed with all sensual pleasures.

118.

118.

‘‘Yadā rūpaguṇūpetā, paṭhame yobbane ṭhitā;

Tadā parakulaṃ gantvā, vasiṃ sukhasamappitā.

When, endowed with beauty and established in the prime of youth, I went to another’s family, I lived there endowed with happiness.

119.

119.

‘‘Upetvā lokasaraṇaṃ, suṇitvā dhammadesanaṃ;

Anāgāmiphalaṃ patto, sāmiko me subuddhimā.

My wise husband approached the refuge of the world, and having heard a discourse on the Dhamma, he attained the fruit of non-returning.

120.

120.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ anujānetvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Na cireneva kālena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Then, having been given permission by him, I went forth into homelessness. Before long, I attained arahantship.

121.

121.

‘‘Tadā upāsako so maṃ, upagantvā apucchatha;

Gambhīre nipuṇe pañhe, te sabbe byākariṃ ahaṃ.

Then that lay follower approached me and asked me deep and subtle questions. I explained them all.

122.

122.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

‘Bhikkhuniṃ dhammakathikaṃ, nāññaṃ passāmi edisiṃ.

Pleased with that quality, the Conqueror placed me in the foremost position, saying: ‘Among the nuns who are preachers of the Dhamma, I do not see another like her.

123.

123.

‘Dhammadinnā yathā dhīrā, evaṃ dhāretha bhikkhavo’;

‘‘Evāhaṃ paṇḍitā homi, nāyakenānukampitā.

‘As the wise Dhammadinnā is, so, bhikkhus, should you bear it in mind.’ Thus I am wise, having been shown compassion by the Leader.

124.

124.

‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

The Teacher has been attended to by me; the Buddha’s teaching has been done. The heavy burden has been laid down; the conduit to existence has been uprooted.

125.

125.

‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

That for the sake of which I went forth from the home into homelessness,

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

that goal has been attained by me: the destruction of all fetters.

126.

126.

‘‘Iddhīsu [Pg.250] ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Paracittāni jānāmi, satthusāsanakārikā.

I am a master of the spiritual powers and of the divine ear-element. I know the minds of others, a fulfiller of the Teacher’s instruction.

127.

127.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, visuddhāsiṃ sunimmalā.

I know my former abodes, my divine eye is purified. Having exhausted all the taints, I am purified, utterly stainless.

128.

128.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burnt… I dwell free of taints.

129.

129.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

130.

130.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ dhammadinnā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the nun Dhammadinnā spoke these verses.

Dhammadinnātheriyāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Dhammadinnā, the Third.

4. Sakulātherīapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Sakulā

131.

131.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, who had gone beyond all phenomena, arose as the Leader a hundred thousand aeons ago.

132.

132.

‘‘Hitāya sabbasattānaṃ, sukhāya vadataṃ varo;

Atthāya purisājañño, paṭipanno sadevake.

For the welfare and happiness of all beings, and for the benefit of the world with its gods, that best of speakers, that thoroughbred of men, entered upon the path.

133.

133.

‘‘Yasaggapatto sirimā, kittivaṇṇagato jino;

Pūjito sabbalokassa, disāsabbāsu vissuto.

Having reached the peak of fame, glorious, the Conqueror endowed with renown and praise was honored by the entire world and famed in all directions.

134.

134.

‘‘Uttiṇṇavicikiccho so, vītivattakathaṃkatho;

Sampuṇṇamanasaṅkappo, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

He has crossed over doubt and gone beyond perplexity; with his mind’s resolve fulfilled, he has attained supreme enlightenment.

135.

135.

‘‘Anuppannassa maggassa, uppādetā naruttamo;

Anakkhātañca akkhāsi, asañjātañca sañjanī.

The supreme man, he is the producer of the unarisen path; he declares what has not been declared and generates what has not been generated.

136.

136.

‘‘Maggaññū ca maggavidū, maggakkhāyī narāsabho;

Maggassa kusalo satthā, sārathīnaṃ varuttamo.

Knower of the path, expert in the path, declarer of the path, a bull among men; the Teacher, skilled in the path, the supreme charioteer.

137.

137.

‘‘Mahākāruṇiko satthā, dhammaṃ desesi nāyako;

Nimugge kāmapaṅkamhi, samuddharati pāṇine.

The greatly compassionate Teacher, the Leader, taught the Dhamma; he rescues living beings who are sunk in the mire of sensual pleasures.

138.

138.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātā khattiyanandanā;

Surūpā sadhanā cāpi, dayitā ca sirīmatī.

At that time in Haṃsavatī, I was born a khattiya’s daughter; beautiful and wealthy, I was beloved and glorious.

139.

139.

‘‘Ānandassa [Pg.251] mahārañño, dhītā paramasobhaṇā;

Vemātā bhaginī cāpi, padumuttaranāmino.

I was the supremely beautiful daughter of the great King Ānanda, and also the step-sister of him named Padumuttara.

140.

140.

‘‘Rājakaññāhi sahitā, sabbābharaṇabhūsitā;

Upāgamma mahāvīraṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ.

Accompanied by royal maidens and adorned with all my ornaments, I approached the Great Hero and listened to his teaching of the Dhamma.

141.

141.

‘‘Tadā hi so lokagaru, bhikkhuniṃ dibbacakkhukaṃ;

Kittayaṃ parisāmajjhe, aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi taṃ.

Then that Teacher of the world, in the midst of the assembly, extolled a bhikkhunī possessing the divine eye and established her in the foremost position.

142.

142.

‘‘Suṇitvā tamahaṃ haṭṭhā, dānaṃ datvāna satthuno;

Pūjitvāna ca sambuddhaṃ, dibbacakkhuṃ apatthayiṃ.

Delighted on hearing this, I gave a gift to the Teacher; and having honored the Perfectly Enlightened One, I aspired for the divine eye.

143.

143.

‘‘Tato avoca maṃ satthā, ‘nande lacchasi patthitaṃ;

Padīpadhammadānānaṃ, phalametaṃ sunicchitaṃ.

Then the Teacher said to me: ‘O Nandā, you will obtain what you have wished for. This is the certain fruit of the gift of lamps and the Dhamma.’

144.

144.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons from now, arisen in the Okkāka clan, a Teacher will appear in the world, Gotama by family name.’

145.

145.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Sakulā nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, a legitimate daughter fashioned by the Dhamma, she will be a disciple of the Teacher, known by the name Sakulā.’

146.

146.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my volition and aspiration, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

147.

147.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this fortunate aeon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, Kassapa by clan name, the best of speakers, arose.

148.

148.

‘‘Paribbājakinī āsiṃ, tadāhaṃ ekacārinī;

Bhikkhāya vicaritvāna, alabhiṃ telamattakaṃ.

Then I was a female wanderer, wandering alone; having gone on an alms round, I obtained a small amount of oil.

149.

149.

‘‘Tena dīpaṃ padīpetvā, upaṭṭhiṃ sabbasaṃvariṃ;

Cetiyaṃ dvipadaggassa, vippasannena cetasā.

Having lit a lamp with that oil, with a very serene mind I paid homage at the shrine of the best of bipeds, the one restrained in all things.

150.

150.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my volition and aspiration, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.

151.

151.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, tassa kammassa vāhasā;

Pajjalanti mahādīpā, tattha tattha gatāya me.

Wherever I was reborn, by the power of that kamma, great lamps would blaze for me wherever I went.

152.

152.

‘‘Tirokuṭṭaṃ [Pg.252] tiroselaṃ, samatiggayha pabbataṃ;

Passāmahaṃ yadicchāmi, dīpadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Through walls, through rock, and through mountains, I see whatever I wish: this is the fruit of the gift of a lamp.

153.

153.

‘‘Visuddhanayanā homi, yasasā ca jalāmahaṃ;

Saddhāpaññāvatī ceva, dīpadānassidaṃ phalaṃ.

My eyes are purified, and I blaze with glory; I am endowed with faith and wisdom—this is the fruit of the gift of a lamp.

154.

154.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātā vippakule ahaṃ;

Pahūtadhanadhaññamhi, mudite rājapūjite.

And now in my final existence, I was born into a brahmin family, one abundant in wealth and grain, joyful and honored by the king.

155.

155.

‘‘Ahaṃ sabbaṅgasampannā, sabbābharaṇabhūsitā;

Purappavese sugataṃ, vātapāne ṭhitā ahaṃ.

Endowed with all fine features and adorned with every ornament, I stood at a window as the Sugata entered the city.

156.

156.

‘‘Disvā jalantaṃ yasasā, devamanussasakkataṃ;

Anubyañjanasampannaṃ, lakkhaṇehi vibhūsitaṃ.

Seeing him blazing with glory, honored by gods and humans, endowed with the minor characteristics and adorned with the major marks,

157.

157.

‘‘Udaggacittā sumanā, pabbajjaṃ samarocayiṃ;

Na cireneva kālena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

with an elated heart and joyful mind, I took delight in the going forth; and in no long time, I attained arahantship.

158.

158.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Paracittāni jānāmi, satthusāsanakārikā.

I am a master of the spiritual powers and of the divine ear element; I know the minds of others, a doer of the Teacher’s instruction.

159.

159.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, visuddhāsiṃ sunimmalā.

I know my past lives, my divine eye is purified; having exhausted all the taints, I am purified and stainless.

160.

160.

‘‘Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ;

Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā.

The Teacher has been served by me, the Buddha’s teaching has been done; the heavy burden is laid down, the conduit to existence is uprooted.

161.

161.

‘‘Yassatthāya pabbajitā, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṃyojanakkhayo.

The goal for which I went forth from the home life into homelessness—that goal I have reached: the destruction of all fetters.

162.

162.

‘‘Tato mahākāruṇiko, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Dibbacakkhukānaṃ aggā, sakulāti naruttamo.

Then the Greatly Compassionate One, the supreme among men, placed me foremost among those with the divine eye, saying, ‘Sakulā’.

163.

163.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned up … I dwell without taints.

164.

164.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

165.

165.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four kinds of analytical knowledge … the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ sakulā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed did the bhikkhunī Sakulā speak these verses.

Sakulātheriyāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Sakulā, the Fourth.

5. Nandātherīapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Nandā

166.

166.

‘‘Padumuttaro [Pg.253] nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Victor named Padumuttara, gone to the far shore of all phenomena, arose as the Leader a hundred thousand aeons from this one.

167.

167.

‘‘Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An advisor, an instructor, a deliverer of all beings, the Buddha, skilled in exposition, carried many people across.

168.

168.

‘‘Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

Sympathetic and compassionate, seeking the welfare of all beings, he established all the sectarians who had arrived in the five precepts.

169.

169.

‘‘Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi ca;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādibhi.

Thus it was undisturbed and empty of sectarians. It was resplendent with Arahants who had attained mastery and were steadfast.

170.

170.

‘‘Ratanānaṭṭhapaññāsaṃ, uggatova mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, bāttiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

The Great Sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, like a golden pillar, possessing the thirty-two excellent marks.

171.

171.

‘‘Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

At that time, the lifespan was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, that Buddha saved many people.

172.

172.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātā seṭṭhikule ahuṃ;

Nānāratanapajjote, mahāsukhasamappitā.

At that time, I was born in the city of Haṃsavatī into a treasurer's family, one resplendent with various jewels and endowed with great happiness.

173.

173.

‘‘Upetvā taṃ mahāvīraṃ, assosiṃ dhammadesanaṃ;

Amataṃ paramassādaṃ, paramatthanivedakaṃ.

Having approached that Great Hero, I heard the teaching of the Dhamma, which was like the deathless, of supreme delight, and which makes known the ultimate goal.

174.

174.

‘‘Tadā nimantayitvāna, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Datvā tassa mahādānaṃ, pasannā sehi pāṇibhi.

Then, having invited the Leader of the World together with the Saṅgha, with a serene mind and with my own hands, I gave a great offering to him.

175.

175.

‘‘Jhāyinīnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ, aggaṭṭhānamapatthayiṃ;

Nipacca sirasā dhīraṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Having bowed down with my head to the steadfast one, the Leader of the World, together with the Saṅgha, I aspired to the foremost position among the bhikkhunīs who practice jhāna.

176.

176.

‘‘Tadā adantadamako, tilokasaraṇo pabhū;

Byākāsi narasārathi, ‘lacchase taṃ supatthitaṃ.

Then the Tamer of the untamed, the Refuge of the three worlds, the Lord, the Guide for men, prophesied: ‘You shall obtain that which you have well-aspired to.’

177.

177.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand kappas from now, one born of the Okkāka clan, named Gotama by clan, a Teacher, will arise in the world.’

178.

178.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Nandāti nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘An heir to his Dhamma, a true-born child created by the Dhamma, by name she will be called Nandā, and she will be the Teacher’s female disciple.’

179.

179.

‘‘Taṃ [Pg.254] sutvā muditā hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacittā paricariṃ, paccayehi vināyakaṃ.

Having heard that, and becoming joyful, for the rest of my life I served the Conqueror, the Guide, with a mind of loving-kindness and with the four requisites.

180.

180.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done kamma, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

181.

181.

‘‘Tato cutā yāmamagaṃ, tatohaṃ tusitaṃ gatā ;

Tato ca nimmānaratiṃ, vasavattipuraṃ tato.

Having passed away from there, I went to the Yāma realm. From there, I went to the Tusita realm. And from there to the Nimmānarati realm, and from there to the Vasavatti realm.

182.

182.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, tassa kammassa vāhasā;

Tattha tattheva rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

Wherever I was reborn, by the power of that kamma, in that very place I became the chief queen of kings.

183.

183.

‘‘Tato cutā manussatte, rājānaṃ cakkavattinaṃ;

Maṇḍalīnañca rājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

Having passed away from there, in human existence, I became the chief queen of wheel-turning monarchs and of regional kings.

184.

184.

‘‘Sampattiṃ anubhotvāna, devesu manujesu ca;

Sabbattha sukhitā hutvā, nekakappesu saṃsariṃ.

Having experienced prosperity among devas and humans, and being happy everywhere, I wandered in saṃsāra for many kappas.

185.

185.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, suramme kapilavhaye;

Rañño suddhodanassāhaṃ, dhītā āsiṃ aninditā.

Having reached my final existence, in the delightful city of Kapilavatthu, I was the blameless daughter of King Suddhodana.

186.

186.

‘‘Siriyā rūpiniṃ disvā, nanditaṃ āsi taṃ kulaṃ;

Tena nandāti me nāmaṃ, sundaraṃ pavaraṃ ahu.

Seeing my form and splendor, that family was delighted; therefore, my beautiful and excellent name became Nandā.

187.

187.

‘‘Yuvatīnañca sabbāsaṃ, kalyāṇīti ca vissutā;

Tasmimpi nagare ramme, ṭhapetvā taṃ yasodharaṃ.

In that delightful city, setting aside Yasodharā, I was renowned among all young women as ‘the beautiful one’.

188.

188.

‘‘Jeṭṭho bhātā tilokaggo, pacchimo arahā tathā;

Ekākinī gahaṭṭhāhaṃ, mātarā paricoditā.

My eldest brother was the foremost in the three worlds, the younger was an Arahant; I, a solitary householder, was urged on by my mother.

189.

189.

‘‘‘Sākiyamhi kule jātā, putte buddhānujā tuvaṃ;

Nandenapi vinā bhūtā, agāre kiṃ nu acchasi.

‘Daughter, you were born in the Sākiyan clan, a younger sister of the Buddha. Being without Nanda as well, why do you remain in the home?’

190.

190.

‘‘‘Jarāvasānaṃ yobbaññaṃ, rūpaṃ asucisammataṃ;

Rogantamapicārogyaṃ, jīvitaṃ maraṇantikaṃ.

‘Youth has old age as its end, form is considered impure, health has disease as its end, and life has death as its end.’

191.

191.

‘‘‘Idampi te subhaṃ rūpaṃ, sasīkantaṃ manoharaṃ;

Bhūsanānaṃ alaṅkāraṃ, sirisaṅghāṭasannibhaṃ.

‘This beautiful form of yours, lovely as the moon and captivating, adorned with ornaments, like an assemblage of splendors,

192.

192.

‘‘‘Puñjitaṃ [Pg.255] lokasāraṃva, nayanānaṃ rasāyanaṃ;

Puññānaṃ kittijananaṃ, ukkākakulanandanaṃ.

‘Like the heaped-up essence of the world, an elixir for the eyes, bringing fame to the meritorious, the delight of the Okkāka clan—

193.

193.

‘‘‘Na cireneva kālena, jarā samadhisessati ;

Vihāya gehaṃ kāruññe, cara dhammamanindite’.

‘In no long time, old age will overwhelm you. O pitiable and blameless one, having abandoned the home, practice the Dhamma.’

194.

194.

‘‘Sutvāhaṃ mātu vacanaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Dehena na tu cittena, rūpayobbanalāḷitā.

Having heard my mother’s words, I went forth into homelessness. Infatuated with beauty and youth, I went forth with my body, but not with my mind.

195.

195.

‘‘Mahatā ca payattena, jhānajjhena paraṃ mama;

Kātuñca vadate mātā, na cāhaṃ tattha ussukā.

And my mother advised me to practice with great effort, to be devoted to the meditation of jhāna, but I was not eager for that.

196.

196.

‘‘Tato mahākāruṇiko, disvā maṃ kāmalālasaṃ ;

Nibbindanatthaṃ rūpasmiṃ, mama cakkhupathe jino.

Then the Greatly Compassionate One, the Conqueror, seeing me longing for sensual pleasures, for the sake of causing disillusionment with form, came within my field of vision.

197.

197.

‘‘Sakena ānubhāvena, itthiṃ māpesi sobhiniṃ;

Dassanīyaṃ suruciraṃ, mamatopi surūpiniṃ.

By his own power, he created a woman, beautiful, lovely to see, very radiant, and even more beautiful in form than I.

198.

198.

‘‘Tamahaṃ vimhitā disvā, ativimhitadehiniṃ;

Cintayiṃ saphalaṃ meti, nettalābhañca mānusaṃ.

Seeing her, whose form was so astonishing, I was astonished and thought: ‘Indeed, my attainment of a human eye is fruitful!’

199.

199.

‘‘Tamahaṃ ehi subhage, yenattho taṃ vadehi me;

Kulaṃ te nāmagottañca, vada me yadi te piyaṃ.

I said to her: ‘Come, O beautiful one. Tell me what you need. Tell me your clan, name, and lineage, if you please.’

200.

200.

‘Na vañcakālo subhage, ucchaṅge maṃ nivāsaya;

Sīdantīva mamaṅgāni, pasuppaya muhuttakaṃ’.

‘This is no time for deception, O beautiful one. Let me rest upon your lap. My limbs feel as if they are sinking; let me sleep for a moment.’

201.

201.

‘‘Tato sīsaṃ mamaṅke sā, katvā sayi sulocanā;

Tassā nalāṭe patitā, luddhā paramadāruṇā.

Then she of the beautiful eyes, having placed her head upon my lap, lay down. Upon her forehead, a cruel and most terrible sore appeared.

202.

202.

‘‘Saha tassā nipātena, piḷakā upapajjatha;

Pagghariṃsu pabhinnā ca, kuṇapā pubbalohitā.

Simultaneously with its falling, a boil arose; and having burst, foul pus and blood flowed out.

203.

203.

‘‘Pabhinnaṃ vadanañcāpi, kuṇapaṃ pūtigandhanaṃ;

Uddhumātaṃ vinilañca, pubbañcāpi sarīrakaṃ.

Her mouth also was burst, repulsive, and foul-smelling; her body was bloated and dark blue, and pus also oozed from it.

204.

204.

‘‘Sā paveditasabbaṅgī, nissasantī muhuṃ muhuṃ;

Vedayantī sakaṃ dukkhaṃ, karuṇaṃ paridevayi.

With all her limbs trembling, sighing again and again, experiencing her own suffering, she lamented pitifully.

205.

205.

‘‘‘Dukkhena [Pg.256] dukkhitā homi, phusayanti ca vedanā;

Mahādukkhe nimuggamhi, saraṇaṃ hohi me sakhī’.

‘I am afflicted by suffering, and feelings severely assail me; I am immersed in great suffering. O friend, be a refuge for me.’

206.

206.

‘‘‘Kuhiṃ vadanasobhaṃ te, kuhiṃ te tuṅganāsikā;

Tambabimbavaroṭṭhaṃ te, vadanaṃ te kuhiṃ gataṃ.

‘Where is the beauty of your face? Where is your prominent nose? Where have your lips, like the excellent red bimba fruit, and your mouth gone?’

207.

207.

‘‘‘Kuhiṃ sasīnibhaṃ vaṇṇaṃ, kambugīvā kuhiṃ gatā;

Doḷālolāva te kaṇṇā, vevaṇṇaṃ samupāgatā.

‘Where has your moon-like complexion gone? Where has your conch-shell neck gone? Your ears, like swings, have become discolored.’

208.

208.

‘‘‘Makuḷakhārakākārā, kalikāva payodharā;

Pabhinnā pūtikuṇapā, duṭṭhagandhittamāgatā.

‘Your breasts, shaped like makuḷa and khāraka fruits, like flower buds, have burst. They are like putrid corpses, having acquired a foul stench.’

209.

209.

‘‘‘Vedimajjhāva sussoṇī, sūnāva nītakibbisā;

Jātā amejjhabharitā, aho rūpamasassataṃ.

‘Your hips, once beautiful with a waist slender like an altar, are now swollen and rough like a butcher's block. They have become filled with filth. Alas, how impermanent is form!’

210.

210.

‘‘‘Sabbaṃ sarīrasañjātaṃ, pūtigandhaṃ bhayānakaṃ;

Susānamiva bībhacchaṃ, ramante yattha bālisā’.

‘All that is born of the body is foul-smelling and frightening; repulsive like a charnel ground, wherein fools delight.’

211.

211.

‘‘Tadā mahākāruṇiko, bhātā me lokanāyako;

Disvā saṃviggacittaṃ maṃ, imā gāthā abhāsatha.

Then my brother, the greatly compassionate Leader of the World, seeing my mind struck with urgency, spoke these verses:

212.

212.

‘‘‘Āturaṃ kuṇapaṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ;

Asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi, ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ.

‘Behold, Nandā, this afflicted, repulsive, putrid body. Develop your mind on the theme of foulness, one-pointed and well-concentrated.’

213.

213.

‘‘‘Yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ;

Duggandhaṃ pūtikaṃ vāti, bālānaṃ abhinanditaṃ.

‘As this body is, so is that one; as that body is, so is this one. It emanates a foul and putrid stench, yet it is delighted in by fools.’

214.

214.

‘‘‘Evametaṃ avekkhantī, rattindivamatanditā;

Tato sakāya paññāya, abhinibbijjha dakkhasi’.

‘Contemplating it thus, day and night, unweariedly, you will then, with your own wisdom, penetrate it and see.’

215.

215.

‘‘Tatohaṃ atisaṃviggā, sutvā gāthā subhāsitā;

Tatraṭṭhitāvahaṃ santī, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Then I, having heard those well-spoken verses, was extremely stirred. While standing right there, being at peace, I attained Arahantship.

216.

216.

‘‘Yattha yattha nisinnāhaṃ, sadā jhānaparāyanā;

Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ.

Wherever I was sitting, always devoted to jhāna, the Conqueror, pleased with that quality, placed me in the foremost position.

217.

217.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements have been burned… I dwell free from taints.

218.

218.

‘‘Svāgataṃ [Pg.257] vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming it was for me… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

219.

219.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ nandā bhikkhunī janapadakalyāṇī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Nandā, named Janapadakalyāṇī, spoke these verses.

Nandātheriyāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The fifth Apadāna of the Elder Nandā.

6. Soṇātherīapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of Soṇā Therī

220.

220.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

The Conqueror named Padumuttara, gone beyond all phenomena, arose as the Leader a hundred thousand aeons ago.

221.

221.

‘‘Tadā seṭṭhikule jātā, sukhitā pūjitā piyā;

Upetvā taṃ munivaraṃ, assosiṃ madhuraṃ vacaṃ.

Then, born into a treasurer's family, prosperous, revered, and beloved, approaching that noble sage, I heard his sweet words.

222.

222.

‘‘Āraddhavīriyānaggaṃ, vaṇṇesi bhikkhuniṃ jino;

Taṃ sutvā muditā hutvā, kāraṃ katvāna satthuno.

The Conqueror praised a bhikkhunī as foremost among those with aroused energy; hearing that, having become joyful, I paid homage to the Teacher.

223.

223.

‘‘Abhivādiya sambuddhaṃ, ṭhānaṃ taṃ patthayiṃ tadā;

Anumodi mahāvīro, ‘sijjhataṃ paṇidhī tava.

Having saluted the Fully Awakened One, I then aspired to that position. The Great Hero approved: ‘May your aspiration succeed!’

224.

224.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘A hundred thousand aeons hence, sprung from the Okkāka lineage, Gotama by name, he will be the Teacher in the world.

225.

225.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Soṇāti nāma nāmena, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘An heir in his teachings, a true-born child created by the Dhamma, by the name of Soṇā, she will be a female disciple of the Teacher.’

226.

226.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā muditā hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacittā paricariṃ, paccayehi vināyakaṃ.

Hearing that, having become joyful, for as long as life lasted I then served the Victor, the Guide, with a mind of loving-kindness and with the requisites.

227.

227.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed, and by my volitions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

228.

228.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātā seṭṭhikule ahaṃ;

Sāvatthiyaṃ puravare, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

Now, in my final existence, I was born in the excellent city of Sāvatthī into a prosperous, thriving, and wealthy treasurer's family.

229.

229.

‘‘Yadā [Pg.258] ca yobbanappattā, gantvā patikulaṃ ahaṃ;

Dasa puttāni ajaniṃ, surūpāni visesato.

And when I reached youth, having gone to my husband’s family, I bore ten children who were especially handsome.

230.

230.

‘‘Sukhedhitā ca te sabbe, jananettamanoharā;

Amittānampi rucitā, mama pageva te piyā.

All of them were brought up in comfort, captivating the eyes and minds of people. They were pleasing even to their enemies—what more is there to say of how beloved they were to me?

231.

231.

‘‘Tato mayhaṃ akāmāya, dasaputtapurakkhato;

Pabbajittha sa me bhattā, devadevassa sāsane.

Then, against my will, my husband, preceded by our ten children, went forth into the teaching of the God of gods.

232.

232.

‘‘Tadekikā vicintesiṃ, jīvitenālamatthu me;

Cattāya patiputtehi, vuḍḍhāya ca varākiyā.

Then, alone, I thought: ‘Enough of this life for me, an old and wretched woman abandoned by my husband and sons.’

233.

233.

‘‘Ahampi tattha gacchissaṃ, sampatto yattha me pati;

Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

‘I too shall go where my husband has gone.’ Thinking thus, I went forth into homelessness.

234.

234.

‘‘Tato ca maṃ bhikkhuniyo, ekaṃ bhikkhunupassaye;

Vihāya gacchumovādaṃ, tāpehi udakaṃ iti.

And then the bhikkhunīs, having left me alone in the bhikkhunī residence, went for the exhortation, saying, ‘Heat the water.’

235.

235.

‘‘Tadā udakamāhitvā, okiritvāna kumbhiyā;

Culle ṭhapetvā āsīnā, tato cittaṃ samādahiṃ.

Then, having fetched water and poured it into a pot, I placed it on the hearth and sat down. Then I composed my mind.

236.

236.

‘‘Khandhe aniccato disvā, dukkhato ca anattato;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having seen the aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, and as not-self, and having eradicated all the taints, I attained Arahantship.

237.

237.

‘‘Tadāgantvā bhikkhuniyo, uṇhodakamapucchisuṃ;

Tejodhātumadhiṭṭhāya, khippaṃ santāpayiṃ jalaṃ.

Then the bhikkhunīs came and asked for warm water. Having resolved upon the fire element, I quickly heated the water.

238.

238.

‘‘Vimhitā tā jinavaraṃ, etamatthamasāvayuṃ;

Taṃ sutvā mudito nātho, imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsatha.

Amazed, they reported this matter to the Excellent Conqueror. Having heard it, the Protector, delighted, spoke this verse:

239.

239.

‘‘‘Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, kusīto hīnavīriyo;

Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, vīriyamārabhato daḷhaṃ’.

‘Should one live a hundred years, lazy and of feeble energy, a single day’s life is better for one who strives with firm energy.’

240.

240.

‘‘Ārādhito mahāvīro, mayā suppaṭipattiyā;

Āraddhavīriyānaggaṃ, mamāha sa mahāmuni.

The Great Hero was pleased by my good practice. That Great Sage declared me foremost among those with aroused energy.

241.

241.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned away… I dwell free from taints.

242.

242.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

243.

243.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.259] catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges have been realized… the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ soṇā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed did the bhikkhunī Soṇā speak these verses.

Soṇātheriyāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Sixth Apadāna of Soṇā Therī.

7. Bhaddakāpilānītherīapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of Bhaddakāpilānī Therī

244.

244.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū ;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

A hundred thousand aeons ago, the Conqueror named Padumuttara, gone beyond all phenomena, the Leader, arose.

245.

245.

‘‘Tadāhu haṃsavatiyaṃ, videho nāma nāmato ;

Seṭṭhī pahūtaratano, tassa jāyā ahosahaṃ.

At that time, in Haṃsavatī, there was a treasurer named Videha, who had abundant treasures. I was his wife.

246.

246.

‘‘Kadāci so narādiccaṃ, upecca saparijjano;

Dhammamassosi buddhassa, sabbadukkhabhayappahaṃ.

Once, he, with his retinue, approached the Sun among Men and heard the Dhamma of the Buddha, which dispels all suffering and fear.

247.

247.

‘‘Sāvakaṃ dhutavādānaṃ, aggaṃ kittesi nāyako;

Sutvā sattāhikaṃ dānaṃ, datvā buddhassa tādino.

The Leader praised a disciple as foremost among those who speak on the ascetic practices. Having heard this, and having given alms to the Buddha, the Steadfast One, for seven days,

248.

248.

‘‘Nipacca sirasā pāde, taṃ ṭhānamabhipatthayiṃ;

Sa hāsayanto parisaṃ, tadā hi narapuṅgavo.

Bowing with my head at his feet, I aspired to that position. Then that bull among men, making the assembly smile,

249.

249.

‘‘Seṭṭhino anukampāya, imā gāthā abhāsatha;

‘Lacchase patthitaṃ ṭhānaṃ, nibbuto hohi puttaka.

Out of compassion for the treasurer, he spoke these verses: ‘You shall obtain the position you have aspired to; be at peace, my son.’

250.

250.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

“‘A hundred thousand aeons from this one, born in the Okkāka clan, a Teacher named Gotama by clan will appear in the world.

251.

251.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādo, oraso dhammanimmito;

Kassapo nāma gottena, hessati satthu sāvako’.

‘An heir in his Dhamma, a true son created by the Dhamma, Kassapa by name, will be a disciple of the Teacher.’

252.

252.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā mudito hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacitto paricari, paccayehi vināyakaṃ.

Hearing that, becoming joyful, for as long as life lasted I then served the Conqueror, the Leader, with the requisites, my mind filled with loving-kindness.

253.

253.

‘‘Sāsanaṃ jotayitvāna, so madditvā kutitthiye;

Veneyyaṃ vinayitvā ca, nibbuto so sasāvako.

He, having caused the Dispensation to shine, having crushed the contemptible heretics, and having trained those who could be trained, attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples.

254.

254.

‘‘Nibbute [Pg.260] tamhi lokagge, pūjanatthāya satthuno;

Ñātimitte samānetvā, saha tehi akārayi.

When that Foremost in the World had attained Parinibbāna, for the purpose of honoring the Teacher, having gathered relatives and friends, together with them I caused to be made…

255.

255.

‘‘Sattayojanikaṃ thūpaṃ, ubbiddhaṃ ratanāmayaṃ;

Jalantaṃ sataraṃsiṃva, sālarājaṃva phullitaṃ.

…a stupa seven yojanas high, lofty, made of jewels, blazing like the hundred-rayed sun, like a sāla tree king in full bloom.

256.

256.

‘‘Sattasatasahassāni, pātiyo tattha kārayi;

Naḷaggī viya jotantī, rataneheva sattahi.

There I caused seven hundred thousand bowls to be made from the seven kinds of jewels, shining like a reed fire.

257.

257.

‘‘Gandhatelena pūretvā, dīpānujjalayī tahiṃ;

Pūjanatthāya mahesissa, sabbabhūtānukampino.

Having filled them with fragrant oil, I lit the lamps there for the purpose of honoring the Great Sage, the one compassionate to all beings.

258.

258.

‘‘Sattasatasahassāni, puṇṇakumbhāni kārayi;

Rataneheva puṇṇāni, pūjanatthāya mahesino.

I caused seven hundred thousand full pots to be made, filled with jewels, for the purpose of honoring the Great Sage.

259.

259.

‘‘Majjhe aṭṭhaṭṭhakumbhīnaṃ, ussitā kañcanagghiyo;

Atirocanti vaṇṇena, saradeva divākaro.

In the middle of every eight pots, raised golden archways shone exceedingly in beauty, like the sun in autumn.

260.

260.

‘‘Catudvāresu sobhanti, toraṇā ratanāmayā;

Ussitā phalakā rammā, sobhanti ratanāmayā.

At the four gates, jeweled archways shone. Raised, delightful, jeweled door-leaves also shone.

261.

261.

‘‘Virocanti parikkhittā, avaṭaṃsā sunimmitā;

Ussitāni paṭākāni, ratanāni virocare.

Surrounding them, well-made garlands shone. Raised jeweled banners also shone.

262.

262.

‘‘Surattaṃ sukataṃ cittaṃ, cetiyaṃ ratanāmayaṃ;

Atirocati vaṇṇena, sasañjhova divākaro.

The deep red, well-made, variegated, jeweled shrine shone exceedingly in beauty, like the sun at twilight.

263.

263.

‘‘Thūpassa vediyo tisso, haritālena pūrayi;

Ekaṃ manosilāyekaṃ, añjanena ca ekikaṃ.

I filled the three terraces of the stupa: one with yellow orpiment, one with realgar, and one with collyrium.

264.

264.

‘‘Pūjaṃ etādisaṃ rammaṃ, kāretvā varavādino;

Adāsi dānaṃ saṅghassa, yāvajīvaṃ yathābalaṃ.

Having caused such a delightful offering to be made, I gave gifts to the Saṅgha of the one of excellent speech for as long as life lasted, according to my ability.

265.

265.

‘‘Sahāva seṭṭhinā tena, tāni puññāni sabbaso;

Yāvajīvaṃ karitvāna, sahāva sugatiṃ gatā.

Together with that merchant, having performed all those meritorious deeds for as long as life lasted, together we went to a happy destination.

266.

266.

‘‘Sampattiyonubhotvāna, devatte atha mānuse;

Chāyā viya sarīrena, saha teneva saṃsariṃ.

Having experienced prosperity in the divine state and then in the human state, I wandered through saṃsāra together with him, like a shadow with the body.

267.

267.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.261] kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammavipassako.

Ninety-one aeons from this one, the Leader named Vipassī arose, one of pleasing appearance, who had insight into all things.

268.

268.

‘‘Tadāyaṃ bandhumatiyaṃ, brāhmaṇo sādhusammato;

Aḍḍho santo guṇenāpi, dhanena ca suduggato.

At that time, in the city of Bandhumatī, he was a brahmin, esteemed as virtuous, rich and serene in qualities, but very poor in wealth.

269.

269.

‘‘Tadāpi tassāhaṃ āsiṃ, brāhmaṇī samacetasā;

Kadāci so dijavaro, saṅgamesi mahāmuniṃ.

At that time also, I was his brahmin wife, of harmonious mind. Once, that noble brahmin approached the Great Sage.

270.

270.

‘‘Nisinnaṃ janakāyamhi, desentaṃ amataṃ padaṃ;

Sutvā dhammaṃ pamudito, adāsi ekasāṭakaṃ.

He was seated amidst an assembly of people, teaching the Deathless State. Having heard the Dhamma, overjoyed, he gave a single outer cloth.

271.

271.

‘‘Gharamekena vatthena, gantvānetaṃ sa mabravi ;

‘Anumoda mahāpuññaṃ, dinnaṃ buddhassa sāṭakaṃ’.

Having gone home with a single cloth, he said this to me: ‘Rejoice in this great merit! An outer cloth has been given to the Buddha.’

272.

272.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ añjaliṃ katvā, anumodiṃ supīṇitā ;

‘Sudinno sāṭako sāmi, buddhaseṭṭhassa tādino’.

Then, making the gesture of reverence, I rejoiced, being greatly pleased: ‘Well given is the outer cloth, my lord, to the noblest Buddha, the Steadfast One.’

273.

273.

‘‘Sukhito sajjito hutvā, saṃsaranto bhavābhave;

Bārāṇasipure ramme, rājā āsi mahīpati.

Wandering through existence after existence, happy and adorned, he became a king, a lord of the earth, in the delightful city of Bārāṇasī.

274.

274.

‘‘Tadā tassa mahesīhaṃ, itthigumbassa uttamā;

Tassāti dayitā āsiṃ, pubbasnehena bhattuno.

At that time, I was his chief queen, the foremost among the assembly of women. I was exceedingly dear to him, my husband, due to past affection.

275.

275.

‘‘Piṇḍāya vicarante te, aṭṭha paccekanāyake;

Disvā pamudito hutvā, datvā piṇḍaṃ mahārahaṃ.

Seeing those eight Pacceka Buddhas wandering for alms-food, he, being overjoyed, gave alms-food of great value.

276.

276.

‘‘Puno nimantayitvāna, katvā ratanamaṇḍapaṃ;

Kammārehi kataṃ pattaṃ, sovaṇṇaṃ vata tattakaṃ.

Having invited them again, and having made a jeweled pavilion, he had golden bowls made by artisans, as many as there were Pacceka Buddhas.

277.

277.

‘‘Samānetvāna te sabbe, tesaṃ dānamadāsi so;

Soṇṇāsane paviṭṭhānaṃ, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.

Having brought all those bowls, he, with a serene mind, gave the gift with his own hands to them who had entered and were seated on golden seats.

278.

278.

‘‘Tampi dānaṃ sahādāsiṃ, kāsirājenahaṃ tadā;

Punāhaṃ bārāṇasiyaṃ, jātā kāsikagāmake.

At that time, I too gave that gift together with the king of Kāsi. Again, I was born in a village of Kāsi, in the region of Bārāṇasī.

279.

279.

‘‘Kuṭumbikakule [Pg.262] phīte, sukhito so sabhātuko;

Jeṭṭhassa bhātuno jāyā, ahosiṃ supatibbatā.

In a prosperous householder's family, he was reborn and lived in comfort, together with his brother. I became the wife of the elder brother, a very devoted spouse.

280.

280.

‘‘Paccekabuddhaṃ disvāna, kaniyassa mama bhattuno ;

Bhāgannaṃ tassa datvāna, āgate tamhi pāvadiṃ.

Having seen a Pacceka Buddha, I gave him the share of food belonging to my husband's younger brother. When that brother-in-law arrived, he scolded me.

281.

281.

‘‘Nābhinandittha so dānaṃ, tato tassa adāsahaṃ;

Ukhā āniya taṃ annaṃ, puno tasseva so adā.

He did not rejoice in that gift. Then I, having brought that food from the pot, gave it to him. He, in turn, gave it to that very same Pacceka Buddha.

282.

282.

‘‘Tadannaṃ chaḍḍayitvāna, duṭṭhā buddhassahaṃ tadā;

Pattaṃ kalalapuṇṇaṃ taṃ, adāsiṃ tassa tādino.

Having discarded that food, I then, with a corrupt mind towards the Pacceka Buddha, filled that bowl with mud and gave it to him, the Steadfast One.

283.

283.

‘‘Dāne ca gahaṇe ceva, apace padusepi ca;

Samacittamukhaṃ disvā, tadāhaṃ saṃvijiṃ bhusaṃ.

Seeing his even mind and countenance, both in giving and receiving, both towards one who reveres and one who harms, I was then greatly agitated.

284.

284.

‘‘Puno pattaṃ gahetvāna, sodhayitvā sugandhinā;

Pasannacittā pūretvā, saghataṃ sakkaraṃ adaṃ.

Again, taking the bowl, I cleaned it with fragrant water; with a devout mind, I filled it with sugar together with ghee and offered it.

285.

285.

‘‘Yattha yatthūpapajjāmi, surūpā homi dānato;

Buddhassa apakārena, duggandhā vadanena ca.

In whatever existence I am born, because of that gift, I am beautiful; but because of my offense against the Pacceka Buddha, my mouth has a foul smell.

286.

286.

‘‘Puna kassapavīrassa, nidhāyantamhi cetiye;

Sovaṇṇaṃ iṭṭhakaṃ varaṃ, adāsiṃ muditā ahaṃ.

Again, when the cetiya of the heroic Kassapa was being established, I joyfully gave an excellent golden brick.

287.

287.

‘‘Catujjātena gandhena, nicayitvā tamiṭṭhakaṃ;

Muttā duggandhadosamhā, sabbaṅgasusamāgatā.

Having coated that brick with the four kinds of fragrances, I was freed from the fault of a foul smell and became endowed with all perfect limbs.

288.

288.

‘‘Sattapātisahassāni, rataneheva sattahi;

Kāretvā ghatapūrāni, vaṭṭīni ca sahassaso.

Having had seven thousand bowls made with the seven kinds of gems, and having had them filled with ghee, and also wicks by the thousand…

289.

289.

‘‘Pakkhipitvā padīpetvā, ṭhapayiṃ sattapantiyo;

Pūjanatthaṃ lokanāthassa, vippasannena cetasā.

…having inserted the wicks and lit the lamps, I arranged seven rows for the purpose of venerating the Lord of the World with an especially devout mind.

290.

290.

‘‘Tadāpi tamhi puññamhi, bhāginīyi visesato;

Puna kāsīsu sañjāto, sumittā iti vissuto.

At that time also, I was especially a sharer in that merit. Again, in the Kāsī country, he was well born, renowned as Sumitta.

291.

291.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ bhariyā āsiṃ, sukhitā sajjitā piyā;

Tadā paccekamunino, adāsiṃ ghanaveṭhanaṃ.

I was his wife—happy, adorned, and beloved. At that time, he gave a thick head-wrapping to a Paccekabuddha.

292.

292.

‘‘Tassāpi [Pg.263] bhāginī āsiṃ, moditvā dānamuttamaṃ;

Punāpi kāsiraṭṭhamhi, jāto koliyajātiyā.

Rejoicing in his supreme gift, I was also a sharer. Again, in the Kāsī country, he was born into the Koliyan clan.

293.

293.

‘‘Tadā koliyaputtānaṃ, satehi saha pañcahi;

Pañcapaccekabuddhānaṃ, satāni samupaṭṭhahi.

At that time, together with five hundred Koliyan sons, he attended upon five hundred Paccekabuddhas.

294.

294.

‘‘Temāsaṃ tappayitvāna, adāsi ca ticīvare ;

Jāyā tassa tadā āsiṃ, puññakammapathānugā.

Having satisfied them for the three months of the rains-retreat, they also gave the three robes. At that time, I was his wife, a follower on the path of meritorious deeds.

295.

295.

‘‘Tato cuto ahu rājā, nando nāma mahāyaso;

Tassāpi mahesī āsiṃ, sabbakāmasamiddhinī.

Having passed away from there, he became a king named Nanda, of great renown. I was also his chief queen, endowed with all sensual pleasures.

296.

296.

‘‘Tadā rājā bhavitvāna, brahmadatto mahīpati;

Padumavatīputtānaṃ, paccekamuninaṃ tadā.

At that time, he became King Brahmadatta, lord of the earth. Then, of the Paccekabuddhas who were the sons of Padumavatī,

297.

297.

‘‘Satāni pañcanūnāni, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃ;

Rājuyyāne nivāsetvā, nibbutāni ca pūjayiṃ.

I attended upon four hundred and ninety-five for their entire lives, having had them reside in the royal park; and I also venerated those who had attained final extinguishment.

298.

298.

‘‘Cetiyāni ca kāretvā, pabbajitvā ubho mayaṃ;

Bhāvetvā appamaññāyo, brahmalokaṃ agamhase.

And having had cetiyas made, we both went forth. Having developed the immeasurables, we went to the Brahma world.

299.

299.

‘‘Tato cuto mahātitthe, sujāto pipphalāyano;

Mātā sumanadevīti, kosigotto dijo pitā.

Having passed away from there, he was well born in Mahātittha as Pipphalāyana. His mother was named Sumanadevī, and his father was a brahmin of the Kosiga clan.

300.

300.

‘‘Ahaṃ madde janapade, sākalāya puruttame;

Kappilassa dijassāsiṃ, dhītā mātā sucīmati.

I was in the Madda country, in the excellent city of Sākala. I was the daughter of the brahmin Kappila; my mother was named Sucīmatī.

301.

301.

‘‘Ghanakañcanabimbena, nimminitvāna maṃ pitā;

Adā kassapadhīrassa, kāmehi vajjitassamaṃ.

My father, having fashioned a likeness of me from a solid gold image, gave me to the wise Kassapa, who was averse to sensual pleasures.

302.

302.

‘‘Kadāci so kāruṇiko, gantvā kammantapekkhako;

Kākādikehi khajjante, pāṇe disvāna saṃviji.

Once, that compassionate one, having gone to inspect the work, seeing living beings being eaten by crows and the like, was deeply moved.

303.

303.

‘‘Gharevāhaṃ tile jāte, disvānātapatāpane;

Kimi kākehi khajjante, saṃvegamalabhiṃ tadā.

At home, seeing worms that had appeared in the sesame seeds drying in the sun being eaten by crows, I then gained a sense of spiritual urgency.

304.

304.

‘‘Tadā so pabbajī dhīro, ahaṃ tamanupabbajiṃ;

Pañcavassāni nivasiṃ, paribbājavate ahaṃ.

Then that wise one went forth, and I went forth after him. For five years I lived following the wanderers’ practice.

305.

305.

‘‘Yadā [Pg.264] pabbajitā āsi, gotamī jinaposikā;

Tadāhaṃ tamupagantvā, buddhena anusāsitā.

When Gotamī, the foster-mother of the Conqueror, had gone forth, I approached her and was instructed by the Buddha.

306.

306.

‘‘Na cireneva kālena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ;

Aho kalyāṇamittattaṃ, kassapassa sirīmato.

Before long, I attained Arahantship. Oh, the good friendship of the glorious Kassapa!

307.

307.

‘‘Suto buddhassa dāyādo, kassapo susamāhito;

Pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi, saggāpāyañca passati.

Kassapa, the well-composed son and heir of the Buddha, knows his past abodes and sees heaven and the states of deprivation.

308.

308.

‘‘Atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, abhiññāvosito muni;

Etāhi tīhi vijjāhi, tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo.

Furthermore, the sage has reached the destruction of birth and has perfected the higher knowledges. With these three knowledges, he is a brāhmaṇa possessing the threefold knowledge.

309.

309.

‘‘Tatheva bhaddakāpilānī, tevijjā maccuhāyinī;

Dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jitvā māraṃ savāhanaṃ.

Likewise, Bhaddā Kāpilānī, possessing the threefold knowledge and having abandoned death, bears her final body, having conquered Māra with his host.

310.

310.

‘‘Disvā ādīnavaṃ loke, ubho pabbajitā mayaṃ;

Tyamha khīṇāsavā dantā, sītibhūtāmha nibbutā.

Seeing the danger in the world, we both went forth. We are those whose taints are destroyed, tamed, become cool, and quenched.

311.

311.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned away… I dwell free from taints.

312.

312.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

313.

313.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ bhaddakāpilānī bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Bhaddā Kāpilānī spoke these verses.

Bhaddakāpilānītheriyāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The seventh: The Apadāna of Bhaddakāpilānī Therī.

8. Yasodharātherīapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of Yasodharā Therī

314.

314.

Ekasmiṃ samaye ramme, iddhe rājagahe pure;

Pabbhāramhi varekamhi, vasante naranāyake.

At one time, in the delightful and prosperous city of Rājagaha, while the leader of men was dwelling on a certain excellent mountain slope.

315.

315.

Vasantiyā tamhi nagare, ramme bhikkhunupassaye;

Yasodharābhikkhuniyā, evaṃ āsi vitakkitaṃ.

While the bhikkhunī Yasodharā was residing in that delightful city, in the pleasant bhikkhunīs’ residence, this thought occurred to her.

316.

316.

‘‘Suddhodano mahārājā, gotamī ca pajāpatī;

Abhiññātā mahātherā, theriyo ca mahiddhikā.

“King Suddhodana and Pajāpatī Gotamī, the renowned great male elders and the female elders of great psychic power,

317.

317.

‘‘Santiṃ [Pg.265] gatāva āsuṃ te, dīpaccīva nirāsavā;

Lokanāthe dharanteva, ahampi ca sivaṃ padaṃ.

they have gone to peace, free from taints, like the flame of a lamp. While the Lord of the World is still living, I too will reach the blissful state.”

318.

318.

‘‘Gamissāmīti cintetvā, passantī āyumattano;

Passitvā āyusaṅkhāraṃ, tadaheva khayaṃ gataṃ.

Thinking, 'I will go,' she examined the extent of her life. Having seen her life-determination, she saw it would come to an end that very day.

319.

319.

‘‘Pattacīvaramādāya, nikkhamitvā sakassamā;

Purakkhatā bhikkhunībhi, satehi sahassehi sā.

Taking bowl and robe, she left her own monastery, escorted by hundreds of thousands of bhikkhunīs.

320.

320.

‘‘Mahiddhikā mahāpaññā, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami;

Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, satthuno cakkalakkhaṇe;

Nisinnā ekamantamhi, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Of great psychic power and great wisdom, she approached the Sambuddha. Having paid homage to the Sambuddha, at the Teacher’s wheel-marked feet, she sat to one side and spoke these words:

321.

321.

‘‘‘Aṭṭhasattativassāhaṃ, pacchimo vattate vayo ;

Pabbhāramhi anuppattā, ārocemi mahāmuni.

“I am seventy-eight years old; my final age is now occurring. Having reached the slope of life, O Great Sage, I announce this.

322.

322.

‘‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;

Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.

My age is ripe, my life is short. I shall depart, abandoning you. I have made a refuge for myself.

323.

323.

‘‘‘Vayamhi pacchime kāle, maraṇaṃ uparuddhati;

Ajjarattiṃ mahāvīra, pāpuṇissāmi nibbutiṃ.

In this final stage of life, death oppresses. Tonight, O Great Hero, I shall attain extinguishment.

324.

324.

‘‘‘Natthi jāti jarā byādhi, maraṇañca mahāmune;

Ajarāmaraṇaṃ puraṃ, gamissāmi asaṅkhataṃ.

Where there is no birth, aging, sickness, and death, O Great Sage, to that unconditioned, ageless, and deathless city, I shall go.

325.

325.

‘‘‘Yāvatā parisā nāma, samupāsanti satthuno;

Aparādhamajānantī, khamantaṃ sammukhā mune.

Whatever assemblies attend upon the Teacher, may they forgive, in your presence, O Sage, any offense committed unknowingly.

326.

326.

‘‘‘Saṃsaritvā ca saṃsāre, khalitañce mamaṃ tayi;

Ārocemi mahāvīra, aparādhaṃ khamassu me’.

Having wandered in saṃsāra, if there has been any fault of mine towards you, I declare it, O Great Hero. Forgive my offense.”

327.

327.

‘‘Sutvāna vacanaṃ tassā, munindo idamabravi;

‘Kimuttaraṃ te vakkhāmi, nibbānāya vajantiyā.

Having heard her words, the Lord of Sages said this: ‘What more shall I say to you, who are going to Nibbāna?’

328.

328.

‘‘‘Iddhiñcāpi nidassehi, mama sāsanakārike;

Parisānañca sabbāsaṃ, kaṅkhaṃ chindassu yāvatā’.

‘Display your psychic power, you who follow my teaching, and cut off the doubt of all the assemblies.’

329.

329.

‘‘Sutvā taṃ munino vācaṃ, bhikkhunī sā yasodharā;

Vanditvā munirājaṃ taṃ, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Having heard the sage's words, the bhikkhunī Yasodharā, having paid homage to that king of sages, spoke these words:

330.

330.

‘‘‘Yasodharā [Pg.266] ahaṃ vīra, agāre te pajāpati;

Sākiyamhi kule jātā, itthiaṅge patiṭṭhitā.

‘I am Yasodharā, O Hero, your consort in the palace. Born in the Sākyan clan, I was established in the noble qualities of womanhood.

331.

331.

‘‘‘Thīnaṃ satasahassānaṃ, navutīnaṃ chaduttari;

Agāre te ahaṃ vīra, pāmokkhā sabbā issarā.

‘In your palace, O Hero, among one hundred thousand women and another five hundred and forty, I was the foremost, sovereign over them all.

332.

332.

‘‘‘Rūpācāraguṇūpetā, yobbanaṭṭhā piyaṃvadā;

Sabbā maṃ apacāyanti, devatā viya mānusā.

‘Endowed with the qualities of beauty and conduct, youthful and sweet-spoken, all revered me, just as humans revere a goddess.

333.

333.

‘‘‘Kaññāsatasahassapamukhā, sakyaputtanivesane;

Samānasukhadukkhatā, devatā viya nandane.

‘As the chief of one hundred thousand maidens in the palace of the Sākyan prince, sharing with them equal happiness and sorrow, I rejoiced like the deities in the Nandana grove.

334.

334.

‘‘‘Kāmadhātumatikkamma, saṇṭhitā rūpadhātuyā;

Rūpena sadisā natthi, ṭhapetvā lokanāyakaṃ.

‘Having surpassed the form of the sense-sphere realm, I am established in the form of the form-sphere realm. In form, there is no one similar, except for the Leader of the World.

335.

335.

‘‘‘Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, iddhiṃ dassesi satthuno;

Nekā nānāvidhākārā, mahāiddhīpi dassayī.

‘Having respectfully paid homage to the Fully Awakened One, I displayed to the Teacher many great psychic powers of various and diverse kinds.

336.

336.

‘‘‘Cakkavāḷasamaṃ kāyaṃ, sīsaṃ uttarato kuru;

Ubho pakkhā duve dīpā, jambudīpaṃ sarīrato.

‘The body was as large as a world-system; the head, as large as the continent of Uttarakuru. Both wings were as the two continents, and the torso was as the continent of Jambudīpa.

337.

337.

‘‘‘Dakkhiṇañca saraṃ piñchaṃ, nānāsākhā tu pattakā;

Candañca sūriyañcakkhi, merupabbatato sikhaṃ.

‘The tail-plume was as the southern ocean, and the feathers were like various branches. The eyes were as the moon and the sun; the crest was as high as Mount Meru.

338.

338.

‘‘‘Cakkavālagiriṃ tuṇḍaṃ, jamburukkhaṃ samūlakaṃ;

Bījamānā upāgantvā, vandantī lokanāyakaṃ.

‘The beak was as the world-encircling mountain range. Uprooting the Jambu tree with its roots and fanning with it, I approached and paid homage to the Leader of the World.

339.

339.

‘‘‘Hatthivaṇṇaṃ tathevassaṃ, pabbataṃ jaladhiṃ tathā;

Candimaṃ sūriyaṃ meruṃ, sakkavaṇṇañca dassayi.

‘I displayed the form of an elephant, and likewise a horse, a mountain, and the ocean; and also the moon, the sun, Meru, and the form of Sakka.

340.

340.

‘‘‘Yasodharā ahaṃ vīra, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma;

Sahassalokadhātūnaṃ, phullapadmena chādayi.

‘O Hero, O Possessor of the Five Eyes, I, Yasodharā, worship your feet. With a blooming lotus, I covered a thousand world-systems.

341.

341.

‘‘‘Brahmavaṇṇañca māpetvā, dhammaṃ desesi suññataṃ;

Yasodharā ahaṃ vīra, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma.

‘Having created the form of a Brahmā, I taught the Dhamma concerning emptiness. O Hero, O Possessor of the Five Eyes, I, Yasodharā, worship your feet.

342.

342.

‘‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmuni.

‘I have mastery over psychic powers and the divine ear element. I have mastery over the knowledge of others' minds, O Great Sage.

343.

343.

‘‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ [Pg.267] jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

‘I know my past lives; my divine eye is purified. All my taints are destroyed; there is no more rebirth for me now.

344.

344.

‘‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ mayhaṃ mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

‘In meaning, doctrine, and language, and likewise in ready wit, this knowledge has arisen in me, O Great Hero, in your presence.

345.

345.

‘‘‘Pubbānaṃ lokanāthānaṃ, saṅgamaṃ te nidassitaṃ ;

Adhikāraṃ bahuṃ mayhaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

‘The meeting with the past Lords of the World was shown by you. My great aspiration, O Great Sage, was for your sake.

346.

346.

‘‘‘Yaṃ mayhaṃ pūritaṃ kammaṃ, kusalaṃ sarase mune;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, puññaṃ upacitaṃ mayā.

‘O Sage, may you remember the wholesome kamma that was fulfilled by me. O Great Hero, for your sake, merit was accumulated by me.

347.

347.

‘‘‘Abhabbaṭṭhāne vajjetvā, vārayitvā anācaraṃ;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, sañcattaṃ jīvitaṃ mayā.

‘Having avoided what is unfit and having restrained from misconduct, for your sake, O Great Hero, my life was relinquished by me.

348.

348.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, bhariyatthāyadāsi maṃ;

Na tattha vimanā homi, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni.

‘For many thousands of koṭis of lifetimes, you gave me away for the sake of being a wife. In that, O Great Sage, I was not discontent, for it was for your sake.

349.

349.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, upakārāyadāsi maṃ;

Na tattha vimanā homi, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni.

‘For many thousands of koṭis of lifetimes, you gave me away for your benefit. In that, O Great Sage, I was not discontent, for it was for your sake.

350.

350.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, bhojanatthāyadāsi maṃ;

Na tattha vimanā homi, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni.

‘For many thousands of koṭis of lifetimes, you gave me away for the sake of food; in that, O Great Sage, I was not discontent, for it was for your sake.

351.

351.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, jīvitāni pariccajiṃ;

Bhayamokkhaṃ karissanti, dadāmi mama jīvitaṃ.

‘For many thousands of koṭis of lifetimes, I have given up my lives. Bringing about freedom from fear, I give my life.

352.

352.

‘‘‘Aṅgagate alaṅkāre, vatthe nānāvidhe bahū;

Itthimaṇḍe na gūhāmi, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni.

‘Ornaments on my limbs, many various garments, and women's adornments, I do not conceal, O Great Sage, for your sake.

353.

353.

‘‘‘Dhanadhaññapariccāgaṃ, gāmāni nigamāni ca;

Khettaṃ puttā ca dhītā ca, pariccattā mahāmuni.

‘The giving up of wealth and grain, villages and market towns, fields, sons, and daughters—these have been relinquished, O Great Sage.

354.

354.

‘‘‘Hatthī assā gavā cāpi, dāsiyo paricārikā;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, pariccattā asaṅkhiyā.

‘Elephants, horses, and cattle, as well as female slaves and attendants—for your sake, O Great Hero, they were relinquished, innumerable.

355.

355.

‘‘‘Yaṃ mayhaṃ paṭimantesi, dānaṃ dassāmi yācake;

Vimanaṃ me na passāmi, dadato dānamuttamaṃ.

‘When you consulted me, saying, “I shall give a gift to supplicants,” I perceived no discontent in myself as you gave that supreme gift.

356.

356.

‘‘‘Nānāvidhaṃ [Pg.268] bahuṃ dukkhaṃ, saṃsāre ca bahubbidhe;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, anubhuttaṃ asaṅkhiyaṃ.

‘For your sake, O Great Hero, I have innumerably experienced much varied suffering in the manifold saṃsāra.

357.

357.

‘‘‘Sukhappattānumodāmi, na ca dukkhesu dummanā;

Sabbattha tulitā homi, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni.

‘Having attained happiness, I rejoice; and I am not disheartened by sufferings. In all circumstances, I am balanced, O Great Sage, for your sake.

358.

358.

‘‘‘Anumaggena sambuddho, yaṃ dhammaṃ abhinīhari;

Anubhotvā sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ, patto bodhiṃ mahāmuni.

‘Through the appropriate path, the Sambuddha brought forth that Dhamma; having experienced happiness and suffering, the Great Sage has attained Awakening.

359.

359.

‘‘‘Brahmadevañca sambuddhaṃ, gotamaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Aññesaṃ lokanāthānaṃ, saṅgamaṃ te bahuṃ mayā.

‘In the presence of the Sambuddha Brahmadeva, Gotama the World-Leader, and other Lords of the World, my meetings with you have been many.

360.

360.

‘‘‘Adhikāraṃ bahuṃ mayhaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmuni;

Gavesato buddhadhamme, ahaṃ te paricārikā.

‘I have made great aspirations for your sake, O Great Sage. Of you, who were seeking the qualities of a Buddha, I am the attendant.

361.

361.

‘‘‘Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye;

Dīpaṅkaro mahāvīro, uppajji lokanāyako.

‘Four incalculable and one hundred thousand aeons ago, Dīpaṅkara, the Great Hero, the leader of the world, arose.

362.

362.

‘‘‘Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Tassa āgamanaṃ maggaṃ, sodhenti tuṭṭhamānasā.

‘In a border region, having invited the Tathāgata, they, with joyful hearts, clear the path for his arrival.

363.

363.

‘‘‘Tena kālena so āsi, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo;

Maggañca paṭiyādesi, āyato sabbadassino.

‘At that time, he was a brahmin named Sumedha; he prepared the path of the All-Seeing One who was coming.

364.

364.

‘‘‘Tena kālenahaṃ āsiṃ, kaññā brāhmaṇasambhavā;

Sumittānāma nāmena, upagacchiṃ samāgamaṃ.

‘At that time, I was a maiden born of a brahmin family, named Sumittā by name; I went to the assembly.

365.

365.

‘‘‘Aṭṭha uppalahatthāni, pūjanatthāya satthuno;

Ādāya janasaṃmajjhe, addasaṃ isi muggataṃ.

‘For the purpose of honoring the Teacher, having taken eight water lilies, in the midst of the people I saw the exalted ascetic.

366.

366.

‘‘‘Cirānugataṃ dayitaṃ, atikkantaṃ manoharaṃ;

Disvā tadā amaññissaṃ, saphalaṃ jīvitaṃ mama.

‘Having seen him, long-followed, beloved, and exceedingly heart-stealing, at that time I thought, “My life is fruitful.”’

367.

367.

‘‘‘Parakkamaṃ taṃ saphalaṃ, addasaṃ isino tadā;

Pubbakammena sambuddhe, cittañcāpi pasīdi me.

At that time, I saw the sage striving for his own benefit. Due to past wholesome kamma, my mind also gained faith in the Fully Enlightened One.

368.

368.

‘‘‘Bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādesiṃ, ise uggatamānase;

Deyyaṃ aññaṃ na passāmi, demi pupphāni te isi.

I made my mind exceedingly serene towards the sage with an uplifted mind. O sage, seeing no other gift to offer, I give these flowers to you.

369.

369.

‘‘‘Pañcahatthā [Pg.269] tava hontu, tayo hontu mamaṃ ise;

Tena saddhiṃ samā hontu, bodhatthāya tavaṃ ise’.

‘O sage, may five handfuls be for you, and may three be for me. O sage, for the sake of your enlightenment, may I be in union with you.’

Catutthaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Fourth Recitation Section.

370.

370.

‘‘Isi gahetvā pupphāni, āgacchantaṃ mahāyasaṃ;

Pūjesi janasaṃmajjhe, bodhatthāya mahāisi.

The great sage, having taken the flowers, honored the one of great fame who was approaching in the midst of the people, for the sake of enlightenment.

371.

371.

‘‘Passitvā janasaṃmajjhe, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

Viyākāsi mahāvīro, isi muggatamānasaṃ.

Having seen the sage with an uplifted mind in the midst of the people, Dīpaṅkara, the Great Sage, the Great Hero, made this prediction:

372.

372.

‘‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

Mama kammaṃ viyākāsi, ujubhāvaṃ mahāmuni.

Dīpaṅkara, the Great Sage, made a prediction concerning my upright deed: ‘In an incalculable aeon from this one, he will become a Great Sage.’

373.

373.

‘‘‘Samacittā samakammā, samakārī bhavissati;

Piyā hessati kammena, tuyhatthāya mahāisi.

‘Of equal mind, of equal kamma, and acting in concert she will be. For your benefit, O great sage, she will be dear to you through her actions.

374.

374.

‘‘‘Sudassanā supiyā ca, manāpā piyavādinī;

Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, viharissati iddhikā.

‘Fair to see, very dear, pleasing to the heart, and speaking pleasant words, she will dwell as an heir to his Dhamma, endowed with spiritual power.

375.

375.

‘‘‘Yathāpi bhaṇḍasāmuggaṃ, anurakkhati sāmino;

Evaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ, anurakkhissate ayaṃ.

‘Just as one guards a master’s treasure chest, so too will this one guard the wholesome qualities.

376.

376.

‘‘‘Tassa te anukampantī, pūrayissati pāramī;

Sīhova pañjaraṃ bhetvā, pāpuṇissati bodhiyaṃ’.

‘Having compassion for you, she will fulfill the perfections; like a lion breaking its cage, she will attain the enlightenment of a disciple.’

377.

377.

‘‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, yaṃ maṃ buddho viyākarī;

Taṃ vācaṃ anumodentī, evaṃkārī bhaviṃ ahaṃ.

Rejoicing in that word the Buddha predicted for me in an incalculable aeon from this one, I became one who acted in that very way.

378.

378.

‘‘Tassa kammassa sukatassa, tattha cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Devamanussakaṃ yoniṃ, anubhotvā asaṅkhiyaṃ.

By the power of that well-done deed, I gained faith in him there. For an innumerable time, having experienced existences among devas and humans,

379.

379.

‘‘Sukhadukkhenubhotvāhaṃ, devesu mānusesu ca;

Pacchime bhave sampatte, ajāyiṃ sākiye kule.

Having experienced pleasure and pain among devas and humans, upon reaching my final existence, I was born in the Sakyan clan.

380.

380.

‘‘Rūpavatī bhogavatī, yasasīlavatī tato;

Sabbaṅgasampadā homi, kulesu abhisakkatā.

I was beautiful, wealthy, famous, and virtuous; endowed with perfection in all my limbs, I was highly honored among the clans.

381.

381.

‘‘Lābhaṃ [Pg.270] silokaṃ sakkāraṃ, lokadhammasamāgamaṃ;

Cittañca dukkhitaṃ natthi, vasāmi akutobhayā.

I receive gain, fame, and honor. Even when encountering these worldly conditions, my mind is not afflicted with sorrow; I dwell free from any fear.

382.

382.

‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā, rañño antepure tadā;

Khattiyānaṃ pure vīra, upakārañca niddisi.

Indeed, this was spoken by the Blessed One at that time in the king's inner palace. O Hero, in the city of the Khattiyas, he also pointed out the great help.

383.

383.

‘‘Upakārā ca yā nārī, yā ca nārī sukhe dukhe;

Atthakkhāyī ca yā nārī, yā ca nārīnukampikā.

The woman who is helpful, the woman who is there in happiness and sorrow, the woman who speaks of what is beneficial, and the woman who is compassionate.

384.

384.

‘‘Pañcakoṭisatā buddhā, navakoṭisatāni ca;

Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ.

There were five hundred crores of Buddhas, and nine hundred crores. To these devas of devas, I made a great offering.

385.

385.

‘‘Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me;

Ekādasakoṭisatā, buddhā dvādasa koṭiyo.

O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration. There were eleven hundred crores of Buddhas, and twelve crores.

386.

386.

‘‘Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

To these devas of devas, I made a great offering. O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration.

387.

387.

‘‘‘Vīsakoṭisatā buddhā, tiṃsakoṭisatāni ca;

Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ.

There were two thousand crores of Buddhas, and three thousand crores. To these devas of devas, I made a great offering.

388.

388.

‘‘‘Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me;

Cattālīsakoṭisatā, paññāsa koṭisatāni ca.

O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration. There were four thousand crores, and five thousand crores.

389.

389.

‘‘‘Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

To these devas of devas, I made a great offering. O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration.

390.

390.

‘‘‘Saṭṭhikoṭisatā buddhā, sattatikoṭisatāni ca;

Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ.

There were six thousand crores of Buddhas, and seven thousand crores. To these devas of devas, I made a great offering.

391.

391.

‘‘‘Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me;

Asītikoṭisatā buddhā, navutikoṭisatāni ca.

O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration. There were eight thousand crores of Buddhas, and nine thousand crores.

392.

392.

‘‘‘Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

To these devas of devas, I made a great offering. O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration.

393.

393.

‘‘‘Koṭisatasahassāni, honti lokagganāyakā;

Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ.

There were one hundred thousand crores of foremost leaders of the world. To these devas of devas, I made a great offering.

394.

394.

‘‘‘Adhikāraṃ [Pg.271] mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me;

Navakoṭisahassāni, apare lokanāyakā.

O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration. There were ninety thousand crores of other leaders of the world.

395.

395.

‘‘‘Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

To these devas of devas, I made a great offering. O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration.

396.

396.

‘‘‘Koṭisatasahassāni, pañcāsītimahesinaṃ;

Pañcāsītikoṭisatā, sattatiṃsā ca koṭiyo.

There were one hundred thousand crores, eighty-five great sages, eighty-five hundred crores, and thirty-seven crores.

397.

397.

‘‘‘Etesaṃ devadevānaṃ, mahādānaṃ pavattayiṃ;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

To these devas of devas, I made a great offering. O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration.

398.

398.

‘‘‘Paccekabuddhā vītarāgā, aṭṭhaṭṭhamakakoṭiyo ;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

There were sixty-four crores of Paccekabuddhas, free from passion. O King of Dhamma, listen to my great aspiration.

399.

399.

‘‘‘Khīṇāsavā vītamalā, asaṅkhiyā buddhasāvakā;

Adhikāraṃ mahā mayhaṃ, dhammarāja suṇohi me.

With taints exhausted, free from stains, innumerable are the disciples of the Buddha. O King of Dhamma, please listen to my great aspiration.

400.

400.

‘‘‘Evaṃ dhamme suciṇṇānaṃ, sadā dhammassa cārinaṃ;

Dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.

For those who have practiced well in the Dhamma, always living in accordance with the Dhamma, the practitioner of Dhamma dwells happily in this world and in the next.

401.

401.

‘‘‘Dhammaṃ care sucaritaṃ, na naṃ duccaritaṃ care;

Dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.

One should practice the Dhamma that is well-practiced; one should not practice it badly. The practitioner of Dhamma sleeps happily in this world and in the next.

402.

402.

‘‘‘Nibbinditvāna saṃsāre, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Sahassaparivārena, pabbajitvā akiñcanā.

Having become disenchanted with saṃsāra, I went forth into the homeless life. With a retinue of a thousand, having gone forth, we were without impediments.

403.

403.

‘‘‘Agāraṃ vijahitvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Aḍḍhamāse asampatte, catusaccamapāpuṇiṃ.

Having abandoned the home, I went forth into the homeless life. Before half a month had passed, I attained the Four Truths.

404.

404.

‘‘‘Cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ;

Upanenti bahū janā, sāgareyeva ūmiyo.

Robes, almsfood, requisites, and lodging—many people bring these, like waves in the ocean.

405.

405.

‘‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned up... I dwell free from taints.

406.

406.

‘‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming... The teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

407.

407.

‘‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’.

The four analytical knowledges... The teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

408.

408.

‘‘Evaṃ bahuvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ, sampattī ca bahubbidhā;

Visuddhibhāvaṃ sampattā, labhāmi sabbasampadā.

Thus, having experienced suffering of many kinds and prosperity of many kinds, having reached the state of purity, I obtain all accomplishments.

409.

409.

‘‘Yā [Pg.272] dadāti sakattānaṃ, puññatthāya mahesino;

Sahāyasampadā honti, nibbānapadamasaṅkhataṃ.

She who gives of herself to the great sage for the sake of merit, for her there are the accomplishments of companionship; she attains the unconditioned state of Nibbāna.

410.

410.

‘‘Parikkhīṇaṃ atītañca, paccuppannaṃ anāgataṃ;

Sabbakammaṃ mamaṃ khīṇaṃ, pāde vandāmi cakkhuma’’.

My past kamma is exhausted, and so is the present and the future. All my kamma is destroyed. O One with Vision, I venerate your feet.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ yasodharā bhikkhunī bhagavato sammukhā imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, indeed, the bhikkhunī Yasodharā recited these verses in the presence of the Blessed One.

Yasodharātheriyāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of Yasodharā Therī is the eighth.

9. Yasodharāpamukhadasabhikkhunīsahassaapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Ten Thousand Bhikkhunīs Headed by Yasodharā

411.

411.

‘‘Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye;

Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako.

One hundred thousand eons and four incalculables ago, the Conqueror named Dīpaṅkara, the Leader of the World, arose.

412.

412.

‘‘Dīpaṅkaro mahāvīro, viyākāsi vināyako;

Sumedhañca sumittañca, samānasukhadukkhataṃ.

Dīpaṅkara, the Great Hero, the Guide, prophesied for Sumedha and Sumittā a state of equal happiness and suffering.

413.

413.

‘‘Sadevakañca passanto, vicaranto sadevakaṃ;

Tesaṃ pakittane amhe, upagamma samāgamaṃ.

Seeing the world with its devas, wandering through the world with its devas, at the time of the prophecy concerning them, we approached the assembly.

414.

414.

‘‘Amhaṃ sabbapati hohi, anāgatasamāgame;

Sabbāva tuyhaṃ bhariyā, manāpā piyavādikā.

In a future encounter, be our lord. We all shall indeed be your wives, who are pleasing and speak pleasant words.

415.

415.

‘‘Dānaṃ sīlamayaṃ sabbaṃ, bhāvanā ca subhāvitā;

Dīgharattañca no sabbaṃ, pariccattaṃ mahāmune.

O Great Sage, all that consists of giving and morality, and meditation, have been well cultivated. For a long time, all this has been relinquished by us.

416.

416.

‘‘Gandhaṃ vilepanaṃ mālaṃ, dīpañca ratanāmayaṃ;

Yaṃkiñci patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, pariccattaṃ mahāmuni.

O Great Sage, perfume, unguent, garlands, and lamps made of jewels; whatever was wished for, all has been relinquished.

417.

417.

‘‘Aññaṃ vāpi kataṃ kammaṃ, paribhogañca mānusaṃ;

Dīgharattañhi no sabbaṃ, pariccattaṃ mahāmuni.

O Great Sage, whatever other action has been done, and human enjoyments too; for a long time indeed, all has been relinquished by us.

418.

418.

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, bahuṃ puññampi no kataṃ;

Issaramanubhotvāna, saṃsaritvā bhavābhave.

Throughout saṃsāra of countless births, much merit too has been made by us. Having enjoyed sovereignty, we wandered through existences great and small.

419.

419.

‘‘Pacchime [Pg.273] bhave sampatte, sakyaputtanivesane;

Nānākulūpapannāyo, accharā kāmavaṇṇinī.

Having reached our final existence, in the residence of the Sakyan Prince, we were born into various families, becoming like celestial nymphs, endowed with desirable beauty.

420.

420.

‘‘Lābhaggena yasaṃ pattā, pūjitā sabbasakkatā;

Lābhiyo annapānānaṃ, sadā sammānitā mayaṃ.

Through the highest of gains, we attained fame; we were honored and revered by all. We were recipients of food and drink, always highly esteemed.

421.

421.

‘‘Agāraṃ pajahitvāna, pabbajimhanagāriyaṃ;

Aḍḍhamāse asampatte, sabbā pattāmha nibbutiṃ.

Having abandoned the home, we went forth into the homeless life. Before half a month had passed, we all attained Nibbāna.

422.

422.

‘‘Lābhiyo annapānānaṃ, vatthasenāsanāni ca;

Upenti paccayā sabbe, sadā sakkatapūjitā.

We are recipients of food and drink, and of robes and lodgings; being always honored and revered, all requisites come to us.

423.

423.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā amhaṃ…pe… viharāma anāsavā.

Our defilements are burnt up... we dwell free from taints.

424.

424.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata no āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was our coming... The teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

425.

425.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... The teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ yasodharāpamukhāni dasabhikkhunīsahassāni bhagavato sammukhā imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, indeed, the ten thousand bhikkhunīs headed by Yasodharā spoke these verses in the presence of the Blessed One.

Yasodharāpamukhadasabhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Ten Thousand Bhikkhunīs Headed by Yasodharā, the Ninth.

10. Yasodharāpamukhaaṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassaapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Eighteen Thousand Bhikkhunīs Headed by Yasodharā.

426.

426.

‘‘Aṭṭhārasasahassāni, bhikkhunī sakyasambhavā;

Yasodharāpamukhāni, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkamuṃ.

Eighteen thousand bhikkhunīs born of the Sakyan clan, headed by Yasodharā, approached the Fully Enlightened One.

427.

427.

‘‘Aṭṭhārasasahassāni, sabbā honti mahiddhikā;

Vandantī munino pāde, ārocenti yathābalaṃ.

The eighteen thousand were all of great psychic power; worshipping at the Sage's feet, they declared according to their ability.

428.

428.

‘‘‘Jāti khīṇā jarā byādhi, maraṇañca mahāmuni;

Anāsavaṃ padaṃ santaṃ, amataṃ yāma nāyaka.

O Great Sage, birth, old age, sickness, and death are destroyed. O Leader, we go to the taintless, peaceful, deathless state.

429.

429.

‘‘‘Khalitañce pure atthi, sabbāsampi mahāmuni;

Aparādhamajānantī, khama amhaṃ vināyaka.

O Great Sage, if there was any fault of ours in the past, of all of us who were unknowing of the offense, forgive us, O Leader.

430.

430.

‘‘‘Iddhiñcāpi nidassetha, mama sāsanakārikā;

Parisānañca sabbāsaṃ, kaṅkhaṃ chindatha yāvatā.

You who carry out my teaching, display your psychic power; and for all the assemblies, cut off whatever doubt there is.

431.

431.

‘‘‘Yasodharā [Pg.274] mahāvīra, manāpā piyadassanā;

Sabbā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, agārasmiṃ pajāpati.

O Great Hero, Yasodharā and those led by her are pleasing and lovely to behold. O Great Hero, they were all your consorts in the palace.

432.

432.

‘‘‘Thīnaṃ satasahassānaṃ, navutīnaṃ chaduttari;

Agāre te mayaṃ vīra, pāmokkhā sabbā issarā.

Among ninety-six hundred thousand women, O Hero, we were the foremost in your home, all of us sovereigns.

433.

433.

‘‘‘Rūpācāraguṇūpetā, yobbanaṭṭhā piyaṃvadā;

Sabbā no apacāyanti, devatā viya mānusā.

Endowed with the virtues of beauty and conduct, established in youth, speaking pleasingly; all the women revere us, just as humans revere devas.

434.

434.

‘‘‘Aṭṭhārasasahassāni, sabbā sākiyasambhavā;

Yasodharāsahassāni, pāmokkhā issarā tadā.

There were eighteen thousand women, all born of the Sakyan clan; at that time, the thousands led by Yasodharā were foremost and sovereign.

435.

435.

‘‘‘Kāmadhātumatikkamma, saṇṭhitā rūpadhātuyā;

Rūpena sadisā natthi, sahassānaṃ mahāmuni.

Having transcended the sense-sphere realm, we are established in the form-sphere realm; O Great Sage, among the thousands, there is none equal to us in beauty.

436.

436.

‘‘‘Sambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā, iddhiṃ dassaṃsu satthuno;

Nekā nānāvidhākārā, mahāiddhīpi dassayuṃ.

Having paid homage to the Fully Enlightened One, they displayed their psychic power to the Teacher; in many and various ways, they also displayed great psychic power.

437.

437.

‘‘‘Cakkavāḷasamaṃ kāyaṃ, sīsaṃ uttarato kuru;

Ubho pakkhā duve dīpā, jambudīpaṃ sarīrato.

The body became equal to a Cakkavāḷa, the head to the continent of Uttarakuru; the two wings became the two continents, and the torso became Jambudīpa.

438.

438.

‘‘‘Dakkhiṇañca saraṃ piñchaṃ, nānāsākhā tu pattakā;

Candañca sūriyañcakkhi, merupabbatato sikhaṃ.

The tail feathers became the southern ocean, and the wing feathers were like various branches; the eyes became the moon and the sun, and the crest became Mount Meru.

439.

439.

‘‘‘Cakkavāḷagiriṃ tuṇḍaṃ, jamburukkhaṃ samūlakaṃ;

Bījamānā upāgantvā, vandantī lokanāyakaṃ.

The beak became the Cakkavāḷa mountain range; having uprooted the Jambu tree and fanning with it, they approached and worshipped the Leader of the World.

440.

440.

‘‘‘Hatthivaṇṇaṃ tathevassaṃ, pabbataṃ jaladhiṃ tathā;

Candañca sūriyaṃ meruṃ, sakkavaṇṇañca dassayuṃ.

They displayed the form of an elephant, and likewise a horse, a mountain, and the ocean; also the moon, the sun, Mount Meru, and the form of Sakka.

441.

441.

‘‘‘Yasodharā mayaṃ vīra, pāde vandāma cakkhuma;

Tava cirapabhāvena, nipphannā naranāyaka.

We, led by Yasodharā, O Hero, O One with the Eye, worship your feet. O Leader of Men, through your long-standing influence, we are accomplished.

442.

442.

‘‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homa, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homa mahāmune.

We are masters of the psychic powers and of the divine ear element; O Great Sage, we are masters of the knowledge of others' minds.

443.

443.

‘‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāma, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

We know our past lives, our divine eye is purified; all our taints are destroyed, now there is no further becoming.

444.

444.

‘‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ amhaṃ mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

In the analytical knowledges of meaning, Dhamma, and language, and likewise in that of inspiration, O Great Hero, this knowledge has arisen in us in your presence.

445.

445.

‘‘‘Pubbānaṃ [Pg.275] lokanāthānaṃ, saṅgamaṃ no nidassitaṃ;

Adhikārā bahū amhaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

The assembly of the past Lords of the World has been shown to us; O Great Sage, for your sake we have made many aspirations.

446.

446.

‘‘‘Yaṃ amhaṃ pūritaṃ kammaṃ, kusalaṃ sarase mune;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, puññānupacitāni no.

O Sage, remember whatever wholesome deed of ours has been fulfilled. O Great Hero, for your sake have we accumulated merits.

447.

447.

‘‘‘Abhabbaṭṭhāne vajjetvā, vārayimha anācaraṃ;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, cattāni jīvitāni no.

Having avoided what is unsuitable and warded off unbecoming conduct, for your sake, O Great Hero, our lives have been given up.

448.

448.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, bhariyatthāyadāsi no;

Na tattha vimanā homa, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

For many thousands of koṭis of aeons, he gave us away for the purpose of being a wife; in that, we were not discontent, for your sake, O Great Sage.

449.

449.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, upakārāyadāsi no;

Na tattha vimanā homa, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

For many thousands of koṭis of aeons, he gave us away for the purpose of rendering service; in that, we were not discontent, for your sake, O Great Sage.

450.

450.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, bhojanatthāyadāsi no;

Na tattha vimanā homa, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

For many thousands of koṭis of aeons, he gave us away for the sake of food; in that, we were not discontent, for your sake, O Great Sage.

451.

451.

‘‘‘Nekakoṭisahassāni, jīvitāni cajimhase ;

Bhayamokkhaṃ karissāma, jīvitāni cajimhase.

Throughout many thousands of koṭis of lives, we relinquished our lives; thinking, 'We shall bring about release from danger,' we have indeed relinquished our lives.

452.

452.

‘‘‘Aṅgagate alaṅkāre, vatthe nānāvidhe bahū;

Itthibhaṇḍe na gūhāma, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

Limbs, ornaments, many various garments, and women's articles—we did not hide them, for your sake, O Great Sage.

453.

453.

‘‘‘Dhanadhaññapariccāgaṃ, gāmāni nigamāni ca;

Khettaṃ puttā ca dhītā ca, pariccattā mahāmune.

Wealth and grain, villages and towns, fields, sons, and daughters have been relinquished, O Great Sage.

454.

454.

‘‘‘Hatthī assā gavā cāpi, dāsiyo paricārikā;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, pariccattaṃ asaṅkhiyaṃ.

Elephants, horses, and cattle, and also female slaves who are attendants—these innumerable things have been relinquished for your sake, O Great Hero.

455.

455.

‘‘‘Yaṃ amhe paṭimantesi, dānaṃ dassāma yācake;

Vimanaṃ no na passāma, dadato dānamuttamaṃ.

When he consults with us, saying, 'We shall give gifts to beggars,' we perceive no discontent in ourselves as he gives the supreme gift.

456.

456.

‘‘‘Nānāvidhaṃ bahuṃ dukkhaṃ, saṃsāre ca bahubbidhe;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, anubhuttaṃ asaṅkhiyaṃ.

O Great Hero, for your sake, much suffering of many kinds has been experienced innumerably in the diverse cycle of existence.

457.

457.

‘‘‘Sukhappattānumodāma, na ca dukkhesu dummanā;

Sabbattha tulitā homa, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

Having attained happiness, we rejoice; and we are not downcast because of sufferings. In all things, we are balanced, for your sake, O Great Sage.

458.

458.

‘‘‘Anumaggena [Pg.276] sambuddho, yaṃ dhammaṃ abhinīhari;

Anubhotvā sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ, patto bodhiṃ mahāmune.

O Great Sage, by the appropriate path, the Fully Enlightened One brought forth the Dhamma. Having experienced pleasure and pain, he has attained enlightenment.

459.

459.

‘‘‘Brahmadevañca sambuddhaṃ, gotamaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Aññesaṃ lokanāthānaṃ, saṅgamaṃ tehi no bahū.

With the Sambuddha Brahmadatta, with Gotama the Leader of the World, and with other Lords of the World, our association has been frequent.

460.

460.

‘‘‘Adhikāraṃ bahuṃ amhe, tuyhatthāya mahāmune;

Gavesato buddhadhamme, mayaṃ te paricārikā.

Much meritorious action has been done by us for your sake, O Great Sage. We are the attendants of you who are seeking the qualities of a Buddha.

461.

461.

‘‘‘Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye;

Dīpaṅkaro mahāvīro, uppajji lokanāyako.

Four incalculables and one hundred thousand aeons ago, the Great Hero, Dīpaṅkara, the Leader of the World, arose.

462.

462.

‘‘‘Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Tassa āgamanaṃ maggaṃ, sodhenti tuṭṭhamānasā.

In a border region, having invited the Tathāgata, they, with joyful hearts, cleared the path for his arrival.

463.

463.

‘‘‘Tena kālena so āsi, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo;

Maggañca paṭiyādesi, āyato sabbadassino.

At that time, he was a brahmin named Sumedha; he prepared the path for the coming of the All-Seeing One.

464.

464.

‘‘‘Tena kālena ahumha, sabbā brāhmaṇasambhavā;

Thalūdajāni pupphāni, āharimha samāgamaṃ.

At that time, we were all of brahmin birth. We brought land-grown and water-grown flowers to the assembly.

465.

465.

‘‘‘Tasmiṃ so samaye buddho, dīpaṅkaro mahāyaso;

Viyākāsi mahāvīro, isimuggatamānasaṃ.

At that time, the Buddha Dīpaṅkara, of great fame, the Great Hero, made a prophecy to the ascetic with an uplifted mind.

466.

466.

‘‘‘Calatī ravatī puthavī, saṅkampati sadevake;

Tassa kammaṃ pakittente, isimuggatamānasaṃ.

The earth quakes and roars, the world with its devas trembles violently, when the deed of that ascetic with an uplifted mind is proclaimed.

467.

467.

‘‘‘Devakaññā manussā ca, mayañcāpi sadevakā;

Nānāpūjanīyaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ, pūjayitvāna patthayuṃ.

Celestial maidens and humans, and we also with the devas, having made offerings with various venerable items, made aspirations.

468.

468.

‘‘‘Tesaṃ buddho viyākāsi, jotidīpa sanāmako;

Ajja ye patthitā atthi, te bhavissanti sammukhā.

The Buddha named Jotidīpa prophesied to them: 'Those who have made aspirations today, they will be in the presence of the future Buddha.'

469.

469.

‘‘‘Aparimeyye ito kappe, yaṃ no buddho viyākari;

Taṃ vācamanumodentā, evaṃkārī ahumha no.

In an incalculable aeon from this one, rejoicing in that word of prophecy which the Buddha declared for us, we became ones who acted accordingly.

470.

470.

‘‘‘Tassa kammassa sukatassa, tassa cittaṃ pasādayuṃ;

Devamānusikaṃ yoniṃ, anubhotvā asaṅkhiyaṃ.

On account of that well-done deed, their minds became serene, having experienced countless divine and human existences.

471.

471.

‘‘‘Sukhadukkhenubhotvāna, devesu mānusesu ca;

Pacchime bhave sampatte, jātāmha sākiye kule.

Having experienced pleasure and pain among devas and humans, upon reaching our final existence, we were born in the Sākiya clan.

472.

472.

‘‘‘Rūpavatī [Pg.277] bhogavatī, yasasīlavatī tato;

Sabbaṅgasampadā homa, kulesu abhisakkatā.

We are beautiful, wealthy, renowned, and virtuous; therefore, we are endowed with all perfections and honored in our families.

473.

473.

‘‘‘Lābhaṃ silokaṃ sakkāraṃ, lokadhammasamāgamaṃ;

Cittañca dukkhitaṃ natthi, vasāma akutobhayā.

We receive gain, fame, and honor. When encountering the worldly conditions, our minds are not afflicted; we dwell without fear from any quarter.

474.

474.

‘‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā, rañño antepure tadā;

Khattiyānaṃ pure vīra, upakārañca niddisi.

This was said by the Blessed One at that time in the king's inner palace, in the city of the Khattiyas; O Hero, you pointed out my helpfulness.

475.

475.

‘‘‘Upakārā ca yā nārī, yā ca nārī sukhe dukhe;

Atthakkhāyī ca yā nārī, yā ca nārīnukampikā.

The woman who is helpful, the woman who is the same in happiness and sorrow, the woman who speaks of what is beneficial, and the woman who is compassionate—

476.

476.

‘‘‘Dhammaṃ care sucaritaṃ, na naṃ duccaritaṃ care;

Dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.

One should practice good conduct, not misconduct. One who practices the Dhamma dwells happily in this world and in the next.

477.

477.

‘‘‘Agāraṃ vijahitvāna, pabbajimhanagāriyaṃ;

Aḍḍhamāse asampatte, catusaccaṃ phusimha no.

Having abandoned the home, we went forth into homelessness; before half a month had passed, we attained the Four Truths.

478.

478.

‘‘‘Cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ;

Upanenti bahū amhe, sāgarasseva ūmiyo.

Robes, almsfood, requisites, and lodging—many people bring these to us, like the waves of the ocean.

479.

479.

‘‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā amhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgīva bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāma anāsavā.

Our defilements are burnt up, all existences are uprooted; like a female elephant that has cut its bonds, we dwell free from taints.

480.

480.

‘‘‘Svāgataṃ vata no āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, our coming into the presence of the Buddha was a good coming! The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

481.

481.

‘‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’.

The four analytical knowledges, and these eight liberations; the six super-knowledges have been realized, the Buddha’s teaching has been fulfilled.

482.

482.

‘‘Evaṃ bahuvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ, sampattī ca bahubbidhā;

Visuddhabhāvaṃ sampattā, labhāma sabbasampadā.

Thus, having experienced manifold suffering and manifold attainments, and having attained a state of purity, we obtain all accomplishments.

483.

483.

‘‘Yā dadanti sakattānaṃ, puññatthāya mahesino;

Sahāyasampadā honti, nibbānapadamasaṅkhataṃ.

Those who give of themselves for the sake of merit for the Great Seer attain the accomplishment of companionship; it is the path to the unconditioned state of Nibbāna.

484.

484.

‘‘Parikkhīṇaṃ atītañca, paccuppannaṃ anāgataṃ;

Sabbakammampi no khīṇaṃ, pāde vandāma cakkhuma.

Past kamma is exhausted, present and future kamma are exhausted; all our kamma is exhausted. We venerate the feet of the One with Vision.

485.

485.

‘‘Nibbānāya [Pg.278] vadantīnaṃ, kiṃ vo vakkhāma uttari;

Santasaṅkhatadosañhi, pappotha amataṃ padaṃ’’.

To you who speak for the sake of Nibbāna, what more shall I say? Indeed, you shall attain the deathless state, which is peaceful and free from the fault of the conditioned.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ yasodharāpamukhāni aṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassāni bhagavato sammukhā imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, it is said, the eighteen thousand bhikkhunīs, with Yasodharā as their chief, spoke these verses in the presence of the Blessed One.

Yasodharāpamukhaaṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Eighteen Thousand Bhikkhunīs headed by Yasodharā, the Tenth.

Kuṇḍalakesīvaggo tatiyo.

The Kuṇḍalakesī Chapter, the Third.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary:

Kuṇḍalā gotamī ceva, dhammadinnā ca sakulā;

Varanandā ca soṇā ca, kāpilānī yasodharā.

Kuṇḍalā and Gotamī, Dhammadinnā and Sakulā, Varanandā and Soṇā, Kāpilānī and Yasodharā.

Dasasahassabhikkhunī, aṭṭhārasasahassakā;

Gāthāsatāni cattāri, cha ca sattatimeva ca.

The ten thousand bhikkhunīs, the eighteen thousand; the verses are four hundred and seventy-six.

4. Khattiyāvaggo

4. The Khattiya Chapter.

1. Yasavatīpamukhaaṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassaapadānaṃ

1. The Apadāna of the Eighteen Thousand Bhikkhunīs headed by Yasavatī.

1.

1.

‘‘Bhavā [Pg.279] sabbe parikkhīṇā, bhavā santi vimocitā;

Sabbāsavā ca no natthi, ārocema mahāmune.

All existences are exhausted; from existences, we are liberated into peace. For us, there are no taints at all; this we announce, O Great Sage.

2.

2.

‘‘Purimaṃ kusalaṃ kammaṃ, yaṃ kiñci sādhupatthitaṃ;

Paribhogamayaṃ dinnaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

Whatever past wholesome kamma was performed and well-aspired for, and whatever requisites were given, it was for your sake, O Great Sage.

3.

3.

‘‘Buddhapaccekabuddhānaṃ, sāvakānañca patthitaṃ ;

Paribhogamayaṃ dinnaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

What was aspired for Buddhas, Paccekabuddhas, and disciples, and the requisites that were given, were for your sake, O Great Sage.

4.

4.

‘‘Uccanīcamayaṃ kammaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ sādhupatthitaṃ;

Uccākulaparikammaṃ, katametaṃ mahāmune.

O Great Sage, we performed kamma both low and high, a good aspiration made for the bhikkhus. This preparatory kamma for birth in high and low families was done.

5.

5.

‘‘Teneva sukkamūlena, coditā kammasampadā;

Mānusikamatikkantā, jāyiṃsu khattiye kule.

Impelled by that very wholesome root, they who were endowed with kamma, having transcended the human state, were born in a khattiya family.

6.

6.

‘‘Uppatte ca kate kamme, jātiyā vāpi ekato;

Pacchime ekato jātā, khattiyā kulasambhavā.

In the arising of the performed kamma and also in birth, we were together. In our final existence, being of khattiya family origin, we were born together.

7.

7.

‘‘Rūpavatī bhogavatī, lābhasakkārapūjitā;

Antepure mahāvīra, devānaṃ viya nandane.

Possessing beauty and wealth, honored with gain and respect, we were revered in the inner palace, O Great Hero, just as the gods are in the Nandana grove.

8.

8.

‘‘Nibbinditvā agāramhā, pabbajimhanagāriyaṃ;

Katipāhaṃ upādāya, sabbā pattāmha nibbutiṃ.

Having become disenchanted with the household life, we went forth into homelessness. Within a few days, all of us attained Nibbāna.

9.

9.

‘‘Cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ;

Upanenti bahū amhe, sadā sakkatapūjitā.

Robes, almsfood, medicine, and lodging—many bring these to us; we are always honored and revered.

10.

10.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā amhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgīva bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāma anāsavā.

Our defilements are burnt, all states of existence are uprooted. Like a she-elephant that has broken her bonds, we dwell free from taints.

11.

11.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata no āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Truly, it was a good coming for us to the presence of the Buddha. The three knowledges have been attained; the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

12.

12.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.280] catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges, and also these eight liberations; the six super-knowledges have been realized, the teaching of the Buddha has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ yasavatīpamukhāni khattiyakaññābhikkhuniyo aṭṭhārasasahassāni bhagavato sammukhā imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, it is said, the eighteen thousand bhikkhunīs who were khattiya maidens, headed by Yasavatī, spoke these verses in the presence of the Blessed One.

Yasavatīpamukhaaṭṭhārasabhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Eighteen Thousand Bhikkhunīs Headed by Yasavatī: The First.

2. Caturāsītibhikkhunīsahassaapadānaṃ

2. The Apadāna of the Eighty-Four Thousand Bhikkhunīs.

13.

13.

‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni, brāhmaññakulasambhavā ;

Sukhumālahatthapādā, pure tuyhaṃ mahāmune.

O Great Sage, we, eighty-four thousand born in brahmin families, with delicate hands and feet, formerly rejoiced in your household.

14.

14.

‘‘Vessasuddakule jātā, devā nāgā ca kinnarā;

Cātuddīpā bahū kaññā, pure tuyhaṃ mahāmune.

Those born in vessa and sudda families, as well as devas, nāgas, and kinnaras, and many maidens from the four continents—O Great Sage, they formerly rejoiced in your palace.

15.

15.

‘‘Kāci pabbajitā atthi, sabbadassāvino hū;

Devā ca kinnarā nāgā, phusissanti anāgate.

In the teaching of the All-Seeing One, there are some who have gone forth. And devas, kinnaras, and nāgas will attain Nibbāna in the future.

16.

16.

‘‘Anubhotvā yasaṃ sabbaṃ, patvāna sabbasampadā;

Tumhaṃ pasādaṃ paṭiladdhā, bujjhissanti anāgate.

Having experienced all glory, having attained all success, and having gained confidence in you, they will awaken in the future.

17.

17.

‘‘Amhe brāhmaṇadhītā tu, brāhmaññakulasambhavā;

Pekkhato no mahāvīra, pāde vandāma cakkhuma.

We are indeed brahmin daughters, born of brahmin families. While you look upon us, O Great Hero, O One with Vision, we worship your feet.

18.

18.

‘‘Upahatā bhavā sabbe, mūlataṇhā samūhatā;

Samucchinnā anusayā, puññasaṅkhāradālitā.

All states of existence have been destroyed, root-craving has been uprooted; the underlying tendencies have been cut off, meritorious formations have been shattered.

19.

19.

‘‘Samādhigocarā sabbā, samāpattivasī katā;

Jhānena dhammaratiyā, viharissāma no sadā.

We all have concentration as our domain, we have achieved mastery in the attainments; by means of jhāna and delighting in the Dhamma, we shall always dwell.

20.

20.

‘‘Bhavanetti avijjā ca, saṅkhārāpi ca khepitā;

Sududdasaṃ padaṃ gantvā, anujānātha nāyaka.

Craving that leads to existence, and ignorance, and also the formations have been destroyed; wishing to go to the state extremely difficult to see, permit us, O Leader.

21.

21.

‘‘Upakārā mamaṃ tumhe, dīgharattaṃ katāvino;

Catunnaṃ saṃsayaṃ chetvā, sabbā gacchantu nibbutiṃ.

You have been helpful to me for a long time; having cut the doubt of the four assemblies, may all of you go to Parinibbāna.

22.

22.

‘‘Vanditvā [Pg.281] munino pāde, katvā iddhivikubbanaṃ;

Kāci dassenti ālokaṃ, andhakāramathāparā.

Having paid homage to the feet of the Sage, having performed a display of psychic power; some show light, and others, darkness.

23.

23.

‘‘Dassenti candasūriye, sāgarañca samacchakaṃ;

Sineruṃ paribhaṇḍañca, dassenti pārichattakaṃ.

They show the moon and the sun, and the ocean with its fish; they show Mount Sineru and the seven surrounding mountain ranges, and they show the Pāricchattaka tree.

24.

24.

‘‘Tāvatiṃsañca bhavanaṃ, yāmaṃ dassenti iddhiyā;

Tusitaṃ nimmite deve, vasavattī mahissare.

They show the Tāvatiṃsa abode and, by psychic power, the Yāma realm, the Tusita realm, the Nimmānaratī devas, and the powerful Vasavattī realm.

25.

25.

‘‘Brahmāno kāci dassenti, caṅkamañca mahārahaṃ;

Brahmavaṇṇañca māpetvā, dhammaṃ desenti suññataṃ.

Some show Brahmās and a magnificent promenade; having fashioned the appearance of a Brahmā, they teach the Dhamma of emptiness.

26.

26.

‘‘Nānāvikubbanaṃ katvā, iddhiṃ dassiya satthuno;

Dassayiṃsu balaṃ sabbā, pāde vandiṃsu satthuno.

Having performed various psychic transformations, showing their power to the Teacher, all of them demonstrated their strength and paid homage at the Teacher's feet.

27.

27.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homa, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homa mahāmune.

We have mastery in the psychic powers and in the divine ear element; we have mastery in the knowledge of penetrating others' minds, O Great Sage.

28.

28.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāma, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

We know our former abodes, our divine eye is purified; all our taints are destroyed, now there is no future existence.

29.

29.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ amhaṃ mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

In the analytical knowledges of meaning, Dhamma, and language, and likewise in ready wit, our knowledge, O Great Hero, has arisen in your presence.

30.

30.

‘‘Pubbānaṃ lokanāthānaṃ, saṅgamaṃ no nidassitaṃ;

Adhikāraṃ bahuṃ amhaṃ, tuyhatthāya mahāmune.

Our meeting with the past Lords of the World has been revealed; our great aspiration is for your sake, O Great Sage.

31.

31.

‘‘Yaṃ amhehi kataṃ kammaṃ, kusalaṃ sara taṃ mune;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, puññānupacitāni no.

O Sage, remember that wholesome kamma which was done by us; for your sake, O Great Hero, our merits have been accumulated.

32.

32.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, padumuttaro mahāmuni;

Puraṃ haṃsavatī nāma, sambuddhassa kulāsayaṃ.

One hundred thousand aeons ago from this one, the Great Sage Padumuttara arose; the city named Haṃsavatī was the family abode of that Fully Enlightened One.

33.

33.

‘‘Dvārena haṃsavatiyā, gaṅgā sandati sabbadā;

Ubbaḷhā nadiyā bhikkhū, gamanaṃ na labhanti te.

By the gate of Haṃsavatī, the river Gaṅgā always flows; overpowered by the river's strong current, those bhikkhus could not obtain passage.

34.

34.

‘‘Divasaṃ dve tayo ceva, sattāhaṃ māsikaṃ tato;

Catumāsampi sampuṇṇaṃ, gamanaṃ na labhanti te.

For two and three days, for a week, then for a month, and even for a full four months, they could not obtain passage.

35.

35.

‘‘Tadā ahu sattasāro, jaṭilo nāma raṭṭhiko;

Oruddhe bhikkhavo disvā, setuṃ gaṅgāya kārayi.

At that time, there was the Bodhisatta, a provincial ruler named Jaṭila. Seeing the bhikkhus obstructed, he had a bridge built over the Gaṅgā.

36.

36.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.282] satasahassehi, setuṃ gaṅgāya kārayi;

Saṅghassa orime tīre, vihārañca akārayi.

At that time, with one hundred thousand, he had a bridge built over the Gaṅgā; and on this shore, for the Saṅgha, I also had a monastery made.

37.

37.

‘‘Itthiyo purisā ceva, uccanīcakulāni ca;

Tassa setuṃ vihārañca, samabhāgaṃ akaṃsu te.

Women and men, and those from families high and low, contributed an equal share for his bridge and monastery.

38.

38.

‘‘Amhe aññe ca mānujā, vippasannena cetasā;

Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, nagare janapadesu ca.

We and other human beings, in the city and in the country districts, with exceptionally serene minds, wished to be heirs to his Dhamma.

39.

39.

‘‘Itthī pumā kumārā ca, bahū ceva kumārikā;

Setuno ca vihārassa, vālukā ākiriṃsu te.

Women, men, and boys, and many young girls, scattered sand for the bridge and for the monastery.

40.

40.

‘‘Vīthiṃ sammajjanaṃ katvā, kadalīpuṇṇaghaṭe dhaje;

Dhūpaṃ cuṇṇañca mālañca, kāraṃ katvāna satthuno.

Having swept the main road, and having set out banana trees, full water pots, and banners, and having made offerings of incense, fragrant powder, and garlands, they paid reverence to the Teacher.

41.

41.

‘‘Setuvihāre kāretvā, nimantetvā vināyakaṃ;

Mahādānaṃ daditvāna, sambodhiṃ abhipatthayiṃ.

Having had the bridge and the monastery made, having invited the Guide, and having given a great offering, I aspired to supreme enlightenment.

42.

42.

‘‘Padumuttaro mahāvīro, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Anumodanīyaṃkāsi, jaṭilassa mahāmuni.

Padumuttara, the Great Hero, the deliverer of all beings, the Great Sage, gave a discourse of appreciation for Jaṭila.

43.

43.

‘‘‘Satasahassātikkante, kappo hessati bhaddako;

Bhavābhavenubhotvāna, pāpuṇissati bodhiyaṃ.

‘When one hundred thousand aeons have passed, there will be a fortunate aeon. Having experienced existence in life after life, he will attain enlightenment.

44.

44.

‘‘‘Kāci hatthaparikammaṃ, katāvī naranāriyo;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, sabbā hessanti sammukhā’.

‘Some men and women performed manual labor; in a future time, all of them will be in the presence of that Buddha’.

45.

45.

‘‘Tena kammavipākena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Uppannā devabhavanaṃ, tuyhaṃ tā paricārikā.

By the result of that kamma, and by our intentions and aspirations, we were born in a deva realm; we are your attendants.

46.

46.

‘‘Dibbasukhaṃ asaṅkhiyaṃ, mānusañca asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Tuyhaṃ te paricārema, saṃsarimha bhavābhave.

As you experienced innumerable divine and human blisses, we served you; we have wandered through life after life.

47.

47.

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, sukataṃ kammasampadaṃ;

Sukhumālī manussānaṃ, atho devapure vare.

One hundred thousand aeons ago from this one, by virtue of the accomplishment of that well-done deed, we were of a delicate nature among humans, and also in the excellent deva realms.

48.

48.

‘‘Rūpabhogayase ceva, atho kittiñca sakkataṃ ;

Labhāma satataṃ sabbaṃ, sukataṃ kammasampadaṃ.

Because of the accomplishment of that well-done deed, we always obtain all of this: beauty, wealth, and glory, and furthermore, fame and honor.

49.

49.

‘‘Pacchime [Pg.283] bhave sampatte, jātāmha brāhmaṇe kule;

Sukhumālahatthapādā, sakyaputtanivesane.

Having reached our final existence, we were born in a brahmin family; with delicate hands and feet, in the home of the Sakyan's son.

50.

50.

‘‘Sabbakālampi pathaviṃ, na passāma na laṅkataṃ;

Cikkhallabhūmimasuciṃ, na passāma mahāmune.

At all times, we never see the earth unadorned; we do not see impure, muddy ground, O Great Sage.

51.

51.

‘‘Agāraṃ vasante amhe, sakkāraṃ sabbakālikaṃ;

Upanenti sadā sabbaṃ, pubbakammaphalena no.

While we were dwelling in the household, due to the fruit of our past kamma, all kinds of honor were always brought to us.

52.

52.

‘‘Agāraṃ pajahitvāna, pabbajitvānagāriyaṃ;

Saṃsārapathanitthiṇṇā, vītarāgā bhavāmase.

Having abandoned the household and gone forth into the homeless life, we have crossed over the path of saṃsāra and have become free from passion.

53.

53.

‘‘Cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ;

Upanenti sadā amhe, sahassāni tato tato.

Robes, almsfood, requisites, and lodging—thousands of these are always brought to us from here and there.

54.

54.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā amhaṃ…pe… viharāma anāsavā.

Our defilements have been burned up… we dwell free from taints.

55.

55.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata no āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Indeed, our coming was welcome… the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

56.

56.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha's teaching has been fulfilled.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ caturāsītibrāhmaṇakaññābhikkhunīsahassāni bhagavato sammukhā imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed, eighty-four thousand bhikkhunīs, formerly brahmin maidens, spoke these verses in the presence of the Blessed One.

Caturāsītibhikkhunīsahassāpadānaṃ dutiyaṃ.

The Second Apadāna of the Eighty-Four Thousand Bhikkhunīs.

3. Uppaladāyikātherīapadānaṃ

3. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Uppaladāyikā.

57.

57.

‘‘Nagare aruṇavatiyā, aruṇo nāma khattiyo;

Tassa rañño ahuṃ bhariyā, ekajjhaṃ cārayāmahaṃ.

In the city of Aruṇavatī, there was a khattiya king named Aruṇa. I was that king's consort; I lived together with him.

58.

58.

‘‘Rahogatā nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

‘Kusalaṃ me kataṃ natthi, ādāya gamiyaṃ mama.

Having gone to a secluded place and sat down, at that time I thought thus: ‘No wholesome deed has been done by me that I can take with me when I go.’

59.

59.

‘‘‘Mahābhitāpaṃ kaṭukaṃ, ghorarūpaṃ sudāruṇaṃ;

Nirayaṃ nūna gacchāmi, ettha me natthi saṃsayo’.

‘To a hell of great torment, bitter, of frightful form, and extremely cruel—surely I will go; in this, I have no doubt.’

60.

60.

‘‘Evāhaṃ [Pg.284] cintayitvāna, pahaṃsetvāna mānasaṃ;

Rājānaṃ upagantvāna, idaṃ vacanamabraviṃ.

Having thought thus, and having gladdened my mind, I approached the king and spoke these words:

61.

61.

‘‘‘Itthī nāma mayaṃ deva, purisānittarā ahu ;

Ekaṃ me samaṇaṃ dehi, bhojayissāmi khattiya’.

‘O Lord, we who are called women are inferior to men. O Khattiya, give me one ascetic; I will provide him with food.’

62.

62.

‘‘Adāsi me tadā rājā, samaṇaṃ bhāvitindriyaṃ;

Tassa pattaṃ gahetvāna, paramannena pūrayiṃ.

At that time, the king gave me an ascetic with developed faculties. Having taken his bowl, I filled it with excellent food.

63.

63.

‘‘Pūretvā paramaṃ annaṃ, saha sugandhalepanaṃ;

Mahācelena chāditvā, adāsiṃ tuṭṭhamānasā.

Having filled it with excellent food, together with fragrant ointment, and having covered it with a great cloth, I gave it with a joyful mind.

64.

64.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done deed and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

65.

65.

‘‘Sahassadevarājūnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ;

Sahassacakkavattīnaṃ, mahesittamakārayiṃ.

I became the chief consort of a thousand kings of the devas; I became the chief consort of a thousand wheel-turning monarchs.

66.

66.

‘‘Padesarajjaṃ vipulaṃ, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyaṃ;

Nānāvidhaṃ bahuṃ aññaṃ, tassa kammaphalaṃ tato.

Vast was the regional sovereignty I enjoyed, incalculable by number; besides that, the fruit of that kamma was manifold and of various kinds.

67.

67.

‘‘Uppalasseva me vaṇṇo, abhirūpā sudassanā;

Itthisabbaṅgasampannā, abhijātā jutindharā.

My complexion was like that of a blue lotus; I was exceedingly beautiful and lovely to see, endowed with all the features of a woman, of noble birth, and radiant.

68.

68.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, ajāyiṃ sākiye kule;

Nārīsahassapāmokkhā, suddhodanasutassahaṃ.

Having reached my final existence, I was born in the Sakyan clan. I was the foremost among the thousand women of the son of Suddhodana.

69.

69.

‘‘Nibbinditvā agārehaṃ, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Sattamīrattisampattā, catusaccamapāpuṇiṃ.

Disenchanted with the household life, I went forth into homelessness. Having reached the seventh night, I attained the Four Noble Truths.

70.

70.

‘‘Cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ;

Parimetuṃ na sakkomi, piṇḍapātassidaṃ phalaṃ.

Robes, alms-food, requisites, and lodging—I am not able to measure them. This is the fruit of offering alms-food.

71.

71.

‘‘Yaṃ mayhaṃ pūritaṃ kammaṃ, kusalaṃ sarase muni;

Tuyhatthāya mahāvīra, paricattaṃ bahuṃ mayā.

O Sage, remember that wholesome kamma fulfilled by me. O Great Hero, for your sake, much was relinquished by me.

72.

72.

‘‘Ekattiṃse ito kappe, yaṃ dānamadadiṃ tadā;

Duggatiṃ nābhijānāmi, piṇḍapātassidaṃ phalaṃ.

In the thirty-first aeon from this one, for the gift I gave then, I have known no woeful state. This is the fruit of offering alms-food.

73.

73.

‘‘Dve [Pg.285] gatiyo pajānāmi, devattaṃ atha mānusaṃ;

Aññaṃ gatiṃ na jānāmi, piṇḍapātassidaṃ phalaṃ.

I know two destinies: the divine state and the human. I know no other destiny; this is the fruit of offering alms-food.

74.

74.

‘‘Ucce kule pajāyāmi, mahāsāle mahaddhane;

Aññe kule na jāyāmi, piṇḍapātassidaṃ phalaṃ.

I am born in high families, in clans of great substance and great wealth. I am not born in other families; this is the fruit of offering alms-food.

75.

75.

‘‘Bhavābhave saṃsaritvā, sukkamūlena coditā;

Amanāpaṃ na passāmi, somanassakataṃ phalaṃ.

Wandering through existences great and small, impelled by a wholesome root, I see nothing disagreeable; this is the fruit of an act performed with gladness.

76.

76.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

I have mastery over psychic powers and over the divine ear-element; I have mastery over the knowledge of others’ minds, O Great Sage.

77.

77.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

I know my past abodes; the divine eye is purified. All the taints are completely destroyed; now there is no future existence.

78.

78.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ mama mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

In the analysis of meaning, Dhamma, and language, and likewise in the analysis of ready wit, O Great Hero, this knowledge has arisen in me in your presence.

79.

79.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned away… I dwell free from taints.

80.

80.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

81.

81.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ uppaladāyikā bhikkhunī bhagavato sammukhā imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Uppaladāyikā spoke these verses in the presence of the Blessed One.

Uppaladāyikātheriyāpadānaṃ tatiyaṃ.

The Third Apadāna of the Elder Nun Uppaladāyikā.

4. Siṅgālamātutherīapadānaṃ

4. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Siṅgālamātā.

82.

82.

‘‘Padumuttaro nāma jino, sabbadhammāna pāragū;

Ito satasahassamhi, kappe uppajji nāyako.

One hundred thousand aeons from this one, the Victor named Padumuttara, who had gone to the far shore of all dhammas, the Leader, arose.

83.

83.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ haṃsavatiyaṃ, jātāmaccakule ahuṃ;

Nānāratanapajjote, iddhe phīte mahaddhane.

4. At that time, I was born in the city of Haṃsavatī, into a minister's family that was shining with various jewels, prosperous, flourishing, and of great wealth.

84.

84.

‘‘Pitunā saha gantvāna, mahājanapurakkhatā;

Dhammaṃ buddhassa sutvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Having gone together with my father, surrounded by a great crowd of people, and having heard the Dhamma of the Buddha, I went forth into the homeless life.

85.

85.

‘‘Pabbajitvāna [Pg.286] kāyena, pāpakammaṃ vivajjayiṃ;

Vacīduccaritaṃ hitvā, ājīvaṃ parisodhayiṃ.

Having gone forth, I avoided evil action with my body; having abandoned misconduct in speech, I purified my livelihood.

86.

86.

‘‘Buddhe pasannā dhamme ca, saṅghe ca tibbagāravā;

Saddhammassavane yuttā, buddhadassanalālasā.

Confident in the Buddha and in the Dhamma, and with intense reverence for the Saṅgha, I was devoted to hearing the good Dhamma, longing for the sight of the Buddha.

87.

87.

‘‘Aggaṃ saddhādhimuttānaṃ, assosiṃ bhikkhuniṃ tadā;

Taṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayitvāna, tisso sikkhā apūrayiṃ.

Then I heard of the bhikkhunī who was foremost among those resolved by faith. Having aspired to that position, I fulfilled the three trainings.

88.

88.

‘‘Tato maṃ sugato āha, karuṇānugatāsayo;

‘Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;

Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.

Then the Sugata, his heart filled with compassion, said to me: ‘One whose faith in the Tathāgata is unshakeable and well-established, and whose virtue is beautiful, pleasing to the noble ones, and praised,

89.

89.

‘‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṃ;

Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

‘One who has confidence in the Saṅgha and whose view has become upright—that one, they say, is not poor; their life is not in vain.

90.

90.

‘‘‘Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;

Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ’.

‘Therefore, a wise person, remembering the teaching of the Buddhas, should cultivate faith, virtue, confidence, and the vision of the Dhamma.’

91.

91.

‘‘Taṃ sutvāhaṃ pamuditā, apucchiṃ paṇidhiṃ mama;

Tadā anomo amito, byākarittha vināyako;

‘Buddhe pasannā kalyāṇī, lacchase taṃ supatthitaṃ.

Having heard that, I, being delighted, asked about my aspiration. Then the Leader, of unfailing effort and immeasurable wisdom, declared: ‘O virtuous one, confident in the Buddha, you will obtain that for which you have well aspired.

92.

92.

‘‘‘Satasahassito kappe, okkākakulasambhavo;

Gotamo nāma gottena, satthā loke bhavissati.

‘One hundred thousand aeons from now, a Teacher will be in the world, sprung from the Okkāka lineage, named Gotama by clan.

93.

93.

‘‘‘Tassa dhammesu dāyādā, orasā dhammanimmitā;

Siṅgālakassa mātāti, hessati satthu sāvikā’.

‘She will be an heir in his Dhamma, a legitimate child, created by the Dhamma. As ‘Mother of Siṅgālaka,’ she will be a female disciple of the Teacher.’

94.

94.

‘‘Taṃ sutvā muditā hutvā, yāvajīvaṃ tadā jinaṃ;

Mettacittā paricariṃ, paṭipattīhi nāyakaṃ.

Having heard that, and being delighted, for as long as life lasted I then served the Victor with a mind of loving-kindness; I served the Leader through my practice.

95.

95.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

By that well-done action, and by my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

96.

96.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, giribbajapuruttame;

Jātā seṭṭhikule phīte, mahāratanasañcaye.

And now, in my final existence, in the excellent city of Giribbaja, I was born into a flourishing treasurer's family, a repository of great jewels.

97.

97.

‘‘Putto [Pg.287] siṅgālako nāma, mamāsi vipathe rato;

Diṭṭhigahanapakkhando, disāpūjanatapparo.

My son, named Siṅgālaka, was one who delighted in the wrong path; having entered the thicket of wrong views, he was intent on worshipping the directions.

98.

98.

‘‘Nānādisā namassantaṃ, piṇḍāya nagaraṃ vajaṃ;

Taṃ disvā ovadī buddho, magge ṭhatvā vināyako.

The Buddha, the Leader, while proceeding to the city for alms, saw him worshipping the various directions, and standing on the road, advised him.

99.

99.

‘‘Tassa desayato dhammaṃ, panādo vimhayo ahu;

Dvekoṭinaranārīnaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu.

As he was teaching the Dhamma to him, his voice was wondrous; for twenty million men and women, there was the realization of the Dhamma.

100.

100.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ parisaṃ gantvā, sutvā sugatabhāsitaṃ;

Sotāpattiphalaṃ pattā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Then I, having gone to the assembly and having heard the teaching spoken by the Sugata, attained the fruit of stream-entry and went forth into the homeless life.

101.

101.

‘‘Na cireneva kālena, buddhadassanalālasā;

Anussatiṃ taṃ bhāvetvā, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

In not a long time, being desirous of seeing the Buddha, having developed that recollection of the Buddha, I reached Arahantship.

102.

102.

‘‘Dassanatthāya buddhassa, sabbadā ca vajāmahaṃ;

Atittāyeva passāmi, rūpaṃ nayananandanaṃ.

Always, for the sake of seeing the Buddha, I go; being indeed unsated, I behold His form which delights the eye.

103.

103.

‘‘Sabbapāramisambhūtaṃ, lakkhīnilayanaṃ varaṃ;

Rūpaṃ sabbasubhākiṇṇaṃ, atittā viharāmahaṃ.

Being unsated, I dwell, contemplating His excellent form, which is arisen from all perfections, the abode of glory, and filled with all beauty.

104.

104.

‘‘Jino tasmiṃ guṇe tuṭṭho, etadagge ṭhapesi maṃ;

Siṅgālakassa yā mātā, aggā saddhādhimuttikā.

The Victor, pleased with that quality, placed me in the foremost position: 'The mother of Siṅgālaka is foremost among those resolved by faith.'

105.

105.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmuni.

I am a master of the psychic powers and of the divine ear element; O Great Sage, I am a master of the knowledge of others' minds.

106.

106.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

I know my former abodes; the divine eye is purified; all the cankers are destroyed; now there is no further becoming.

107.

107.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ mama mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

O Great Hero, in your presence, knowledge has arisen in me concerning meaning, the Dhamma, and language, and likewise concerning ready wit.

108.

108.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned away... I dwell free from the cankers.

109.

109.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

A good coming indeed it was for me... the Buddha's teaching has been done.

110.

110.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges... the Buddha's teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ siṅgālamātā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Siṅgālamātā spoke these verses.

Siṅgālamātutheriyāpadānaṃ catutthaṃ.

The Fourth Apadāna of the Elder Nun Siṅgālamātā.

5. Sukkātherīapadānaṃ

5. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Sukkā.

111.

111.

‘‘Ekanavutito [Pg.288] kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammavipassako.

In the ninety-first eon from this one, a leader named Vipassī arose, one of lovely appearance, a seer of all phenomena.

112.

112.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ bandhumatiyaṃ, jātā aññatare kule;

Dhammaṃ sutvāna munino, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Then, in Bandhumatī, I was born in a certain family; having heard the Dhamma of the Sage, I went forth into the homeless life.

113.

113.

‘‘Bahussutā dhammadharā, paṭibhānavatī tathā;

Vicittakathikā cāpi, jinasāsanakārikā.

I was very learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, and likewise possessed of ready wit; I was also a speaker of varied talks, a follower of the Victor's teaching.

114.

114.

‘‘Tadā dhammakathaṃ katvā, hitāya janataṃ bahuṃ ;

Tato cutāhaṃ tusitaṃ, upapannā yasassinī.

Then, having delivered a Dhamma talk for the benefit of many people, after passing away from that existence, I, possessing a large retinue, was reborn in the Tusita heaven.

115.

115.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, sikhī viya sikhī jino;

Tapanto yasasā loke, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

Thirty-one eons from this one, the Victor named Sikhī arose in the world, shining by means of his retinue like a flame, the most excellent of those who speak.

116.

116.

‘‘Tadāpi pabbajitvāna, buddhasāsanakovidā;

Jotetvā jinavākyāni, tatopi tidivaṃ gatā.

At that time also, having gone forth, skilled in the Buddha’s Dispensation, and having illuminated the Conqueror’s words, from that existence I went to the celestial world.

117.

117.

‘‘Ekatiṃseva kappamhi, vessabhū nāma nāyako;

Uppajjittha mahāñāṇī, tadāpi ca tathevahaṃ.

In that same thirty-first eon, the leader named Vessabhū, possessing great wisdom, arose. At that time also, I was just the same.

118.

118.

‘‘Pabbajitvā dhammadharā, jotayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ;

Gantvā marupuraṃ rammaṃ, anubhosiṃ mahāsukhaṃ.

Having gone forth as an upholder of the Dhamma, I illuminated the Conqueror’s Dispensation. Going to the delightful city of the devas, I experienced great bliss.

119.

119.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, kakusandho jinuttamo;

Uppajji narasaraṇo, tadāpi ca tathevahaṃ.

In this auspicious eon, Kakusandha, the supreme Conqueror, a refuge for humans, arose. At that time also, I was just the same.

120.

120.

‘‘Pabbajitvā munimataṃ, jotayitvā yathāyukaṃ;

Tato cutāhaṃ tidivaṃ, agaṃ sabhavanaṃ yathā.

Having gone forth and illuminated the sage’s doctrine for the duration of my life, passing away from that existence, I went to the celestial world as if to my own home.

121.

121.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva kappamhi, koṇāgamananāyako;

Uppajji lokasaraṇo, araṇo amataṅgato.

In this very eon, the leader Koṇāgamana arose, a refuge for the world, free from defilements, one who has gone to the Deathless.

122.

122.

‘‘Tadāpi pabbajitvāna, sāsane tassa tādino;

Bahussutā dhammadharā, jotayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

At that time also, having gone forth in the Dispensation of that Such-like One, being very learned and an upholder of the Dhamma, I illuminated the Conqueror’s Dispensation.

123.

123.

‘‘Imasmiṃyeva [Pg.289] kappamhi, kassapo munimuttamo;

Uppajji lokasaraṇo, araṇo maraṇantagū.

In this very eon, Kassapa, the most excellent of sages, arose—a refuge for the world, free from defilements, one who has reached the end of death.

124.

124.

‘‘Tassāpi naravīrassa, pabbajitvāna sāsane;

Pariyāpuṭasaddhammā, paripucchāvisāradā.

In the Dispensation of that hero among men, having gone forth, I mastered the good Dhamma and was skilled in inquiry.

125.

125.

‘‘Susīlā lajjinī ceva, tīsu sikkhāsu kovidā;

Bahuṃ dhammakathaṃ katvā, yāvajīvaṃ mahāmune.

Being of good virtue and conscientious, and skilled in the three trainings, having delivered many Dhamma talks throughout my life, O Great Sage,

126.

126.

‘‘Tena kammavipākena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

Through the result of that kamma, and through my intentions and aspirations, having abandoned the human body, I went to the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

127.

127.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, giribbajapuruttame;

Jātā seṭṭhikule phīte, mahāratanasañcaye.

And now, in my final existence, I was born in the excellent city of Giribbaja, into a prosperous treasurer's family, a place where great treasures are accumulated.

128.

128.

‘‘Yadā bhikkhusahassena, parivuto lokanāyako;

Upāgami rājagahaṃ, sahassakkhena vaṇṇito.

When the Leader of the World, praised by the thousand-eyed one and surrounded by a thousand bhikkhus, approached Rājagaha,

129.

129.

‘‘‘Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;

Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā’.

The Blessed One—tamed, together with the tamed former matted-hair ascetics; liberated, with those who are liberated; his complexion like Jambu-river gold—entered Rājagaha.

130.

130.

‘‘Disvā buddhānubhāvaṃ taṃ, sutvāva guṇasañcayaṃ;

Buddhe cittaṃ pasādetvā, pūjayiṃ taṃ yathābalaṃ.

Having seen that majestic power of the Buddha and having heard of his accumulation of virtues, I established confidence in the Buddha and worshipped him according to my ability.

131.

131.

‘‘Aparena ca kālena, dhammadinnāya santike;

Agārā nikkhamitvāna, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

And at another time, having gone forth from the household life into homelessness, I went forth in the presence of the Therī Dhammadinnā.

132.

132.

‘‘Kesesu chijjamānesu, kilese jhāpayiṃ ahaṃ;

Uggahiṃ sāsanaṃ sabbaṃ, pabbajitvācirenahaṃ.

While my hair was being cut, I burned up the defilements. Having gone forth, not long after, I learned the entire teaching.

133.

133.

‘‘Tato dhammamadesesiṃ, mahājanasamāgame;

Dhamme desiyamānamhi, dhammābhisamayo ahu.

Thereafter, I taught the Dhamma in a great assembly of people. While the Dhamma was being taught, there was a realization of the Dhamma.

134.

134.

‘‘Nekapāṇasahassānaṃ, taṃ viditvātivimhito;

Abhippasanno me yakkho, bhamitvāna giribbajaṃ.

This was for many thousands of living beings. Knowing that, a yakkha, utterly amazed and deeply devoted to me, roamed around Giribbaja.

135.

135.

‘‘Kiṃ me katā rājagahe manussā, madhuṃ pītāva acchare;

Ye sukkaṃ na upāsanti, desentiṃ amataṃ padaṃ.

“What are these people in Rājagaha doing? They remain as if having drunk honey, in that they do not attend upon Sukkā, who teaches the deathless state.”

136.

136.

‘‘Tañca [Pg.290] appaṭivānīyaṃ, asecanakamojavaṃ;

Pivanti maññe sappaññā, valāhakamivaddhagū.

“And that Dhamma—which leads to the point of no return, is perfect in itself, and full of essence—the wise drink, I think, like travelers from a rain cloud.”

137.

137.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

“I am a master of psychic powers and of the divine ear-element; I am a master of the knowledge of others' minds, O Great Sage.”

138.

138.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“I know my past lives, the divine eye is purified; all my taints are destroyed, now there is no future existence.”

139.

139.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ mama mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

“In meaning, the Dhamma, and language, and likewise in ready wit, O Great Hero, knowledge has arisen for me in your presence.”

140.

140.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burned… I dwell free of taints.”

141.

141.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming was welcome… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

142.

142.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ sukkā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Sukkā spoke these verses.

Sukkātheriyāpadānaṃ pañcamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Therī Sukkā: the Fifth.

Pañcamaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.

The Fifth Recitation Section.

6. Abhirūpanandātherīapadānaṃ

6. The Apadāna of the Therī Abhirūpanandā

143.

143.

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako;

Uppajji cārudassano, sabbadhammesu cakkhumā.

“Ninety-one eons from now, the leader named Vipassī arose—lovely to behold, one with vision in all things.”

144.

144.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ bandhumatiyaṃ, iddhe phīte mahākule;

Jātā surūpā dayitā, pūjanīyā janassa ca.

“At that time, in Bandhumatī, I was born into a great family, prosperous and flourishing, beautiful, beloved, and revered by the people.”

145.

145.

‘‘Upagantvā mahāvīraṃ, vipassiṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Dhammaṃ suṇitvā saraṇaṃ, upesiṃ naranāyakaṃ.

“Having approached the Great Hero, Vipassī, the leader of the world, and having heard the Dhamma, I went for refuge to that leader of men.”

146.

146.

‘‘Sīlesu saṃvutā hutvā, nibbute ca naruttame;

Dhātuthūpassa upari, soṇṇacchattamapūjayiṃ.

“Being restrained in virtue, when that supreme among men had attained Parinibbāna, I made an offering of a golden parasol over his relic stupa.”

147.

147.

‘‘Muttacāgā sīlavatī, yāvajīvaṃ tato cutā;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsūpagā ahaṃ.

“For as long as I lived, I was of open-handed generosity and virtuous. Passing away from there, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.”

148.

148.

‘‘Tadā [Pg.291] dasahi ṭhānehi, adhibhotvāna sesake ;

Rūpasaddehi gandhehi, rasehi phusanehi ca.

“Then, having surpassed the others in ten respects: by forms, sounds, scents, tastes, and touches,”

149.

149.

‘‘Āyunāpi ca vaṇṇena, sukhena yasasāpi ca;

Tathevādhipateyyena, adhigayha virocahaṃ.

“and also by lifespan, beauty, happiness, and fame, and likewise by sovereignty—having thus prevailed, I shone.”

150.

150.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātāhaṃ kapilavhaye;

Dhītā khemakasakkassa, nandā nāmāti vissutā.

“Now, in my final existence, I was born in the city of Kapila; I was the daughter of Khemaka the Sakyan, renowned as Nandā.”

151.

151.

‘‘Abhirūpasampadampi, ahu me kantisūcakaṃ;

Yadāhaṃ yobbanappattā, rūpalāvaññabhūsitā.

“I possessed supreme beauty, an indication of radiance; when I reached youth, I was adorned with loveliness and grace.”

152.

152.

‘‘Tadā matthe sakyānaṃ, vivādo sumahā ahu;

Pabbājesi tato tāto, mā sakyā vinassiṃsuti.

“Then, on my account, a great dispute arose among the Sakyans; therefore, my father had me go forth, thinking, ‘Lest the Sakyans be destroyed.’”

153.

153.

‘‘Pabbajitvā tathāgataṃ, rūpadessiṃ naruttamaṃ;

Sutvāna nopagacchāmi, mama rūpena gabbitā.

“Having gone forth, I was conceited about my beauty. Having heard that the Tathāgata, the supreme among men, disparages physical form, I did not approach him.”

154.

154.

‘‘Ovādampi na gacchāmi, buddhadassanabhīrutā;

Tadā jino upāyena, upanetvā sasantikaṃ.

“I did not go for his instruction, being fearful of seeing the Buddha. Then the Conqueror, by a skillful means, brought me into his presence.”

155.

155.

‘‘Tissitthiyo nidassesi, iddhiyā maggakovido;

Accharārūpasadisaṃ, taruṇiṃ jaritaṃ mataṃ.

“He, the one skilled in the path, by his psychic power, showed three women: a young woman like a celestial nymph, an old woman, and a dead woman.”

156.

156.

‘‘Tāyo disvā susaṃviggā, virattāse kaḷevare;

Aṭṭhāsiṃ bhavanibbindā, tadā maṃ āha nāyako.

“Seeing them, deeply stirred, I became disenchanted with my own body. Standing there, weary of existence, the Leader then spoke to me:”

157.

157.

‘‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ;

Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhinanditaṃ.

“‘See, Nandā, this afflicted, impure, putrid body, oozing and trickling, which is delighted in by fools.’”

158.

158.

‘‘‘Asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi, ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ;

Yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ.

“‘Develop your mind on the theme of the foul, one-pointed and well-concentrated. As this is, so is that; as that is, so is this.’”

159.

159.

‘‘‘Evametaṃ avekkhantī, rattindivamatanditā;

Tato sakāya paññāya, abhinibbijjha vacchasi’.

“‘Thus contemplating it day and night, unwearied, you will then, with your own wisdom, penetrate and dwell.’”

160.

160.

‘‘Tassā [Pg.292] me appamattāya, vicarantiyā yoniso;

Yathābhūtaṃ ayaṃ kāyo, diṭṭho santarabāhiro.

“For me, who was dwelling heedfully, investigating with wise attention, this body, inside and out, was seen as it truly is.”

161.

161.

‘‘Atha nibbindahaṃ kāye, ajjhattañca virajjahaṃ;

Appamattā visaṃyuttā, upasantāmhi nibbutā.

“Then I grew disenchanted with the body, and I became dispassionate within. Heedful, detached, at peace, I am extinguished.”

162.

162.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

“I have mastery over the psychic powers and over the divine ear-element; I have mastery over the knowledge of others' minds, O Great Sage.”

163.

163.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“I know my past lives, the divine eye is purified; all the taints are destroyed, now there is no more rebirth.”

164.

164.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ mama mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

“In meaning, in the Dhamma, in language, and likewise in ready wit, O Great Hero, this knowledge has arisen in me in your presence.”

165.

165.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burnt away… I dwell without taints.”

166.

166.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my arrival… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

167.

167.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ abhirūpanandā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus, indeed, the bhikkhunī Abhirūpanandā spoke these verses.

Abhirūpanandātheriyāpadānaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.

The Apadāna of Abhirūpanandā Therī: the Sixth.

7. Aḍḍhakāsitherīapadānaṃ

7. The Apadāna of the Therī Aḍḍhakāsī

168.

168.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

In this auspicious eon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great fame, Kassapa by name and clan, the foremost of speakers, arose.

169.

169.

‘‘Tadāhaṃ pabbajitvāna, tassa buddhassa sāsane;

Saṃvutā pātimokkhamhi, indriyesu ca pañcasu.

Then I went forth into homelessness in the dispensation of that Buddha, restrained in the Pātimokkha and in the five faculties.

170.

170.

‘‘Mattaññunī ca asane, yuttā jāgariyepi ca;

Vasantī yuttayogāhaṃ, bhikkhuniṃ vigatāsavaṃ.

I was moderate in eating and devoted to wakefulness; dwelling and practicing diligently, I reviled a bhikkhunī free from taints.

171.

171.

‘‘Akkosiṃ duṭṭhacittāhaṃ, gaṇiketi bhaṇiṃ tadā;

Tena pāpena kammena, nirayamhi apaccisaṃ.

With a wicked mind, I called her a courtesan then. By that evil kamma, I was boiled in hell.

172.

172.

‘‘Tena [Pg.293] kammāvasesena, ajāyiṃ gaṇikākule;

Bahusova parādhīnā, pacchimāya ca jātiyaṃ.

By the remainder of that kamma, many times I was born into a courtesan’s family, dependent on others; and in my final birth,

173.

173.

‘‘Kāsīsu seṭṭhikulajā, brahmacārībalenahaṃ;

Accharā viya devesu, ahosiṃ rūpasampadā.

Born into a merchant family in Kāsi, by the power of the holy life, I was endowed with beauty like an apsara among the devas.

174.

174.

‘‘Disvāna dassanīyaṃ maṃ, giribbajapuruttame;

Gaṇikatte nivesesuṃ, akkosanabalena me.

Having seen me, beautiful to behold, in the excellent city of Giribbaja, they established me in the state of a courtesan, by the power of my past reviling.

175.

175.

‘‘Sāhaṃ sutvāna saddhammaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhena desitaṃ;

Pubbavāsanasampannā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ.

Having heard the true Dhamma taught by the supreme Buddha, endowed with past wholesome inclinations, I went forth into homelessness.

176.

176.

‘‘Tadūpasampadatthāya, gacchantī jinasantikaṃ;

Magge dhutte ṭhite sutvā, labhiṃ dūtopasampadaṃ.

Then, for the purpose of higher ordination, while going to the presence of the Conqueror, hearing that rogues stood on the path, I obtained ordination by messenger.

177.

177.

‘‘Sabbakammaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ, puññaṃ pāpaṃ tatheva ca;

Sabbasaṃsāramuttiṇṇā, gaṇikattañca khepitaṃ.

All kamma is exhausted, both merit and evil; having crossed over all saṃsāra, the state of a courtesan is destroyed.

178.

178.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

I am master of psychic powers, of the divine ear element, and of the knowledge of penetrating minds, O great sage.

179.

179.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

I know my past lives; the divine eye is purified; all taints are destroyed; now there is no more rebirth.

180.

180.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ mama mahāvīra, uppannaṃ tava santike.

In meaning, Dhamma, expression, and ready wit as well, knowledge has arisen in me, O great hero, in your presence.

181.

181.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned away… I dwell free from taints.

182.

182.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

183.

183.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ aḍḍhakāsi bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed, the bhikkhunī Aḍḍhakāsī spoke these verses.

Aḍḍhakāsitheriyāpadānaṃ sattamaṃ.

The Apadāna of Therī Aḍḍhakāsī, the seventh.

8. Puṇṇikātherīapadānaṃ

8. The Apadāna of Therī Puṇṇikā

184.

184.

‘‘Vipassino bhagavato, sikhino vessabhussa ca;

Kakusandhassa munino, koṇāgamanatādino.

Of the Blessed One Vipassī, of Sikhī and Vessabhū, of the sage Kakusandha, and of Koṇāgamana, the steadfast one.

185.

185.

‘‘Kassapassa [Pg.294] ca buddhassa, pabbajitvāna sāsane;

Bhikkhunī sīlasampannā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā.

And in the dispensation of the Buddha Kassapa, having gone forth, I was a bhikkhunī endowed with virtue, discerning, and with restrained faculties.

186.

186.

‘‘Bahussutā dhammadharā, dhammatthapaṭipucchikā;

Uggahetā ca dhammānaṃ, sotā payirupāsitā.

I was learned, an upholder of the Dhamma, one who inquired into the meaning of the Dhamma, a grasper of the Dhamma, and attended upon by listeners.

187.

187.

‘‘Desentī janamajjhehaṃ, ahosiṃ jinasāsane;

Bāhusaccena tenāhaṃ, pesalā atimaññisaṃ.

I taught in the midst of people in the Conqueror’s dispensation; due to that great learning, I despised the virtuous.

188.

188.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, sāvatthiyaṃ puruttame;

Anāthapiṇḍino gehe, jātāhaṃ kumbhadāsiyā.

And now, in my final existence, in the excellent city of Sāvatthī, in the house of Anāthapiṇḍika, I was born of a water-pot slave.

189.

189.

‘‘Gatā udakahāriyaṃ, sotthiyaṃ dijamaddasaṃ;

Sītaṭṭaṃ toyamajjhamhi, taṃ disvā idamabraviṃ.

Having gone to fetch water, I saw a Vedic brahmin afflicted by cold in the middle of the water. Seeing him, I spoke thus:

190.

190.

‘‘‘Udahārī ahaṃ sīte, sadā udakamotariṃ;

Ayyānaṃ daṇḍabhayabhītā, vācādosabhayaṭṭitā.

‘I am a water-carrier; in the cold, I always descend into the water, fearful of the rod of my masters, afflicted by the fear of their harsh words.

191.

191.

‘‘‘Kassa brāhmaṇa tvaṃ bhīto, sadā udakamotari;

Vedhamānehi gattehi, sītaṃ vedayase bhusaṃ’.

‘Of whom are you afraid, brahmin, that you always descend into the water? With trembling limbs, you feel the cold intensely.’

192.

192.

‘‘‘Jānantī vata maṃ bhoti, puṇṇike paripucchasi;

Karontaṃ kusalaṃ kammaṃ, rundhantaṃ katapāpakaṃ.

‘Knowing full well, good lady Puṇṇikā, you ask me. I am doing wholesome kamma and warding off evil that has been done.’

193.

193.

‘‘‘Yo ce vuḍḍho daharo vā, pāpakammaṃ pakubbati;

Dakābhisiñcanā sopi, pāpakammā pamuccati’.

‘Whoever, whether old or young, commits an evil deed, is freed from that evil deed by being sprinkled with water.’

194.

194.

‘‘Uttarantassa akkhāsiṃ, dhammatthasaṃhitaṃ padaṃ;

Tañca sutvā sa saṃviggo, pabbajitvārahā ahu.

To him, as he was coming out of the water, I spoke a verse connected with the meaning of the Dhamma. And hearing that, he was deeply stirred; having gone forth, he became an arahant.

195.

195.

‘‘Pūrentī ūnakasataṃ, jātā dāsikule yato;

Tato puṇṇāti nāmaṃ me, bhujissaṃ maṃ akaṃsu te.

Because I was born into a slave family, completing the deficient hundred, my name became Puṇṇā. Then they made me a free woman.

196.

196.

‘‘Seṭṭhiṃ tatonujānetvā, pabbajiṃ anagāriyaṃ;

Na cireneva kālena, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

Then, having received permission from the merchant, I went forth into the homeless life. In no long time, I attained arahantship.

197.

197.

‘‘Iddhīsu [Pg.295] ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

I am a master of psychic powers, of the divine ear element, and of the knowledge of penetrating minds, O great sage.

198.

198.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

I know my past abodes; the divine eye is purified. All taints are destroyed; now there is no further becoming.

199.

199.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ me vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassa vāhasā.

In meaning, Dhamma, and expression, and likewise in ready wit, my knowledge is stainless and pure, by the power of the supreme Buddha.

200.

200.

‘‘Bhāvanāya mahāpaññā, suteneva sutāvinī;

Mānena nīcakulajā, na hi kammaṃ vinassati.

Through cultivation, one has great wisdom; through learning, one becomes learned; born in a low family due to conceit, kamma indeed does not perish.

201.

201.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

My defilements are burned away… I dwell free from taints.

202.

202.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

203.

203.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s teaching has been done.

Itthaṃ sudaṃ puṇṇikā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed, the bhikkhunī Puṇṇikā spoke these verses.

Puṇṇikātheriyāpadānaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Puṇṇikā, the eighth.

9. Ambapālitherīapadānaṃ

9. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Ambapālī

204.

204.

‘‘Yo raṃsiphusitāveḷo, phusso nāma mahāmuni;

Tassāhaṃ bhaginī āsiṃ, ajāyiṃ khattiye kule.

“He whose body was touched by rays, the great sage named Phussa; I was his sister, born in a khattiya family.”

205.

205.

‘‘Tassa dhammaṃ suṇitvāhaṃ, vippasannena cetasā;

Mahādānaṃ daditvāna, patthayiṃ rūpasampadaṃ.

“Having heard his Dhamma, with a very serene mind, and having given a great gift, I aspired for perfection of form.”

206.

206.

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, sikhī lokagganāyako;

Uppanno lokapajjoto, tilokasaraṇo jino.

“Thirty-one aeons ago from now, Sikhī, the world’s foremost leader, arose—the light of the world, the refuge of the three worlds, the Victor.”

207.

207.

‘‘Tadāruṇapure ramme, brāhmaññakulasambhavā;

Vimuttacittaṃ kupitā, bhikkhuniṃ abhisāpayiṃ.

“Then, in the lovely city of Aruṇa, born in a brahmin family, I, angered at one with a liberated mind, cursed a bhikkhunī.”

208.

208.

‘‘Vesikāva anācārā, jinasāsanadūsikā;

Evaṃ akkosayitvāna, tena pāpena kammunā.

“‘Like a prostitute, of bad conduct, a defiler of the Victor’s Dispensation’—thus having reviled her, by that evil deed,”

209.

209.

‘‘Dāruṇaṃ [Pg.296] nirayaṃ gantvā, mahādukkhasamappitā;

Tato cutā manussesu, upapannā tapassinī.

“having gone to a dreadful hell, I was afflicted with great suffering. Passing away from there, I was reborn among humans as a wretched woman.”

210.

210.

‘‘Dasajātisahassāni, gaṇikattamakārayiṃ;

Tamhā pāpā na muccissaṃ, bhutvā duṭṭhavisaṃ yathā.

“For ten thousand births, I acted as a courtesan. I was not freed from that evil, as if having eaten deadly poison.”

211.

211.

‘‘Brahmacariyamasevissaṃ, kassape jinasāsane;

Tena kammavipākena, ajāyiṃ tidase pure.

“I practiced the holy life in the Dispensation of the Victor Kassapa; by the result of that kamma, I was born in the city of the Tāvatiṃsa gods.”

212.

212.

‘‘Pacchime bhave sampatte, ahosiṃ opapātikā;

Ambasākhantare jātā, ambapālīti tenahaṃ.

“When my last existence was reached, I was spontaneously arisen; born within a mango branch, therefore I was called Ambapālī.”

213.

213.

‘‘Parivutā pāṇakoṭīhi, pabbajiṃ jinasāsane;

Pattāhaṃ acalaṃ ṭhānaṃ, dhītā buddhassa orasā.

“Surrounded by crores of living beings, I went forth in the Victor’s Dispensation; I have attained the unshakable state, a true-born daughter of the Buddha.”

214.

214.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, sotadhātuvisuddhiyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

“I am a master of psychic powers and of the purified divine ear-element; I am a master of the knowledge of penetrating minds, O great sage.”

215.

215.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“I know my past existences; the divine eye is purified; all taints are destroyed; now there is no more renewed existence.”

216.

216.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ me vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassa vāhasā.

“In meaning, in the Dhamma, in language, and likewise in ready wit, my knowledge is immaculate and pure, by the power of the Buddha, the Best.”

217.

217.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ…pe… viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burnt up… I dwell without taints.”

218.

218.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Welcome indeed was my coming… the Buddha’s Dispensation has been accomplished.”

219.

219.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā catasso…pe… kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges… the Buddha’s Dispensation has been accomplished.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ ambapāli bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Ambapālī recited these verses.

Abhāsitthāti.

She spoke thus.

Ambapālitheriyāpadānaṃ navamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Ambapālī, the ninth.

10. Pesalātherīapadānaṃ

10. The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Pesalā

220.

220.

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, brahmabandhu mahāyaso;

Kassapo nāma gottena, uppajji vadataṃ varo.

“In this auspicious eon, a kinsman of Brahmā, of great renown, Kassapa by clan, the foremost of speakers, arose.”

221.

221.

‘‘Sāvatthiyaṃ [Pg.297] pure vare, upāsakakule ahaṃ;

Pasūtā taṃ jinavaraṃ, disvā sutvā ca desanaṃ.

“In the excellent city of Sāvatthī, I was born into a lay follower’s family. Having seen that supreme Victor and heard his teaching,”

222.

222.

‘‘Taṃ vīraṃ saraṇaṃ gantvā, sīlāni ca samādiyiṃ;

Kadāci so mahāvīro, mahājanasamāgame.

“having gone for refuge to that hero, I undertook the precepts. Once, that great hero, in a great assembly of people,”

223.

223.

‘‘Attano abhisambodhiṃ, pakāsesi narāsabho;

Ananussutadhammesu, pubbe dukkhādikesu ca.

“the bull among men, declared his own perfect enlightenment concerning things unheard of before, such as suffering and so on.”

224.

224.

‘‘Cakkhu ñāṇañca paññā ca, vijjāloko ca āsi me;

Taṃ sutvā uggahetvāna, paripucchiñca bhikkhavo.

“‘The eye, knowledge, wisdom, and the light of true knowledge arose in me.’ Having heard that teaching and learned it, I questioned the bhikkhus.”

225.

225.

‘‘Tena kammena sukatena, cetanāpaṇidhīhi ca;

Jahitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, tāvatiṃsamagacchahaṃ.

“By that well-done kamma, and by my aspirations and resolutions, having abandoned the human body, I went to Tāvatiṃsa.”

226.

226.

‘‘Pacchime ca bhave dāni, jātā seṭṭhimahākule;

Upecca buddhaṃ saddhammaṃ, sutvā saccūpasaṃhitaṃ.

“And now, in this last existence, born in a great merchant family, having approached the Buddha and heard the good Dhamma connected with the truths,”

227.

227.

‘‘Pabbajitvācireneva, saccatthāni vicintayaṃ;

Khepetvā āsave sabbe, arahattamapāpuṇiṃ.

“having gone forth, not long after, while reflecting on the meaning of the truths, I exhausted all the taints and attained arahantship.”

228.

228.

‘‘Iddhīsu ca vasī homi, dibbāya sotadhātuyā;

Cetopariyañāṇassa, vasī homi mahāmune.

“I am a master of psychic powers and of the divine ear-element; I am a master of the knowledge of penetrating minds, O great sage.”

229.

229.

‘‘Pubbenivāsaṃ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṃ;

Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo.

“I know my past existences; the divine eye is purified. All taints are destroyed; now there is no more renewed existence.”

230.

230.

‘‘Atthadhammaniruttīsu, paṭibhāne tatheva ca;

Ñāṇaṃ me vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, buddhaseṭṭhassa vāhasā.

“In meaning, in the Dhamma, in language, and likewise in ready wit, my knowledge is immaculate and pure, by the power of the Buddha, the Best.”

231.

231.

‘‘Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṃ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā;

Nāgīva bandhanaṃ chetvā, viharāmi anāsavā.

“My defilements are burnt up; all states of existence are uprooted. Like a female elephant having cut her bonds, I dwell without taints.”

232.

232.

‘‘Svāgataṃ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ.

“Indeed, my coming to the presence of my Buddha was a welcome one. The three knowledges have been attained; the Buddha’s teaching has been accomplished.”

233.

233.

‘‘Paṭisambhidā [Pg.298] catasso, vimokkhāpi ca aṭṭhime;

Chaḷabhiññā sacchikatā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ’’.

“The four analytical knowledges, and also these eight liberations, the six direct knowledges have been realized; the Buddha’s teaching has been accomplished.”

Itthaṃ sudaṃ pesalā bhikkhunī imā gāthāyo abhāsitthāti.

Thus indeed the bhikkhunī Pesalā spoke these verses.

Pesalātheriyāpadānaṃ dasamaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nun Pesalā, the tenth.

Khattiyāvaggo catuttho.

The Khattiyā Chapter, the fourth.

Tassuddānaṃ –

The summary verse for this is:

Khattiyā brāhmaṇī ceva, tathā uppaladāyikā;

Siṅgālamātā sukkā ca, abhirūpā aḍḍhakāsikā.

Khattiyā and Brāhmaṇī, and also Uppaladāyikā; Siṅgālamātā and Sukkā, Abhirūpā, Aḍḍhakāsikā.

Puṇṇā ca ambapālī ca, pesalāti ca tā dasa;

Gāthāyo dvisatānettha, dvicattālīsa cuttari.

And Puṇṇā and Ambapālī, and Pesalā—these are the ten. Herein are two hundred verses, and forty-two more.

Atha vagguddānaṃ –

Then, the summary of the chapters:

Sumedhā ekūposathā, kuṇḍalakesī khattiyā;

Sahassaṃ tisatā gāthā, sattatālīsa piṇḍitā.

Sumedhā, Ekūposathā, Kuṇḍalakesī, Khattiyā. The compiled verses are one thousand, three hundred, and forty-seven.

Saha uddānagāthāhi, gaṇitāyo vibhāvibhi;

Sahassaṃ tisataṃ gāthā, sattapaññāsameva cāti.

Counted by the wise, together with the summary verses, the verses are one thousand, three hundred, and fifty-seven exactly.

Therikāpadānaṃ samattaṃ.

The Apadāna of the Elder Nuns is concluded.

Apadānapāḷi samattā.

The Pāḷi of the Apadāna is concluded.